KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K, 2000-04-17
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
Previous: EXABYTE CORP /DE/, 4, 2000-04-17
Next: VITAFORT INTERNATIONAL CORP, 10KSB40, 2000-04-17



<PAGE>

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, DC 20549


                                   Form 10-K
                                 ANNUAL REPORT
                        PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                                      OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999
                          Commission File No. 1-12248

                       KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   (formerly ICF Kaiser International, Inc.)
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


                                   Delaware
                        (State or other jurisdiction of
                        incorporation or organization)

                                  54-1437073
                               (I.R.S. Employer
                              Identification No.)

                      9300 Lee Highway, Fairfax, Virginia
                   (Address of principal executive offices)

                                  22031-1207
                                  (Zip Code)

     Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (703) 934-3300


                  Name of each exchange on which registered:
                                     None


          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                     None

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                    Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
                        Preferred Stock Purchase Rights

                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

        Yes     X    No.  _____
              -----

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [_]

     The aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant was $4,944,912 million based on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board
closing price of $0.25 on April 13, 2000.

     On April 13, 2000, there were 23,419,828 shares of Common Stock
outstanding.

                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>

                                    PART I

Item 1.   Business

Corporate History

     Kaiser Group International, Inc., through its operating subsidiaries, is a
provider of engineering, construction management, and project and program
management services and has performed a mixture of public- and private-sector
engineering and construction work since the inception of its predecessor, Kaiser
Engineers, in 1914. The "Company" or "Kaiser" in this Report refers to Kaiser
Group International, Inc. and/or any of its consolidated subsidiaries.
Incorporated in Delaware in 1987 under the name American Capital and Research
Corporation, it is the successor to ICF Incorporated, a nationwide consulting
firm organized in 1969. In 1988, the Company acquired the Kaiser Engineers
business. Reflecting a return to its historical business focus, the Company's
name was changed on December 27, 1999 from ICF Kaiser International, Inc. to
Kaiser Group International, Inc.

     Kaiser also owns a 50% interest in Kaiser-Hill Company, LLC, which serves
as the integrated management contractor at the U.S. Department of Energy's
(DOE's) Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site. Kaiser-Hill has performed at
DOE's Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site near Denver, Colorado since 1995
and was recently awarded a new contract to manage the closure of the site within
the next decade. Rocky Flats is a former DOE nuclear weapons-production
facility, and under the new closure contract, Kaiser-Hill is working to
stabilize and safely store more than 14 tons of plutonium at the site, to clean
up areas contaminated with hazardous and radioactive waste, and to restore much
of the 6,000-acre site to the public.

Recent History

     The components of Kaiser's business underwent significant change during
1999 as a result of actions aimed at the restoration of the Company's financial
condition that had been damaged by substantial difficulties encountered in its
execution of four large fixed-price contracts to construct nitric acid plants in
1998 and early 1999. As discussed in Item 7. Management's Discussion and
Analysis, the changes included the sale and divestiture of two of its operating
groups, namely, its Environment and Facilities Management Group (EFM) and its
Consulting Group. The Company has also been focused on realigning and
rightsizing its remaining operations, resolving its liquidity issues and
restructuring its debt and equity. Unless otherwise noted, all discussions
contained in this Report reflect only the historical business operations of the
Company's non-divested and continuing operations, namely its Engineering
Operations and the operations of the Kaiser-Hill subsidiary. "Engineering
Operations" referenced hereafter in this Report refer to the Company's business
activities not conducted through the Kaiser-Hill subsidiary.


                                   BUSINESS

Overview of Services and Markets

     Kaiser's Engineering Operations are focused on serving clients in two
categories: Infrastructure and Facilities, comprised of transit and
transportation, facilities management, water/wastewater treatment and
microelectronics and clean technology business lines, and Metals, Mining and
Industry, comprised of alumina/aluminum; iron and steel and mining industry
business lines.

     Infrastructure and Facilities

     Transit and Transportation - Kaiser's transit and transportation services
support the planning, design, engineering, and construction of heavy- and light-
rail transit systems, high-speed rail, peoplemovers, bus systems, highways and
bridges, and airport improvements.  Kaiser is developing state-of-the-art
transit systems for 20 cities worldwide and designing major highway projects
throughout the United States and in selected international markets.  Domestic
growth is driven by the Federal Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century.
Passed in July 1998, the bill authorized $217 billion of spending during the
next six years in transit and highway programs.  Significant opportunities also
exist internationally as developing countries seek to improve their transit
systems.  Current projects include

                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>

transit systems in Seattle, New York, Los Angeles, the Philippines, Portugal and
Turkey; a passenger rail line in Portugal; and multi-million dollar highway and
bridge improvements in California, Florida, Massachusetts, and Oklahoma.

     Facilities and Water/Wastewater  - Kaiser provides engineering services to
public- and private-sector clients who need to modernize or maintain facilities;
design and build new capacity for the future; or improve existing operational
and environmental conditions.  Future growth in this area of activity will be
based in part on the trend toward outsourcing by both private- and public-sector
clients.  Kaiser's largest project of this type involves serving, through
Kaiser-Hill Company, LLC, as the integrating management contractor at the DOE
Rocky Flats site, a former nuclear weapons production facility near Denver,
Colorado.  In another significant project, Kaiser serves as construction manager
for the $3.4 billion Boston Harbor cleanup project that is currently scheduled
to continue through December 31, 2002.

     Microelectronics and Clean Technology - Kaiser also provides design/build
services for the microelectronics, semiconductor, biotechnology, and
telecommunication industries.  Kaiser has constructed or remodeled over seven
million square feet of manufacturing, office, and other facilities, including
more than 500,000 square feet of cleanrooms, from class 1 to class 10,000.
Following a contraction over the past several years, this market is expected to
experience growth over the next two years, driven primarily by the automotive
industry and advanced technology manufacturers' needs for increased
manufacturing capacity and capabilities.  A major project is the construction
management services for a semiconductor facility expansion for Motorola in
Arizona.

     Metals, Mining and Industry

     Alumina/Aluminum - Kaiser provides design and construction services for
expansion and modernization of some of the world's largest alumina and aluminum
facilities in locations from Kentucky to the Middle East and Australia.
Kaiser's areas of expertise include bauxite mining and handling; alumina
refining; aluminum reduction; and fabrication and rolling.  Domestic
opportunities involve maintaining and retrofitting existing plants and replacing
aging production capacity with newer, more efficient, and environmentally
responsible facilities.  Outside of the United States, there will be greater
focus on building new facilities.  Current projects include detailed design,
engineering, procurement, and construction management for the expansion of a
$500 million alumina refinery in Western Australia, and a $180 million alumina
refinery in Louisiana.

     Iron and Steel - Kaiser supports the iron and steel industry by providing
traditional services such as engineering, design, and project and construction
management for plant expansions, modernizations, and greenfield development.
Kaiser is the sole U.S. domestic designer and builder of coke ovens and coke
oven machinery, and is active in the development of mini-mills as an
alternative, cost-effective method of making steel.  For example, Kaiser is
providing turnkey engineering and construction services for the new $262 million
thin-slab casting mini-mill project for Nova Hut, a.s. in Ostrava, Czech
Republic.

     Mining and Industry - Kaiser offers a full range of engineering,
procurement and construction management services to this industry sector.
Current contracts include projects in the nickel, coal, silicon, iron ore,
magnesium, mineral sands, natural gas and gold industries.  Activities in this
business line are carried out predominantly through the Company's operations in
Australia.  Opportunities for growth in this business line are largely dependent
on commodity prices, which drive client investment and, in turn, opportunities
for the Company in connection with expansion and modernization of existing
facilities and construction of new facilities.

     Most of the Company's Engineering Operations contract backlog is related to
public- and private-sector engineering and construction projects that span from
several months to several years in duration. The Company's Engineering
Operations ended 1999 with $202.0 million in contract backlog. The Company
expects to work off 49% of this amount in 2000.

     Kaiser-Hill Company, LLC is equally owned by Kaiser and CH2M Hill Companies
Ltd.; Kaiser designates a majority of the members of Kaiser-Hill's Board of
Managers.  The scope of Kaiser-Hill's contract with the DOE includes all
elements of daily and long-term operations, as well as ultimate closure of the
site, including stabilizing and safely storing more than 14 tons of plutonium,
cleaning up areas contaminated with hazardous and radioactive waste, and
restoring much of the 6,000-acre site for future use by the public.

                                                                          Page 4
<PAGE>

     Kaiser-Hill's prior contract with the DOE was originally scheduled to
expire on September 2000. On January 24, 2000, Kaiser-Hill was awarded the
follow-on Rocky Flats contract pursuant to which Kaiser-Hill is providing
services that will complete the restoration of the Rocky Flats site and close it
to DOE occupation (the Closure Contract).  The Closure Contract became effective
February 1, 2000 and terminated the remaining period of the former contract as
of January 31, 2000.  The economic terms of the Closure Contract are
significantly different from the former contract in that Kaiser-Hill, in
addition to continuing to earn revenue from the reimbursement of the actual
costs of its services, will also earn a performance fee based on a combination
of the actual costs of completion and on the actual date of physical completion.
The Closure Contract will reimburse Kaiser-Hill for the costs it incurs to
complete the site closure, currently estimated to range between $3.6 billion and
$4.8 billion and, in addition, will pay Kaiser-Hill an incentive fee ranging
from $150.0 million to $460.0 million, depending on Kaiser-Hill's ability to
control the incurred costs at completion to within the targeted range and its
ability to meet the closure goal anytime between March 31, 2006 - March 31,
2007.  If Kaiser-Hill attains physical completion above target cost, the fee
will be reduced by 30% of all contract costs incurred after such date up to a
maximum of $20.0 million.

General Information about Kaiser

     Competition and Contract Award Process

     The market for Kaiser's services is highly competitive.  Kaiser competes
with many other engineering and construction, program and project management
services firms ranging from small firms to large multi-national firms having
substantially greater financial, managerial and marketing resources than Kaiser.
Other competitive factors include quality of services, technical qualifications,
reputation, geographic presence, price, financial stability and the availability
of key professional personnel.

     Private-Sector Work.  Competition for private-sector work generally is
based on several factors, including quality of work, reputation, price and
marketing approach.  Kaiser's objective is to establish and maintain a strong
competitive position in its areas of operations by adhering to its basic
philosophy of delivering high-quality work in a timely fashion within its
clients' budgetary constraints.

     Public-Sector Work.  Most of Kaiser's contracts with public-sector clients
are awarded through a competitive bidding process that places no limit on the
number or type of bidders.  The process usually begins with a government request
for proposals that delineates the size and scope of the proposed contract.
Proposals are evaluated by the government on the basis of technical merit,
including responses to mandatory solicitation provisions, corporate and
personnel qualifications, experience, and cost.  Kaiser believes that its
experience and ongoing work strengthen its technical qualifications and thereby
enhance its ability to compete successfully for future government work.

     Teaming Arrangements and Joint Ventures.  In both the private and public
sectors, Kaiser, acting either as a prime contractor or as a subcontractor, may
join with other firms to form a team or a joint venture that competes for a
single contract or submits a single proposal.  Because a team of firms or a
joint venture almost always can offer a stronger set of qualifications than any
firm standing alone, these arrangements often are very important to the success
of a particular competition or proposal.  Kaiser maintains a large network of
business relationships with other companies and has drawn repeatedly upon these
relationships to form winning teams.

     Contract Structure.  Kaiser operates under a number of different types of
contract structures with its private- and public-sector clients, the most common
of which are cost plus and fixed price.  Under cost plus contracts, Kaiser's
costs are reimbursed with a fee, either fixed or percentage of cost, and/or an
incentive or award fee offered to provide inducement for effective project
management.  A variation of cost plus contracts are time-and-materials contracts
under which Kaiser is paid at a specified fixed hourly rate for direct labor
hours worked.  Under fixed price contracts, Kaiser is paid a predetermined
amount for all services provided as detailed in the design and performance
specifications agreed to at the project's inception, and under which Kaiser
retains more performance risk than under cost plus contracts.  While these fixed
price contracts can result in higher profit margins, they also can be costly if
Kaiser experiences cost overruns that are not recoverable from the client.

                                                                          Page 5
<PAGE>

     Customers

     Kaiser's domestic clients include the DOE and other federal departments and
agencies; major corporations in the transportation, steel, aluminum, mining, and
manufacturing industries; utilities; and a variety of state and local government
agencies throughout the United States and in other areas of the world.  The DOE
accounted for approximately 74% of Kaiser's consolidated gross revenue for the
year ended December 31, 1999, approximately 63% for the year ended December 31,
1998, and approximately 64% for the year ended December 31, 1997.

     Kaiser's international clients include both private firms and foreign
government agencies.  For the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997,
foreign clients accounted for approximately 11.5%, 12.2%, and 17.0% of Kaiser's
consolidated gross revenue, respectively.  For information concerning gross
revenue, operating income, and identifiable assets of Kaiser's business by
geographic area during 1999, 1998 and 1997, see Note 5 to the consolidated
financial statements.

     Contract Backlog

     The aggregate amount of gross contract revenue remaining to be earned
pursuant to signed contracts extending beyond the current date is referred to as
contract backlog. Kaiser believes that contract backlog is not an absolute
predictor of future gross or service revenue for any particular periods as the
status of contract funding, especially in contracts with certain governmental
agencies, can be unilaterally altered.  Most of Kaiser's contract backlog
relates to Kaiser-Hill's Rocky Flats Closure Contract.

     Potential Liabilities Involving Clients and Third Parties

     In performing services for its clients, Kaiser could potentially be liable
for breach of contract, personal injury, property damage, and negligence,
including improper or negligent performance or design, failure to meet
specifications, and breaches of express or implied warranties.  The damages
available to a client, should it prevail in its claims, are potentially large
and could include consequential damages.

     Under Kaiser-Hill's contract with the DOE, Kaiser-Hill is not responsible
for, and the DOE pays all costs associated with, any liability, including,
without limitation, any claims involving strict or absolute liability and any
civil fine or penalty, expense, or remediation cost, but limited to those of a
civil nature, which may be incurred by, imposed on, or asserted against Kaiser-
Hill arising out of any act or failure to act, condition, or exposure which
occurred before Kaiser-Hill assumed responsibility on July 1, 1995 ("pre-
existing conditions").  To the extent the acts or omissions of Kaiser-Hill
constitute willful misconduct, lack of good faith, or failure to exercise
prudent business judgment on the part of Kaiser-Hill's managerial personnel and
cause or add to any liability, expense, or remediation cost resulting from pre-
existing conditions, Kaiser-Hill is responsible, but only for the incremental
liability, expense, or remediation caused by Kaiser-Hill.

     The Kaiser-Hill contract further provides that Kaiser-Hill will be
reimbursed for the reasonable cost of bonds and insurance allocable to the Rocky
Flats contract and for liabilities and expenses incidental to these liabilities,
including litigation costs, to third parties not compensated by insurance or
otherwise.  The exception to this reimbursement provision applies to liabilities
caused by the willful misconduct or lack of good faith of Kaiser-Hill's
managerial personnel or the failure to exercise prudent business judgment by
Kaiser-Hill's managerial personnel.

                                                                          Page 6
<PAGE>

     Insurance

     Kaiser has a comprehensive risk management and insurance program that
provides a structured approach to protecting Kaiser.  Included in this program
are coverages for:

     .    general, automobile, pollution impairment, and professional liability;
     .    workers' compensation; and
     .    employers and property liability.

     Kaiser believes that the insurance it maintains, including self-insurance,
is in amounts and protects against risks as is customarily maintained by similar
businesses operating in comparable markets.  At this time, Kaiser expects to
continue to be able to obtain insurance in amounts generally available to firms
in its industry.  There can be no assurance that the insurance coverage and
levels maintained by Kaiser will continue, and if insurance of these types is
not available, it could have a material adverse effect on Kaiser.

     Kaiser has pollution insurance coverage on an occurrence basis, in amounts
and on terms that are economically reasonable, against possible liabilities that
may be incurred in connection with its conduct of its environmental business.
An uninsured claim arising out of Kaiser's environmental activities, however, if
successful and of sufficient magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on
Kaiser.

     Government Regulation

     In the past, Kaiser had a number of cost-reimbursement contracts with the
U.S. government, the costs of which are subject to audit and adjustment by the
applicable U.S. government agency.  Most of these contracts were entered into by
Kaiser's former EFM and Consulting Groups, which were divested in 1999.
However, in conjunction with these divestitures, Kaiser indemnified certain
elements of the sales and has retained many of the liabilities associated with
the pre-divestiture performance of these contracts.  As a result of pending
audits related to fiscal years 1986 forward, the government has asserted, among
other things, that some costs claimed as reimbursable under government contracts
either were not allowable or not allocated in accordance with federal
procurement regulations.  Kaiser is actively working with the government to
resolve these issues.  Kaiser has provided for its estimate, in its financial
statements, of the potential effect of issues that have been quantified,
including its estimate of disallowed costs for the periods currently under audit
and for periods not yet audited.  Many of the issues, however, have not been
quantified by the government or Kaiser, and others are qualitative in nature,
and their potential financial impact is not quantifiable by the government or
Kaiser at this time.  This provision will be reviewed periodically as
discussions with the government progress.

     Kaiser may, from time to time, either individually or in conjunction with
other government contractors operating in similar types of businesses, be
involved in U.S. government investigations for alleged violations of procurement
or other federal laws and regulations.  Kaiser currently is the subject of a
number of U.S. government investigations and is cooperating with the responsible
government agencies involved.  No charges presently are known to have been filed
against Kaiser by these agencies.

     Employees

     As of March 31, 2000, Kaiser had approximately 3,388 employees,  2,748 in
North America and 640 in numerous international sites.  The Company believes
that its relations with its employees are good.  Of this total, 2,048 persons
are employed at Kaiser-Hill's Rocky Flats site in Colorado. A total of 1,447 of
the Rocky Flats employees are represented by the United Steelworkers of America,
Local 8031; almost all of the union employees are contracted out to other
companies working at Rocky Flats. The Company believes that its relations with
the union are good.

                                                                          Page 7
<PAGE>

Item 2.  Properties

     Kaiser's activities are carried out through operating subsidiaries in 36
offices throughout the world.  Kaiser's headquarters are located at 9300 Lee
Highway, Fairfax, Virginia 22031-1207, and its telephone number is (703) 934-
3300.  Kaiser's operations are organized into North American and International
regions.  The North American regional headquarters is located in Fairfax,
Virginia, and the International regional headquarters is located at Q.V. 1
Building, George's Terrace, Perth WA 6000 Australia, telephone 61-89-366-5366.

     Other domestic offices include Chandler, Arizona; Los Angeles, San Diego,
and Oakland, California; Rocky Flats, Colorado; Washington, DC; Jacksonville,
Lake City, Miami, Orlando, and Tampa, Florida; Marietta, Georgia; Boise, Idaho;
Gramercy, Louisiana; Baltimore, Maryland; Boston, Massachusetts; New York City,
New York; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania;  Richmond,
Virginia; and Seattle, Washington. The Company's other international offices
include Brisbane and Gladstone, Australia; Ostrava and Prague, Czech Republic;
London, England; Hong Kong; Budapest, Hungary; Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo,
Brazil; Manila, the Philippines; Lisbon, Portugal; Cairo, Egypt and Istanbul,
Turkey.

     Kaiser's operations are conducted in leased facilities or in facilities
provided by the Federal government or other clients.  Because Kaiser's
operations generally do not require the maintenance of unique facilities,
suitable office space is available for lease in all of the geographic areas
currently served.  Kaiser believes that adequate space to conduct its operations
will be available for the foreseeable future.  For information concerning an
investment by Kaiser in Fairfax, Virginia land and buildings where Kaiser's
headquarters are located, see Notes 7 and 12 to the consolidated financial
statements included in this Report.


Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

     In the course of Kaiser's normal business activities, various claims or
charges have been asserted and litigation commenced against Kaiser arising from
or related to properties, injuries to persons, and breaches of contract, as well
as claims related to acquisitions and dispositions.  Claimed amounts may not
bear any reasonable relationship to the merits of the claim or to a final court
award.  In the opinion of management, an adequate reserve has been provided for
final judgments, if any, in excess of insurance coverage, that might be rendered
against Kaiser in the event of litigation.  See Note 15 to the consolidated
financial statements included in this Report.


Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     The 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company was held on
Thursday, November 4, 1999, at the headquarters of the Company, 9300 Lee
Highway, Fairfax, VA 22031. The matters voted on were (i) the election of three
directors, (ii) the approval of the issuance of shares of preferred stock and
common stock in connection with an exchange offer for outstanding debt (the
"Stock Issuance Proposal"), (iii) the approval of an amendment to the
certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse split of Company's outstanding
common stock in a ratio that would have resulted in 5,000,000 shares of common
stock being outstanding (the "Reverse Split Proposal"), (iv) the approval of
amendments to the Company's certificate of incorporation and bylaws
(collectively, the "Shareholder Democracy Proposal"), (v) the approval of an
amendment to the Company's certificate of incorporation and bylaws to provide
that no new shareholder rights plan (sometimes referred to as a "poison pill")
shall be adopted without the approval of the shareholders (the "Rights Plan
Proposal"), (vi) the approval of amendments to the Company's certificate of
incorporation to eliminate provisions related to the terms of series of
preferred stock that are no longer outstanding (the "Obsolete Preferred Stock
Proposal"), (vii) the approval of amendments to the Company's Stock Incentive
Plan (the "Stock Incentive Plan Proposal"), (viii) the approval of the quasi-
reorganization of the Company's financial statements, pursuant to which the
Company would adjust its capital accounts to eliminate the accumulated deficit
in retained earnings from past unprofitable operations and establish a new
retained earnings account for the accumulation of future earnings (the "Quasi-
Reorganization Proposal") and (ix) the ratification of the appointment of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company's independent public accountants for
the fiscal year ending December 31, 1999. The number of votes cast for, against,
or withheld, as well as the number of abstention and broker non-votes for each
of the above-described matters are set forth below:

                                                                          Page 8
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Total             Total             Total
                                     Votes           Votes For           Votes          Total
            Votes                     For                %           Withheld (*)     Non-Votes
            -----                     ---                -           ------------     ---------
<S>                                <C>               <C>             <C>              <C>
1.  Election of Directors
        Thomas C. Jorling          19,163,638          80.443%         3,227,286          0
        James J. Maiwurm           19,400,552          81.437%         2,990,372          0
        Hazel R. O'Leary           18,058,476          75.804%         4,332,448          0
</TABLE>

(*) "Votes Withheld" means that the shareholder marked the box on his/her proxy
card labeled "withheld."  This vote total includes situations in which the
shareholder wrote in the name of the individual director for whom he/she did not
want to vote.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             %  of
                                              Total          Total          Total          Total         Total
                                            Votes Cast     Votes Cast     Votes Cast       Broker         Votes
                                               For             For          Against       Non-Votes      Abstain
                                               ---             ---          -------       ---------      -------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
2.  Stock Issuance Proposal                 14,883,708        86.420%      2,338,814      4,867,348      301,054
3.  Reverse Split Proposal                  20,722,437        93.540%      1,431,162              0      237,325
4.  Shareholder Democracy Proposal          16,374,226        95.204%        824,838      4,867,348      324,512
5.  Rights Plan Proposal                    16,146,164        94.125%      1,007,801      4,867,348      369,611
6.  Obsolete Preferred Stock Proposal       21,005,487        96.001%        874,946              0      510,491
7.  Stock Incentive Plan Proposal           14,920,946        87.355%      2,163,878      4,867,348      438,752
8.  Quasi-Reorganization Proposal           16,147,432        94.080%      1,016,121      4,867,348      360,023
9.  Ratification of Accountants             20,677,851        94.441%      1,217,098              0      495,975
</TABLE>


                                    PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

     From September 14, 1993 until March 7, 2000, the Common Stock was traded on
the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbols "ICF" and "KSR". On
December 27, 1999, coincident with the Company's name change, the NYSE symbol
was changed to "KSR".  On March 8, 2000, the Common Stock ceased to be listed on
the NYSE and began to be traded on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board system
under the symbol "KSRG".  At April 13, 2000, there were 1,455 shareholders of
record and the closing price of the Common Stock as reported by the Over-the-
Counter Bulletin Board was $0.25.  The following table sets forth, for the
periods indicated, the high and low sales prices for the Common Stock as
reported by the NYSE:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Common Stock Price
                                                                       ------------------
                                                               1999                          1998
                                                               ----                          ----
                                                        High          Low               High         Low
                                                      ---------    ---------         ----------    --------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>               <C>           <C>
Year Ended December 31,
     First Quarter...................................   $1.500       $0.813             $3.000     $2.063
     Second Quarter..................................    0.813        0.250              3.063      2.180
     Third Quarter...................................    0.500        0.313              2.313      1.125
     Fourth Quarter..................................    0.813        0.281              1.813      1.188
</TABLE>

     The Company's Transfer Agent and Registrar is EquiServe, First Chicago
Trust Division (formerly First Chicago Trust Company of New York), P.O. Box
2536, Jersey City, NJ 07303-2536. The Shareholder Relations telephone number is
(201) 324-0498, and the First Chicago Web site address is http://www.fctc.com.

     The Company has never paid cash dividends on its Common Stock and
anticipates that no cash dividends will be paid on its Common Stock for the
foreseeable future and that the Company's earnings will be retained for use in
the business. The Board of Directors determines the Company's Common Stock
dividend policy based on the Company's results of operations, payment of
dividends on preferred stock, financial condition, capital requirements, and
other circumstances. The Company's debt agreements currently do not permit
dividends to be paid on its capital stock. See Note 9 to the consolidated
financial statements.


Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

                                                                          Page 9
<PAGE>

     The selected consolidated financial data of the Company for the years ended
December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996, and the ten months ended December 31, 1995,
have been derived from the Company's audited consolidated financial statements.
This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Report and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations." Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period
financial statements to conform to the presentation used in the December 31,
1999 consolidated financial statements.

                     Selected Consolidated Financial Data
                     (in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 Ten
                                                                                                                Months
                                                                                                                Ended
                                                                                                               December
                                                                          Year Ended December 31,                 31,
                                                                  1999       1998        1997        1996        1995
                                                                --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Gross revenue................................................   $870,267   $ 999,721    $926,916    $809,643   $532,600
Service revenue..............................................    295,451     211,762     300,986     308,016    240,996
Operating income (loss)......................................    (22,732)    (97,001)      3,069         720     (6,900)
Loss from continuing operations before
      income taxes, minority interest, extraordinary item
      and cumulative effect of accounting change.............    (41,448)   (115,741)    (12,439)    (11,216)   (18,197)
Loss before extraordinary item and
     cumulative effect of accounting change..................     (5,924)    (93,442)     (4,987)     (7,851)   (12,668)
Basic and Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share:
Continuing operations before extraordinary item and
 cumulative effect of accounting change......................   $  (2.00)  $   (4.34)   $  (0.62)   $  (0.36)  $  (0.60)
Discontinued operations, net of tax..........................       1.78        0.47        0.40        0.62       0.71
Extraordinary item, net of tax...............................      (0.03)      (0.05)         --          --         --
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax...........         --       (0.25)         --          --         --
                                                                --------   ---------    --------    --------   --------
      Total..................................................   $  (0.25)  $   (4.17)   $  (0.22)   $   0.26   $   0.11
                                                                ========   =========    ========    ========   ========

  Weighted average common shares outstanding:
          --basic............................................     23,823      24,092      22,382      22,035     21,132
          --diluted..........................................     23,823      24,092      22,382      22,057     21,606

Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
Total assets.................................................   $253,563   $ 428,071    $399,288    $369,462   $370,179
Working capital..............................................     17,108       3,271      91,121     113,898     84,589
Long-term liabilities........................................    131,795     147,152     145,590     161,951    125,818
Redeemable preferred stock...................................         --          --          --          --     19,787
Shareholders' equity (deficit)...............................    (69,903)    (63,118)     27,327      34,892     28,427
</TABLE>

                                                                         Page 10
<PAGE>


Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
          Results of Operations


Overview

     During 1999, management continued to execute various elements of a
restructuring plan aimed at restoring the Company to profitability following the
difficulties caused primarily by problems in its execution of four large fixed-
price contracts to construct nitric acid plants in 1998 and early 1999. In
summary, the components of the restructuring plan developed by management and
the Board of Directors included the following:

 .  Divesting operating units and reinvesting the proceeds in the Company to
   provide working capital necessary to stabilize the retained business
   activities;
 .  Reducing the Company's overhead cost structure that would remain after the
   divestitures of the operating units referenced above; and
 .  Revising the Company's capital structure in order to eliminate barriers to
   securing new business and improve access to new sources of working capital.

     Elements of the restructuring plan were initiated in the third quarter of
1998; however, the majority of the progress was achieved during 1999.
Achievements toward each plan element are described below.

     Divesting Operating Units

  .  Sale of the Environment and Facilities Management Group (EFM): On April 9,
     1999, the Company sold the majority of the active contracts and
     investments, and transferred a substantial number of employees, of EFM to
     The IT Group, Inc. (IT) for a cash purchase price of $82.0 million, less
     $8.0 million which was retained by IT for EFM's working capital
     requirements. The Company then completed EFM contracts that were not sold
     to IT. Net of income tax expense of $24.5 million, the Company recognized a
     gain of $12.0 million from the sale.

  .  Sale of the Consulting Group: On June 30, 1999, the Company sold 90% of its
     Consulting Group to CM Equity Partners, L.P. and the Group's management for
     $64.0 million in cash and $6.6 million of interest-bearing notes. The
     Company retained a 10% ownership interest in the new and independent
     consulting company, now known as ICF Consulting Group, Inc. Net of income
     tax expense of $11.2 million, the Company recognized a gain of $30.3
     million from the sale.

     The Company finalized its accounting for the divestitures of its EFM and
Consulting Groups as well as for the sale of certain assets of a small business
unit sold earlier in the year during the fourth quarter and recorded a
reduction to the net gain on the sales of $6.2 million primarily for the income
tax effects of the transactions and for the write-off of certain additional
divested assets (Note 4 and Note 16).

     The cash proceeds from the sales of the EFM and Consulting Groups, net of
transaction costs, and from the liquidation of the retained EFM assets, were, in
part, used to pay down all cash borrowings on the Company's revolving line of
credit. The balance was used for working capital purposes and held for use in
the debt restructuring element of the plan.

     The combined net financial position, operating results and cash flows of
the EFM and Consulting Groups have been presented in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements as discontinued operations for the entire
year. All prior period operating results and cash flows have also been
reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

     Reducing Overhead and Improving Profitability

     The restructuring plan included actions to realign and reduce the Company's
post-divestiture cost structure. Elements of the cost reduction plan included an
approximate 25% personnel reduction in the Company's wholly-owned North American
operations with lesser percentage reductions in its International operations,
eliminating regional overhead layers, downsizing facilities, closing of
marginally profitable office locations, discontinuing certain business
offerings, improving direct labor utilization on projects and enhancing project
controls to minimize risks of future contract losses. Because of certain
centralized aspects of the Company's organizational structure that existed prior
to completing the

                                                                         Page 11
<PAGE>

divestitures discussed above, the cost reduction elements of this phase of the
plan could not begin until after the divestitures were completed. The results of
the cost reduction plan have been positive - reducing administrative expenses by
more than $20.0 million on an annualized basis when comparing the fourth quarter
of 1999 to that of 1998. Although the majority of the reduction initiatives have
been enacted, the Company remains focused on appropriately controlling overhead
spending.

     Revising the Capital Structure

     The Company has not yet completed the last element of its plan, the
restructuring of its outstanding debt.

     In September 1999, the Company reached an agreement in principle with the
majority of the holders of its $15.0 million in Senior Notes and the holders of
its $125.0 million Senior Subordinated Notes. On October 1, 1999, the Company
commenced an asset sale offer/exchange offer to implement a restructuring of its
$125.0 million Senior Subordinated Notes. On October 9, the Company completed
the first element of the debt restructuring by using proceeds from its recently
completed asset sales to repurchase $14.0 million of its $15.0 million in
outstanding Senior Notes for 88% of their face value. The Company also paid the
accrued interest on the repurchased notes.

     By November 3, 1999, the Company had received notice of participation in
the asset sale offer/exchange offer by the holders of approximately 99% of the
principal amount of its $125.0 million Senior Subordinated Notes. On November 4,
1999, the Company obtained the necessary approvals of its common shareholders to
be able to effect the proposed restructuring. The detailed elements of the plan
are described in the Company's Prospectus dated October 1, 1999. In general
terms, the plan contemplated the cash repurchase of at least $35.0 million of
the Senior Subordinated Notes and the exchange of 2,600,000 shares of new
redeemable convertible preferred stock (liquidation preference of $65.0 million)
and up to $25.0 million in new unsecured 15% Senior Notes to be due December 31,
2002 for the balance of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

     Consummation of the approved debt restructuring plan was conditioned on the
Company's ability to obtain a new bank revolving credit facility satisfactory to
the Company and an unofficial committee of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders.
The proposals ultimately received from potential lenders did not provide the
Company with a facility that was compatible with the Company's needs. Due to the
fact that the Company could not secure an acceptable credit facility and on
continued financial underperformance of its Engineering Operations, on December
31, 1999, the Company paid the scheduled interest payment on the $126.0 million
in remaining notes and decided to delay implementation of the proposed debt
restructuring and re-open negotiations with its noteholders and potential
lenders.

     The Company has continued negotiations with representatives of its Senior
Subordinated Notes and, while it has no assurance, believes it may be able to
implement a modified restructuring of those notes. Such a transaction could
involve an exchange of Senior Subordinated Notes for a combination of new common
stock and newly issued preferred stock. The Company believes that such a
restructuring would substantially improve its financial condition and provide a
basis for ongoing operations and continuation of the Company's turnaround.
However, such a restructuring would result in substantially more dilution of the
equity of existing common stockholders than the restructuring proposed during
the fall of 1999. Such a restructuring may be accomplished through consensual
insolvency proceedings.

     While continuing negotiations with representatives of its Senior
Subordinated Noteholders, the Company has been exploring strategic alternatives
for the Company, including the possible sale of certain of its assets or
businesses. That process is still underway. The Company currently expects to be
able to reach a conclusion with respect to its strategic direction and begin to
implement its reorganization prior to the end of the second quarter of 2000.

                                                                         Page 12
<PAGE>

Results of Operations

     The Company's business is comprised primarily of its Engineering Operations
and its 50% interest in the Kaiser-Hill subsidiary. The following discussion
separately addresses the operating results of the two, largely different
operations. In all cases, conforming changes to current period presentation
formats have been made in the historical results presented.

     Kaiser-Hill

     Kaiser-Hill is a 50% owned joint venture between Kaiser Group
International, Inc. and CH2M Hill, formed solely to perform the U.S. Department
of Energy's (DOE) Rocky Flats Closure Project (the Rocky Flats Contract)
initially awarded in late 1995. The Kaiser-Hill operating results for each of
the years ended December 31 were as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  Kaiser-Hill                            1999          1998          1997
                                       ---------     ---------     ---------
  <S>                                  <C>           <C>           <C>
   Gross Revenue....................   $ 643,044     $ 632,600     $ 588,700
     Subcontracts and materials.....    (456,188)     (478,100)     (421,200)
                                       ---------     ---------     ---------
   Service Revenue..................     186,856       154,500       167,500
   Operating Expenses:..............
     Direct labor and fringe........     176,582       138,300       145,500
     Depreciation/amortization......          89            --            --
                                       ---------     ---------     ---------
   Operating Income.................   $  10,185     $  16,200     $  22,000
                                       =========     =========     =========
</TABLE>

     The Rocky Flats Contract is primarily cost-reimbursable in nature, but it
also contains certain minimum and incentive fee elements based on qualitative
and quantitative factors of actual performance levels compared to annually
negotiated and established benchmarks or milestones. Accordingly, fluctuations
in gross revenue earned by Kaiser-Hill during the comparable periods above are
largely reflective of increased levels of reimbursable subcontractor costs,
i.e., pass-throughs, being incurred as the contract progress continued and as
the term of the contract neared its original completion date of June 30, 2000.
Although annual operating results are not directly comparable because of changes
in the underlying performance milestones that are established annually by the
DOE, the service revenue and operating income decreases from 1998 to 1999 are
largely the result of the January 24, 2000 award of the new Rocky Flats Closure
Contract, effective February 1, 2000. The Closure Contract shifted certain
remaining performance elements from the original contract into the new contract.
Since the Company had been recognizing the performance fee of the original
contract using the percentage of completion basis and since performance elements
were shifted out of the original contract into the Closure Contract, the Company
had to revise downward its estimate of its earnings under the original contract.
The downward revision, due to the shift in contract performance elements, caused
the Company to reverse, in the fourth quarter of 1999, previously recognized
revenue of $5.2 million. This adjustment merely reflects a change in the timing
of when Kaiser-Hill will earn performance fee. The service revenue decrease from
1997 to 1998 of $13.0 million is due to a lower incentive fee pool being
available for award in 1998 as compared to 1997. The DOE made the benchmarks to
earning the 1998 incentive fee pools more difficult - indirectly reducing the
amount of incentive fee potentially payable to Kaiser-Hill.

     On January 24, 2000, Kaiser-Hill was awarded the follow-on Rocky Flats
Contract pursuant to which Kaiser-Hill will provide services through to closure
of the Rocky Flats site (the Closure Contract). The Closure Contract became
effective February 1, 2000, essentially terminating the remaining period of the
original contract. The economic terms of the Closure Contract are significantly
different from the original contract in that Kaiser-Hill will earn revenue based
on the actual cost of physical completion and will earn a performance fee based
on a combination of the actual cost of completion and the actual date of
physical completion, both as compared to contracted targets. The Closure
Contract fee may range from $150.0 million to $460.0 million based on Kaiser-
Hill's costs falling within the range of targeted completion cost of $3.6
billion to $4.8 billion, respectively, if completed within various dates between
March 31, 2006 - March 31, 2007. Physical completion above the target cost would
result in a reduction to the fee whereby Kaiser-Hill will share 30% in all costs
incurred after such date, subject to a maximum Kaiser-Hill liability of $20.0
million. Until such time as Kaiser-Hill can reasonably predict the likely
outcome of the total fee to be earned by contract completion, the fee will be
accrued at the minimum on a straight-line basis from February 1, 2000 through
December 31, 2007. Estimated changes in the earned fee will be recognized as
contract to date adjustments at such time as the estimate is revised. The
Closure Contract currently provides for Kaiser-Hill to invoice DOE quarterly
based on a $340.0 million target fee

                                                                         Page 13

<PAGE>

pool, less a 50% retainage for 2000. Thereafter, the quarterly invoicing will
revert to a formula such that cumulative contract billings would not exceed the
minimum fee of $150.0 million spread over a 7 year timeframe, with retainages.
All invoice payments made by DOE to Kaiser-Hill will be distributed to the joint
venture owners immediately upon receipt, less certain Kaiser-Hill
reimbursements.

     Engineering Operations

     The Engineering Operations provide design, engineering, procurement, and
construction and project management services to domestic and international
clients in the infrastructure, facilities, metals, mining and industrial
markets. The operating results for each of the years ended December 31 was as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999            1998           1997
                                                      ----------      ---------      ---------
 <S>                                                  <C>              <C>            <C>
 Gross Revenue............................            $  227,223      $ 367,121      $ 338,216
   Subcontracts and materials.............              (123,108)      (239,694)      (200,131)
   Provision for contract losses..........                    --        (76,210)        (6,900)
   Equity income of affiliates............                 4,480          6,045          2,301
                                                       ---------       --------       --------
 Service Revenue..........................               108,595         57,262        133,486
 Operating Expenses:
   Direct labor and fringe................                67,896         79,562         79,971
   Selling, general and administrative....                54,052         65,534         63,851
   Depreciation/amortization..............                 5,180          8,288          8,595
   Restructuring charges..................                14,384         17,079            ---
                                                      ----------      ---------      ---------
 Operating (Loss).........................            $  (32,917)     $(113,201)     $ (18,931)
                                                      ==========      =========      =========
</TABLE>

     Gross Revenue: Gross revenue represents the amount of goods and services
provided to the customer through primary contract relationships. Often included
as a component of gross revenue, and reimbursed by the customers, are costs of
certain services which the Company subcontracts to and procures from third
parties, including direct project costs and materials. These costs are excluded
from gross revenue to derive the Company's service revenue. Engineering
Operations derive the majority of their economic benefit, however, in the form
of engineering, procurement and construction management services performed
directly - this element is referred to as service revenue and is used as the
basis for managing the Engineering Operations.

     The majority of the gross revenue fluctuations noted above are attributable
to the completion or near completion of several large fixed price projects that
also contained large amounts of construction materials and passed through
subcontractor costs. Such costs are included in the Company's gross revenues;
however, they typically have nominal effect on project profitability. More
specifically:

 .  the large fixed-price Nitric Acid projects were completed in the first
   quarter of 1999 and resulted in gross revenue of $14.4 million in 1999
   compared to $47.9 million and $55.1 million in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

 .  the large fixed-price project to construct the Nova Hut steel mini-mill in
   the Czech Republic generated gross revenue of $54.2 million in 1999 versus
   $77.8 million and $76.7 million in 1998 and 1997, respectively. The large
   gross revenue earning phases of the Nova Hut project neared completion as of
   December 31, 1999.

 .  the acquisition on March 19, 1998, of ICT Spectrum Constructors, Inc., a
   construction contractor based in Boise, Idaho, specializing in construction
   management of fabrication plants and other facilities for semiconductor and
   microelectronics customers, resulting in $17.6 million and $87.2 million in
   gross revenue in 1999 and 1998, respectively.

     The Engineering Operations ended 1999 with approximately $202.0 million in
signed contract backlog.

     Service Revenue:  Apart from the fluctuations resulting from large project
completions, the Company's engineering operations experienced softness in 1999
compared to prior years in new business development in certain areas, including
all business lines in the Asia-Pacific region and within the iron and steel and
microelectronics business lines in North America. The operating performance
during the fourth quarter was also down from the prior quarter due to the
nearing completion of certain foreign projects during the third quarter of 1999
without equal replacements commencing immediately in the

                                                                         Page 14
<PAGE>

fourth quarter. These developments, in addition to the contract fluctuations
noted above, accounted for service revenue declines of $25.0 million in 1999
compared to 1998 and of $31.8 million compared to 1997 (after adjusting 1998 and
1997 service revenue results for the effects of the large project losses
recognized therein).

     Operating gross margins - service revenue less direct labor and fringe
costs -as a percent of service revenue have declined slightly over the past
three years. The different types of services provided by the Engineering
Operation's business units typically attract different average operating
margins. As the business mix changes slightly from year to year, the
consolidating operating margins fluctuate with the relative shifts in underlying
service base composition. Adjusting 1998 and 1997 results for the effects of the
large contract losses recognized in those years, and excluding equity income in
affiliates, the gross margins as a percent of service revenue were 34.8%, 37.5%
and 42.1% during the years 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The decreased 1999
operating gross margin is reflective of the fact that the 13% and 15% annual
reductions in direct labor spending from 1998 and 1997 compared to 1999 did not
parallel the pace of reductions in service revenue.

     The decrease in 1999 equity in income from affiliates from 1998 levels
reflects the culmination of an alumina refinery project in Australia.  A year
earlier, it was also this project that accounted for the increase of $3.7
million in 1998 compared to 1997.  The project was awarded in late 1997.

     Operating Expenses:   The restructuring plan implemented in 1999 and late
1998 included actions to realign and reduce the Company's post-divestiture
overhead cost structure such that the remaining levels more appropriately fit
the needs and size of its continuing operations. Elements of the overhead
reduction plan included an approximate 25% personnel reduction in the Company's
wholly-owned North American operations with lesser percentage reductions in
International operations, eliminating regional overhead layers, downsizing
facilities, closing of marginally profitable office locations, discontinuing
certain business offerings, improving direct labor utilization on projects and
enhancing project controls to minimize risks of future contract losses. Because
of certain centralized aspects of the Company's organizational structure that
existed prior to completing the divestitures discussed above, the cost reduction
elements of this phase of the plan could not begin until after the divestitures
were completed. To date, the results from the cost reduction plan have been
positive- administrative expenses have been reduced by more than $20.0 million
on an annualized basis when comparing the fourth quarter of 1999 to that of 1998
and a $11.5 million absolute reduction from 1998 to 1999. Although the majority
of the reduction initiatives have been enacted, the Company remains focused on
controlling overhead spending.

     In connection with its plan of reorganization discussed in the Overview,
the Company recorded charges for restructuring costs of $14.4 million and $17.1
million during 1999 and 1998, respectively. Components of the charges included
amounts for severance and related matters, the write-off of goodwill associated
with the discontinuance of operations from a prior acquisition, a write-down of
the impairment of certain long-term investments, professional fees associated
with the debt restructuring (recognized in the fourth quarter), a charge for
business unit divestiture costs and for anticipated sublease losses and office
realignment and closings (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements).
These restructuring charges have been presented individually on the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.

     Interest: The Company's average annual outstanding debt and the related
average effective interest rates for 1999, 1998, and 1997 were $146.7 million
and 14.7%, $151.7 million and 13.3%, and $140.8 million and 13.0%, respectively.
The rate of interest expense increased significantly in 1999 due to the
incurrence of rollover loan origination fees and points associated with
noncompliance with the terms of the revolving credit facility in early 1999 in
addition to higher base interest rates contained in the such credit facility as
compared to the former facility. Interest expense in 1997 was offset partially
by a one-time, $0.9 million reduction realized from the Company's favorable
resolution and reversal of a previously established liability for potential
interest costs associated with a foreign income tax matter.

     Interest income is earned on available cash balances that were generated
primarily from the unused proceeds from the divestitures earlier in 1999 and
prior to those sales, largely only by Kaiser-Hill and foreign operations. All
other cash not required for operations was historically used to pay down
outstanding cash borrowings.

                                                                         Page 15
<PAGE>

     Income Tax Expense: The income tax provision for all periods presented
excludes the minority's interest in Kaiser-Hill's operating income because it is
owned partially by another company and is a flow-through entity for income tax
purposes.

     In 1999, the Company recognized total income tax expense of $38.4 million
allocable to the following results (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       Applicable Tax
     Statement of Operations Category                                           Income/(Loss)        (Expense)/Benefit
     --------------------------------                                           -------------        -----------------
<S>                                                                            <C>                    <C>
     Loss from continuing operations before income taxes................        $  (41,448)               $ (1,110)
     Income from discontinued operations................................             4,210                  (1,875)
     Gain on the sales of discontinued operations.......................            75,878                 (35,795)
     Extraordinary loss on the early extinguishment of debt.............              (989)                    389
</TABLE>

     Also in 1999, the Company utilized deferred tax assets and the benefit of
current period losses totaling $33.6 million to offset a similar amount of
income tax liability resulting from the gain on the sales of discontinued
operations. The Company will not recognize an income statement benefit for any
previously unbenefitted or future operating losses or future tax deductions
until such time as management believes it is more likely than not that the
Company's future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to be able
to realize such benefits. As of December 31, 1999, the Company had provided a
valuation allowance against the entire remaining deferred tax asset of $39.9
million.

     In 1998, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $18.6 million on a
loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $115.7 million. The
Company recognized a $23.6 million valuation allowance against the total future
deferred tax benefit of the operating loss and any other future tax deductions
sufficient to ensure that the balance of the net deferred tax asset at December
31, 1998 would be completely utilized by the income tax gains that were
anticipated from sales of the operating divisions anticipated for completion in
1999.

     Other 1998 changes in income tax expense versus 1997 include a $1.8 million
foreign income tax expense established for the anticipated repatriation to the
U.S. of Australian earnings, used for domestic working capital needs, and a $0.7
million provision for the permanent book-tax difference expected for the
redemption of $1.8 million in non-recourse loans to officers and former
employees, which were collateralized solely by shares of the Company's common
stock. At the inception of the loans, the collateral value exceeded the loans'
face value.

     In 1997, the Company recognized a tax benefit of $9.4 million on pre-tax
loss from continuing operations of $12.4 million. Approximately $1.9 million of
the tax benefit was as a result of completing a study of historic research and
experimental expenditures for certain open tax years, enabling the Company to
recognize a benefit for research tax credits.

     Extraordinary Items: In 1999, the Company had two early debt
extinguishments as defined by generally accepted accounting principles.
Effective upon the completion of the sale of the Consulting Group on June 30,
1999, the Company's revolving credit line was terminated. A charge of $0.8
million, net of income tax effects, was recognized for the write off of the
unamortized balance of capitalized costs incurred to originally obtain the
facility.

     As part of its efforts to restructure its Notes, the Company repurchased
$14.0 million of the $15.0 million outstanding in Senior Notes for 88% of face
value in October 1999. After adjusting the amount of the repurchase discount by
the write off of the unamortized original issue discount on the notes and the
unamortized balance of capitalized costs incurred to originally issue the notes,
and costs incurred in the purchase the net gain on the repurchase was $0.2
million, net of related income tax effects.

     Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change:  In April 1998, the Accounting
Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants issued Statement of Position 98-5 Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities (SOP 98-5). The SOP requires costs of organization and start-up
activities to be expensed as incurred. The Company elected early adoption of the
Statement effective April 1, 1998 and, at that time, reported the cumulative
effect of the change as a one-time, non-cash charge of $6.0 million after tax,
or $0.25 per share. The Company's amortization expense in 1998 was reduced by
$1.6 million because the cumulative charge included balances for items that were
previously amortized.

                                                                         Page 16
<PAGE>

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     Operating activities: During 1999, the Company funded approximately $22.0
million of the $66.0 million in estimated nitric acid project cost overruns
identified in 1998, the remainder had been funded in 1998. Kaiser-Hill generated
$8.6 million in operating cash flows in 1999; versus $10.1 million in 1998. The
Company's nonrecurring restructuring activities used approximately $16.9 million
in cash for severance payments, lease restructuring costs etc. and professional
fees associated with its total debt restructuring initiatives, debt
extinguishments, and corporate reorganization and realignment activities. The
Company paid net interest expense of $18.7 million in 1999. Lastly, the
Company's Engineering Operations used cash of approximately $18.9 million in
its continuing operations. This usage was reflective, in part, of the fact
that the Company did not complete the majority of the overhead cost reductions
until the third and fourth quarters of 1999 and, in part, of the continued
operating weaknesses and business downturns in the Asia-Pacific region, in the
North American iron and steel and microelectronics business lines.

     Excluding the $10.1 million in operating cash flows generated by Kaiser-
Hill in 1998, the Company's remaining $40.0 million used in operations
predominantly funded the nitric acid project overruns. Positive operating cash
flows of $26.2 million in 1997 were generated in part due to increased activity
in large commercial projects that had provisions in the contract terms for
milestone-based payments which were collected prior to actual contract
performance. Differences in the timing of the cash payments made to suppliers on
some of these large projects versus the collection of customer trade receivables
also contributed favorably to the 1997 operating cash flows.

     Investing activities:  Net of fees associated with completing the 1999
divestiture transactions, proceeds from the sales of the EFM and Consulting
Groups totaled $145.0 million. Proceeds of $2.4 million were received in 1998
from a 1997 installment sale of the Company's ownership interest in a pulverized
coal injection operation. Investments in fixed assets and software development,
including capitalized labor, were made in 1999, 1998 and 1997 totaling $2.1
million,$3.6 million and $4.6 million, respectively.

     With the intent of significantly restructuring fixed operating leases for
the Company's corporate headquarters, the Company paid $1.5 million on November
12, 1997, for a 4% ownership interest in a limited liability company (the LLC)
that leases the land and owns the buildings leased primarily by the Company for
its corporate headquarters. The Company is committed to make additional annual
capital contributions to the LLC totaling $600,000 annually during each of the
first three years and $700,000 annually during each of the fourth through ninth
years of the LLC. The ownership in the LLC will increase to 16% in fixed annual
2.4% increments in each of the eleventh through fifteenth years of the
agreement.

     Financing activities:  Upon the closing of the sale of its EFM Group in
April, 1999, the Company paid off the outstanding balance on its revolving
credit facility of $36.0 million and used an additional $10.0 million to cash
collateralize certain outstanding contract performance guarantee letters of
credit. On June 30, 1999, the Company was required to cash collateralize an
additional $13.0 million so as to cover all $23.0 million of the Company's then
outstanding letters of credit. On October 9, 1999, the Company repurchased $14.0
million of its $15.0 million of Senior Notes at 88% of face value. As of
December 31, 1999 and April 14, 2000, the Company had no revolving credit
facilities and no debt other than its remaining Senior and Senior Subordinated
Notes totaling $126.0 million in principal amount. At December 31, 1999, the
Company had $13.1 million in total outstanding letters of credit, all fully
collateralized by restricted cash balances.

     In 1998, the Company realized that it was going to incur significant cost
overruns on the nitric acid projects. Due to the significant risks, difficulties
and uncertainties involved in estimating the total costs to complete these large
fixed price projects, the Company revised and increased the total completed
project cost estimates several times in 1998. Given the completion cost
uncertainties and the inability to finitely determine the impact of the losses
on the Company's liquidity and financing sources, management immediately pursued
options for additional financing sources and flexibilities. In addition to
seeking a replacement working capital facility, the Company's Board of Directors
also began considering and pursuing other strategic alternatives, including, but
not limited to, the sale of portions of the Company.

                                                                         Page 17
<PAGE>

     On December 18, 1998, the Company successfully entered into a new revolving
credit facility (the Revolver) which offered cash borrowings and letters of
credit up to an aggregate of $60 million. After obtaining the Revolver, the
Company again increased the estimate of the total nitric acid projects cost
overruns it expected to incur and need to fund prior to the completion of the
projects, by an additional $19 million. This material adverse change to the
Company's financial condition triggered a technical event of default pursuant to
the Revolver's terms. The lender permitted the Company to borrow and obtain
letters of credit pursuant to all other terms of the Revolver, primarily
conditioned on the Revolver provision that proceeds from asset sales be used to
repay outstanding cash borrowings. That provision combined with the fact that
the Company was actively pursuing the sale of significant operating assets was
sufficient assurance for the lenders to continue to permit the use of the
facility until such time as an asset sale was completed. On April 9, 1999, the
Company completed the sale of its EFM Group (see Note 4 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements) and used $36 million of the sale proceeds to extinguish
outstanding Revolver cash borrowings plus $10 million to cash collateralize
outstanding letters of credit. The Company also received an amendment to the
Revolver (the Amended Revolver) providing for cash borrowing and letters of
credit up to an aggregate of $30 million. The Amended Revolver expired on June
30, 1999 - essentially upon the Company's completion of the sale of its
Consulting Group. Also in connection with the expiration, the Company was
required to use an additional $13.0 million of the asset sale proceeds to
collateralize letters of credit that were outstanding under the expired
facility. As of April 14, 2000, $12.6 million in outstanding letters of credit
remain collateralized and will continue to be so until such time as the Company
can secure a replacement credit facility with sufficient letter of credit
capacity.

     The distributions of Kaiser-Hill earnings to the minority interest owner in
1999, 1998 and 1997 totaled $3.3 million, $10.3 million and $13.9 million,
respectively. Kaiser-Hill had a $50 million receivables purchase facility to
support its working capital requirements, containing elements for certain
program fees, specified minimum tangible net worth requirements, and default
provisions for delinquent receivables, which expired, on an extended basis, on
September 30, 1999. On November 2, 1999, Kaiser-Hill subsequently obtained its
own revolving credit facility from Bank of America, N.A. that provides for up to
$35.0 million in total availability, such amount not to subject to exceed the
sum of eligible portions of Kaiser-Hill's eligible billed and unbilled accounts
receivable on the DOE Rocky Flats contract. The facility matures six years from
inception. Both parents of Kaiser-Hill have agreed to cure any events of default
by Kaiser-Hill on the facility. The facility includes provisions for interest
and charges commensurate with market pricing as well as affirmative and negative
financial covenants.


 Liquidity and Capital Resource Outlook

     The Company currently has no working capital facility and is financing its
Engineering Operations' working capital through the use of the residual cash
proceeds from the sale of its Consulting Group completed in June 1999 as well as
from distributions from its Kaiser-Hill subsidiary. Based on (i) current
expectations for near-term operating results, (ii) its current available cash
position and (iii) recent trends and projections in liquidity and capital needs,
management believes the Company has sufficient short-term liquidity to bridge
current operating needs until the implementation of a modified debt
restructuring, assuming that such a restructuring can be accomplished within the
reasonably near term. As noted above, there is no assurance that a successful
restructuring can be accomplished.

     Actions remaining critical to the Company's long-term liquidity include
completing a restructuring of its $125.0 million Senior Subordinated Notes prior
to the next interest payment due date of June 30, 2000, securing a sufficient
working capital facility with acceptable terms, obtaining successful outcomes
regarding significant contingent liabilities (see Other Matters), and improving
operating results. Management believes that, if these steps can be achieved, the
Company will have sufficient liquidity generated by improved operating results,
substantially decreased interest expense and borrowings on its new credit
facility to meet its longer-term working capital requirements.

     As discussed in the Overview, the Company has been engaged in ongoing
negotiations with representatives of the holders of its $125.0 million Senior
Subordinated Notes and believes it could implement a modified restructuring of
those notes. Such a transaction could involve an exchange of Senior Subordinated
Notes for a combination of common stock and newly issued preferred stock on
terms that would permit the Company to retain available cash and not require a
new bank credit agreement. The Company believes such a restructuring would
substantially improve its financial condition and provide a basis for ongoing
operations and continuation of the Company's turnaround. However, such a

                                                                         Page 18
<PAGE>

restructuring would result in substantially more dilution of the equity of
existing common stockholders than the restructuring proposed during the fall of
1999 and may involve a consensual insolvency filing, which could entail
additional delays in implementation.

     As also discussed above, while continuing negotiations with representatives
of holders of its Senior Subordinated Notes, the Company has also been exploring
strategic alternatives for the Company. Such alternatives could include
generating funds for debt restructuring or longer-term objectives and operating
needs through divestitures of additional operating assets, replacing the
Company's long-term debt, and negotiating additional equity infusions. This
evaluation of alternatives is still underway. The Company currently expects to
be able to reach a conclusion with respect to its strategic direction and begin
to implement its reorganization prior to the end of the second quarter of 2000.

     The Company expects its financial condition to be materially affected by
the implementation of any debt restructuring or strategic alternative. The
consummation of either a debt restructuring or other strategic alternatives
could be completed through a "prepackaged" plan of reorganization under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. If such a plan were selected as the mechanism
for completing the Company's restructuring, the Company expects that it would
have the support of the largest holders of its Senior Subordinated Notes and,
therefore, be able to implement the plan relatively promptly. If the Company
commences such a proceeding, the goals of any such plan would be to (i) minimize
adverse effects on Kaiser's ongoing operations, trade creditors and employees
and (ii) result in a financially strengthened and stable organization for
purposes of ongoing operations.


Other Matters

     Bath Contingency:   In March 1998, the Company entered into a $187 million
maximum price contract with Bath Iron Works to construct a ship building
facility. In May 1998, the Company subsequently learned that estimated costs to
perform the contract as reflected in actual proposed subcontracts were
approximately $30 million higher than the cost estimates originally used as the
basis for contract negotiation between the Company and the customer. After
learning this, the Company advised the customer that it was not required to
perform the contract in accordance with its terms as a result of a mutual
mistake among them in negotiating that contract. In October 1998, the customer
presented an initial draft of a claim against the Company requesting payment for
estimated damages and entitlements pursuant to the terminated contract. The
customer has also subsequently asserted a claim based on alleged differing site
conditions that allegedly should have been identified by the Company. In March
2000, Bath filed a combined claim against the Company in U.S. District Court in
the District of Maine requesting payment for $38 million. The Company continues
to object to Bath's allegations and is vigorously defending its position.
Although no resolution has been reached, management has recorded a provision in
the financial statements for the Company's proposed settlement of the non-
insured portion of the loss.

     Acquisition Contingency:   The Kaiser common shares exchanged for the stock
of ICT Spectrum in the March, 1998 acquisition carry the guarantee that the fair
market value of each share of stock will reach $5.36 by March 1, 2001. In the
event that the fair market value does not attain the guaranteed level, the
Company is obligated to make up the shortfall either through the payment of cash
or by issuing additional shares of common stock with a total value equal to the
shortfall, depending upon the Company's preference. Pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement, however, the total number of contingently issuable shares of common
stock cannot exceed an additional 1.5 million.

     In December, 1999, the Company and certain former Company employees and
shareholders of ICT Spectrum agreed to amend the applicable agreements in a
manner that had the result of reducing the amount of the taxable gain created by
former shareholder-employees' involuntary departures from the Company. As
permitted per the agreement, the shareholders agreed to allow the Company to
retain some of the vested shares as payment of the income tax withholding in
lieu of cash. In total, the Company retained 255,669 shares and recorded the
transaction as a $1.37 million reduction to goodwill and paid-in-capital.

     Given that the quoted fair market value of the Company's common stock at
December 31, 1999 was $0.37 per share, and that the Company's current debt
instruments restrict the amount of cash that can be used for acquisitions, the
assumed issuance of an additional 1.5 million shares (now adjusted downward by
the 255,669 retained shares to 1,244,331), would not completely extinguish the
remaining purchase price contingency. In this event, the Company will need to
fund the contingency in cash and

                                                                         Page 19
<PAGE>

would need to obtain an amendment to current debt instruments or replace them in
order to complete a cash fill-up. Any future distribution of cash or common
stock would be recorded as a charge to the Company's paid-in-capital.

     Until the earlier of the contingent purchase price resolution or March 1,
2001, any additional shares assumed to be issued because of shortfalls in fair
market value will be included in the Company's diluted earnings per share
calculations, unless they are antidilutive. The exchanged shares also contain
restrictions preventing their sale prior to March 1, 2001.

     On March 29, 1999, one ex-ICT Spectrum shareholder, individually and on
behalf of all others similarly situated, filed a class action lawsuit in the
U.S. District Court for the District of Idaho alleging false and misleading
statements made in a private offering memorandum, and otherwise, in connection
with the Company's acquisition of ICT Spectrum in 1998. The Company subsequently
filed a motion to dismiss the case. On March 14, 2000, the court ordered the
defendant to address certain claim deficiencies. Upon receipt of the claim
amendments, the court is expected to complete the ruling relative to the
Company's motion.

     Litigation, Claims and Assessments Contingencies: In the course of the
Company's normal business activities, various claims or charges have been
asserted and litigation commenced against the Company arising from or related to
properties, injuries to persons, and breaches of contract, as well as claims
related to acquisitions and dispositions. Claimed amounts may not bear any
reasonable relationship to the merits of the claim or to a final court award. In
the opinion of management, adequate reserves have been provided for final
judgments, if any, in excess of insurance coverage, that might be rendered
against the Company in such litigation. The continued adequacy of reserves is
reviewed periodically as progress on such matters ensues.

     The Company may from time to time, either individually or in conjunction
with other government contractors operating in similar types of businesses, be
involved in U.S. government investigations for alleged violations of procurement
or other federal laws and regulations. The Company currently is the subject of a
number of U.S. government investigations and is cooperating with the responsible
government agencies involved. No charges presently are known to have been filed
against the Company by these agencies. The Company has provided for its estimate
of the potential effect of these investigations, and the continued adequacy of
reserves is reviewed periodically as progress on such matters ensues.

     Prior to the divestitures of its EFM and Consulting Groups, the Company had
a substantial number of cost-reimbursement contracts with the U.S. government,
the costs of which are subject to audit by the U.S. government. As a result of
pending audits related to fiscal years 1986 forward, the government has
asserted, among other things, that certain costs claimed as reimbursable under
government contracts either were not allowable or not allocated in accordance
with federal procurement regulations. The Company is actively working with the
government to resolve these issues. The Company has provided for its estimate of
the potential effect of issues that have been quantified, including its estimate
of disallowed costs for the periods currently under audit and for periods not
yet audited. Neither the government nor the Company, however, has quantified
many of the issues, and others are qualitative in nature, and their potential
financial impact is not quantifiable by the government or the Company at this
time. The adequacy of provisions for reserves is reviewed periodically as
progress with the government on such matters ensues.

     Contract warranties and performance guaranty contingencies: In the course
of the Company's normal business activities, many of its contracts contain
provisions for warranties and performance guarantees. As progress on contracts
ensues, the Company regularly updates the estimates of the costs to perform such
contingencies and reserves a proportionate amount of the total related contract
value until such time as the contingency is resolved.

     Year-2000 Readiness:  The Company, to date, has not experienced any
material systems failures related to the Year 2000 (Y2K) rollover. Our
remediation plan for the Y2K issue is discussed in detail in the Company's 1998
Annual Report to Shareholders and in 1999 Forms 10-Q. The Company will continue
to monitor and address any issues that may arise from internal systems or those
of third parties. The Company's cumulative costs since inception of the Y2K
initiative were $6.4 million through December 31, 1999. These costs were largely
comprised of the costs to replace financial accounting and

                                                                         Page 20
<PAGE>

other software applications. Apart from the system replacement costs, other
costs related to Y2K have not had a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operation or financial condition.

     Market Risk

     The Company does not believe that it has significant exposures to market
risk. The majority of its foreign contracts are denominated and executed in the
applicable local currency. The interest rate risk associated with the majority
of the Company's borrowing activities is fixed, however, a 10% increase or
decrease in the average annual prime rate would result in an increase or
decrease of .72% multiplied by the weighted-average amount of fluctuating rate
borrowings outstanding during a period.

     Forward-Looking Statements

     From time to time, certain disclosures in reports and statements released
by the Company, or statements made by its officers or directors, will be forward
- -looking in nature. These forward-looking statements may contain information
related to the Company's intent, belief, or expectation with respect to contract
awards and performance, potential acquisitions and joint ventures, and cost-
cutting measures. In addition, these forward-looking statements contain a number
of factual assumptions made by the Company regarding, among other things, future
economic, competitive, and market conditions. Because the accurate prediction of
any future facts or conditions may be difficult and involve the assessment of
events beyond the Company's control, actual results may differ materially from
those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements.

     The Company is availing itself of the safe harbor provisions provided in
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 by cautioning readers that
forward-looking statements, including those that use words such as the Company
"believes," "anticipates," "expects," "estimates," and "believes", are
subject to certain risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results of
operations to differ materially from expectations. These forward-looking
statements will be contained in the Company's federal securities laws filings or
in written or oral statements made by the Company's officers and directors to
press, potential investors, securities analysts, and others. Any such written or
oral forward-looking statements should be considered in context with the risk
factors discussed below:

 .  The Company must significantly revise its capital structure, in the form of a
   debt to equity conversion or a combination of other equity investments, joint
   ventures or asset sales. The inability of the Company to accomplish one or a
   combination of transactions described above would have a material adverse
   effect on the business.

 .  The Company requires access to a revolving credit line to fund short-term
   borrowing needs and provide letter of credit capacity required in connection
   with certain projects. Kaiser may not be able to generate collateral to
   support a borrowing base of sufficient size to obtain such credit or may not
   be able to improve operating results enough to be able to obtain such credit.

 .  The Company may not be able to obtain satisfactory contract performance
   guarantee mechanisms, such as performance bonds.

 .  The Company's financial performance is significantly tied to Kaiser-Hill
   Company, LLC, which is subject to uncertainties that may adversely affect its
   and the Company's operating results.

 .  The Company may not be able to maintain the existing volume or size of
   contracts and may not be able to realize increased contract performance
   levels.

 .  The Company is involved in a number of fixed-price contracts under which the
   Company can benefit from cost savings or performance efficiencies. The
   Company's revenue and profit recognition policies are based on making a
   series of assumptions including aspects relative to contract pricing and
   performance capabilities. The Company's contract to construct the Nova Hut
   steel min-mill in the Czech Republic includes such aspects. In the event that
   such assumptions cannot be met or change as contract progress ensues, the
   Company may have to make downward adjustments to revenue and profit already
   recognized in the financial statements. Possible results of changes in such
   assumptions could include the inability to realize all contract performance
   fees or other incentives already recognized as revenue in the financial
   statements, and may result in other unrecoverable cost overruns.

                                                                         Page 21
<PAGE>

 .    The Company may not be awarded new contracts for which it is competing in
     its established markets or these awards may be delayed. In addition, the
     Company may not be able to win contracts in new markets it chooses to
     target. General economic conditions in the international arena, especially
     Asia and Latin America, could negatively impact the Company's current
     international business and its ability to expand in international markets.

 .    The Company may not be able to make acquisitions and/or enter into joint
     ventures, and if made, acquisitions and joint ventures may take more time
     to contribute favorably to the Company's financial results than was
     formerly assumed. The Company is highly leveraged and is subject to
     restrictive covenants that limit its ability to fund potential acquisitions
     and joint ventures beyond certain levels established in its debts
     agreements.

 .    A portion of the Company's business is generated either directly or
     indirectly as a result of federal and state laws, regulations, and
     programs; a reduction in the number or scope of these laws, regulations or
     programs could materially affect the Company's business.

 .    The Company's ability to attract and retain business is closely related to
     its ability to attract and retain key management and operating personnel.
     The market for professionals of the types employed by the Company is quite
     competitive. The Company may not be able to attract and retain personnel
     necessary for successful operations.

 .    The Company has several significant contingent liabilities arising out of
     prior operations and contracts, its 1998 acquisition of ICT Spectrum
     Constructors, Inc. and the dispositions of its Environment and Facilities
     Management and Consulting Groups. Adverse resolution of one or more of
     those contingencies could adversely affect the Company's financial
     performance and condition.

 .    Certain of the Company's environmental work poses risks of large civil and
     criminal liabilities for violations of environmental laws and regulations,
     and liabilities to customers and to third parties for damages arising from
     the Company's performing environmental services to its clients. A large
     fine or penalty imposed on the Company could negatively impact contract
     performance fees under certain existing contracts or otherwise negatively
     affect the Company's financial results.

 .    The Company generally grants uncollateralized credit to its customers and
     is therefore subject to risks of financial instability on the part of its
     customers. In certain cases, the Company secures project specific insurance
     policies related to various insurable risks such as certain non-payment due
     to insolvency of the customer. Negative changes in the financial condition
     of its customers could expose the Company to adverse financial
     consequences.


Item 7.a    Quantitative and Qualitative Information about Market Risk

          See "Market Risk" in Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.


Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

          The Financial Statements and Supplementary Data appear on pages F-1
through F-29 and S-1 hereto.


Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosures

          None


                                   PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

                                                                         Page 22

<PAGE>

     The Board of Directors currently consists of the following eight directors.
All directors' terms expire at the Annual Meeting in 2000.

                         Jarrod M. Cohen
                         James O. Edwards
                         Thomas C. Jorling
                         James J. Maiwurm
                         Hazel R. O'Leary
                         Keith M. Price
                         James T. Rhodes
                         Michael E. Tennenbaum

     Jarrod M. Cohen, 34, is the Managing Director of J.M. Cohen and Company
since January 1999. He was the Managing Director, head of Proprietary Investing,
and head of Risk Management for Cowen and Company from April 1996 to December
1998. Previously, from September 1989 until April 1996, Mr. Cohen was the
Portfolio Manager for the Cowen Opportunity Fund and Co-head of Cowen Small Cap
Approach. An agreement between Mr. Cohen and the Company is described on page
31of this Report. Mr. Cohen has been a Director of the Company since May 1,
1998.

     James O. Edwards, 56, was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
of Kaiser Group International, Inc. or its predecessors from 1985 to 1998. In
1974, he joined ICF Incorporated, the predecessor of Kaiser Group International,
Inc., and was its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from 1985 until the 1987
establishment of ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Mr. Edwards graduated from
Northwestern University (B.S.I.E.) and Harvard University (M.B.A., High
Distinction, George F. Baker Scholar).

     Thomas C. Jorling, 59, has been Vice President, Environmental Affairs, of
International Paper Company since 1994. Mr. Jorling was the Commissioner of the
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation from 1987 to 1994. Prior
to that, Mr. Jorling was a professor of environmental studies and director of
the center for environmental studies at Williams College in Massachusetts. In
addition, Mr. Jorling served from 1977 to 1979 as Assistant Administrator for
Water and Hazardous Material at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Mr.
Jorling has been a Director of the Company since 1995. Mr. Jorling graduated
from the University of Notre Dame (B.S.), Washington State University (M.S.),
and Boston College (LL.B.).

     James J. Maiwurm, 51, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
Officer. Mr. Maiwurm has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Kaiser
since April 19, 1999. Mr. Maiwurm was elected to, and as Chairman of, the Board
of Directors of the Company in June 1999. Mr. Maiwurm serves as chairman of the
board of managers of Kaiser-Hill Company, LLC, which performs the performance
based integrating management services at the Department of Energy's Rocky Flats
Environmental Technology site near Denver, Colorado. From August 1998 until
elected as Kaiser's President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Maiwurm was a
partner of Squire Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P., Washington, D.C., and from 1990 to
1998 was a partner of Crowell & Moring LLP, Washington, D.C. Both law firms
serve as counsel to Kaiser. Mr. Maiwurm is a member of the Board of trustees of
Davis Memorial Goodwill Industries, Washington, D.C., a non-profit entity, and
is a member of the board of directors of Workflow Management, Inc., and
integrated graphic arts company providing documents, envelopes and commercial
printing to businesses in North America, the stock of which is traded on the
Nasdaq National Market System.

     Hazel R. O'Leary, 62, has been chief operating officer of Blaylock
Partners, L.P., an investment banking firm, since February 2000. Prior to that
Mrs. O'Leary had been Chairman of the firm of O'Leary Associates, Inc. from the
time she left her position as Secretary of the Department of Energy (DOE) in
January 1997. President Clinton selected Mrs. O'Leary to be the Secretary of
Energy in December 1992, and she assumed her duties in January 1993. During her
four-year tenure as Secretary, Mrs. O'Leary effectively downsized DOE's number
of employees by 27 percent and its budget by $10 billion over five years and
focused all of DOE's activities around five areas: science and technology,
national security, energy research, environmental quality, and economic
productivity. Immediately before her appointment as Secretary of Energy, Mrs.
O'Leary was president of the wholly owned natural gas subsidiary of Northern
States Power (NSP), a $2 billion diversified utility holding company
headquartered in Minneapolis; she had been executive vice president of the
holding company from 1989 to 1992. Mrs. O'Leary has over 25 years of experience
in sustainable energy policy and large project development. She

                                                                         Page 23


<PAGE>

has been a Director of the Company since March 1997. She also currently serves
on the Board of Directors of AES Company, the global power company, UAL, which
is the parent of United Airlines, and on the non-profit Boards of The Arms
Control Association, Morehouse College (Atlanta), and The Keystone Center. Mrs.
O'Leary graduated from Fisk University (B.A.) and Rutgers University Law School
(J.D.).

     Keith M. Price, 63, has been a Director of the Company since May 1997. He
has been a consultant to various U.S. and international engineering and
construction companies since 1994. From 1991 to 1994, he was first Managing
Director of Transportation Systems and Engineering and then Managing Director of
Operations for Transmanche-Link, a joint venture of ten major European
contractors that held a contract to design, manufacture, and construct the
tunnel transportation for the Chunnel, an $11 billion project that links England
to France. Prior to his positions with Transmanche-Link, Mr. Price had a 27-year
career with Morrison-Knudsen where he held a number of senior management
positions and was a director. Mr. Price graduated from Pepperdine University
(M.B.A.).

     James T. Rhodes, 58, has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
the Institute of Nuclear Power Operations (INPO) since March 1998. INPO is a
nonprofit corporation established by the nuclear utility industry in 1979 to
promote the highest levels of safety and reliability in the operation of nuclear
electric generating plants. Dr. Rhodes retired as President and Chief Executive
Officer of Virginia Power in August 1997. He joined Virginia Power in 1971 as a
nuclear physicist and held increasingly responsible positions throughout that
company. In 1985 he became senior vice president-power operations and in 1988,
senior vice president-finance; in 1989 he was elected President and CEO. Prior
to joining Virginia Power, Dr. Rhodes worked as a project engineer in the U.S.
Army Nuclear Power Program from 1964 to 1968. Prior to his retirement from
Virginia Power, Dr. Rhodes was a director of the Edison Electric Institute,
NationsBank, N.A., the Nuclear Energy Institute, the Southeastern Electric
Exchange, and Virginia Power. Dr. Rhodes has been a Director of Kaiser Group
International, Inc. since February 1998. Dr. Rhodes graduated from North
Carolina State University (B.S.), Catholic University (M.S.), and Purdue
University (Ph.D., Atomic Energy Commission Fellow ).

     Michael E. Tennenbaum, 64, has been the Managing Member of Tennenbaum &
Co., LLC since June 1996. Mr. Tennenbaum also is currently the Chief Executive
of Tennenbaum Securities, LLC, and he has held this position since May 1997.
Previously, from February 1993 until June 1996, Mr. Tennenbaum was a Senior
Managing Director of Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. In addition, Mr. Tennenbaum was
previously a member of the Board of Directors of Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. and
also held the position of Vice Chairman, Investment Banking. Mr. Tennenbaum's
responsibilities at Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. included managing the firm's Risk
Arbitrage, Investment Research, and Options Departments. Mr. Tennenbaum has
served on the Boards of Directors of Arden Group, Inc.; Bear, Stearns & Co.,
Inc.; Jenny Craig, Inc.; Sun Gro Horticulture, Inc.; and Tosco Corporation. Mr.
Tennenbaum graduated from the Georgia Institute of Technology (B.S.I.E.) and
Harvard University (M.B.A., with Distinction). Mr. Tennenbaum has been a
Director of the Company since May 1, 1998.

Executive Officers

     S. Robert Cochran, 46, has been Executive Vice President and President,
North America since April 1999. Mr. Cochran serves on the board of managers of
Kaiser-Hill Company, LLC, which performs the performance based integrating
management services at the Department of Energy's Rocky Flats Environmental
Technology Site near Denver, Colorado. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice
President of Hazwaste Industries, Inc. & Earth Technology Incorporated, focusing
primarily on business development in the hazardous and radioactive site cleanup
area. He was Senior Vice President and partner with Interface Incorporated;
served as Vice President of PEI/IT; was senior project and geotechnical group
manager with JRB/SAIC; and for Versar, Inc., worked as a senior project
geologist. He is a registered professional geologist.

     Richard A. Leupen, 46, has been Executive Vice President and President,
International since April 1999. Prior thereto, he was President of the Engineers
& Constructors Group of Kaiser Group since August, 1998 and held senior
management positions in that Group since 1995. Prior to joining the Company, Mr.
Leupen held management positions with Protech Pty. Ltd., Weda Bay Minerals Ltd
(Calgary), Strand Mining Pty Ltd (Singapore), and Strand Management Pty Limited
as well as serving as director of a number of Kaiser subsidiaries and
affiliates. Mr. Leupen graduated from the University of South Wales in Australia
(B.S.).

                                                                         Page 24

<PAGE>

     Timothy P. O'Connor, 35, has been Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Kaiser Group International, Inc. since 1998. He had been
Treasurer of the Company since May 1997 and has been employed by Kaiser in
various financial positions since 1995. Mr. O'Connor serves on the board of
managers of Kaiser-Hill Company, LLC, which performs the performance based
integrating management services at the Department of Energy's Rocky Flats
Environmental Technology site near Denver, Colorado. From 1990 until 1995, Mr.
O'Connor was employed by Lockheed Martin Corporation of Bethesda, Maryland,
where he held a number of financial positions. Prior to that, Mr. O'Connor
worked for General Electric Company and Lazard Freres and Co. of New York. Mr.
O'Connor, who is a Certified Cash Manager, graduated from the University of
Delaware (B.S.).

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

     The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requires the Company to
tell its shareholders when certain persons fail to report their transactions in
the Company's equity securities to the SEC on a timely basis. During the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1999, Mr. Edwards failed to timely file a report on Form
4 regarding the grant of restricted stock. Such filing has since been made.
Based upon a review of SEC Forms 3, 4, and 5, and based on representations that
no Forms 3, 4, and 5 other than those already filed were required to be filed,
the Company believes that all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to
its officers, directors, and beneficial owners of more than 10% of its equity
securities other than the delinquencies disclosed in this paragraph were timely
met.

                                                                         Page 25

<PAGE>

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

        The following table shows the compensation received by each person who
served as the Company's Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") during fiscal 1999, the
four other most highly compensated executive officers of the Company who were
serving as of December 31, 1999 and two other most highly compensated executive
officers who were no longer serving the Company as of December 31, 1999 (the
"Named Executive Officers") for the three years ended December 31, 1999.

                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Long-term Compensation
                                                                                      ----------------------
                                                      Annual                                 Awards
                                                      ------                                 ------
                                                   Compensation
                                                   ------------
                                                                                  (e)
                                                                                  ---
         (a) (b)                                                               Securities                   (f)
         -------                                                               ----------                   ---
     Name, Principal                            (c)               (b)          Underlying                All Other
     ---------------                            ---               ---          ----------                ---------
      Position, and                           Salary             Bonus           Options               Compensation
      -------------                           ------             -----           -------               ------------
      Fiscal Period                            ($)               ($)(a)          (#)(a)                     (c)
      -------------                            ---               ------          ------                     ---
<S>                                           <C>                <C>             <C>                   <C>
James J. Maiwurm, Current Chairman,
      President and CEO(d)
      Fiscal 1999....................         $252,406           $250,296                      0          $  2,548

Keith M. Price, Former President and
    CEO(e)
    Fiscal 1999......................         $213,186           $ 50,000                      0          $705,751
    Fiscal 1998......................         $141,347           $ 50,000        200,000 options          $ 52,068

S. Robert Cochran, Executive Vice
 President(f)
    Fiscal 1999 .....................         $245,583           $151,973                      0          $ 13,264
    Fiscal 1998......................         $200,013           $ 25,000         50,000 options          $ 13,384
    Fiscal 1997......................         $182,307           $ 15,000          9,900 options          $ 13,138

Richard Leupen, Executive Vice
 President(g)
    Fiscal 1999......................         $291,266           $204,887                      0          $ 99,246
    Fiscal 1998......................         $207,357           $146,000        200,000 options          $ 57,514
    Fiscal 1997......................         $168,064           $ 80,000          9,900 options          $ 25,151

Timothy P. O'Connor, Executive Vice
 President, CFO(h)
    Fiscal 1999......................         $238,848           $344,298                      0          $ 12,641
    Fiscal 1998......................         $200,013           $ 58,000         60,000 options          $  9,995
    Fiscal 1997......................         $118,890           $  7,500          6,000 options          $  7,567

Marijo L. Ahlgrimm, Senior Vice
    President and Controller(i)
    Fiscal 1999......................         $163,229           $ 88,322                      0          $  9,016
    Fiscal 1998......................         $115,003           $      0                      0          $  2,212
    Fiscal 1997......................         $  6,635           $      0          6,000 options          $      0
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(a)  Cash bonuses are reported for the year of service, for which the cash bonus
     was earned, even if pre-paid or paid in a subsequent year. Restricted stock
     and options are reported for the year of service for which the stock and/or
     options were earned, even if the grant date falls in a subsequent fiscal
     year. No dividends are paid on any shares of restricted stock.
(b)  Any amounts shown in the "Other Annual Compensation" column do not include
     any perquisites or other personal benefits because the aggregate amount of
     such compensation for each of the Named Executive Officers did not exceed
     the lesser of (i) $50,000 or (ii) 10% of the combined salary and bonus for
     the Named Executive Officer for the stated fiscal period.
(c)  The Company's 1999 contributions to the Named Executive Officers pursuant
     to the Company's Retirement Plan will not be made until September 2000 and
     hence is not included herein.
(d)  On June 1, 1999, Mr. Maiwurm entered into an employment agreement with the
     Company. For a full description of the terms of the agreement, refer to the
     discussion under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions-Executive
     Officers" on page 34 of this Report.
(e)  Mr. Price was appointed President and CEO of the Company as of August 5,
     1998. On April 27, 1999, Mr. Price and the Company mutually agreed to
     terminate his employment effective April 30, 1999. As a result of these
     agreements, the information for fiscal 1999 and 1998, represents all

                                                                         Page 26



<PAGE>

     compensation paid to or earned by Mr. Price during the periods commencing
     on his hire date through the period covering his termination.  For a fuller
     description of the terms of these agreements, refer to the discussion under
     "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Current Directors" on
     page 32 of this Report. The amount in column (d) represents a signing bonus
     paid to Mr. Price in connection with his agreeing to serve as President and
     CEO of the Company. The amounts in column (f) of the table for Mr. Price
     comprise the following:


<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>            <C>
     Fiscal 1999          $677,450       Severance
                          $  2,400       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
                          $    793       Spouse travel
                          $ 25,108       Relocation expenses
     Fiscal 1998          $  1,757       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
                          $  3,770       Spouse travel
                          $    943       Car allowance
                          $ 45,598       Relocation expenses
</TABLE>

(f)  On June 1, 1999, Mr. Cochran entered into an employment agreement with the
     Company.  For a full description of the terms of the agreement, refer to
     the discussion under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions-
     Executive Officers" on page 34 of this Report. The amounts shown in column
     (f) of the table for Mr. Cochran comprise the following:

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>           <C>
     Fiscal 1999          $ 3,200       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
                          $10,164       Company Retirement Plan Contribution for 1998 made in September 1999
     Fiscal 1998          $ 3,200       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
                          $10,184       Company Retirement Plan Contribution for 1997 made in September 1998
     Fiscal 1997          $ 3,646       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
                          $ 9,492       Company Retirement Plan Contribution for 1997 made in September 1997
</TABLE>

(g)  On June 1, 1999, Mr. Leupen entered into an amended employment agreement
     with the Company.  For a full description of the terms of related
     agreements, refer to the discussion under "Certain Relationships and
     Related Transactions- Executive Officers" on page 34 of this Report. The
     amounts shown in column (f) of the table for Mr. Leupen comprise the
     following:

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>           <C>
     Fiscal 1999          $ 2,508       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
                          $37,090       Company Retirement Plan contribution for 1998 made in September 1999
                          $22,063       Relocation expenses
                          $12,461       Car Allowance
                          $25,124       Spouse travel
     Fiscal 1998          $ 1,385       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
                          $ 7,897       Company Retirement Plan contribution for 1997 made in September 1998
                          $31,452       Relocation expenses
                          $11,191       Car Allowance
                          $ 5,589       Spouse travel
     Fiscal 1997          $10,247       Company Retirement Plan contribution for 1997
                          $14,904       Car Allowance
</TABLE>

(h)  On June 1, 1999, Mr. O'Connor entered into an employment agreement with the
     Company.  For a full description of the terms of the agreement, refer to
     the discussion under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions-
     Executive Officers" on page 35 of this Report. The amounts shown in column
     (f) of the table for Mr. O'Connor comprise the following:

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>           <C>
      Fiscal 1999         $ 2,577       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
                          $10,064       Company Retirement Plan Contribution for 1998 made in September 1999
      Fiscal 1998         $ 2,500       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
                          $ 7,495       Company Retirement Plan Contribution for 1997 made in September 1998
      Fiscal 1997         $ 2,378       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
                          $ 5,189       Company Retirement Plan Contribution for 1997 made in September 1997
</TABLE>

                                                                         Page 27

<PAGE>

(i)  The amounts shown in column (f) of the table for Ms. Ahlgrimm comprise the
     following:

<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>          <C>
     Fiscal 1999         $2,552       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
                         $6,464       Company Retirement Plan Contribution for 1998 made in September 1999
     Fiscal 1998         $2,212       Company match under the Company's Section 401(k) Plan
</TABLE>


                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     There were no option grants to any of the Named Executive Officers during
the year ended December 31, 1999.


                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                            AND FY-END OPTION VALUES

     The following table shows certain information concerning the value as of
December 31, 1999 of unexercised options held by each of the Named Executive
Officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table on page 26 of this Report.
None of such Named Executive Officers exercised stock options during the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          (a)                 (b)          (c)                (d)                          (e)
                                                                                  Value of Unexercised
                                                      Number of Securities        --------------------
                                                      --------------------        In-the-Money Options
                             Shares       Value      Underlying Unexercised
                             ------       -----      ----------------------       --------------------
                          Acquired on   Realized    Options at 12/31/99 (#)          at 12/31/99 ($)
                          -----------   --------    -----------------------          ---------------
          Name            Exercise (#)     ($)     Exercisable/Unexercisable   Exercisable/Unexercisable*
          ----            ------------  ---------  -------------------------   --------------------------
<S>                       <C>           <C>        <C>                         <C>
James J. Maiwurm........            0          0                         0/0                        $0/$0
Keith M. Price..........            0          0                   200,000/0                        $0/$0
Richard Leupen..........            0          0              167,425/42,475                        $0/$0
S. Robert Cochran.......            0          0               17,425/42,475                        $0/$0
Timothy P. O'Connor.....            0          0                62,250/3,750                        $0/$0
Marijo L. Ahlgrimm......            0          0                 3,000/3,000                        $0/$0
James O. Edwards........            0          0               30,000/10,000                        $0/$0
Sudhakar Kesavan........            0          0               49,950/14,150                        $0/$0
</TABLE>

- --------------
  *  The exercise price of all options is the average closing price of the
Company's Common Stock on each of the 20 trading days prior to the date of
grant, with the 20th day being the trading date immediately preceding the date
of grant. The closing price of the Company's Common Stock on December 31, 1999,
was $0.375 per share.


Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control
Arrangements

     In connection with their employment with the Company during the year ended
December 31, 1999, six of the executive officers, who are named in the Summary
Compensation Table have or had employment contracts. In connection with the
termination of their employment with the Company, three of these executive
officers received severance packages. These arrangements are described under
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Current Directors" and "--
Former Directors/Executive Officers" on pages 31 - 35 of this Report.

Compensation and Human Resources Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

     The members of the Compensation & Human Resources Committee are Hazel
O'Leary (Chairperson), Thomas C. Jorling, and James T. Rhodes, none of whom are
employed by the Company. For the year ended December 31, 1999, there were no
director relationships that require disclosure under this section.

                                                                         Page 28

<PAGE>

Compensation of Non-employee Directors Effective March 1, 1997

     Directors who are not employees of the Company ("Non-employee Directors")
are paid $1,000 for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors; they
are paid $1,000 for attendance at each meeting of a committee of the Board of
Directors of which the Director is a member. In addition, each Non-employee
Director receives an annual retainer of $20,000, payable in advance in quarterly
installments, and is reimbursed for his or her expenses incurred in connection
with his or her Board service. Directors of the Company who are employees of the
Company are not compensated separately for their service as Directors.

     On February 28, 1997, the Board of Directors adopted the Kaiser Group
International, Inc. Non-employee Directors Compensation and Phantom Stock Plan,
which provides for the cash compensation discussed in the preceding paragraph.
In addition, in lieu of option grants under the Non-employee Directors Stock
Option Plan adopted in 1991, each Non-employee Director of the Company is
granted a Phantom Stock Award ("PSA") equal to $20,000 worth of Common Stock
on the date of grant; the date of grant is the date of the annual board meeting
which occurs immediately following the conclusion of the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders. Three years after the PSA grant, the Company will pay each Non-
employee Director in cash the value of the shares to which the PSA relates. The
number of shares of Common Stock to which the PSA relates will be determined
using the average closing prices of the Common Stock for the 20 trading days
immediately prior to the date of grant. The same method will be used to
determine the value of the phantom stock as of the date of the cash payout.

     In lieu of receiving cash compensation pursuant to the terms of the Kaiser
Group International, Inc. Non-employee Directors Compensation and Phantom Stock
Plan described above, on January 1, 1999, Mr. Coelho was being paid an annual
fee of $120,000.  This amounts was being paid to Mr. Coelho as consideration for
his services as Chairman of the Board of Directors.  Mr. Coelho resigned his
position as Chairman on June 7, 1999 and from the Board of Directors in
September 1999.

     In 1999, the Non-employee Directors were awarded the following Phantom
Stock Units under the Kaiser Group International, Inc. Non-employee Directors
Compensation and Phantom Stock Plan:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Per Share Price
                                                      ---------------
                                    Total Value of    (20-trading day    Total Number of
                                    --------------    ---------------    ---------------
                                     Common Stock        average at       Phantom Stock         Date of
                                     ------------        ----------       -------------         -------
      Non-employee Director        on Date of Grant  November 3, 1999)    Units Granted       Cash Payout
      ---------------------        ----------------  -----------------    -------------       -----------
<S>                                <C>               <C>                 <C>              <C>
Jarrod M. Cohen................             $20,000              $0.36            55,556      November 4, 2002
James T. Rhodes................             $20,000              $0.36            55,556      November 4, 2002
James O. Edwards...............             $20,000              $0.36            55,556      November 4, 2002
Keith M. Price.................             $20,000              $0.36            55,556      November 4, 2002
Michael E. Tennenbaum..........             $20,000              $0.36            55,556      November 4, 2002
Thomas C. Jorling..............             $20,000              $0.36            55,556      November 4, 2002
Hazel R. O'Leary ..............             $20,000              $0.36            55,556      November 4, 2002
</TABLE>


Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

     The following table sets forth information as of the April 14, 2000,
regarding each person known by the Company to beneficially own 5% or more of the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company. A person is deemed to be a beneficial
owner of the Company's Common Stock if that person has voting or investment
power (or voting and investment powers) over any shares of Common Stock or has
the right to acquire such shares pursuant to exercisable options or warrants
within 60 days from April 14, 2000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Amount and Nature of
                                                          Beneficial
                                                     --------------------
    Name and Address of Beneficial Owners           Ownership of Shares of            Percent of
    -------------------------------------           ----------------------            ----------
            of More Than 5% of the                   Common Stock of the             Common Stock
            ----------------------                   -------------------             ------------
         Common Stock of the Company                      Company(a)                of the Company
         ---------------------------                      ----------                --------------
<S>                                                 <C>                             <C>
Tennenbaum & Co., LLC;........................           2,600,000(a)                            11%
  Michael E. Tennenbaum
  11100 Santa Monica Boulevard
  Los Angeles, CA 90025
</TABLE>
- ----------------

                                                                         Page 29
<PAGE>

(a)  The information with respect to the shares of common stock beneficially
     owned by Tennenbaum & Co., LLC and Michael E. Tennenbaum is based on a
     Report on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 2 dated May 7, 1999, which was filed
     with the SEC.  Mr. Tennenbaum is a director of Kaiser.

     The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial
ownership of shares of common stock of Kaiser by each director, and by executive
officers named in the Summary Compensation Table on page 26 of this Report, and
by all directors and current executive officers as a group.  The information set
forth below is current as of  April 14, 1999, except that information with
respect to ownership of shares of Common Stock in the Company's Employee Stock
Ownership Plan, Section 401(k) Plan, and Retirement Plan is current as of
December 31, 1999.  The information is based on the Company's review of public
reports filed by each director/executive officer.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   Amount and Nature of         Percent of
                                                                   --------------------         ----------
                  Certain Beneficial Owners                        Beneficial Ownership        Common Stock
                  -------------------------                        --------------------        ------------
                  of Shares of Common Stock                        of Shares of Common        of the Company
                  -------------------------                        -------------------        --------------
                        of the Company                           Stock of the Company(a)     (*Less than 1%)
                        --------------                           -----------------------     ---------------
<S>                                                              <C>                         <C>
(i) Directors
      Jarrod M. Cohen.....................................                      692,576(d)               2.7%
      James O. Edwards....................................                      495,517(e)               1.7%
      Thomas C. Jorling...................................                       78,283(b)                 *
      Hazel R. O'Leary....................................                       74,483(c)                 *
      Keith M. Price......................................                      272,283(f)                 *
      James T. Rhodes.....................................                       62,574(g)                 *
      Michael E. Tennenbaum...............................                    2,662,574(h)                11%
      James J. Maiwurm....................................                            0(k)                 *

(ii) Named  Executive Officers
      S. Robert Cochran...................................                       60,900(i)                 *
      Executive Vice President

      Richard A. Leupen...................................                      209,900(j)                 *
      Executive Vice President

      Timothy P. O'Connor.................................                       66,000(l)                 *
      Executive Vice President

      Marijo L. Ahlgrimm..................................                        6,000(m)                 *
      Senior Vice President

(iii) All Directors and Current Executive Officers as a Group
      (12 Persons)                                                            4,681,090(n)              15.4%
</TABLE>

- -------
(a) For the purposes of this table, a person or group is deemed to have
    "beneficial ownership" of any shares of common stock which such person has
    the right to acquire within 60 days after the date as of which the
    information is presented.  However, for purposes of computing the percentage
    of outstanding shares of common stock held by each person or group of
    persons named above, any security which such person or group of persons has
    the right to acquire from Kaiser within 60 days from the date as of which
    the information is presented is not deemed to be outstanding for the
    purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
(b) Mr. Jorling's share ownership includes 6,000 shares that may be acquired
    within 60 days of April 14, 2000 upon the exercise of stock options.  Mr.
    Jorling has 72,283 Phantom Stock Units.
(c) Mrs. O'Leary has 72,283 Phantom Stock Units.  Mrs. O'Leary also owns
    directly 2,200 other shares.
(d) The information with respect to the shares of common stock beneficially
    owned by Jarrod M. Cohen is based on information from Mr. Jarrod Cohen, and
    is current as of April 10, 2000.  Mr. Cohen has informed Kaiser that he
    directly owns a total of 59,000 shares.  Additionally, Mr. Cohen has sole
    voting and investment power as to 637,020 shares beneficially owned by J.M.
    Cohen & Company.  Mr. Jarrod Cohen has 55,556 Phantom Stock Units.
(e) Mr. Edwards' share ownership includes 2,769 shares allocated to his ESOP
    account, 2,406 shares allocated to his Section 401(k) Plan account, 72,338
    shares allocated to his Retirement Plan account, and 30,000 shares that may
    be acquired within 60 days of April 14, 2000 upon the exercise of stock
    options.  Mr. Edwards owns 20,000 restricted shares  and has 55,556 Phantom
    Stock Units.  Mr. Edwards also owns directly 297,698 shares, 4,750 of which
    are held in Mr. Edwards' IRA account.

                                                                         Page 30

<PAGE>

    Additionally, 4,750 shares are indirectly owned and are held in Mr. Edwards
    spouse's IRA account. Mr. Edwards also owns 10,000 options which are not
    exercisable until January 24, 2001.
(f) Mr. Price's share ownership includes 200,000 shares that may be acquired
    within 60 days of April 14, 2000 upon the exercise of stock options. Mr.
    Price has 72,283 Phantom Stock Units.
(g) Mr. Rhodes has 62,574 Phantom Stock Units.
(h) The information with respect to the shares of common stock beneficially
    owned by Tennenbaum & Co., LLC and Michael E. Tennenbaum is based on a
    Report on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 2 dated May 7, 1999, which was filed
    with the SEC. Mr. Tennenbaum is a director of Kaiser. Mr. Tennenbaum is the
    Managing Member of and may be deemed to control Tennenbaum & Co. LLC, which
    owns 2,600,000 shares of common stock included in this table. Mr. Tennenbaum
    also has 62,574 Phantom Stock Units.
(i) Mr. Cochran's share ownership includes 17,425 shares that may be acquired
    within 60 days of April 14, 2000 upon the exercise of stock options. Mr.
    Cochran has 10,000 options which are not exercisable until January 6, 2001;
    2,475 options exercisable on January 24, 2001; 10,000 options exercisable on
    January 6, 2002; 10,000 options exercisable on January 6, 2003; and 10,000
    options exercisable on January 6, 2004. Mr. Cochran also owns directly 1,000
    shares.
(j) Mr. Leupen's share ownership includes 167,425 shares that may be acquired
    within 60 days of April 14, 2000 upon the exercise of stock options. Mr.
    Leupen also has 2,475 options which are not exercisable until January 24,
    2001; 10,000 options exercisable on February 27, 2001; 10,000 options
    exercisable on February 27, 2002; 10,000 options exercisable on February 27,
    2003; and 10,000 options exercisable on February 27, 2004.
(k) Mr. Maiwurm has no share ownership in the Company.
(l) Mr. O'Connor's share ownership includes 62,250 shares that may be acquired
    within 60 days of April 14, 2000 upon the exercise of stock options. Mr.
    O'Connor also owns 3,750 options which are not exercisable until January 01,
    2001.
(m) Ms. Ahlgrimm's share ownership includes 3,000 shares that may be acquired
    within 60 days of April 14, 2000 upon the exercise of stock options. Ms.
    Ahlgrimm also owns 3,000 options which are exercisable in 50% installments
    on December 8, 2000 and 2001, respectively.
(n) This total includes 453,109 Phantom Stock Units, 2,769 shares allocated to
    ESOP accounts, 2,406 shares in Section 401(k) Plan accounts, 72,338 shares
    allocated to individuals under the Retirement Plan or held in directed
    investment accounts under the Retirement Plan, 486,100 shares that may be
    acquired within 60 days of April 14, 2000 upon the exercise of stock
    options, 40,763 restricted shares, 101,700 Unexercisable options, and
    3,521,905 shares.


Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Current Directors

          Jarrod M. Cohen. On March 13, 1998, the Company and Mr. Jarrod M.
Cohen (for himself, Cowen and Company, Cowen Incorporated, and Joseph M. Cohen,
collectively, the "Cohen Parties") signed an agreement pursuant to which the
Company agreed, upon receipt of Mr. Cohen's written request at any time between
July 1 and December 31, 1998, to enlarge the class of directors whose terms
expire at the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and elect Mr. Cohen to fill
the resulting vacancy. The Cohen Parties agreed (i) to withdraw any previous
consents and agreed not to consent to be a nominee for election to the Board of
Directors at the Company's 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, (ii) to vote in
favor of the Company-proposed nominees for election at the 1998 Annual Meeting
of Shareholders, and (iii) to be present, in person or by Report, or otherwise
be deemed to be present (to the extent permitted by law) at meetings for which
they were given notice for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum
at such meetings. In addition, the Cohen Parties agreed (a) not to subject any
of the Company's voting securities to a voting trust or voting agreement; (b)
not to solicit proxies or become a participant in a solicitation in opposition
to any recommendation of the Board of Directors of the Company; (c) not to join
with others or otherwise act in concert with others for the purpose of
acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of voting securities of the Company;
(d) not to become, alone or in conjunction with others, an acquiring person as
defined in the Company's Shareholders Rights Plan; and (e) not to dispose of any
voting securities of the Company to any person who, to the knowledge of the
Cohen Parties, as a result of acquiring such voting securities would become an
acquiring person as defined in the Company's Shareholder Rights Plan. The
provisions of (a) through (e) above apply during the period from March 13, 1998
to the date Mr. Cohen or any other designee of the Cohen Parties ceases to be a
member of the Board of Directors. It was agreed that if the Cohen Parties
obtained the express written consent of a

                                                                         Page 31

<PAGE>

majority of the directors of the Company who are not designated by the Cohen
Parties, then the provisions of (a) through (e) above would not apply.


  James O. Edwards. Effective May 1, 1997, the Company entered into an
employment agreement with Mr. Edwards for his services as Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company through December 31, 1999. In addition to
delineating Mr. Edwards' areas of responsibility and reporting line, the
agreement provided for a base annual salary of $400,000 beginning on April 1,
1997 (with $25,000 increases in each of the next two years); annual bonus
compensation to be determined by the Compensation & Human Resources Committee of
the Company's Board of Directors; severance payments as provided under the
Company's Senior Executive Officers Severance Plan; eligibility under the
Company's employee benefit plans; and a one-year non-competition period
following voluntary or "for cause" employment termination. The agreement also
provided for the grant on December 31, 1998, of 200,000 shares of Restricted
Stock under the Company's Stock Incentive Plan; 100,000 of these shares to vest
on December 31, 1999, with the balance vesting on December 31, 2000. Vesting
terms in the event of termination of Mr. Edwards' employment or his death also
are outlined in the agreement. As part of his employment agreement with the
Company, Mr. Edwards' outstanding indebtedness to the Company on May 1, 1997,
was restructured.

  On November 6, 1998, Mr. Edwards entered into an agreement with the Company,
pursuant to which the parties mutually agreed to terminate Mr. Edwards'
employment agreement. In consideration of Mr. Edwards agreeing to terminate his
employment agreement, the Company agreed to compensate him with cash in the
aggregate amount of $850,000, all of which has been paid. The Company further
agreed (i) to provide Mr. Edwards and his dependents with continued health,
welfare, and life insurance benefits through April 30, 1999, (ii) to accelerate
the vesting of 30,000 options previously granted pursuant to the Company's Stock
Incentive Plan, (iii) consistent with the terms of his employment agreement, to
award 200,000 shares of restricted Common Stock, which shares vest upon the
earlier of November 6, 1999, or the merger, consolidation, sale of stock, or
sale of substantially all of the assets of, the Company, and (iv) to forgive
approximately $1,396,139 of indebtedness previously owed by Mr. Edwards to the
Company. In addition, Mr. Edwards agreed to provide certain consulting services
to the Company through January 31, 1999, for which he was compensated with
approximately $98,559 of cash payments. The Company will pay on Mr. Edwards'
behalf the amount of $10,000 for legal fees incurred by him in connection with
the negotiation of this Agreement. In exchange for the benefits received by Mr.
Edwards which are described in this paragraph, Mr. Edwards agreed to terminate
his employment agreement and execute a full general release as to the Company
and its affiliated parties.

     Keith M. Price. On April 27, 1999, Mr. Price entered into an agreement with
Kaiser, pursuant to which the parties mutually agreed to terminate Mr. Price's
employment agreement effective as of April 30, 1999. The terms of that
employment agreement are described in the following two paragraphs. Consistent
with the terms of his employment agreement and inconsideration of Mr. Price's
agreeing to terminate his employment agreement, Kaiser paid him an aggregate
amount of $677,450 in cash. Kaiser further agreed (I) to provide Mr. Price and
his dependents with continued health, welfare and life insurance benefits
through April 30, 1999, (ii) to accelerate the vesting of certain options
previously granted to Mr. Price pursuant to Kaiser's Stock Incentive Plan, (iii)
to reimburse Mr. Price for certain costs and expenses in connection with Mr.
Price's move from Washington, D.C. to Boise, Idaho, and (iv) to continue to
provide directors and officers liability insurance coverage to Mr. Price for Mr.
Price's tenure at Kaiser. In addition, Mr. Price agreed to provide certain
consulting services to Kaiser through September 30, 2000, for which he will be
compensated monthly at a rate of $200 per hour with a $10,000 per month minimum.
Kaiser also agreed to reimburse Mr. Price for legal fees incurred by Mr. Price
in connection with the negotiation of this agreement up to a maximum of $1,000.
In exchange for the benefits received by Mr. Price which are described in this
paragraph, Mr. Price agreed to terminate his employment agreement and execute a
full general release as to Kaiser and its affiliated parties, and further agreed
not to compete with Kaiser for a period commencing on April 30, 1999 and running
through September 30, 2000.

     Effective August 5, 1998, the Company entered into an employment agreement
with Mr. Price for his services as President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company through August 5, 1999. In addition to delineating Mr. Price's areas of
responsibility and reporting line, the agreement provided for a base annual
salary of $375,000; a signing bonus of $100,000, $50,000 of which was paid upon
commencement of employment and $50,000 on January 1, 1999; annual bonus
compensation of not less than 50% of base annual salary; severance payments
equal to the balance of base annual compensation for the one year contract term;
eligibility under the Company's employee benefit plans, and a one-year, non-

                                                                         Page 32
<PAGE>

competition period following termination of employment for any reason other than
employment through the term of the contract. The agreement also provided for the
grant of three-year options to purchase 150,000 shares of the Company's common
stock, 50% of the options to vest on February 5, 1999 and 50% on August 4, 1999.

Effective November 4, 1998, Mr. Price was promoted to Chief Executive Officer
and the Company agreed to extend the term of Mr. Price's contract to two years
commencing August 5, 1998 and to grant Mr. Price three year options to purchase
an additional 50,000 share of the Company's common stock, 50% of the options to
vest on May 4, 1999 and 50% to vest on November 4, 1999, subject to his
continued employment through such dates.

  Michael E. Tennenbaum. On March 13, 1998, the Company and Mr. Michael E.
Tennenbaum signed an agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed to nominate,
recommend, and solicit proxies for Mr. Tennenbaum's election as a Director of
the Company at the May 1, 1998, Annual Meeting of Shareholders for a three-year
term expiring at the 2001 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and until his
successor is duly elected. The Company and Mr. Tennenbaum agreed that during the
period from March 13, 1998, to the earlier of (i) March 13, 2003, and (ii) the
day after the date Mr. Tennenbaum, Tennenbaum & Co., LLC, and their affiliates
cease to be the beneficial owners of any of the Company's voting securities (the
"Restricted Securities"), Mr. Tennenbaum and Tennenbaum & Co., LLC (the
"Tennenbaum Parties") shall not acquire, directly or indirectly, any voting
securities of the Company if, following such acquisition, the Tennenbaum Parties
and their affiliates would, directly or indirectly, be the beneficial owners of
more than 19.5% of the total combined voting power of all issued and outstanding
securities of the Company. The agreement states that the limitation set forth in
the immediately preceding sentence shall not be violated if the Tennenbaum
Parties and their affiliates become entitled to exercise voting power in excess
of 19.5% as a result of any event or circumstance other than the acquisition by
the Tennenbaum Parties or their affiliates of beneficial ownership of additional
voting securities of the Company. The Company agreed not to take any action,
including without limitation, any amendment to its Shareholders Rights Plan that
would prevent the Tennenbaum Parties from acquiring additional securities within
the limitations set forth above. The Tennenbaum Parties agreed that they (a)
would not subject any Restricted Securities to any voting trust or voting
agreement; (b) would not recruit or engage in organizing persons not nominated
by the Board of Directors to oppose the Board of Directors nominated candidates
in an election; (c) would not financially support a Report contest for Board of
Directors candidates to oppose the candidates nominated by the Board of
Directors; (d) would not provide any material, non-public information gained in
Mr. Tennenbaum's position as a Director to opposing Board candidates, except as
required by law, and then only after giving notice to the Company; (e) would not
join a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, or other group or otherwise
act in concert with others for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or
disposing of voting securities of the Company; and (f) would be present, in
person or by Report, or otherwise be deemed to be present (to the extent
permitted by law), at meetings for which they were given notice for the purpose
of determining the presence of a quorum as such meetings. The provisions of (a)
through (f) above apply during the period during which Mr. Tennenbaum (or
another affiliate of the Tennenbaum Parties) is a member of the Board of
Directors, and for a period of 90 days thereafter. It was agreed that if the
Tennenbaum Parties obtained the express written consent of a majority of the
directors of the Company who are not designated by the Tennenbaum Parties, then
the 19.5% ownership limitation and the provisions of (a) through (f) above would
not apply. Finally, the Company agreed to reimburse the Tennenbaum Parties for
reasonable and necessary documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in
connection with their proposals to the Board of Directors of the Company and the
potential solicitation of proxies for the election of directors of the Company,
which reimbursement was made in the amount of $16,307.

Current Executive Officers

     James J. Maiwurm. The Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr.
Maiwurm for his services as President and Chief Executive Officer of Kaiser
Group International, Inc. for the period June 1, 1999 through June 30, 2001. In
addition to delineating Mr. Maiwurm's areas of responsibility, the agreement
provides for a base annual salary of $375,000 through June 30, 2000, thereafter
subject to increase as determined by the Compensation & Human Resources
Committee. The agreement also provides for retention bonuses of $90,000 and
$90,000, payable upon the execution of the employment agreement and on May 1,
2000, respectively, as well as incentive bonus arrangements for amounts not to
exceed $387,500 (representing a bonus opportunity equal to 50% of the
executive's initial annual base salary that is contingent on satisfaction of
operational objectives and a special bonus opportunity of $200,000 that was
contingent on satisfaction of the Company's recapitalization objectives) payable
at the

                                                                         Page 33
<PAGE>

time and contingent upon the extent to which the corporation achieves specified
objectives. Either party may terminate the agreement upon thirty (30) days'
prior written notice. In the event that the agreement is terminated without
"cause" by the Company or by Mr. Maiwurm with "good reason" (as such terms
are defined in the agreement), Mr. Maiwurm is entitled to receive a severance
payment equal to two times his annual base salary in effect at the time of such
termination. Additionally, in the event that Mr. Maiwurm terminates the
agreement without "good reason" within twelve months after a "Change in
Control", Mr. Maiwurm is entitled to receive severance payment equal to one time
his annual base salary.

      S. Robert Cochran. The Company entered into an employment agreement with
Mr. Cochran for his services as President, North America, of Kaiser Group
International, Inc. for the period June 1, 1999 through June 30, 2001. In
addition to delineating Mr. Cochran's areas of responsibility and reporting
lines, the agreement provides for a base annual salary of $260,000 through June
30, 2000, thereafter subject to increase as determined by the Compensation &
Human Resources Committee. In addition to eligibility under the Company's
employee benefit plans, the agreement also provides for retention bonus's of
$50,000 and $25,000 payable upon the execution of the employment agreement and
on May 1, 2000, respectively, as well as incentive bonus arrangements for
amounts not to exceed $130,000 (representing a bonus opportunity equal to 50% of
the executive's initial annual base salary that is contingent on satisfaction of
operational objectives). Either party may terminate the agreement upon thirty
(30) days' prior written notice. In the event that the agreement is terminated
without "cause" by the Company or by Mr. Cochran with "good reason" (as such
terms are defined in the agreement), Mr. Cochran is entitled to receive a
severance payment equal to two times his annual base salary in effect at the
time of such termination.

   Richard A. Leupen. The Company entered into an amended employment agreement
with Mr. Leupen for his services as President, International, of Kaiser Group
International, Inc. for the period June 1, 1999 through December 31, 2000. In
addition to delineating Mr. Leupen's areas of responsibility, the agreement
provides for a base annual salary of $260,000 through June 30, 2000, thereafter
subject to increase as determined by the Compensation & Human Resources
Committee. In addition to eligibility under the Company's employee benefit
plans, the agreement also provides for retention bonuses of $25,000 and $25,000,
payable upon the execution of the employment agreement and on May 1, 2000,
respectively, as well as incentive bonus arrangements for amounts not to exceed
$130,000 (representing a bonus opportunity equal to 50% of the executive's
initial annual base salary that is contingent on satisfaction of operational
objectives). Either party may terminate the agreement upon ninety (90) days'
prior written notice. In the event that the Company terminates the agreement
without "cause" or Mr. Leupen terminates the agreement with "good reason"
(as such terms are defined in the agreement), Mr. Leupen is entitled to receive
a severance payment equal to one time his annual base salary in effect at the
time of such termination.

     Prior to the amended agreement, Mr. Leupen's employment agreement with the
Company, for his role as President of the Engineers and Constructors Group and
Executive Vice President of the Company, was for the term of October 5, 1998
through August 4, 2001. In addition to delineating Mr. Leupen's areas of
responsibility and reporting line, the agreement provided for a base annual
salary of $300,000 beginning on October 5, 1998, subject to annual increases to
be determined by the Compensation & Human Resources Committee; a relocation
bonus of $46,000; bonus compensation of $35,000 for the period ended June 30,
1998, not less than $75,000 for the period ended December 31, 1998, not less
than $150,000 for the period ended August 4, 1999; signing bonus of $100,000,
payable in two equal increments on August 4, 1998 and January 1, 1999;
eligibility under the Company's employee benefit plans; reimbursement of
relocation and related expenses for Mr. Leupen and his family; and a one-year
non-competition following termination for "cause" of Mr. Leupen's employment.
The agreement also provided for the grant of 150,000 options, 50% of which
vested immediately and the remainder vested on January 1, 1999

     Timothy P. O'Connor. The Company entered into an employment agreement with
Mr. O'Connor for his services as Chief Financial Officer of Kaiser Group
International, Inc. for the period June 1, 1999 through December 31, 2000. In
addition to delineating Mr. O'Connor's areas of responsibility, the agreement
provides for a base annual salary of $260,000 through June 30, 2000, thereafter
subject to increase as determined by the Compensation & Human Resources
Committee. In addition to eligibility under the Company's employee benefit
plans, the agreement also provides for retention bonuses of $75,000 and $55,000,
payable upon the execution of the employment agreement and on May 1, 2000,
respectively, as well as incentive bonus arrangements for amounts not to exceed
$330,000 (representing a bonus opportunity equal to 50% of the executive's
initial annual base salary that

                                                                         Page 34
<PAGE>

is contingent on satisfaction of operational objectives and a special bonus
opportunity of $200,000 that is contingent on satisfaction of the Company's
recapitalization objectives) payable at the time and contingent upon the extent
to which the corporation achieves specified objectives. Either party may
terminate the agreement upon thirty (30) days' prior written notice. In the
event that the agreement is terminated without "cause" by the Company or by
Mr. O'Connor with "good reason" (as such terms are defined in the agreement),
Mr. O'Connor is entitled to receive a severance payment equal to two times his
annual base salary in effect of such termination.

Former Directors/Executive Officers

None

                                                                         Page 35
<PAGE>

                                    PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(a) Documents filed as part of this Report
                                                                                                     Page
                                                                                                     ----
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
1.  Consolidated Financial Statements of Kaiser Group International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
     a.  Report of Independent Accountants ......................................................         F-1
     b.  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1999 and December 31, 1998 ..............         F-2
     c.  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1999,
           1998 and 1997 ........................................................................         F-3
     d.  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive (Loss)
           for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 .................................         F-4
     e.  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1999,
           1998 and 1997 ........................................................................         F-5
     f.  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .............................................         F-6


2.  Supplemental Schedule Relating to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Kaiser Group
     International, Inc. and Subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.
     a.  Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  ........................................         S-1
</TABLE>

    All Schedules except the one listed above have been omitted because they are
not applicable or not required or because the required information is included
elsewhere in the financial statements in this filing.


(b) Exhibits

3.   Exhibits (listed according to the number assigned in the table in Item 601
of Regulation S-K).

 Exhibit No. 2--Plan of Acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or
sucession

2(a)  Prospectus and Consent Solicitation contained in the Registration
      Statement on Form S-4 (Registrant No. 1-12248) filed with the Commission
      on October 1, 1999)

 Exhibit No. 3--Articles of Incorporation and By-laws of the Registrant

3(a)  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Kaiser Group International, Inc.
      (restated through June 26, 1993) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No.
      3(a) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the
      second quarter of fiscal 1994 filed with the Commission on October 15,
      1993)

      1.  Amended Certificate of Incorporation of Kaiser Group International,
          Inc. (restated through December 27, 1999) (Incorporated by reference
          to Exhibit A to Report on Form 8-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) filed with
          the Commission on December 29, 1999)

      2.  Certificate of Ownership and Merger with respect to name change only
          dated December 27, 1999 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a)(2)
          to Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Commission on
          April 13, 2000)

3(b)  Amended and Restated By-laws of Kaiser Group International, Inc. (as
      amended through December 27, 1999) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
      3(b) to Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Commission on
      April 13, 2000)

                                                                         Page 36
<PAGE>

Exhibit No. 3--Articles of Incorporation and By-laws of the Subsidiary
Guarantors

3(c)  Articles of Incorporation of Cygna Consulting Engineers and Project
      Management, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3(c) to
      Registration Statement on Form S-1 Registration No. 333-19519 filed with
      the Commission on January 10, 1997)

3(d)  By-laws of Cygna Consulting Engineers and Project Management, Inc.
      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3(d) to Registration Statement
      on Form S-1 Registration No. 333-19519 filed with the Commission on
      January 10, 1997)

3(e)  Certificate of Incorporation of Kaiser Government Programs, Inc.
     (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3(e) to Registration Statement on
     Form S-1 Registration No. 333-19519 filed with the Commission on January
     10, 1997)

     1.  Amended Certificate of Incorporation with respect to name change only
         filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on August 27, 1999
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(e)(1) to Registration Statement
         on Form 8-A filed with the Commission on April 13, 2000)

3(f)  By-laws of Kaiser Government Programs, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to
      Exhibit No. 3(f) to Registration Statement on Form S-1 Registration No.
      333-19519 filed with the Commission on January 10, 1997)

3(g)  Certificate of Incorporation of EDA, Incorporated (Incorporated by
      reference to Exhibit No. 3(k) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant
      No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the Commission on March 31,
      1998)

3(h)  Amended and Restated By-laws of EDA, Incorporated (Incorporated by
      reference to Exhibit No. 3(l) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant
      No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the Commission on March 31,
      1998)

3(i)  Certificate of Incorporation of Global Trade & Investment, Inc.
      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3(o) to Annual Report on Form
      10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248 for fiscal year 1997 filed with the
      Commission on March 31, 1998)

3(j)  Amended and Restated By-laws of Global Trade & Investment, Inc.
      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3(p) to Annual Report on Form
      10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the
      Commission on March 31, 1998)

3(k)  Certificate of Incorporation of Kaiser Europe, Inc. (Incorporated by
      reference to Exhibit No. 3(q) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant
      No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the Commission on March 31,
      1998)

      1.  Amended Certificate of Incorporation with respect to name change only
          filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 2, 1999
          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(k)(1) to Registration
          Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Commission on April 13, 2000)

3(l)  By-laws of Kaiser Europe, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No.
      3(r) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal
      year 1997 filed with the Commission on March 31, 1998)

3(m)  Certificate of Incorporation of Kaiser / Georgia Wilson, Inc.
      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3(s) to Annual Report on Form
      10- K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the
      Commission on March 31, 1998)

      1.  Amended Certificate of Incorporation with respect to name change only
          filed with the Delaware Secretary of State December 27, 1999
          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(m)(1) to Registration
          Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Commission on April 13, 2000)

                                                                         Page 37
<PAGE>

3(n)  By-laws of Kaiser / Georgia Wilson, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to
      Exhibit No. 3(t) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248)
      for fiscal year 1997 filed with the Commission on March 31, 1998)

3(o)  Certificate of Incorporation of Kaiser Overseas Engineering, Inc.
      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3(u) to Annual Report on Form
      10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the
      Commission on March 31, 1998)

      1.  Amended Certificate of Incorporation with respect to name change only
          filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 10, 1999
          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(o)(1) to Registration
          Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Commission on April 13, 2000)

3(p)  Amended and Restated By-laws of Kaiser Overseas Engineering, Inc.
      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3(v) to Annual Report on Form
      10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the
      Commission on March 31, 1998)

3(q)  Certificate of Incorporation of Kaiser Engineers Pacific, Inc.
      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3(w) to Annual Report on Form
      10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the
      Commission on March 31, 1998)

      1.  Amended Certificate of Incorporation with respect to name change only
          filed with the Nevada Secretary of State on December 8, 1999
          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(q)(1) to Registration
          Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Commission on April 13, 2000)

3(r)  Amended and Restated By-laws of Kaiser Engineers Pacific, Inc.
      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3(x) to Annual Report on Form
      10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the
      Commission on March 31, 1998)

3(s)  Certificate of Incorporation of Kaiser Advanced Technology, Inc.
      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3(y) to Annual Report on Form
      10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the
      Commission on March 31, 1998) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E No.
      3 (aa) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the
      third quarter of fiscal 1997 filed with the Commission on November 16,
      1998)

      1.  Amended Certificate of Incorporation with respect to name change only
          filed with the Idaho Secretary of State on November 15, 1999
          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(s)(1) to Registration
          Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Commission on April 13, 2000)

3(t)  By-laws of Kaiser Advanced Technology, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to
      Exhibit No. 3(z) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248)
      for fiscal year 1997 filed with the Commission on March 31, 1998)
      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3 (bb) to Quarterly Report on
      Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the third quarter of fiscal 1997
      filed with the Commission on November 16, 1998)


Exhibit No. 4--Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, including
Indentures

4(a)  Indenture dated as of January 11, 1994, between ICF Kaiser International,
      Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to
      Exhibit No. 4(a) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-12248)
      for the third quarter of fiscal 1994 filed with the Commission on January
      14, 1994)

      1.  First Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 17, 1995
          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4(a)(1) to Annual Report on
          Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1995 filed with the
          Commission on May 23, 1995)

      2.  Second Supplemental Indenture dated September 1, 1995 (Incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit No. 4(a) (2) to Registration Statement on Form
          S-1 Registration No. 33-64655 filed with the Commission on November
          30, 1995)

                                                                         Page 38
<PAGE>

      3.  Third Supplemental Indenture dated October 20, 1995 (Incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit No. 4(a)(3) to Registration Statement on Form S-1
          Registration No. 33-64655 filed with the Commission on November 30,
          1995)

      4.  Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 8, 1996 (Incorporated
          by reference to Exhibit No. 4 (a)(4) to Transition Report on Form 10-K
          (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the transition period from March 1, 1995
          to December 31, 1995 filed with the Commission on March 29, 1996)

      5.  Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 24, 1996 (Incorporated
          by reference to Exhibit No. 4 (a)(5) to Registration Statement on Form
          S-1 Registration No. 333-16937 filed with the Commission on November
          27, 1996)

      6.  Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 3, 1997
          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4(a)(6) to Annual Report on
          Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the
          Commission on March 31, 1998)

      7. Seventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 13, 1998.
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4(a)(7) to Quarterly Report
          on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the third quarter of fiscal
          1997 filed with the Commission on November 16, 1998)

      8. Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 9, 1999 (incorporated
          by reference to Exhibit No. 4(a)(8) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
          (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the first quarter of fiscal 1999 filed
          with the Commission on May 17, 1999)

      9. Ninth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 25, 1999 (incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit No. 4(a)(9) to Pre-Effective Amendment No.3 on
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registrant No. 333-82643) filed
          with the Commission on October 1, 1999)

      10.Form of Tenth Supplemental Indenture with respect to the 12% Senior
          Subordinated Notes due 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          4(a)(10) to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 on Registration Statement on
          Form S-4 (Registrant No. 333-82643) filed with the Commission on
          October 1, 1999)

4(b)  Form of 12% Senior Subordinated Note due 2003 (Incorporated by reference
      to Exhibit No. 4(b) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-
      12248) for the third quarter of fiscal 1994 filed with the Commission on
      January 14, 1994)

4(c)  Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant expiring May 15, 1999 (as amended
      and restated through January 11, 1994) (Incorporated by reference to
      Exhibit No. 4(e) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-12248)
      for the third quarter of fiscal 1994 filed with the Commission on January
      14, 1994)

4(d)  Rights Agreement, dated as of January 13, 1992, between ICF Kaiser
      International, Inc. and Office of the Secretary, ICF Kaiser International,
      Inc. as Rights Agent, including (1) Form of Certificate of Designations of
      Series 4 Junior Preferred Stock; (2) Form of Rights Certificate; and (3)
      Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock (Incorporated by reference
      to Exhibit No. 4(h) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 0-
      18025) for the third quarter of fiscal 1992 filed with the Commission on
      January 14, 1992)

      1.  Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement dated as of January 13, 1992.
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to Form 8-K (Registrant No. 1-
          12248) filed with the Commission on July 6, 1999)

      2.  Amendment No. 2 to the Rights Agreement dated as of January 13, 1992.
          (incorporated by reference to No. 4(k) to Form 8-K (Registrant No. 1-
          12248) filed with the Commission on October 12, 1999)

4(e)  Warrant Agreement dated as of January 11, 1994, between the Registrant and
      The Bank of New York, as Warrant Agent (Incorporated by reference to
      Exhibit No. 4(c) to Quarterly Report on

                                                                         Page 39
<PAGE>

          Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the third quarter of fiscal
          1994 filed with the Commission on January 14, 1994)

4(f)  Indenture dated as of December 23, 1996, between ICF Kaiser International,
      Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, including Guarantees, dated
      December 23, 1996, by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (Incorporated by
      reference to Exhibit No. 4(g) to Registration Statement on Form S-1
      Registration No. 333-19519 filed with the Commission on January 10, 1997)

          1.  First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 3, 1997
              (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4(a)(6) to Annual Report
              on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed
              with the Commission on March 31, 1998)

          2.  Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 13, 1998
              (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4(g)(2) to Quarterly
              Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the third quarter
              of fiscal 1997 filed with the Commission on November 16, 1998)

          3.  Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 9, 1999
              (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4(f)(3) to Quarterly
              Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the first quarter
              of fiscal 1999 filed with the Commission on May 17, 1999)

          4.  Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 25, 1999
              (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4(d)(4) to Pre-Effective
              Amendment No.3 on Form S-4 (Registrant No. 333-82643) filed with
              the Commission on October 1, 1999)

          5.  Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 1999
              (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4(d)(5) on Form 8-K
              (Registrant No. 1-12248) filed with the Commission on October 12,
              1999)

4(g)  Form of 12% Senior Note due 2003, Series B (Incorporated by reference to
      Exhibit No. 4(i) to Registration Statement on Form S-1 Registration No.
      333-19519 filed with the Commission on January 10, 1997)

4(h)  Warrant Agreement dated as of December 23, 1996, between ICF Kaiser
      International, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Warrant Agent
      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4(j) to Registration Statement
      on Form S-1 Registration No. 333-19519 filed with the Commission on
      January 10, 1997)

4(i)  Form of Warrant expiring December 31, 1999 issued under Warrant Agreement
      dated as of December 23, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No.
      4(k) to Registration Statement on Form S-1 Registration No. 333-19519
      filed with the Commission on January 10, 1997)

4(j)  Form of Certificate of Designation regarding Redeemable Convertible
      Preferred Stock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4(h) to Pre-
      Effective Amendment No.3 on Form S-4 (Registrant No. 333-82643) filed with
      the Commission on October 1, 1999)

4(k)  Form of Indenture regarding 12% Senior Notes due 2002 (Incorporated by
      reference to Exhibit No. 4(h) to Pre-Effective Amendment No.3 on Form S-4
      (Registrant No. 333-82643) filed with the Commission on October 1, 1999)


Exhibit No. 10 -- Material Contracts

10(a)  Intentionally Omitted.

*10(b)  Kaiser Group International, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (as
    amended and restated as of January 1, 1996)

*     1.  Amendment No. 1 with the effective date of January 1, 1998.

*     2.  Amendment No. 2 with the effective date of January 1, 1996.

                                                                         Page 40
<PAGE>

     *3.  Amendment No. 3 dated April 19, 1999.

     *4.  Amendment No. 4 dated May 20, 1999.

10(c) Trust Agreement with Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company dated as of August
      31, 1995, for ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(c) to Registration Statement
      on Form S-1 Registration No. 33-64655 filed with the Commission on
      November 30, 1995)

10(d) ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Retirement Plan (as amended and restated as
      of March 1, 1993) (and further amended with respect to name change only as
      of June 26, 1993) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(d) to
      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the second
      quarter of fiscal 1994 filed with the Commission on October 15, 1993)

      1.  Amendment No. 1 dated April 24, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit No. 10(d)(1) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-
          12248) filed with the Commission on May 23, 1995.)

      2.  Amendment No. 2 dated December 15, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit No. 10(d)(2) to Transition Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No.
          1-12248) for the transition period from March 1, 1995 to December 31,
          1995 filed with the Commission on March 29, 1996)

      3.  Amendment No. 3 dated December 13, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit No. 10(d)(3) to Registration Statement on Form S-1
          Registration No. 333-19519 filed with the Commission on January 10,
          1997)

     *4.    Amendment No. 4 dated April 19, 1999

     *5.    Amendment No. 5 dated May 20, 1999

     *6.    Amendment No. 6 dated August 30, 1999

10(e) Trust Agreement with Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company dated as of August
      31, 1995, for ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Retirement Plan (Incorporated
      by reference to Exhibit No. 10(e) to Registration Statement on Form S-1
      Registration No. 33-64655 filed with the Commission on November 30, 1995)

10(f) Consolidated, Amended and Restated Deed of Lease Agreement between HMCE
      Associates Limited Partnership R.L.L.P. (as Landlord) and ICF Kaiser
      Hunters Branch Leasing, Inc. (as Tenant), dated November 12, 1997, for the
      lease of the Registrant's headquarters in Fairfax, Virginia known as
      Hunters Branch--Phase I (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(g) to
      Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) filed with the
      Commission on March 25, 1997)

10(g) Consolidated, Amended and Restated Deed of Lease Agreement between HMCE
      Associates Limited Partnership R.L.L.P. (as Landlord) and ICF Kaiser
      Hunters Branch Leasing, Inc. (as Tenant), dated November 12, 1997, for the
      lease of space in the building adjacent to the Registrant's headquarters
      in Fairfax, Virginia known as Hunters Branch--Phase II (Incorporated by
      reference to Exhibit No. 10(h) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant
      No. 1-12248) filed with the Commission on March 25, 1997)

10(h) Contribution Agreement by and among HMCE Associates Limited Partnership
      R.L.L.P.; ICF Kaiser Hunters Branch Leasing, Inc.; and IFA Nutley
      Partners, LLC dated November 3, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
      No. 10(i) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) filed
      with the Commission on March 25, 1997)

10(i) ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (as amended and
      restated through March 1, 1996) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No.
      10(j) to Registration Statement on Form S-1 Registration No. 333-16937
      filed with the Commission on November 27, 1996)

                                                                         Page 41
<PAGE>

10(j)  Contract (#DE-AC3495RF00825) between Kaiser-Hill Company, LLC, a
       subsidiary of the Corporation, and the U.S. Department of Energy dated as
       of April 4, 1995. [IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 202 OF REGULATION S-T, THIS
       EXHIBIT NO. 10(k) WAS FILED IN PAPER ON MAY 23, 1995, ON FORM SE PURSUANT
       TO A CONTINUING HARDSHIP EXEMPTION is incorporated herein by reference
       thereto]

       1.   Modifications 1 to 40 to Contract #DE-AC3495RF00825 (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit No. 10(p)(l) to Registration Statement on Form
            S-1 Registration No. 333-16937 filed with the Commission on November
            27, 1996)

       2.   Modifications 42 to 46 to Contract #DE-AC3495RF00825 (Modification
            41 not received) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(p)(2)
            to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) filed with
            the Commission on March 25, 1997)

       3.   Modifications 47 to 81 to Contract #DE-AC3495RF00825 (Modifications
            72 and 78 not received) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No.
            10(j)(3) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248)
            filed with the Commission on April 15, 1999)

10(k)  ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Section 401(k) Plan (as amended and
       restated as of March 1, 1993) (and further amended with respect to name
       change only as of June 26, 1993) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
       No. 10(f) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-12248) for
       the second quarter of fiscal 1994 filed with the Commission on October
       15, 1993)

       1.   Amendment No. 1 dated April 24, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit No. 10(p)(1) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No.
            1-12248) for fiscal 1995 filed with the Commission on May 23, 1995)

       2.   Amendment No. 2 dated December 15, 1995 (Incorporated by reference
            to Exhibit No. 10(p)(2) to Transition Report on Form 10-K
            (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the transition period from March 1,
            1995 to December 31, 1995 filed with the Commission on March 29,
            1996)

       3.   Amendment No. 3 dated December 13, 1996 (Incorporated by reference
            to Exhibit No. 10(q)(3) to Registration Statement on Form S-1
            (Registration No. 333-19519) filed with the Commission on January
            10, 1997)

       *4.  Amendment No. 4 dated April 19, 1999

       *5.  Amendment No. 5 dated May 20, 1999

10(l)  Trust Agreement with Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company dated as of March
       1, 1989, for the ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Section 401(k) Plan
       (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 28(b) to Registration Statement
       on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-51460) filed with the Commission on
       August 31, 1992)

10(m)  Asset Purchase Agreement between The IT Group, Inc. and ICF Kaiser
       International, Inc. dated March 9, 1999 (Incorporated by reference to
       Exhibit C to Registration Statement on Form 8-K (Registration No. 1-
       12248) filed with the Commission on April 23, 1999)

10(n)  Recapitalization Agreement among ICF Kaiser International, Inc., ICF
       Consulting Group Holdings, LLC and Clement International Corporation
       dated May 21, 1999 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to
       Registration Statement on Form 8-K (Registration No. 1-12248) filed with
       the Commission on July 15, 1999)

*10(o) Contract between Kaiser-Hill Company, LLC, a subsidiary of the
       Corporation, and the U.S. Department of Energy dated January 24, 2000


Exhibit No. 10--Material Contracts (management contracts, compensatory plans, or
arrangements.)

                                                                         Page 42
<PAGE>

10(aa)  Agreement dated as of May 19, 1997 with James O. Edwards, Chairman and
        Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit No. 10(ll) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-
        12248) for the second quarter of fiscal 1997 filed with the Commission
        on August 14, 1997)

        1.  Agreement dated as of November 6, 1998, terminating Mr. Edwards'
            employment agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No.
            10(aa)(1) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248)
            filed with the Commission on April 15, 1999)

10(bb)  ICF Kaiser International, Inc. 1998 Compensation (IC) Plan for Senior
        Executives (adopted by the Board of Directors on February 27, 1998)
        (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(bb) to Annual Report on
        Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) filed with the Commission on March
        25, 1997)

10(cc)  ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan
        (as amended and restated as of June 26, 1993) (Incorporated by reference
        to Exhibit No. 10(bb) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant
        No. 1-12248) for the second quarter of fiscal 1994 filed with the
        Commission on October 15, 1993)

10(dd)  Agreement dated as of May 19, 1997 with Marc Tipermas, President and
        Chief Operating Officer of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit No. 10(mm) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Registrant No. 1-
        12248) for the second quarter of fiscal 1997 filed with the Commission
        on August 14, 1997)

        1.  Agreement dated as of August 7, 1998terminating Dr. Tipermas'
            employment agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No.
            10(dd)(1) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248)
            filed with the Commission on April 15, 1999)

10(ee)  ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Senior Executive Officers Severance Plan
        as approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors on
        April 4, 1994, and adopted by the Board of Directors on May 5, 1994, as
        further amended through May 1, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit No. 10(ee) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-
        12248) filed with the Commission on March 25, 1997)

10(ff)  Employment Agreement with Thomas P. Grumbly, Executive Vice President of
        the Registrant, effective as of April 7, 1997 (Incorporated by reference
        to Exhibit No. 10(ff) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-
        12248) filed with the Commission on April 15, 1999)

        1.  Letter dated March 15, 1999, amending Mr. Grumbly's employment
            agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(ff)(1) to
            Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) filed with the
            Commission on April 15, 1999)

10(gg)  ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Consultants, Agents and Part-Time
        Employees Stock Plan dated as of June 23, 1995 (Incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit No. 99 to Registration Statement on Form S-8
        Registration No. 33-60665 filed with the Commission on June 28, 1995)

10(hh)  ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (as amended and
        restated through March 1, 1996) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
        No. 10 (j) to Registration Statement on Form S-1 Registration No. 333-
        16937 filed with the Commission on November 27, 1996)

10(ii)  Amended Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 1996, with David
        Watson, Executive Vice President and President, ICF Kaiser Engineers and
        Constructors Group of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit No. 10(kk) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-
        12248) filed with the Commission on March 25, 1997)

        1.  Agreement and Mutual Release dated August 17, 1998, terminating Mr.
            Watson's employment agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            No. 10(ii)(1) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248)
            filed with the Commission on April 15, 1999)

10(jj)  Intentionally Omitted.

                                                                         Page 43
<PAGE>

10(kk)  Employment Agreement with Michael F. Gaffney, Executive Vice President
        of the Registrant, effective as of January 1, 1997 (Incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit No. 10(kk) to Annual Report on Form 10-K
        (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the Commission
        on March 31, 1998)

        1.  Agreement dated March 8, 1999, terminating Mr. Gaffney's employment
            agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(kk)(1) to
            Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) filed with the
            Commission on April 15, 1999)

10(ll)  Letter Agreement with Cowen Incorporated and Jarrod M. Cohen, dated as
        of March 13, 1998 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(ll) to
        Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) for fiscal year 1997
        filed with the Commission on March 31, 1998) (Incorporated by reference
        to Exhibit No. 10(mm) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-
        12248) filed with the Commission on March 25, 1997)

10(mm)  ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Non-employee Directors Compensation and
        Phantom Stock Plan as adopted by the Board of Directors on February 28,
        1997, with an effective date of March 1, 1997 (Incorporated by reference
        to Exhibit No. 10(mm) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-
        12248) filed with the Commission on April 15, 1999)

10(nn)  Letter Agreement with Tennenbaum & Co., L.L.C. and Michael E.
        Tennenbaum, dated as of March 13, 1998 (Incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit No. 10(nn) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-
        12248) for fiscal year 1997 filed with the Commission on March 31, 1998)

10(oo)  Employment Agreement with Keith M. Price, President and Chief Executive
        Officer of the Registrant, effective as of August 27, 1998 (Incorporated
        by reference to Exhibit No. 10(oo) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        (Registrant No. 1-12248) for the Third quarter of 1998 filed with the
        Commission on November 16, 1998)

        1.  Terms of Promotion for Keith M. Price effective as of November 4,
            1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(oo)(1) to Annual
            Report on Form 10-K (Registrant No. 1-12248) filed with the
            Commission on April 15, 1999)

        2.  Agreement dated April 27, 1999, terminating Keith M. Price's
            employment agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No.
            10(oo)(2) to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registrant No. 333-
            82643) filed with the Commission on July 9, 1999)

10(pp)  Employment Agreement with James J. Maiwurm, President and Chief
        Executive Officer of the Registrant, effective as of June 1, 1999
        (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(oo)(2) to Registration
        Statement on Form S-4 (Registrant No. 333-82643) filed with the
        Commission on July 9, 1999)

10(qq)  Employment Agreement with S. Robert Cochran, Executive Vice President
        and President, North America of the Registrant, effective as of June 1,
        1999 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(qq) to Registration
        Statement on Form S-4 (Registrant No. 333-82643) filed with the
        Commission on July 9, 1999)

10(rr)  Employment Agreement with Timothy P. O'Connor, Executive Vice President
        and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, effective as of June 1,
        1999 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(rr) to Registration
        Statement on Form S-4 (Registrant No. 333-82643) filed with the
        Commission on July 9, 1999)

10(ss)  Employment Agreement with Richard A. Leupen, Executive Vice President
        and President, International of the Registrant, effective as of June 1,
        1999 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10(ss) to Pre-Effective
        Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registrant No.
        333-82643) filed with the Commission on September 3, 1999)

10(tt)  Form of Agreement of Release, Consent and Waiver, dated October 5, 1999,
        between ICF Kaiser International, Inc., T. Rowe Price, Penn Series High
        Yield Bond Fund, NorthStar Investment Management, and Deutsche Bank
        (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(tt) to Registration

                                                                         Page 44
<PAGE>

        Statement on Form 8-K (Registration No. 1-12248) filed with the
        Commission on October 12, 1999)

*  Exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

   Exhibit No. 21--Consolidated Subsidiaries of the Registrant as of April 14,
2000

   Exhibit No. 23--Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP

   Exhibit No. 27--Financial Data Schedule. This schedule contains summary
financial information extracted from the consolidated financial statements of
Kaiser Group International, Inc. as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 and for the
three years ended December 31, 1999 and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to such financial statements.

        (c) Reports on Form 8-K

        On March 10, 1999, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Pursuant to Item 5 of its Report, the Company disclosed that it had signed a
letter of intent with CM Equity Partners, L.P., (CMEP) an equity investment firm
based in New York City, to sell the ICF Kaiser Consulting Group for $75 million
to CMEP and the group's management.

        On April 23, 1999, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Pursuant to Item 5 of its Report, the Company disclosed that it sold the
majority of the active contracts and investments of its Environmental and
Facilities Management Group to The IT Group, Inc.

        On May 12, 1999, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Pursuant to Item 5 of its Report, the Company disclosed that James Maiwurm
became CEO and President of the Company, and company veterans Richard Leupen and
Bob Cochran would assume new roles as, respectively, President of International
Business and President of North America Business.

        On June 10, 1999, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Pursuant to Item 5 of its Report, the Company disclosed that Chairman of the
Board Tony Coelho had resigned from that position and that Mr. Coelho would
remain a member of the Board of Directors for a transition period effective June
9, 1999.

        On July 6, 1999, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Pursuant to Item 5 of its Report, the Company disclosed that it had finalized
the sale of its Consulting Group.

        On July 7, 1999, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Pursuant to Item 5 of its Report, the Company disclosed that it amended its
Rights Agreement dated January 13, 1992 that governs its Shareholder Rights Plan
effective July 6, 1999.

        On July 16, 1999, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Pursuant to Item 2 of its Report, the Company disclosed that it completed the
sale of its Consulting Group. Pursuant to Item 7 of its Report, the Company
disclosed its Pro Forma financial information and its Recapitalization Agreement
among ICF Kaiser International, Inc., ICF Consulting Group Holdings, LLC and
Clement International Corporation dated May 21, 1999.

        On October 12, 1999, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Pursuant to Item 5 of its Report, the Company disclosed that on September 15,
1999, the Company amended its Rights Agreement dated January 13, 1992 that
governs its Shareholder Rights Plan. Also pursuant to Item 5 of its Report, the
Company disclosed that on October 6, 1999, the Company purchased $14,000,000 of
outstanding notes from holders of its $15,000,000 12% Senior Notes due 2003 (the
"Notes"). Also, Pursuant to Item 7 of its Report, the Company disclosed its Form
of Agreement of Release, Consent and Waiver, dated October 5, 1999, between the
Company and T. Rowe Price, Penn Series High Yield Bond Fund, NorthStar
Investment Management, and Deutsche Bank.

        On December 29, 1999, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Pursuant to Item 5 of its Report, the Company disclosed that it filed an Amended
Certificate of Incorporation at the close of business on December 27, 1999. The
Company changed the name of its principal operating entity to Kaiser Engineers,
Inc. and at the same time, the name of the parent company changed to Kaiser
Group

                                                                         Page 45
<PAGE>

International, Inc. The Company's ticker symbol on the New York Stock Exchange
became "KSR" at the start of trading on the morning of December 28, 1999.



                                                                         Page 46
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                       Kaiser Group International, Inc.
                                               (Registrant)


                                         /s/ James J. Maiwurm
                                       -----------------------------------------
By:                                        James J. Maiwurm, Chairman
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: April 14, 2000

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


(1)  Principal executive officer


    /s/ James J. Maiwurm
    James J. Maiwurm                 Chairman, President and      April 14, 2000
                                     Chief Executive Officer

(2) Principal financial and accounting officer


    /s/ Timothy P. O'Connor
- --------------------------------
    Timothy P. O'Connor              Executive Vice President     April 14, 2000
                                     and Chief Financial Officer

(3)  Board of Directors


    /s/ Jarrod M. Cohen
- --------------------------------
    Jarrod M. Cohen                  Director                     April 14, 2000


    /s/ James O. Edwards
- --------------------------------
    James O. Edwards                 Director                     April 14, 2000


    /s/ Thomas C. Jorling
- --------------------------------
    Thomas C. Jorling                Director                     April 14, 2000


   /s/ James J. Maiwurm
- --------------------------------
   James J. Maiwurm                  Director                     April 14, 2000


   /s/ Hazel R. O'Leary
- --------------------------------
   Hazel R. O'Leary                  Director                     April 14, 2000


   /s/ Keith M. Price
- --------------------------------
   Keith M. Price                    Director                     April 14, 2000

                                                                         Page 47
<PAGE>

   /s/ James T. Rhodes
- --------------------------------
   James T. Rhodes                   Director                     April 14, 2000


   /s/ Michael E. Tennenbaum
- --------------------------------
   Michael E. Tennenbaum             Director                     April 14, 2000

                                                                         Page 48
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To Board of Directors and
  Shareholders of Kaiser Group International, Inc.:

We have audited the consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedule of Kaiser Group International, Inc. (formerly ICF Kaiser International,
Inc.) and Subsidiaries (the Company) listed in Item 14(a) of this Form 10-K.
These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Kaiser Group
International, Inc and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1999, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States. In addition, in our opinion, the
financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to
the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all
material respects, the information required to be included therein.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming
that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements, the Company experienced significant operating
losses in 1998 and 1999, has no revolving credit facility and is negotiating to
restructure its outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes totaling $125.0 million.
These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as
a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also
described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any
adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
April 14, 2000

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kaiser Group International, Inc. Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1999.                                              Page F - 1
<PAGE>

               KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            December 31,
                                                                                   ------------------------------
                                                                                       1999             1998
                                                                                   -------------   --------------
                                                                                      (In thousands, except
                                                                                         share amounts)
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>
                            ASSETS

Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents......................................................       $  26,391        $  15,267
Restricted cash................................................................          16,386            3,041
Contract receivables, net......................................................         158,319          284,078
Prepaid expenses and other current assets......................................           5,350            9,800
Deferred income taxes..........................................................              --           34,673
                                                                                      ---------        ---------
          Total Current Assets.................................................         206,446          346,859
                                                                                      ---------        ---------
Fixed Assets
Furniture, equipment, and leaseholds...........................................          14,224           43,996
Less depreciation and amortization.............................................         (11,403)         (37,411)
                                                                                      ---------        ---------
                                                                                          2,821            6,585
                                                                                      ---------        ---------
Other Assets
Goodwill, net..................................................................          17,581           49,292
Investments in and advances to affiliates......................................          10,040            7,728
Notes receivable...............................................................           6,550               --
Capitalized software development costs.........................................           1,601            5,062
Other..........................................................................           8,524           12,545
                                                                                      ---------        ---------
                                                                                         44,296           74,627
                                                                                      ---------        ---------
          Total Assets.........................................................       $ 253,563        $ 428,071
                                                                                      =========        =========

      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Current Liabilities
Debt currently payable.........................................................       $      --        $  30,729
Accounts payable...............................................................         119,556          189,906
Accrued salaries and benefits..................................................          27,249           37,931
Other accrued expenses.........................................................          26,921           42,864
Deferred revenue...............................................................           9,015           40,011
Income taxes payable...........................................................           6,597            2,147
                                                                                      ---------        ---------
          Total Current Liabilities............................................         189,338          343,588
Long-term Liabilities
Long-term debt.................................................................         124,218          137,488
Other..........................................................................           7,577            9,664
                                                                                      ---------        ---------
          Total Liabilities....................................................         321,133          490,740
                                                                                      ---------        ---------

Commitments and Contingencies

Minority Interest..............................................................           2,333              449
                                                                                      ---------        ---------
Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)
Preferred stock................................................................              --               --
Common stock, par value $.01 per share:
    Authorized--90,000,000 shares
    Issued and outstanding--  23,655,500 and 24,257,828 shares.................             237              242
Additional paid-in capital.....................................................          73,643           75,422
Notes receivable collateralized by common stock................................              --             (638)
Accumulated deficit............................................................        (140,681)        (134,757)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss).........................................          (3,102)          (3,387)
                                                                                      ---------        ---------
          Total Shareholders' Equity (Deficit).................................         (69,903)         (63,118)
                                                                                      ---------        ---------
          Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity (Deficit).................       $ 253,563        $ 428,071
                                                                                      =========        =========
</TABLE>


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kaiser Group International, Inc. Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1999.                                              Page F - 2
<PAGE>

               KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                  ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                     1999             1998             1997
                                                                                  -----------      -----------      -----------
                                                                                     (In thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                                               <C>              <C>              <C>
Gross Revenue...................................................................   $ 870,267        $ 999,721        $ 926,916
     Subcontract and direct material costs......................................    (579,296)        (717,794)        (621,331)
     Provision for contract losses..............................................          --          (76,210)          (6,900)
     Equity in income of joint ventures and affiliated companies................       4,480            6,045            2,301
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
Service Revenue.................................................................     295,451          211,762          300,986
Operating Expenses
     Direct labor and fringe benefits...........................................     244,478          217,862          225,471
     Selling, general and administrative........................................      54,052           65,534           63,851
     Depreciation and amortization..............................................       5,269            8,288            8,595
     Restructuring charges......................................................      14,384           17,079               --
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
Operating Income (Loss).........................................................     (22,732)         (97,001)           3,069
Other Income (Expense)
     Gain on sale of investment.................................................          --               --            1,018
     Interest income............................................................       2,349            1,539            1,750
     Interest expense...........................................................     (21,065)         (20,279)         (18,276)
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
(Loss) From Continuing Operations Before Income Tax, Minority Interest,
     Extraordinary Item, and Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change.............     (41,448)        (115,741)         (12,439)
        Income tax (expense) benefit............................................      (1,110)          18,606            9,366
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
(Loss) From Continuing Operations Before Minority Interest, Extraordinary
     Item, and Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change...........................     (42,558)         (97,135)          (3,073)
         Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries........................      (5,184)          (7,698)         (10,867)
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
(Loss) From Continuing Operations Before Extraordinary Item and
     Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change.....................................     (47,742)        (104,833)         (13,940)
     Income from discontinued operations, net of tax............................       2,335           11,391            8,953
     Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax.......................      40,083               --               --
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
(Loss) Before Extraordinary Item and Cumulative Effect of
     Accounting Change..........................................................      (5,324)         (93,442)          (4,987)
     Extraordinary items........................................................        (600)          (1,090)              --
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
(Loss) Before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change............................      (5,924)         (94,532)          (4,987)
     Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change, net of tax.........................          --           (6,000)              --
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
Net (Loss)......................................................................   $  (5,924)       $(100,532)       $  (4,987)
                                                                                   =========        =========        =========

Basic and Fully Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share:
     Continuing operations, net of tax..........................................   $   (2.00)       $   (4.34)       $   (0.62)
     Discontinued operations, net of tax........................................        1.78             0.47             0.40
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
     (Loss) Before Extraordinary Item and Cumulative Effect of
          Accounting Change.....................................................       (0.22)           (3.87)           (0.22)
            Extraordinary items.................................................       (0.03)           (0.05)              --
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
     (Loss) Before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change.......................       (0.25)           (3.92)           (0.22)
            Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax..................          --            (0.25)              --
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
     Net (Loss) Per Share.......................................................   $   (0.25)       $   (4.17)       $   (0.22)
                                                                                   =========        =========        =========


Weighted average shares for basic earnings (loss) per share.....................      23,823           24,092           22,382
     Effect of dilutive stock options...........................................          --               --               --
                                                                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
Weighted average shares for diluted earnings (loss) per share...................      23,823           24,092           22,382
                                                                                   =========        =========        =========
</TABLE>

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kaiser Group International, Inc. Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1999.                                              Page F - 3

<PAGE>

               KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Common Stock
                            -----------------------
                                                                                             Accumulated
                                                                                             -----------
                                                     Additional                Accumulated      Other
                                                     ----------                -----------      -----
                                                       Paid-in       Notes       Earnings   Comprehensive      Shareholders'
                                                       -------       -----       --------   -------------    ----------------
                              Shares     Par Value     Capital    Receivable    (Deficit)       (Loss)       Equity/(Deficit)
                            -----------  ----------  ----------   ----------    ---------       -----        ----------------
                                                          (In thousands, except share amounts)
<S>                         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997..  22,311,842        $223      $66,983     $(1,732)    $ (29,238)        $(1,344)         $  34,892
 Net (loss)...............                      --           --          --        (4,987)             --             (4,987)
 Issuances of common
  stock...................     319,300           3          644          --            --              --                647
 Reacquisition of common
  stock...................    (155,238)         (1)        (511)         --            --              --               (512)
 Foreign currency
  translation
  Adjustment..............          --          --           --          --            --          (2,023)            (2,023)
 Other....................          --          --           --        (690)           --              --               (690)
                            ----------        ----      -------     -------     ---------         -------          ---------
Balance, December 31,
 1997.....................  22,475,904         225       67,116      (2,422)      (34,225)         (3,367)            27,327
 Net (loss)...............                      --           --          --      (100,532)             --           (100,532)
 Issuances of common
  stock...................   1,941,446          19        8,856          --            --              --              8,875
 Reacquisition of common
  stock...................    (159,522)         (2)        (550)         --            --              --               (552)
 Foreign currency
 translation
  Adjustment..............          --          --           --          --            --             (20)               (20)
 Other....................          --          --           --       1,784            --              --              1,784
                            ----------        ----      -------     -------     ---------         -------          ---------
Balance, December 31,
 1998.....................  24,257,828         242       75,422        (638)     (134,757)         (3,387)           (63,118)
 Net (loss)...............          --          --           --          --        (5,924)             --             (5,924)
 Issuances of common
  stock...................     145,788           2          106          --            --              --                108
 Reacquisition of
     common stock.........    (748,116)         (7)      (1,885)        638            --              --             (1,254)
 Foreign currency
     translation
  Adjustment..............          --          --           --          --            --             285                285
                            ----------        ----     --------     -------     ---------         -------          ---------
Balance, December 31,
 1999.....................  23,655,500        $237      $73,643     $    --     $(140,681)        $(3,102)         $ (69,903)
                            ==========        ====      =======     =======     =========         =======          =========
</TABLE>





               KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)
                                 (In thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                                             -----------------------------------------
                                                                 1999           1998          1997
                                                             -------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>            <C>
Net (Loss)                                                        $(5,924)     $(100,532)     $(4,987)
Other Comprehensive (Loss)
  Foreign currency translation adjustments................            285            (20)      (2,023)
                                                                  -------      ---------      -------
     Total Comprehensive (Loss)...........................        $(5,639)     $(100,552)     $(7,010)
                                                                  =======      =========      =======
</TABLE>




                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                                                        Page F-4
<PAGE>

               KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                              ----------------------------------
                                                                                                1999        1998         1997
                                                                                              ---------  -----------  ----------
                                                                                                       (In thousands)
<S>                                                                                           <C>        <C>          <C>
Operating Activities
 Net (loss).................................................................................  $ (5,924)   $(100,532)  $  (4,987)
 Adjustments to reconcile net  (loss) to net cash (used in)
 provided by operating activities:
  Gain on sale of discontinued operations...................................................   (40,083)          --          --
  Net income of discontinued operations.....................................................    (2,335)     (11,391)     (8,953)
  Depreciation and amortization.............................................................     5,163        8,408       8,701
  Provision for losses......................................................................     3,729       29,679       1,195
  Provision for deferred income taxes  .....................................................   (34,673)     (12,228)     (4,861)
  Charge for cumulative effect of accounting change  .......................................        --        5,000          --
  Note receivable write-off.................................................................       638        1,784          --
  Extraordinary items.......................................................................       600        1,090          --
  Earnings in excess of cash distributions from joint ventures and affiliated companies  ...      (258)      (1,044)        (91)
  Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries  .........................................     5,184        7,698      10,867
  Gain on sale of investment................................................................        --           --      (1,018)
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and dispositions:
   Contract receivables, net................................................................   106,613      (18,843)    (46,366)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets................................................     4,512          535      (3,799)
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses....................................................   (83,300)      40,552      42,082
   Deferred revenue.........................................................................   (30,996)       3,484      14,698
   Income taxes payable  ...................................................................     4,450        1,129         160
   Other operating activities...............................................................    (1,354)       3,408       3,547
                                                                                              --------    ---------   ---------
           Net cash (used in) provided by continuing operations.............................   (68,034)     (41,271)     11,175
           Net cash provided by discontinued operations.....................................     8,579       11,833      15,016
                                                                                              --------    ---------   ---------
    Net Cash (Used in) provided by Operating Activities.....................................   (59,455)     (29,438)     26,191
                                                                                              --------    ---------   ---------

Investing Activities
 Investments in subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired...........................        --        3,456      (4,074)
 Sales of subsidiaries and/or investments...................................................   145,041        2,400      17,028
 Purchases of fixed assets..................................................................    (2,113)      (3,580)     (4,621)
                                                                                              --------    ---------   ---------
             Net cash provided by investing activities of continuing operations.............   142,928        2,276       8,333
             Net cash used in investing activities of discontinued operations...............    (4,941)        (914)       (267)
                                                                                              --------    ---------   ---------
    Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities...............................................   137,987        1,362       8,066
                                                                                              --------    ---------   ---------

Financing Activities
 Borrowings under revolving credit facility.................................................    61,855      139,629     104,500
 Principal payments on revolving credit facility............................................   (92,584)    (112,875)   (121,000)
 Cash collateralize letters of credit.......................................................   (12,595)          --          --
 Extinguishment of Senior Notes.............................................................   (12,320)          --          --
 Distribution of income to minority interest................................................    (3,300)     (10,320)    (13,950)
 Change in book overdraft...................................................................    (8,395)       8,395      (2,667)
 Debt issuance costs........................................................................        --       (1,380)       (624)
 Other financing activities.................................................................        --          155         (38)
                                                                                              --------    ---------   ---------
    Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities.....................................   (67,339)      23,604     (33,779)
                                                                                              --------    ---------   ---------
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash.....................................................       (69)        (281)       (708)
                                                                                              --------    ---------   ---------
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents............................................    11,124       (4,753)       (230)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period............................................    15,267       20,020      20,250
                                                                                              --------    ---------   ---------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period..................................................  $ 26,391    $  15,267   $  20,020
                                                                                              ========    =========   =========

Supplemental cash flow information is as follows:
 Cash payments for interest  ...............................................................  $ 21,065    $  20,051   $  18,649
 Cash payments for income taxes  ...........................................................       820          936         402
 Non-cash transactions:
  Issuance of common stock  ................................................................        44        8,720         434
  Reacquisition of common stock  ...........................................................    (1,254)        (552)       (261)
    Acquisition of promissory notes in exchange for sale of discontinued operation..........     6,550           --          --
</TABLE>




                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                                                        Page F-5

<PAGE>

               KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.  Liquidity and Capital Resource Outlook

          The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that
Kaiser Group International, Inc. and Subsidiaries ("Kaiser" or "the Company")
will continue as a going concern.  Significant losses on four large fixed price
projects to construct plants to produce nitric acid incurred primarily during
1998 within the Engineering Operations caused the Company to respond to the
resulting negative cash flows and to operating losses being experienced within
that Group, by implementing a plan designed to significantly restructure
operations and restore profitability.  In summary, the components of the
restructuring plan developed by management and the Board of Directors included:

 .    Divesting operating units and reinvesting the proceeds in the Company to
     provide working capital necessary to stabilize the retained business
     activities (Note 4);
 .    Reducing the Company's overhead cost structure that would remain after the
     divestitures of the operating units referenced above (Note 3); and
 .    Revising the Company's capital structure in order to eliminate barriers to
     securing new business and improve accessibility to new sources of working
     capital (Note 9).

          Cash proceeds from the divestitures were subsequently used in part to
complete the nitric acid projects and to repay cash borrowings from a revolving
line of credit that had been used primarily to fund the project losses as well
as working capital needs of the Company's other growing operating units prior to
the 1999 divestitures.  Also, in 1999, the Company used some of the proceeds
from the divestitures to repurchase $14.0 million of $15.0 million in
outstanding Senior Notes.

          The Company currently has no working capital facility and is financing
working capital shortfalls of its Engineering Operations through the use of the
residual cash proceeds from the sale of its Consulting Group completed in June
1999 as well as from distributions from its Kaiser-Hill subsidiary. Based on (i)
current expectations for near-term operating results, (ii) its current available
cash position and (iii) recent trends and projections in liquidity and capital
needs, management believes the Company has sufficient short-term liquidity to
bridge current operating needs until the implementation of a modified debt
restructuring.

          Actions remaining critical, however, to the Company's long-term
liquidity include completing a restructuring of its $125.0 million in
outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes prior to the next interest payment due
date of June 30, 2000, securing a sufficient working capital facility with
acceptable terms, obtaining successful outcomes regarding significant contingent
liabilities (Note 15), and marginally improving operating results. Management
believes that if these steps can be achieved, the Company will have sufficient
liquidity generated by improved operating results, substantially decreased
interest expenses and borrowings on its new credit facility to meet its longer-
term working capital requirements. The inability of the Company to accomplish a
combination of actions described above would have a material adverse effect
on the financial condition, operating results, and the business.

          The Company has been engaged in ongoing negotiations with
representatives of the holders of its $125.0 million Senior Subordinated Notes
and believes it could implement a modified restructuring of those notes. Such a
transaction could involve an exchange of Senior Subordinated Notes for a
combination of common stock and newly issued preferred stock on terms that would
permit the Company to retain available cash and not require a new bank credit
agreement. The Company believes such a restructuring would substantially improve
its financial condition and provide a basis for ongoing operations and
continuation of the Company's turnaround. However, such a restructuring would
result in substantial dilution of the equity of existing common stockholders.

          While continuing negotiations with representatives of holders of its
Senior Subordinated Notes, the Company has also been exploring other strategic
alternatives. Such alternatives could include generating funds for debt
restructuring or longer-term objectives and operating needs through divestitures
of additional operating assets, replacing the Company's long-term debt, and
negotiating additional equity infusions. This evaluation of alternatives is
still underway. The Company expects to be able to reach a conclusion with
respect to its strategic direction and begin to implement its reorganization
prior to the end of the second quarter of 2000.

          The Company expects its financial condition to be materially affected
by the implementation of any debt restructuring or strategic alternative. The
consummation of either a debt restructuring or other strategic alternatives
could be completed through a "prepackaged" plan of reorganization under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. If such a plan were selected as the mechanism
for completing the Company's restructuring, the Company expects that it would
have the support of the largest holders of its Senior Subordinated Notes and,
therefore, be able to implement the plan relatively promptly. Kaiser expects
that any such plan would be designed to (i) minimize adverse effects on Kaiser's
operations, trade creditors and employees and (ii) result in a financially
strengthened and stable organization for purposes of ongoing operations.

          These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern. The accompanying consolidated financial statements
do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification
of asset carrying amounts or the classification of liabilities that might result
should the Company not be successful in attempts to enact the critical actions
summarized above.


2.   Significant Accounting Policies

          Nature of Operations: The Company provides design, engineering,
procurement, and construction and project management services to domestic and
international clients in the infrastructure, facilities, metals, mining and
industrial markets.

          Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements
include all majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries. Investments in
unconsolidated joint ventures and affiliated companies are accounted for using
the equity method. The difference between the cost of joint venture investments
and the Company's underlying equity is amortized on a straight-line basis over
the estimated lives of the related investments. All significant intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated.

          Revenue Recognition: The Company's revenue is derived primarily from
long-term contracts of various types. Revenue on time-and-materials contracts is
recognized based on actual hours delivered times the contracted hourly billing
rate, plus the costs incurred for any materials. Revenue on fixed-priced
contracts is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method and is
comprised of the portion of expected total contract earnings represented by
actual costs incurred to date as a percentage of the contract's total estimated
costs at completion. Revenue on cost-reimbursable contracts is recognized to the
extent of costs incurred plus a proportionate amount of the contracted fee.
Certain cost-reimbursable contracts also include provisions for earning
performance-based incentive fees. Such incentive fees are included in revenue at
the time the amounts can be reasonably determined. Provisions for anticipated
contract losses are recognized at the time they become estimable.

          Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, the disclosed amounts of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements, and the amounts of revenues and expenses
recognized during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

          Foreign Currency Translation: Results of operations for foreign
entities are translated using the average exchange rates during the period.
Assets and liabilities are translated to U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in
effect at the balance sheet date. Resulting translation adjustments are
reflected net of tax in shareholders' equity (deficit) as cumulative translation
adjustments.

          Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash: The Company considers all highly
liquid financial instruments purchased with maturities of three months or less
at date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash balances consisted
of the following at December 31, (in thousands):





                                                                        Page F-6
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1999           1998
                                                                          --------------  ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>
  Letters of credit collateralized by cash..............................         $13,066        $  600
  Cash balances of wholly owned insurance subsidiary.                              2,570         2,441
  Escrowed cash.........................................................             750            --
                                                                                 -------        ------
                                                                                 $16,386        $3,041
                                                                                 =======        ======
</TABLE>

                                                                        Page F-7
<PAGE>

          Fixed Assets: Furniture and equipment are carried at cost or fair
value at acquisition if acquired through the purchase of a business, and are
depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives,
ranging from three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are carried at cost and
are amortized using the straight-line method over the remaining lease terms.

          Capitalized Software Development Costs: Certain costs, including
consulting expenses and internal labor, incurred to develop major software
applications for internal Company use, as well as for external software product
sales are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful or economic lives
of the software, respectively. These capitalized costs have been classified with
other long term assets. Amortization expense of $307,000 and $1,260,000 was
recognized during 1999 and 1998, respectively. Certain elements of capitalized
software were sold as part of the asset divestitures in 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        1999         1998
                                                                     -----------  -----------
                                                                          (In thousands)

<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>
  Internal use software  ..........................................      $2,263      $ 7,136
  External use software  ..........................................          --          816
                                                                         ------      -------
     Total capitalized software  ..................................       2,263        7,952
  Accumulated amortization  .......................................       ( 662)      (2,890)
                                                                         ------      -------
                                                                         $1,601      $ 5,062
                                                                         ======      =======
</TABLE>

          Goodwill: Goodwill represents the excess of cost of acquired
businesses over the fair value of the identifiable net tangible and intangible
assets acquired. Goodwill is amortized using the straight-line method over the
period for which the Company estimates it will benefit directly from the
acquisitions. The range of estimated benefit from the Company's historical
acquisitions ranges from five to forty years. The Company periodically evaluates
these ranges and the recoverability of goodwill by comparing the estimated
future undiscounted operating cash flows for each underlying acquisition to the
respective carrying value of goodwill. Management does not believe there has
been any impairment in the value of goodwill at December 31, 1999. Accumulated
amortization was $8,100,000 and $20,145,000, at December 31, 1999 and 1998,
respectively.

          Income Taxes: Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the tax
effects of differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the
tax bases carrying amounts of the Company's assets and liabilities. These
differences are calculated based upon the statutory tax rates in effect in the
years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of subsequent
changes in tax rates on deferred tax balances is recognized in the period in
which a tax rate change is enacted. The Company evaluates its ability to realize
future benefit from all deferred tax assets and establishes valuation allowances
for amounts that may not be realizable.

          Unless otherwise noted, provisions are not made for U.S. income taxes
for the undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries because the
Company intends to reinvest such earnings in continuing operations indefinitely.
There are no undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries for which income
taxes have not been provided.

          Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers: The Company
maintains cash balances primarily in overnight Eurodollar deposits, investment-
grade commercial paper, bank certificates of deposit, and U.S. government
securities. The Company grants uncollateralized credit to its customers.
Approximately 67% of the Company's contract receivables at December 31, 1999,
were from agencies of the U.S. government (see Note 6). The Company also
maintains certain project specific insurance policies related to various
insurable risks such as certain political risks including embargo, war, and non-
payment due to insolvency of the customer. The Department of Energy (DOE)
accounted for approximately for 74%, 63%, and 64% of Kaiser's consolidated gross
revenue for the year ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

          Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In April 1998, the Accounting
Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants issued Statement of Position 98-5--Reporting on the Costs of Start-
Up Activities (SOP 98-5). The SOP requires costs of organization and start-up
activities to be expensed as incurred. The Company elected early adoption of SOP
98-5 effective April 1, 1998 and, at that time, reported the cumulative effect
of the change as a one-time, non-cash charge of $6,000,000, net of a tax benefit
of $2,930,000.

          Reclassifications: Certain reclassifications have been made to the
prior-period financial statements contained herein in order to conform to the
1999 presentation.

                                                                        Page F-8
<PAGE>

3.   Restructuring Plan

         Restructuring Charges: In 1998, the Company began implementing the
various phases of its overall restructuring plan (Note 1). Correspondingly,
total restructuring charges recognized in 1999 and 1998 were $14.4 million and
$17.1 million, respectively. The component charges included costs incurred for
involuntary employee severance, including a 25% personnel reduction, or
approximately 250 employees, of the Company's wholly-owned North American
operations and lesser percentage reductions in international operations,
facility closure costs associated with closing of marginally profitable office
locations, and costs to cease certain operating activities. Facility closure and
related costs include disposal costs of equipment, lease restructuring payments,
brokers fees and lease termination costs. These charges have been summarized as
Restructuring Charges on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and consisted
of the following (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Current Year
                                                                         ----------------------
     1999                                                    January 1,  Provisions     Uses     December 31
     ----                                                    ----------  ----------  ----------  ------------
     <S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
         Severance..........................................     $4,499     $ 2,211     $ 6,710        $   --
         Investment/goodwill impairments....................         --       3,855       3,855            --
         Debt restructuring activities......................         --       3,690       3,690            --
         Divestiture activities.............................        700       1,335       2,035            --
         Contingency settlements............................         --       1,893       1,893            --
         Facility downsizing/consolidation..................        855       1,400       1,900           355
                                                                 ------     -------     -------        ------
                                                                 $6,054     $14,384     $20,083        $  355
                                                                 ======     =======     =======        ======

     1998
     ----
         Severance..........................................     $   --     $ 7,607     $ 3,108        $4,499
         Divestiture activities.............................         --       1,800       1,100           700
         Contingency settlements............................         --       1,750       1,750            --
         Facility downsizing/consolidation..................         --       5,922       5,067           855
                                                                 ------     -------     -------        ------
                                                                 $   --     $17,079     $11,025        $6,054
                                                                 ======     =======     =======        ======
</TABLE>

               As of December 31, 1999, initiatives undertaken as part of the
1999 and 1998 charges relating to the Company's restructuring had been largely
completed consistent with the Corporation's original plans and estimates. The
amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1999 related
to these actions are, in the opinion of management, adequate to complete the
remaining initiatives originally contemplated in the 1999 and 1998 charges.
While these actions were intended to improve the Company's competitive position,
there can be no assurances as to their ultimate success or that additional
restructuring actions will not be required.

                                                                        Page F-9
<PAGE>

4.   Divestitures and Acquisitions

Divestitures

          Pursuant to a restructuring plan, the Company divested of several
operating units in 1999. The intention to divest of certain operating units
qualified the related units as discontinued operations for financial accounting
purposes.

     .    Environment and Facilities Management Group (EFM): On April 9, 1999,
the Company sold the majority of the active contracts and investments, and
transferred a substantial number of employees of EFM to IT Group, Inc. (IT) for
a cash purchase price of $82.0 million, less $8.0 million retained by IT for
EFM's working capital requirements. Contracts which were not sold to IT were
completed by the Company as of December 31, 1999. Net of income tax expense of
$24.5 million, the Company recognized a gain of $12.0 million from the sale.

     .    Consulting Group: On June 30, 1999, the Company sold 90% of its
Consulting Group to CM Equity Partners, L.P. and the Group's management for
$64.0 million in cash and $6.6 million in interest bearing notes. The Company
retained 10% ownership (Note 7) in the new and independent consulting company,
now known as ICF Consulting Group, Inc. Net of income tax expense of $11.4
million, the Company recognized a gain of $30.3 million from that sale.

     The operating results of the EFM and Consulting Groups prior to divestiture
have been segregated from the Company's continuing operations and are reported
as a separate line item on the Statement of Operations for all periods
presented. Details of the net operating results are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1999           1998             1997
                                                                   ------------  ---------------  ---------------
               <S>                                                 <C>           <C>              <C>
               EFM
               ---
               Gross Revenue......................................    $ 34,640         $105,300         $ 88,100
                Subcontracts and materials........................     (20,053)         (53,300)         (34,300)
                                                                      --------         --------         --------
               Service Revenue....................................      14,587           52,000           53,800
               Operating Expenses:
                Direct labor and fringe...........................       7,495           26,600           30,800
                General and administrative........................       5,631           19,800           18,900
                Depreciation & amortization.......................         231               60              100
                                                                      --------         --------         --------
               Operating Income...................................       1,230         $  5,540            4,000
               Income tax expense.................................         595            2,176            1,624
                                                                      --------         --------         --------
               Income from discontinued operations................    $    635         $  3,364         $  2,376
                                                                      ========         ========         ========

               Consulting Group
               ----------------
               Gross Revenue......................................    $ 49,519         $105,400         $ 93,100
                Subcontracts and materials........................     (10,937)         (23,700)         (21,800)
                                                                      --------         --------         --------
               Service Revenue....................................      38,582           81,700           71,300
               Operating Expenses:
                Direct labor and fringe...........................      18,638           38,100           33,300
                General and administrative........................      16,466           29,800           26,100
                Depreciation & amortization.......................         498              700              900
                                                                      --------         --------         --------
               Operating Income...................................    $  2,980         $ 13,100           11,000
               Income tax expense.................................       1,280            5,073            4,423
                                                                      --------         --------         --------
               Income from discontinued operations................    $  1,700         $  8,027         $  6,577
                                                                      ========         ========         ========
</TABLE>

     Sale of EDA, Inc. (EDA): Additionally, in August of 1999, the Company sold
the majority of the active contracts and transferred selected assets and
liabilities associated with this business to Railplan International, Inc. for
approximately $1.2 million. The Company recognized a book loss of $2.2 million,
net of an income tax benefit of $0.1 million, primarily as a result of the
write-off of goodwill associated with this entity, which comprises a portion
of the total gain on sale of discontinued operations on the Consolidated
Statement of Operations.

     Sale of Gary PCI: In December 1996, the Company sold the majority of its
investment in Gary PCI Ltd. L.P. (owners of pulverized coal injection
operations) and a related entity and certain related contractual rights for
$16.6 million resulting in a $9.4 million pretax gain. The buyer exercised an
option on January 5, 1998, to purchase the remaining equity investment for $2.4
million. In 1997, the Company recognized a total pretax gain of $1.0 million,
shown as a gain on sale of investment on the Consolidated Statement of
Operations, as the carrying value of the option was increased to reflect fair
market value.

                                                                       Page F-10
<PAGE>

The sales price for the second installment was included in other current assets
in the accompanying 1998 balance sheet and was collected in January of the
subsequent year.

Acquisitions:

          ICT Spectrum: On February 17, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors
approved the acquisition of ICT Spectrum Constructors, Inc., a construction
contractor, based in Boise, Idaho, specializing in construction management of
fabrication plants and other facilities for semiconductor and microelectronics
customers. Each share of ICT Spectrum stock was exchanged for shares of Kaiser
stock, resulting in the issuance of 1.5 million shares of Kaiser common stock
and a total purchase price of $8,040,000 (see Note 15. Contingencies). The
acquisition of $18.5 million in total assets and $13.7 million in total assumed
liabilities accounted for as a purchase, resulted in approximately $4.8 million
in goodwill, which is being amortized over 12 years. The purchase was completed
on March 19, 1998 and the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations
includes the operating results of the acquired entity from January 1, 1998.

          In December, 1999, the Company and the non-employee former
shareholders of ICT Spectrum agreed to amend the applicable agreements in a
manner that had the result of reducing the amount of the taxable gain created by
former shareholder-employees' involuntary departures from the Company. As
permitted by the agreement, the shareholders agreed to allow the Company to
retain some of the vested shares as payment of the income tax withholding in
lieu of cash. In total, the Company retained 255,669 shares and recorded the
transaction as a $1.37 million reduction of goodwill and paid-in-capital.


5. Business Segments and Foreign Operations

          Business Segments: As a result of the 1999 divestitures of the EFM and
Consulting groups, the Company now has two reportable segments:

     .    the Kaiser-Hill Company, LLC (Kaiser-Hill), the 50%-owned, controlled
          and consolidated entity which performs and manages the Department of
          Energy's multibillion-dollar management contract at Rocky Flats;

     .    the Engineering Operations Group (E&C) which provides engineering
          and construction services to commercial and state and local entities
          in the areas of industry, infrastructure, transportation, and
          microelectronics;

            These segments are used for internal management purposes primarily
because of the similarities in products and services, customers, and regulatory
environments. The segment operating results include all activities that had sole
direct benefit to the respective segment. Operating activities that are deemed
to benefit more than one segment are managed by the Company and are not
allocated to the segments. The accounting policies of the operating segments are
the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.
Financial data for the segments are as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Kaiser-Hill                      Engineering Operations
    Statements of Operations
    for the years ended December 31,               1999        1998        1997          1999        1998         1997
    --------------------------------            ----------  ----------  ----------    ----------  -----------  ----------
    <S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>
    Gross Revenue............................   $ 643,044   $ 632,600   $ 588,700     $ 227,223    $ 367,121   $ 338,216
     Subcontracts and materials..............    (456,188)   (478,100)   (421,200)     (123,108)    (239,694)   (200,131)
     Provision for contract losses...........          --          --          --            --      (76,210)     (6,900)
     Equity income of affiliates.............          --          --          --         4,480        6,045       2,301
                                                ---------   ---------   ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------
    Service Revenue..........................     186,856     154,500     167,500       108,595       57,262     133,486
    Operating Expenses:
     Direct labor and fringe.................     176,582     138,300     145,500        67,896       79,562      79,971
     Selling, general & administrative.......          --          --          --        54,052       65,534      63,851
     Depreciation/amortization...............          89          --          --         5,180        8,288       8,595
     Restructuring charges...................          --          --          --        14,384       17,079          --
                                                ---------   ---------   ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------
    Operating Income (Loss)..................   $  10,185   $  16,200   $  22,000     $ (32,917)   $(113,201)  $ (18,931)
                                                =========   =========   =========     =========    =========   =========
</TABLE>

     Asset information by reportable segment is not reported for any period
prior to December 31, 1999 because the Company did not maintain or use such
information for internal management purposes prior to the divestitures (Note 4).

                                                                       Page F-11
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1999                    Kaiser-Hill          E&C                Total
          --------------------------------------                   -------------  ------------------  -----------------
          <S>                                                      <C>            <C>                 <C>
          Assets
             Cash and cash equivalents                                  $  5,243           $ 21,148          $  26,391
             Restricted cash                                                  --             16,386             16,386
             Contract receivables, net                                   105,753             52,566            158,319
             Other  current assets                                           126              5,224              5,350
             Other  long-term assets                                         587             46,530             47,117
                                                                        --------           --------          ---------
            Total Assets                                                 111,709            141,854            253,563
                                                                        --------           --------          ---------

          Liabilities
             Accounts payable                                             90,813             28,743            119,556
             Accrued salaries and benefits                                14,717             12,532             27,249
             Other current liabilities                                        --             42,533             42,533
             Other long-term liabilities                                      --            131,795            131,795
                                                                        --------           --------          ---------
            Total liabilities                                            105,530            215,603            321,133
                                                                        --------           --------          ---------

               Net Assets (Liabilities)                                 $  6,179           $(73,749)         $( 67,570)
                                                                        ========           ========          =========
</TABLE>


Foreign Operations:   Gross revenue and operating income from foreign operations
and foreign assets of all consolidated subsidiaries were as follows as of and
for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1999             1998             1997
                                                            --------------  ----------------  ---------------
          <S>                                               <C>             <C>               <C>
          Foreign gross revenue:
               Europe......................................      $ 67,014          $ 89,155         $ 86,937
               Asia-Pacific................................        32,763            31,460           44,871
               Other.......................................         2,001             1,387           25,876
                                                                 --------          --------         --------
                                                                  101,778           122,002          157,684
            Domestic gross revenue.........................       768,489           877,719          769,232
                                                                 --------          --------         --------
                  Total gross revenue......................      $870,267          $999,721         $926,916
                                                                 ========          ========         ========

            Foreign operating income (loss):
               Europe......................................      $  1,911          $ 2 ,106         $ 11,153
               Asia-Pacific................................        (2,636)            2,068            2,209
               Other.......................................        (1,855)          (22,457)             785
                                                                 --------          --------         --------
                                                                   (2,580)          (18,283)          14,147
            Domestic operating income (loss)...............       (20,152)          (78,718)         (17,216)
                                                                 --------          --------         --------
                  Total operating income (loss)............      $(22,732)         $(97,001)        $  3,069
                                                                 ========          ========         ========

            Foreign assets:
               Europe......................................      $ 26,449          $ 42,241         $ 34,900
               Asia-Pacific................................        13,336            18,312           15,071
               Other.......................................         1,844             1,649              833
                                                                 --------          --------         --------
                                                                   41,629            62,202           50,804
            Domestic assets................................       211,934           365,869          348,484
                                                                 --------          --------         --------
                  Total assets.............................      $253,563          $428,071         $399,288
                                                                 ========          ========         ========
</TABLE>

                                                                       Page F-12
<PAGE>

6.  Contract Receivables

     Contract receivables consisted of the following at December 31 (in
thousands) (the 1998 balances include receivables of EFM and Consulting Group
that were divested in 1999):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1999       1998
                                                                    --------   --------
       <S>                                                          <C>        <C>
       U.S. government agencies:
            Currently due.........................................  $  2,822   $ 20,193
            Retention.............................................       684      3,030
            Unbilled..............................................   105,589    156,025
                                                                    --------   --------
                                                                     109,095    179,248
                                                                    --------   --------
       Commercial clients and state and municipal governments:
            Currently due.........................................    32,466     74,184
            Retention.............................................    13,288     21,267
            Unbilled..............................................    13,064     20,229
                                                                    --------   --------
                                                                      58,818    115,680
                                                                    --------   --------
                                                                     167,913    294,928

       Less allowances for uncollectible receivables..............    (9,594)   (10,850)
                                                                    --------   --------
                                                                    $158,319   $284,078
                                                                    ========   ========
</TABLE>

     Unbilled receivables result from revenue that has been earned but not
billed. The unbilled receivables can be invoiced at contractually defined
intervals -based on the Company's current mix of contract types - the majority
is typically billed in the following month. Retention balances are billable at
contract completion or upon attainment of other specified contract milestones.
Consistent with industry practice, these receivables are classified as current
assets. The balance of billed receivables with U.S. government agencies at
December 31, 1999 includes $2.0 million in claims to which the Company believes
it is entitled, and recovery of which may take more than one year. The Company
anticipates that the remaining unbilled receivables will be substantially billed
and collected within one year.


7.  Joint Ventures and Affiliated Companies

     The Company has ownership interests in certain unconsolidated corporate
joint ventures and affiliated companies. The Company's net investments in and
advances to these corporate joint ventures and affiliated companies totaled
$10.0 million and $7.7 million at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The
investment increased in 1999 primarily as a result of the Company's sale of its
Consulting Group with the retention of a 10% interest The Combined summarized
financial information of all of the Company's unconsolidated corporate joint
ventures and affiliated companies as of December 31, was as follows (in
thousands):

                                              1999      1998      1997
                                            --------  --------  --------
             Current assets...............  $ 36,183  $ 20,390  $ 23,661
             Non-current assets...........    12,983    12,462    10,182
             Current liabilities..........    25,601    21,602    20,479
             Non-current liabilities......    34,093     2,641        --
             Gross revenue................    81,915    24,546    41,285
             Net income...................     5,209     5,318     7,522

     With the intent of significantly restructuring fixed operating leases for
the Company's corporate headquarters, the Company paid $1.5 million on November
12, 1997, for a 4% ownership interest in a limited liability company (the LLC)
that leases the land and owns the buildings leased primarily by the Company for
its corporate headquarters. The Company is committed to make additional annual
capital contributions to the LLC totaling $600,000 annually during each of the
first three years and $700,000 annually during each of the fourth through ninth
years of the LLC. The ownership in the LLC will increase to 16% in fixed annual
2.4% increments in each of the eleventh through fifteenth years of the
agreement. Transaction costs totaling $1.7 million were capitalized and will be
amortized over the estimated 15-year life of the LLC.


8.  Notes receivable

     The Company accepted two promissory notes as part of the total
consideration received in connection with the sale of the Consulting Group in
June 1999. Principal payments on an escrowed and

                                                                       Page F-13
<PAGE>

non-escrowed note, in the amounts of $3,250,000 and $3,300,000, respectively,
are due June 25, 2006. Interest payments of 10.5% are due from the inception of
the notes beginning December 31, 2000 and payable semi-annually thereafter. The
notes are subject to reduction in the event that certain divestiture-related
contingencies are not resolved as originally anticipated in the related sale
agreement. The Company believes that the note carrying values at December 31,
1999 approximate fair value.


9.   Debt

     The Company's long-term debt was as follows at December 31 (in thousands)
and, net of all current maturities, is due in 2003:

                                                            1999          1998
                                                          --------      --------
          12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003.......   $125,000      $125,000
          12% Senior Notes due 2003....................      1,000        15,000
          Revolving credit facility....................         --        30,729
                                                          --------      --------
                                                           126,000       170,729
          Less unamortized discount....................      1,782         2,512
                                                          --------      --------
                                                           124,218       168,217
          Less current maturities......................         --        30,729
                                                          --------      --------
                                                          $124,218      $137,488
                                                          ========      ========

     Background to 1999 developments: In 1998, the Company realized that it was
going to incur significant cost overruns on four large fixed-price projects. Due
to the significant risks, difficulties and uncertainties involved in estimating
the total costs to complete these large fixed price projects, the Company
revised and increased the total completed project cost estimates several times
in 1998. Given the completion cost uncertainties and the inability to finitely
determine the impact of the losses on the Company's liquidity and financing
sources, management immediately pursued options for additional financing sources
and flexibility. In addition to seeking a replacement working capital facility,
the Company's Board of Directors also began considering and pursuing other
strategic alternatives, including, but not limited to, the sale of portions of
the Company.

     On December 18, 1998, the Company successfully entered into a new revolving
credit facility (the Revolver) which offered cash borrowings and letters of
credit up to an aggregate of $60 million. Proceeds totaling $25,000,000 from the
Revolver were used to repay all outstanding amounts from the former revolving
credit facility and the Company wrote off the unamortized balance of the
capitalized costs related to the debt facility and recognized an extraordinary
charge of $1.1 million.

     After obtaining the Revolver, the Company again increased the estimate of
the total nitric acid projects cost overruns it expected to incur by an
additional $19 million. This anticipated material adverse change to the
Company's financial condition triggered a technical event of default pursuant to
the Revolver's terms. Despite the technical default status, the lender permitted
the Company to borrow and obtain letters of credit pursuant to all other terms
of the Revolver, primarily conditioned on the provision that proceeds from two
pending asset sale transactions be used to repay all outstanding cash
borrowings. On April 9, 1999, the Company completed the sale of its EFM Group
(see Note 4) and used $36 million of the sale proceeds to extinguish outstanding
Revolver cash borrowings. The Company then received an amendment to the Revolver
(the Amended Revolver) providing for cash borrowing and letters of credit up to
an aggregate of $30 million. The Amended Revolver expired on June 30, 1999 -
concurrent with the Company's completion of the sale of its Consulting Group. A
charge of $0.8 million, net of income taxes, was recognized for the write off of
the unamortized balance of capitalized costs incurred to originally obtain the
facility. This charge was recognized as an extraordinary charge on the Statement
of Operations. Also in connection with the expiration of the Amended Revolver,
the Company was required to use $10.0 million of the asset sale proceeds to
collateralize certain contract performance guarantee letters of credit that were
outstanding under the expired facility. All of the Company's letters of credit
remain cash collateralized as of April 14, 2000 and will continue so until such
time as the Company can secure a replacement credit facility with sufficient
letter of credit capacity.

     On September 30, 1999, the Company reached a debt restructuring agreement
in principle with the majority of the holders of its $15.0 million in Senior
Notes and $125.0 million in Senior Subordinated Notes. On or about October 1,
1999, the Company commenced an asset sale offer/exchange offer designed to
restructure its Notes, including the consummation of the first element of the
debt restructuring - using proceeds from completed asset sales to repurchase
$14.0 million of its $15.0 million in

                                                                       Page F-14
<PAGE>

outstanding Senior Notes for 88% of their face value on October 9, 1999. The
Company also paid the accrued interest on the repurchased notes. After adjusting
the amount of the repurchase discount by the write off of the unamortized issue
discount on the notes and the unamortized balance of capitalized costs incurred
to originally issue the notes and costs incurred in the repurchase, the net
gain on the repurchase was $0.2 million after related income taxes.

     By November 3, 1999, the Company had received notice of participation in
the asset sale offer/exchange offer by the holders of approximately 99% of the
principal amount of its $125.0 million Senior Subordinated Notes. On November 4,
1999, the Company obtained the necessary approvals of its common shareholders to
be able to effect the proposed restructuring. The detailed elements of the plan
are described in the Company's Prospectus dated October 1, 1999. In general
terms, the plan contemplated the cash repurchase of at least $35.0 million of
the Senior Subordinated Notes and the exchange of 2,600,000 shares of new
redeemable convertible preferred stock (liquidation preference of $65.0 million)
and up to $25.0 million in new unsecured 15% Senior Notes to be due December 31,
2002 for the balance of the Senior Subordinated Note.

     Consummation of the approved debt restructuring plan was conditioned on the
Company's ability to obtain a new bank revolving credit facility satisfactory to
the Company and an unofficial committee of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders.
The Company was not able to obtain a facility that was compatible with the
Company's needs. Due to the fact that the Company could not secure an acceptable
credit facility and on continued financial underperformance of it Engineering
Operations, on December 31, 1999, the Company paid the scheduled interest
payment on the $126.0 million in remaining notes and decided to delay
implementation of the proposed debt restructuring and re-open negotiations with
its noteholders and potential lenders.

     The Company has remained in ongoing negotiations with representatives of
the holders of its Senior Subordinated Notes and believes it can implement a
modified restructuring of those Notes. Such a transaction could involve an
exchange of Senior Subordinated Notes for a combination of common stock and
newly issued preferred stock on terms that would permit the Company to retain
available cash and not require a new bank credit agreement. The Company believes
that such a restructuring would resolve concerns with respect to its financial
condition and provide a basis for ongoing operations and continuation of the
Company's turnaround. However, such a restructuring would result in
substantially more dilution of the equity of existing common stockholders than
the restructuring proposed during the fall of 1999.

     Terms of Senior Notes: The 12% Senior Notes (Senior Notes) are due in 2003,
(Senior Notes). Each note unit consists of $1,000 principal amount of 12% Senior
Notes, and 7 warrants, each to purchase one share of the Company's common stock
at an exercise price of $2.30 per share. The warrants contained certain anti-
dilution provisions and expired on December 31, 1999. On December 31, 1999,
28,000 warrants were exercised for proceeds totaling $64,400. Payment of the
principal and interest on the Senior Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by 8
of the Company's wholly owned subsidiaries (Note 17).

     Terms of Senior Subordinated Notes: The Senior Subordinated Notes consist
of 1,000 units, each consisting of $1,000 principal amount and 4.8 warrants,
each to purchase one share of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of
$5.00 per share. The warrants expired on December 31, 1998. The Company's
obligations under the Subordinated Notes are subordinate to its obligations
under the Senior Notes and revolving credit facilities, if any.

     Interest payments are due semiannually on the Senior Notes and the
Subordinated Notes (collectively, the Notes). Interest has and will continue to
accrue at 13% until the Company achieves and maintains a specified level of
earnings. The indentures governing the Notes contain business and financial
covenants, including restrictions on additional indebtedness, dividends,
acquisitions and certain types of investments, and asset sales.

     At December 31, 1999, the fair value, derived from the average of quoted
financial institution market prices, of the Senior Notes and Subordinated Notes
was approximately $0.88 million and $57.0 million, respectively. The capitalized
balance of the Notes issuance costs totaled $1.9 million and $3.3

                                                                       Page F-15
<PAGE>

million, respectively, at December 31, 1999 and 1998, and are being amortized
over the terms of the Notes.

     Kaiser Hill Working Capital Facility: Kaiser-Hill had a $50 million
receivables purchase facility to support its working capital requirements which
expired, on an extended basis, on September 30, 1999. On November 2, 1999,
Kaiser-Hill subsequently obtained a revolving credit facility from Bank of
America, N.A. that provides for up to $35.0 million in total cash borrowing
availability, such outstanding amount not to exceed the sum of eligible portions
of Kaiser-Hill's eligible billed and unbilled accounts receivable on the DOE
Rocky Flats contract. The facility matures six years from inception. Kaiser-Hill
and both owners granted the lender a first lien security interest in all of the
ownership and equity interest in Kaiser-Hill and have agreed to cure events of
default by Kaiser-Hill on the facility. Interest on advances will accrue at
LIBOR-based rates or the higher of the prime or Federal Funds rates. There are
no amounts outstanding under the facility at December 31, 1999.


10. Capital Stock

     Notes Receivable Collateralized by Common Stock: Certain former members of
senior management had outstanding notes to the Company for which 396,849 shares
of the Company's common stock served as the primary collateral. The remaining
management with such notes left the employment of the Company in 1999 and 1998
and the related amounts of note principal in excess of the then fair market
values of the collateral shares totaling $638,000 and $1,784,000, was expensed
in 1999 and 1998, respectively.

     Shareholder Rights Plan: The Shareholder Rights Plan (Rights Plan) provides
the Board of Directors (the Board) with the ability to negotiate with a person
or group that might, in the future, make an unsolicited attempt to acquire
control of the Company. The Rights Plan provides for one Right (Right) for each
outstanding share of the Company's common stock. Each right entitles the holder
to purchase /1//100 of a share of Series 4 Junior Preferred Stock at a purchase
price of $50. The Rights generally may cause substantial dilution to a person or
group that attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by the Board.
The Rights expire on January 13, 2002.

     Preferred Stock: The Company's authorized capital stock includes 3,100,000
shares of Series 4 Junior Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which
500,000 shares are reserved for the Shareholder Rights Plan described above.
There were no preferred shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 1999 or
1998.

                                                                       Page F-16
<PAGE>

11. Income Taxes

     The components of net (loss) used to compute the (expense) benefit from
continuing operations for income taxes for the years ended December 31 were as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999         1998          1997
                                                            --------     ---------     --------
     <S>                                                    <C>          <C>           <C>
     Income (loss) from continuing operations before
      income taxes and minority interests:
        Domestic.........................................   $(40,998)    $(116,431)    $(14,325)
        Foreign..........................................       (450)          690        1,886
                                                            --------     ---------     --------
                                                             (41,448)    $(115,741)    $(12,439)
                                                            ========     =========     ========
     (Expense) benefit for income taxes:
        Federal:
           Current.......................................   $     --     $   6,740     $  4,615
           Deferred......................................      2,094         9,577        4,505
                                                            --------     ---------     --------
                                                               2,094        16,317        9,120
                                                            --------     ---------     --------
        State:
           Current.......................................       (236)        1,190          598
           Deferred......................................     (2,684)        2,598          911
                                                            --------     ---------     --------
                                                              (2,920)        3,788        1,509
                                                            --------     ---------     --------
        Foreign:
           Current.......................................     (1,271)       (1,621)        (764)
           Deferred......................................        987           122         (499)
                                                            --------     ---------     --------
                                                                (284)       (1,499)      (1,263)
                                                            --------     ---------     --------
                                                            $ (1,110)    $  18,606     $  9,366
                                                            ========     =========     ========
</TABLE>

     The effective income tax (expense) benefit from continuing operations
varied from the federal statutory income tax (expense) benefit because of the
following differences (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999         1998          1997
                                                            --------     ---------     --------
     <S>                                                    <C>          <C>           <C>
     Income tax benefit computed at federal statutory
       tax rate..........................................   $ 14,092      $ 39,352      $ 4,354
                                                            --------      --------      -------
     Change in (tax) benefit from:
        Goodwill amortization............................       (746)       (1,088)      (1,010)
        Minority interest earnings.......................      1,763         2,617        3,803
        State income taxes...............................      1,703         3,388          981
        Foreign taxes....................................     (1,192)       (2,908)        (316)
        Valuation allowance..............................    (16,236)      (22,031)          --
        Stock redemption.................................        (76)         (646)          --
        Business meals and entertainment.................       (189)         (349)        (220)
        Research and experimentation credits.............         --           491        1,881
        Other............................................       (229)         (220)        (107)
                                                            --------      --------      -------
                                                             (15,202)      (20,746)       5,012
                                                            --------      --------      -------
                                                            $ (1,110)     $ 18,606      $ 9,366
                                                            ========      ========      =======
</TABLE>

     The tax effects of the principal temporary differences and carryforwards
that give rise to the Company's net deferred tax asset are as follows (in
thousands):

                                                              1999      1998
                                                            --------  --------
          Net operating loss carryforwards...............   $ 15,435  $ 25,899
          Reserves for adjustments and allowances........     17,136    23,686
          Vacation and incentive compensation accruals...      2,673     5,264
          Tax credit carryforwards.......................      3,200     3,008
          Restricted stock...............................      2,167     2,669
          Unbilled revenue...............................     (2,220)   (2,616)
          Other..........................................      1,490       408
                                                            --------  --------
                                                              39,881    58,318
          Valuation allowance............................    (39,881)  (23,645)
                                                            --------  --------
                                                            $     --  $ 34,673
                                                            ========  ========

     The Company has net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 1999 in
the amount of $42.0 million for federal purposes which expire  by 2018. The
Company has $3.2 million of tax credit carryforwards, of which, $1.8 million
have no expiration, and $1.4 million expire by 2012. The ability to derive
benefit from these carryforwards in the future is dependent on the Company's
ability to generate sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration dates.


                                                                       Page F-17
<PAGE>

     The Company provided for an additional valuation allowance in 1999 of $16.2
million, in order to reserve the total amount of the net deferred tax asset, as
the Company cannot reasonably predict that the results of its future operations
will be sufficient to assure utilization of the tax benefit prior to expiration.
In 1998, the Company recognized a valuation allowance sufficient to ensure that
the balance of the net deferred tax asset at December 31, 1998 would be
completely utilized by the income tax gains that were anticipated from sales of
several operating divisions completed in 1999. Upon the consummation of those
asset sales in 1999, the entire $34.7 million deferred tax asset was utilized.
Approximately $0.8 million and $1.2 million of the valuation allowance at
December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively, is attributed to foreign income tax
benefits also not currently assured of realization.


12. Leases

     The Company leases all office space and the majority of all of equipment.
In connection with the Company's divestiture of two operating units during 1999,
the Company entered into long-term subleases with the buyers for the respective
amounts of acquired leased space and equipment. Scheduled annual future minimum
payments on prime noncancelable operating leases as well as scheduled annual
future minimum receipts on subleases for leases with initial or remaining terms
in excess of one year at December 31, 1999 are as follows (in thousands):

                                                   Lease    Sublease
                                                  --------  --------
                    Year                           Amount    Amount
                    ----                          --------  --------
                    2000......................    $ 18,693  $  8,939
                    2001......................      13,293     7,160
                    2002......................      11,520     7,221
                    2003......................      10,411     6,887
                    2004......................       9,404     6,267
                    Thereafter................      64,657    41,780
                                                  --------  --------
                                                  $127,978  $ 78,254
                                                  ========  ========

     The total rental expense for all operating leases was $27,407,000,
$28,733,000, and $27,576,000, for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and
1997, respectively. Sublease rental income was $7,161,000, $5,482,000, and
$4,617,000 for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.


13.  Benefits and Compensation Plans

     Employee Stock Purchase Plan: The Company's Stock Purchase Plan provides
for the sale of up to 2.0 million shares of common stock to all eligible
employees. Employees may elect to withhold up to 10% of annual base earnings for
the purchase of the Company's common stock. Options to purchase shares of common
stock are offered quarterly with a purchase price equal to 90% of the lower of
the closing market price on the first trading day of the month preceding the
quarter or the last trading day of the quarter. During the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively, 70,208, 98,551 and 101,927 shares were
sold under the plan. Operation of the Stock Purchase Plan was suspended
effective March 31, 1999.

     Fixed Stock Option Plans: A Stock Incentive Plan (Incentive Plan) provides
for the issuance of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, and
restricted stock units of up to an aggregate of 6.0 million shares of the
Company's common stock. Awards are made to employees at the discretion of the
Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board (Committee). Vesting
periods, determined by the Committee, are generally in equal installments over
three to six years. At December 31, 1999, 1,104,738 shares were available for
grant under this plan.

     On February 28, 1997, the Board of Directors adopted the Non-Employee
Directors Compensation and Phantom Stock Plan under which non-employee directors
are given phantom stock awards (PSA's). In lieu of option grants, each non-
employee director of the Company will be granted a PSA equal to $20,000 worth of
common stock on the date of grant. Three years after the PSA grant, the Company
will pay each non-employee director, in cash, the value of the shares to which
the PSA relates. Any increases in value of the PSA after the date of grant and
prior to the cash payment will be expensed in the period of the value increase.
PSA's granted in 1999, 1998 and 1997 totaled 388,892, 49,126 and

                                                                       Page F-18
<PAGE>

48,545, respectively, with initial share values of $0.36, $2.85 and $2.06,
respectively. Expense associated with this plan of $0, $76,000 and $83,000 was
recognized in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

     The precursor to the above plan was the Non-Employee Directors Stock Option
Plan (Non-Employee Plan) which provided each non-employee director of the
Company an immediately exercisable option to purchase 3,000 shares of the
Company's common stock for each year of service. The Non-Employee Plan does not
specify a maximum number of available shares. As of December 31, 1999, there are
135,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of
options granted under this plan and 60,000 are outstanding. This Plan was
suspended following adoption of the Non-Employee Directors Compensation and
Phantom Stock Plan.

     The Company's Consultants, Agents, and Part-Time Employees Stock Option
Plan (Consultants Plan) provides for the issuance of options or restricted
shares of up to 1.0 million shares of the Company's common stock to consultants,
agents, and part-time employees. The vesting period is a minimum of one year. In
1999, 1998 and 1997, 0, 100,000 and 200,000 options were granted, respectively.
At December 31, 1999, there were 700,000 options available for grant.

     All three active plans provide that the option or grant price is not to be
less than the fair market value on the date of grant. Under the Incentive and
Non-Employee Directors Plans, an option's maximum term is 10 years. As of
December 31, 1999, there have been no options granted under these plans with
terms greater than five years. An option's maximum term under the Consultants
Plan is five years.

     A summary of stock option activity under all option plans is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Weighted-Average
                                                                                       ----------------
                                                         Shares        Option Price     Exercise Price
                                                        ---------     --------------    --------------
               <S>                                      <C>           <C>              <C>
               Balance, January 1, 1997..............   2,182,931     $1.90 to $9.59         $4.29
                  Granted............................     885,019     $1.91 to $4.00         $2.39
                  Expired............................    (572,961)    $2.23 to $9.59         $5.77
                                                        ---------
               Balance, December 31, 1997............   2,494,989     $1.90 to $6.90         $3.27
                  Granted............................   1,175,500     $1.24 to $2.99         $1.95
                  Expired............................    (659,957)    $1.90 to $6.07         $3.92
                  Exercised..........................        (330)             $2.23         $2.23
                                                        ---------
               Balance, December 31, 1998............   3,010,202     $1.24 to $2.42         $2.62
                  Granted............................      10,000              $1.41         $1.41
                  Expired............................    (629,422)    $1.90 to $4.39         $3.17
                  Exercised..........................          --                            $   -
                                                        ---------
               Balance, December 31, 1999............   2,390,780     $1.24 to $4.41         $2.46
                                                        =========
</TABLE>

     Options exercisable at December 31, 1999 and 1998, were 1,412,808 and
1,408,203, respectively. The weighted-average remaining contractual life on
options outstanding at December 31, 1999, was 2.4 years. There were no
exercisable options outstanding at a price below the fair market value of the
Company's common stock at December 31, 1999.

     The following is a summary of fixed stock options outstanding at December
31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Options Outstanding                            Options Exercisable
                         ------------------------------------------------------      -----------------------------
                                            Weighted-Average
                                            ----------------
     Range of                                  Remaining          Weighted-Average      Number    Weighted-Average
                            Number             ---------          ----------------      ------    ----------------
  Exercise Prices        Outstanding      Contract Life (years)    Exercise Price    Exercisable   Exercise Price
 ----------------        -----------      ---------------------    --------------    -----------   --------------
 <S>                     <C>              <C>                     <C>                <C>           <C>
      *$1.90                 569,762             2.6 years               $1.34         400,417          $1.35
  $1.90 to $2.50           1,183,285             3.0 years               $2.30         427,017          $2.18
  $2.51 to $3.50             126,347             2.1 years               $2.91          75,175          $2.92
  $3.51 to $4.41             511,386             0.9 years               $4.02         510,199          $4.02
</TABLE>

*Less than

     Pro Forma Compensation Cost: Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-based Compensation (SFAS No. 123), encourages
companies to adopt a fair value method of accounting for employee stock options
and similar equity instruments. The fair value method requires compensation cost
to be measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and to be
recognized over the service period. As alternatively provided by SFAS No. 123,
however, the Company elects to provide pro forma fair value disclosures for
stock-based compensation. Accordingly, had compensation cost been recognized for
awards granted under the Company's stock plans during the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively, the pro-forma net loss would have been
$(6.1)
                                                                       Page F-19
<PAGE>

million, [$(0.26) per share], $(101.3) million, [$(4.20) per share], and $(5.7)
million, [$(0.26) per share]. These per share amounts reflect basic and diluted
earnings per share.

     The fair value of each option grant under the fixed-price option plans and
the fair value of the employees' purchase rights under the employee stock
purchase plan are estimated on the date of grant for pro forma computations
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The dividend yield was assumed to
be zero for both periods below. The weighted-average of all other significant
assumptions and weighted-average fair value of grants made during the years
ended December 31 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Fixed Stock Option Plan:            Employee Stock Purchase Plan:
                                          -----------------------------------     ------------------------------------
      Assumptions                           1999          1998         1997         1999          1998         1997
      -----------                         ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------     ---------   ----------
      <S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
           Volatility....................     128.3%        71.6%        61.4%        128.3%         71.6%       61.4%
           Risk-free interest rate.......       5.5%         5.2%         6.2%          5.1%          4.7%        5.1%
           Expected lives................ 5.0 years    5.0 years    5.0 years     0.3 years     0.3 years   0.3 years
      Fair value of grants...............    $ 1.22        $1.20        $1.22         $0.05         $0.36       $1.40
</TABLE>

     Retirement Benefits Plans: The Company sponsors several retirement benefit
plans covering substantially all employees who meet minimum length of service
requirements. These plans include a defined-contribution retirement plan that
provides for contributions by the Company based on a percentage of covered
compensation, and a 401(k) Plan that allows employees to defer portions of their
salary, subject to certain limitations. Total expense for these plans for the
years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, was $3,880,000, $6,970,000, and
$6,784,000, respectively. As of December 31, 1999, the Retirement Plan, 401(k)
Plan, and a discontinued Employee Stock Ownership Plan owned 806,660, 482,653,
and 1,289,313 shares, respectively, of the Company's common stock.

     Collective Bargaining Agreements: Certain of the Company's employees are
covered by union-sponsored, collectively bargained, multi-employer benefit
plans. Contributions and costs are determined in accordance with the provisions
of negotiated labor contracts or terms of the plans. Pension expense for these
plans was $454,000, $413,000, and $482,000, for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

     Postemployment Benefit Plan: The Company also continues to fulfill the
provisions of a previously curtailed plan which provides certain medical and
dental benefits to a group of former retirees. The benefits, which are limited
to a fixed amount, are funded to an insurance company as participants' insurance
claims are reimbursed. The benefit cost for this curtailed plan for the years
ended December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                                          1999    1998    1997
                                                          -----  ------  ------
               Interest cost............................  $ 315   $ 359   $ 412
               Amortization of transition obligation....    980     980     980
               Amortization of unrecognized net gain....   (627)   (591)   (563)
                                                          -----   -----   -----
               Net benefit charge.......................  $ 668   $ 748   $ 829
                                                          =====   =====   =====

                                                                       Page F-20
<PAGE>

     Because there are no new participants in this plan, there is no current
service cost. The change in the status of the plan as of December 31 was as
follows (in thousands):

                                                               1999     1998
                                                              -------  -------
          Benefit obligation at January 1,..................  $ 4,879  $ 5,508
             Service cost...................................       --       --
             Interest cost..................................      315      359
             Benefits paid..................................     (688)    (740)
             Actuarial gain.................................     (508)    (248)
                                                              -------  -------
          Benefit obligation at December 31,................    3,998    4,879
             Unamortized transition obligation..............   (7,507)  (8,487)
             Unrecognized net gain..........................    5,801    5,920
                                                              -------  -------
          Net benefit obligation liability at December 31,..  $(2,292) $(2,312)
                                                              =======  =======

     The discount rate for both 1999 and 1998 was 7%. The 1999 health-care cost
trend rate is 5%, effective until 2013 when the cost will be in excess of the
Company's maximum obligation. If the trend rate were increased by 1% for each
year, the benefit obligation as of December 31, 1999 would increase by
approximately $115,000  or 3%. The transition obligation is being amortized over
14.5 years.


14. Earnings Per Share

     Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed on the basis of the weighted-
average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS includes
the weighted-average effect of dilutive securities outstanding during the
period. Summary information of other common stock equivalents not included in
the 1999, 1998 and 1997 per share calculations because of their anti-dilutive
impact is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Weighted-
                                               ---------
                             Number of          Average
                             ---------          -------
      Year Ended            Other Common       Remaining         Range of        Weighted-Average
      ----------            ------------       ---------         --------        ----------------
     December 31,        Stock Equivalents   Contract Life    Exercise Prices     Exercise Price
     ------------        -----------------   -------------    ---------------     --------------
     <S>                 <C>                 <C>              <C>                 <C>
        1999....              2,390,780        2.4 years        $1.24 - $4.41         $2.46
        1998....              3,390,290        2.5 years        $1.24 - $6.87         $2.96
        1997....              3,475,077        2.1 years        $1.90 - $6.90         $3.83
</TABLE>

The amounts in the table are exclusive of common shares that would be issued in
the future based on the outcome of the ICT Spectrum acquisition contingency
discussed in Note 15.


15. Contingencies

     Bath Contingency: In March 1998, the Company entered into a $187 million
maximum price contract with Bath Iron Works to construct a ship building
facility. In May 1998, the Company subsequently learned that estimated costs to
perform the contract as reflected in actual proposed subcontracts were
approximately $30 million higher than the cost estimates originally used as the
basis for contract negotiation between the Company and the customer. After
learning this, the Company advised the customer that it was not required to
perform the contract in accordance with its terms as a result of a mutual
mistake among them in negotiating that contract. In October 1998, the customer
presented an initial draft of a claim against the Company requesting payment for
estimated damages and entitlements pursuant to the terminated contract. The
customer has also subsequently asserted a claim based on alleged differing site
conditions that allegedly should have been identified by the Company. In March
2000, Bath filed a combined claim against the Company in U.S. District Court in
the District of Maine requesting payment for $38 million. The Company continues
to object to the Bath's allegations and is vigorously defending its position.
Although no resolution has been reached management has recorded a provision in
the financial statements for the Company's proposed settlement of the non-
insured portion of this claim.

     Acquisition Contingency: The Kaiser common shares exchanged for the stock
of ICT Spectrum in the March, 1998 acquisition, carry the guarantee that the
fair market value of each share of stock will reach $5.36 by March 1, 2001. In
the event that the fair market value does not attain the guaranteed level, the
Company is obligated to make up the shortfall either through the payment of cash
or by issuing additional shares of common stock with a total value equal to the
shortfall, depending upon the

                                                                       Page F-21
<PAGE>

Company's preference. Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, however, the total
number of contingently issuable shares of common stock cannot exceed an
additional 1.5 million shares.

     In December, 1999, the Company and certain former Company employees and
shareholders of ICT Spectrum agreed to amend the applicable agreements in a
manner that had the result of reducing the amount of the taxable gain created by
former shareholder-employees' involuntary departures from the Company. As
permitted by the agreement, the shareholders agreed to allow the Company to
retain some of the vested shares as payment of the income tax withholding in
lieu of cash. In total, the Company retained 255,669 shares and recorded the
transaction as a $1.37 million reduction of goodwill and paid-in-capital.

     Given that the quoted fair market value of the Company's common stock at
December 31, 1999 was $0.37 per share, and that the Company's current debt
instruments restrict the amount of cash that can be used for acquisitions, the
assumed issuance of an additional 1.5 million shares (now adjusted downward by
the 255,669 retained shares to 1,244,331 shares) would not completely extinguish
the remaining purchase price contingency. In this event, the Company will need
to fund the contingency in cash and would need to obtain an amendment to current
debt instruments or replace them in order to complete a cash fill-up. Any future
distribution of cash or common stock would be recorded as a charge to the
Company's paid-in-capital.

     Until the earlier of the contingent purchase price resolution or March 1,
2001, any additional shares assumed to be issued because of shortfalls in fair
market value will be included in the Company's diluted earnings per share
calculations, unless they are antidilutive. The exchanged shares also contain
restrictions preventing their sale prior to March 1, 2001.

     On March 29, 1999, one ex-ICT Spectrum shareholder, individually and on
behalf of all others similarly situated, filed a class action lawsuit alleging
false and misleading statements made in a private offering memorandum, and
otherwise, in connection with the Company's acquisition of ICT Spectrum in 1998.
The Company subsequently filed a motion to dismiss the case. On March 14, 2000,
the court ordered the defendant to address certain claim deficiencies. Upon
receipt of the claim amendments, the court is expected to complete the ruling
relative to the Company's motion.

     Litigation, Claims and Assessments: In the course of the Company's normal
business activities, various claims or charges have been asserted and litigation
commenced against the Company arising from or related to properties, injuries to
persons, and breaches of contract, as well as claims related to acquisitions and
dispositions. Claimed amounts may not bear any reasonable relationship to the
merits of the claim or to a final court award. In the opinion of management,
adequate reserves have been provided for final judgments, if any, in excess of
insurance coverage, that might be rendered against the Company in such
litigation. The continued adequacy of reserves is reviewed periodically as
progress on such matters ensues.

     The Company may from time to time, either individually or in conjunction
with other government contractors operating in similar types of businesses, be
involved in U.S. government investigations for alleged violations of procurement
or other federal laws and regulations. The Company currently is the subject of a
number of U.S. government investigations and is cooperating with the responsible
government agencies involved. No charges presently are known to have been filed
against the Company by these agencies. The Company has provided for its estimate
of the potential effect of these investigations, and the continued adequacy of
reserves is reviewed periodically as progress on such matters ensues.

     Prior to the divestitures of its EFM and Consulting Groups, the Company had
a substantial number of cost-reimbursement contracts by the applicable U.S.
government agency, the costs of which are subject to audit and adjustment by the
U.S. government. As a result of pending audits related to fiscal years 1986
forward, the government has asserted, among other things, that certain costs
claimed as reimbursable under government contracts either were not allowable or
not allocated in accordance with federal procurement regulations. The Company is
actively working with the government to resolve these issues. The Company has
provided for its estimate of the potential effect of issues that have been
quantified, including its estimate of disallowed costs for the periods currently
under audit and for periods not yet audited. Neither the government nor the
Company, however, has quantified many of the issues, and others are qualitative
in nature, and their potential financial impact, if any, is not quantifiable by
the government or the Company at this time. The adequacy of provisions for
reserves is reviewed periodically as progress with
                                                                       Page F-22
<PAGE>

the government on such matters ensues.

     Contract warranties and performance guaranty contingencies: In the course
of the Company's normal business activities, many of its contracts contain
provisions for warranties and performance guarantees. As progress on contracts
ensues, the Company regularly updates the estimates of the costs to perform such
contingencies and reserves a proportionate amount of the total related contract
value until such time as the contingency is resolved.


16. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Fourth      Third     Second      First
                                                                          ------      -----     ------      -----
Year Ended December 31, 1999                                              Quarter    Quarter    Quarter    Quarter
- ----------------------------                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
 Gross revenue.........................................................   $170,363   $254,527   $219,880   $225,497
 Service revenue.......................................................     96,933     71,085     63,274     64,159
 Operating income (loss)...............................................    (13,590)     2,773    (10,095)    (1,820)
     income (loss) from continuing operations before
     extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
      accounting change................................................    (14,767)    (5,873)   (18,809)    (8,293)
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations............................       178         --       (417)     2,574
  Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations.......................     (6,156)    (2,516)    48,755         --
      income (loss) before extraordinary item and
        cumulative effect of accounting change.........................    (23,261)    (5,873)    29,529     (5,719)
  Net income (loss)....................................................    (23,163)    (5,873)    28,831     (5,719)

Basic and fully diluted per share amounts for:
   Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary
       item and cumulative effect of accounting change.................   $  (0.73)  $  (0.14)  $  (0.79)  $  (0.34)
   Discontinued operations.............................................      (0.24)     (0.11)      2.03       0.10
                                                                          --------   --------   --------   --------
   Income (loss) before extraordinary item and
       Cumulative effect of accounting change..........................      (0.98)     (0.25)      1.24      (0.24)
   Extraordinary item..................................................         --         --       (.03)        --
   Cumulative effect of accounting change..............................         --         --         --         --
                                                                          --------   --------   --------   --------
   Net income (loss)...................................................   $  (0.97)  $  (0.25)  $   1.21   $  (0.24)
                                                                          ========   ========   ========   ========

<CAPTION>
                                                                          Fourth      Third     Second      First
                                                                          ------      -----     ------      -----
Year Ended December 31, 1998                                              Quarter    Quarter    Quarter    Quarter
- ----------------------------                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
  Gross revenue........................................................   $244,825   $234,928   $263,129   $256,839
  Service revenue......................................................     56,461     47,176     33,593     74,532
  Operating income (loss)..............................................    (25,796)   (36,326)   (39,227)     4,348
             (loss) from continuing operations before
    extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
    accounting change..................................................    (29,989)   (41,166)   (31,612)    (2,050)
  Income from discontinued operations..................................      4,061      2,875      1,944      2,495
      income (loss) before extraordinary item and
    cumulative effect of accounting change.............................    (25,928)   (38,291)   (29,668)       445
  Net income (loss)....................................................    (27,018)   (38,291)   (35,668)       445

  Basic and fully diluted per share amounts for:
      Income (loss) before discontinue operations,
        Extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
          accounting change............................................   $  (1.26)  $  (1.70)  $  (1.31)  $  (0.08)
      Discontinued operations..........................................       0.18       0.12       0.08       0.10
                                                                          --------   --------   --------   --------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item and
      Cumulative effect of accounting change...........................      (1.08)     (1.58)     (1.23)      0.02
        Extraordinary item.............................................      (0.05)        --         --         --
        Cumulative effect of accounting change.........................         --         --       (.25)        --
                                                                          --------   --------   --------   --------
      Net income (loss)................................................   $  (1.13)  $  (1.58)  $  (1.48)  $   0.02
                                                                          ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

                                                                       Page F-23
<PAGE>

The Company recognized the following significant 1999 fourth quarter
adjustments:

 .   Due to the January 24, 2000, award to the Kaiser-Hill subsidiary, of the new
    Rocky Flats contract, effective February 1, 2000, certain remaining
    performance elements contained in the original contract were shifted into
    the new contract and the DOE essentially terminated the original contract.
    Since the Company had been recognizing the performance fee of the original
    contract using the percentage of completion basis and since performance
    elements were shifted out of the original contract, the Company had to
    revise its estimate of its earnings under the original contract. The
    downward revision, due to the shift in performance elements from the
    original contract (terminated as of January 31, 2000) to the new contract,
    caused the Company to reverse previously recognized revenue of $5.2
    million. This adjustment merely reflects a change in the timing of when
    Kaiser-Hill will earn this revenue.

 .   The Company expensed approximately $4.0 million in professional fees
    incurred during 1999 in connection with efforts to restructure its
    outstanding Notes and with other efforts associated with the Company's
    reorganization. Prior to the fourth quarter, these costs had been
    capitalized on the balance sheet pending the completion of the related debt
    restructuring and reorganization.

 .   The Company's Engineering Operations operating performance during the fourth
    quarter was down due to the near completion of certain foreign projects
    during the third quarter of 1999 without replacement projects of similar
    magnitude.

 .   The Company finalized its accounting for the divestitures of its EFM and
    Consulting Groups (Note 4) during the fourth quarter and recorded a
    reduction to the gain on the sales of $6.2 million primarily for the income
    tax effects of the transactions and for the write-off of additional divested
    assets.


17. Guarantor Subsidiaries

     Pursuant to SEC rules regarding publicly held debt, the Company is required
to provide financial information for wholly owned subsidiaries of Kaiser Group
International, Inc. (Subsidiary Guarantors) which unconditionally guarantee the
payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Company's Senior
Subordinated Notes and Series B Senior Notes. The Subsidiary Guarantors are
Cygna Consulting Engineers and Project Management, Inc; Kaiser Government
Programs, Inc; Global Trade & Investment, Inc; Kaiser Europe, Inc;
Kaiser/Georgia Wilson, Inc; Kaiser Overseas Engineering, Inc; EDA Incorporated,
Inc.; Kaiser Engineers Pacific, Inc; and Kaiser Advanced Technology, Inc.

     Kaiser Remediation Company, a former Guarantor, was included in the sale of
the EFM Group to IT on April 9, 1999, Systems Applications International, Inc.,
also a former Guarantor, was included in the sale of the Consulting Group on
June 30, 1999 and the majority of the assets of EDA Incorporated, Inc. were sold
in an unrelated transaction on August 13, 1999. The guarantor information has
been updated to reflect these transactions.

     Condensed consolidating financial information for Kaiser Group
International, Inc. (Parent Company), the Subsidiary Guarantors, and the Non-
Guarantor Subsidiaries follow on pages F-25-29. The information, except for the
December 31, 1999 condensed consolidating balance sheet, is unaudited.

     Investments in subsidiaries have been presented using the equity method of
accounting. The Company does not have a formal tax-sharing arrangement with its
subsidiaries and has allocated taxes to its subsidiaries based on the Company's
overall effective tax rate.

                                                                       Page F-24
<PAGE>

               KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
                               December 31, 1999
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  Kaiser Group
                                                    Parent       Subsidiary     Non-Guarantor                  International, Inc.
                                                   Company       Guarantors     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated
                                                --------------  -------------  ---------------  --------------  -----------------
                    ASSETS
Current Assets
<S>                                             <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.....................      $  11,472       $  8,008        $   6,911       $      --          $  26,391
Restricted cash  .............................         13,816             --            2,570              --             16,386
Contract receivables, net  ...................         (3,698)       106,841           55,176              --            158,319
Intercompany receivables, net  ...............        194,308         17,466         (211,774)             --                 --
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  ...            554            949            3,847              --              5,350
                                                    ---------       --------        ---------   -------------          ---------
Total Current Assets  ........................        216,452        133,264         (143,270)             --            206,446
                                                    ---------       --------        ---------   -------------          ---------

Fixed Assets
Furniture, equipment, and leasehold
   improvements  .............................          3,520          1,115            9,589              --             14,224
Less depreciation and amortization  ..........         (3,057)        (1,013)          (7,333)             --            (11,403)
                                                    ---------       --------        ---------   -------------          ---------
                                                          463            102            2,256              --              2,821
                                                    ---------       --------        ---------   -------------          ---------
Other Assets
Goodwill, net  ...............................             --          3,029           14,552              --             17,581
Investment in and advances to affiliates  ....       (144,683)             1            8,844         145,878             10,040
Notes receivable  ............................          6,550             --               --              --              6,550
Capitalized software development costs  ......          1,601             --               --              --              1,601
Other  .......................................          3,403            587            4,534              --              8,524
                                                    ---------       --------        ---------   -------------          ---------
                                                     (133,129)         3,617           27,930         145,878             44,296
                                                    ---------       --------        ---------   -------------          ---------
Total Assets  ................................      $  83,786       $136,983        $(113,084)       $145,878          $ 253,563
                                                    =========       ========        =========   =============          =========

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable and other accrued
   expenses  .................................      $  21,587       $ 94,542        $  30,348       $      --          $ 146,477
Accrued salaries and employee benefits  ......        (11,788)        17,126           21,911              --             27,249
Other  .......................................         11,956         (2,382)           6,038              --             15,612
                                                    ---------       --------        ---------   -------------          ---------
Total Current Liabilities  ...................         21,755        109,286           58,297              --            189,338

Long-term Liabilities
Long-term debt, less current portion  ........        124,217             --                1              --            124,218
Other  .......................................          4,781             --            2,796              --              7,577
                                                    ---------       --------        ---------   -------------          ---------
Total Liabilities  ...........................        150,753        109,286           61,094              --            321,133
                                                    ---------       --------        ---------   -------------          ---------

Minority interests in subsidiaries  ..........             --          2,333               --              --              2,333

Shareholders' equity
Common stock  ................................            227          6,809              114          (6,913)               237
Additional paid-in capital  ..................         73,644          2,372           48,266         (50,639)            73,643
Accumulated earnings (deficit)  ..............       (140,838)        16,545         (219,818)        203,430           (140,681)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)  ......             --           (362)          (2,740)             --             (3,102)
                                                    ---------       --------        ---------   -------------          ---------
Total Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)  ........        (66,967)        25,364         (174,178)        145,878             69,903
                                                    ---------       --------        ---------   -------------          ---------
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
   (Deficit)  ................................      $  83,786       $136,983        $(113,084)      $ 145,878          $ 253,563
                                                    =========       ========        =========   =============          =========
</TABLE>

                                                                       Page F-25
<PAGE>

               KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                                   Parent    Subsidiary   Non-Guarantor
Year Ended December 31, 1999                       Company   Guarantors    Subsidiaries   Eliminations  Consolidated
- ------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  --------------  ------------  -------------

<S>                                               <C>        <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>
Gross Revenue...................................  $  5,575    $ 670,295       $ 194,397        $    --     $ 870,267
      Subcontract and direct material costs  ...    (5,250)    (471,838)       (102,208)            --      (579,296)
      Equity in income of affiliates  ..........   (74,208)          --           7,476         71,212         4,480
                                                  --------    ---------       ---------        -------     ---------
Service Revenue  ...............................   (73,883)     198,457          99,665         71,212       295,451
Operating Expenses
      Operating expenses  ......................    (6,918)     185,358         120,090             --       298,530
      Depreciation and amortization  ...........     1,651          828           2,790             --         5,269
      Restructuring charges  ...................     8,270        1,599           4,515             --        14,384
                                                  --------    ---------       ---------        -------     ---------
Operating Income (Loss)  .......................   (76,886)      10,672         (27,730)        71,212       (22,732)
Other Income (Expense)
      Interest income  .........................     1,328          548             473             --         2,349
      Interest expense  ........................    (1,328)      (1,639)        (18,098)            --       (21,065)
                                                  --------    ---------       ---------        -------     ---------
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations
    Before Income Taxes, Minority Interest,
    Extraordinary Item    ......................   (76,886)       9,581         (45,355)        71,212       (41,448)
      Income tax (expense) benefit  ............   (13,021)      (3,784)         15,695             --        (1,110)
                                                  --------    ---------       ---------        -------     ---------
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations Before
 Minority Interest, and Extraordinary Item......   (89,907)       5,797         (29,660)        71,212       (42,558)
       Minority interest in net income of
       subsidiaries  ...........................        --       (5,184)             --             --        (5,184)
                                                  --------    ---------       ---------        -------     ---------
Income (Loss)From Continuing Operations
     Before Extraordinary Item, and Cumulative
     Effect of Accounting Change  ..............   (89,907)         613         (29,660)        71,212       (47,742)
         Income from discontinued operations,
          net of tax............................        --           --           2,335             --         2,335
         Gain on sales of discontinued
          operations, net of tax................    84,583       (2,690)        (41,810)            --        40,083
                                                  --------    ---------       ---------        -------     ---------
Income (Loss) Before Extraordinary Item   ......    (5,324)      (2,077)        (69,135)        71,212        (5,324)
        Extraordinary item, net of tax  ........      (600)          --              --             --          (600)
                                                  --------    ---------       ---------        -------     ---------
Net Income (Loss)  .............................  $ (5,924)   $  (2,077)      $ (69,135)       $71,212     $  (5,924)
                                                  ========    =========       =========        =======     =========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                                       Parent    Subsidiary   Non-Guarantor
Year Ended December 31, 1999                          Company    Guarantors    Subsidiaries   Eliminations  Consolidated
- ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  ------------  -------------

<S>                                                  <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>
Net Cash Provided by (Used in)
 Operating Activities  .........................      $(65,511)     $ 7,513         $(1,457)   $        --      $(59,455)
                                                      --------      -------         -------   ------------      --------
Investing Activities
  Cash proceeds from divestitures  .............       140,100           --              --             --       140,100
  Purchases of fixed assets  ...................        (1,492)         (17)           (604)            --        (2,113)
                                                      --------      -------         -------   ------------      --------
     Net Cash Provided by (Used in)
                                                       138,608          (17)           (604)            --       137,987
       Investing Activities  ...................      --------      -------         -------   ------------      --------

Financing Activities
  Borrowings under credit facility  ............        61,855           --              --             --        61,855
  Principal payments on credit facility  .......       (92,584)          --              --             --       (92,584)
  Cash collateral for performance guarantees  ..       (12,595)          --              --             --       (12,595)
  Change in book overdraft  ....................        (8,395)          --              --             --        (8,395)
  Extinguishment of debt .......................       (12,320)          --                                      (12,320)
  Distribution of income to minority interest...            --       (3,300)             --             --        (3,300)
                                                      --------      -------         -------   ------------      --------
     Net Cash Provided by (Used in)
       Financing Activities  ...................       (64,039)      (3,300)             --             --       (67,339)
                                                      --------      -------         -------   ------------      --------
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash  .......            --           --             (69)            --           (69)
                                                      --------      -------         -------   ------------      --------
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash
 Equivalents  ..................................         9,058        4,196          (2,130)            --        11,124
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning
 of Period  ....................................         2,414        3,812           9,041             --        15,267
                                                      --------      -------         -------   ------------      --------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period  ....      $ 11,472      $ 8,008         $ 6,911    $        --      $ 26,391
                                                      ========      =======         =======   ============      ========
</TABLE>

                                                                       Page F-26
<PAGE>

               KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
                               December 31, 1998
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Parent    Subsidiary   Non-Guarantor
                                                     Company    Guarantors    Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
                                                    ----------  -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------
                      ASSETS
Current Assets
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>
Cash and cash equivalents  .......................  $   2,414     $  3,812       $   9,041       $     --      $  15,267
Restricted cash  .................................        600           --           2,441             --          3,041
Contract receivables, net  .......................     (5,283)     132,758         156,603             --        284,078
Intercompany receivables, net  ...................    184,700       12,311        (197,011)            --             --
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  .......      1,585          422           7,793             --          9,800
Deferred income taxes  ...........................     30,367        3,245           1,061             --         34,673
                                                    ---------     --------       ---------   ------------      ---------
Total Current Assets  ............................    214,383      152,548         (20,072)            --        346,859
                                                    ---------     --------       ---------   ------------      ---------

Fixed Assets
Furniture, equipment, and leasehold
 improvements  ...................................      4,589        1,495          37,912             --         43,996
Less depreciation and amortization  ..............     (4,040)      (1,258)        (32,113)            --        (37,411)
                                                    ---------     --------       ---------   ------------      ---------
                                                          549          237           5,799             --          6,585
                                                    ---------     --------       ---------   ------------      ---------
Other Assets
Goodwill, net  ...................................         --        8,745          40,547             --         49,292
Investment in and advances to affiliates  ........    (64,556)          14           6,494         65,776          7,728
Capitalized software development costs  ..........      4,296                          766                         5,062
Other  ...........................................      4,910          523           7,112             --         12,545
                                                    ---------     --------       ---------   ------------      ---------
                                                      (55,350)       9,282          54,919         65,776         74,627
                                                    ---------     --------       ---------   ------------      ---------
Total Assets  ....................................  $ 159,582     $162,067       $  40,646       $ 65,776      $ 428,071
                                                    =========     ========       =========   ============      =========


      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt  ...............  $  30,729     $     --       $      --       $     --      $  30,729
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses  .....     39,759      121,769          71,242             --        232,770
Accrued salaries and employee benefits  ..........      7,818       13,690          16,423             --         37,931
Other  ...........................................      1,910        1,176          39,072             --         42,158
                                                    ---------     --------       ---------   ------------      ---------
Total Current Liabilities  .......................     80,216      136,635         126,737             --        343,588

Long-term Liabilities
Long-term debt, less current portion  ............    137,487           --               1             --        137,488
Other  ...........................................      2,000           26           7,638             --          9,664
                                                    ---------     --------       ---------   ------------      ---------
Total Liabilities  ...............................    219,703      136,661         134,376             --        490,740
                                                    ---------     --------       ---------   ------------      ---------

Minority interests in subsidiaries  ..............         --          449              --             --            449

Shareholders' Equity
Common stock  ....................................        230        8,179             121         (8,288)           242
Additional paid-in capital  ......................     75,200        2,372          58,768        (60,918)        75,422
Accumulated earnings (deficit)  ..................   (134,913)      14,676        (149,502)       134,982       (134,757)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)  ..........       (638)        (270)         (3,117)            --         (4,025)
                                                    ---------     --------       ---------   ------------      ---------
Total Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)  ............    (60,121)      24,957         (93,730)        65,776        (63,118)
                                                    ---------     --------       ---------   ------------      ---------
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 (Deficit)  ......................................  $ 159,582     $162,067       $  40,646       $ 65,776      $ 428,071
                                                    =========     ========       =========   ============      =========
</TABLE>

                                                                       Page F-27
<PAGE>

               KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                                     Parent    Subsidiary   Non-Guarantor                       .
Year Ended December 31, 1998                        Company    Guarantors    Subsidiaries   Eliminations  Consolidated
- -------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>
Gross Revenue  ..................................  $   1,120    $ 731,224       $ 267,377       $     --     $ 999,721
      Subcontract and direct material costs  ....       (527)    (562,396)       (154,871)            --      (717,794)
      Provision for contract losses  ............         --           --         (76,210)            --       (76,210)
      Equity in income of affiliates  ...........   (101,187)          --           6,740        100,492         6,045
                                                   ---------    ---------       ---------       --------     ---------
Service Revenue  ................................   (100,594)     168,828          43,036        100,492       211,762
Operating Expenses
      Operating expenses  .......................    (16,750)     152,323         147,823             --       283,396
      Depreciation and amortization  ............      2,513        1,319           4,456             --         8,288
      Restructuring charges  ....................     12,289           --           4,790             --        17,079
                                                   ---------    ---------       ---------       --------     ---------
Operating Income (Loss)  ........................    (98,646)      15,186        (114,033)       100,492       (97,001)
Other Income (Expense)
      Interest income  ..........................        248          516             775             --         1,539
      Interest expense  .........................       (280)      (1,448)        (18,551)            --       (20,279)
                                                   ---------    ---------       ---------       --------     ---------
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations Before
   Income Taxes, Minority  Interest,
   Extraordinary Item,
   and Cumulative Effect Of Accounting Change        (98,678)      14,254        (131,809)       100,492      (115,741)
      Income tax (expense) benefit  .............       (764)        (751)         20,121             --        18,606
                                                   ---------    ---------       ---------       --------     ---------
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations Before
   Minority Interest, Extraordinary Item, and
   Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change........    (99,442)      13,503        (111,688)       100,492       (97,135)
      Minority interest in net income of                  --       (7,698)             --             --        (7,698)
       subsidiaries..............................  ---------    ---------       ---------       --------     ---------
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations Before
   Extraordinary Item, and Cumulative Effect of
   Accounting Change  ...........................    (99,442)       5,805        (111,688)       100,492      (104,833)
      Income from discontinued operations,
           net of tax............................         --          --           11,391             --        11,391
                                                   ---------    ---------       ---------       --------     ---------
Income Before Extraordinary Item, and
   Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change  ......    (99,442)       5,805        (100,297)       100,492       (93,442)
        Extraordinary item, net of tax  .........     (1,090)          --              --             --        (1,090)
        Cumulative effect of accounting                   --         (754)         (5,246)            --        (6,000)
         change, net of tax......................  ---------    ---------       ---------       --------     ---------
Net Income (Loss)  ..............................  $(100,532)   $   5,051       $(105,543)      $100,492     $(100,532)
                                                   =========    =========       =========       ========     =========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                                       Parent    Subsidiary   Non-Guarantor
Year Ended December 31, 1998                          Company    Guarantors    Subsidiaries   Eliminations  Consolidated
- ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>
Net Cash Provided by (Used in)
 Operating Activities  ..........................    $ (28,568)    $  3,876         $(4,746)   $        --     $ (29,438)
                                                     ---------     --------         -------   ------------     ---------
Investing Activities
  Sales of subsidiaries and assets  .............           --           --           2,400             --         2,400
  Purchases of fixed assets  ....................       (2,208)          --          (2,286)            --        (4,494)
  Investments in subsidiaries and
    affiliates, net of cash acquired  ...........        4,094           --            (638)            --         3,456
                                                     ---------     --------         -------   ------------     ---------
     Net Cash Provided by (Used in)
       Investing Activities  ....................        1,886           --            (524)            --         1,362
                                                     ---------     --------         -------   ------------     ---------
Financing Activities
  Borrowings under credit facility  .............      139,629           --              --             --       139,629
  Principal payments on credit facility  ........     (112,860)          --             (15)            --      (112,875)
  Distribution of income to minority   ..........           --      (10,320)             --             --       (10,320)
  Change in book overdraft  .....................        8,395           --              --             --         8,395
  Proceeds from issuances of stock  .............          155           --              --             --           155
  Debt issuance costs  ..........................       (1,380)          --              --             --        (1,380)
                                                     ---------     --------         -------   ------------     ---------
     Net Cash Provided by (Used in)
       Financing Activities  ....................       33,939      (10,320)            (15)            --        23,604
                                                     ---------     --------         -------   ------------     ---------
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash  ........           --           --            (281)            --          (281)
                                                     ---------     --------         -------   ------------     ---------
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Equivalents  ....        7,257       (6,444)         (5,566)            --        (4,753)
Cash and Equivalents at Beginning of Period  ....       (4,843)      10,256          14,607             --        20,020
                                                     ---------     --------         -------   ------------     ---------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period  .....    $   2,414     $  3,812         $ 9,041    $        --     $  15,267
                                                     =========     ========         =======   ============     =========
</TABLE>

                                                                       Page F-28
<PAGE>

               KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                 (In thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                                        Parent   Subsidiary   Non-Guarantor
Year Ended December 31, 1997                           Company   Guarantors    Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
- -----------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                    <C>       <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>
Gross Revenue  ......................................  $   727    $ 601,380       $ 324,809         $   --      $ 926,916
  Subcontract and direct material costs  ............     (608)    (427,310)       (193,413)            --       (621,331)
  Provision for contract losses  ....................       --           --          (6,900)            --         (6,900)
  Equity in income of affiliates  ...................   (6,059)          --           2,313          6,047          2,301
                                                       -------    ---------       ---------         ------      ---------
Service Revenue  ....................................   (5,940)     174,070         126,809          6,047        300,986
Operating Expenses
  Operating expenses  ...............................   (3,982)     151,675         141,629             --        289,322
  Depreciation and amortization  ....................    2,350        1,066           5,179             --          8,595
                                                       -------    ---------       ---------         ------      ---------
Operating Income (Loss)  ............................   (4,308)      21,329         (19,999)         6,047          3,069
Other Income (Expense)
  Gain on sale of investment  .......................       --           --           1,018             --          1,018
  Interest income  ..................................      570          671             567            (58)         1,750
  Interest expense  .................................     (570)        (749)        (17,010)            53        (18,276)
                                                       -------    ---------       ---------         ------      ---------
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations Before
  Income Taxes and Minority Interest  ...............   (4,308)      21,251         (35,424)         6,042        (12,439)
     Income tax (expense) benefit  ..................     (679)      (4,258)         14,303             --          9,366
                                                       -------    ---------       ---------         ------      ---------
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations Before         (4,987)      16,993         (21,121)         6,042         (3,073)
  Minority Interest..................................
     Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries.       --      (10,867)             --             --        (10,867)
                                                       -------    ---------       ---------         ------      ---------
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations.............   (4,987)       6,126         (21,121)         6,042        (13,940)
     Net income from discontinued operations, net
          of tax  ...................................       --           --           8,953             --          8,953
                                                      --------    ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
Net Income (Loss)   .................................  $(4,987)   $   6,126       $ (12,168)        $6,042      $  (4,987)
                                                       =======    =========       =========         ======      =========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                                         Parent    Subsidiary   Non-Guarantor
Year Ended December 31, 1997                             Company    Guarantors    Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
- -----------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>
Net Cash Provided by (Used in)
 Operating Activities  ..............................  $  21,088     $ 12,141         $(7,532)     $     494      $  26,191
Investing Activities
  Sales of subsidiaries and assets  .................         --           --          17,028             --         17,028
  Purchases of fixed assets  ........................     (1,871)         (41)         (2,976)            --         (4,888)
  Investments in subsidiaries and
    affiliates, net of cash acquired  ...............         --         (100)         (3,974)            --         (4,074)
                                                       ---------     --------         -------   ------------      ---------
     Net Cash Provided by (Used
       in) Investing Activities  ....................     (1,871)        (141)         10,078             --          8,066
                                                       ---------     --------         -------   ------------      ---------
Financing Activities
  Borrowings under credit facility  .................    104,500           --              --             --        104,500
  Principal payments on credit facility  ............   (121,000)          --              --             --       (121,000)
  Distribution of income to minority interest  ......         --      (13,950)             --             --        (13,950)
  Change in book overdraft  .........................     (2,667)          --              --             --         (2,667)
  Proceeds from issuances of stock  .................        213           --              --             --            213
  Repurchases of common stock  ......................       (251)          --              --             --           (251)
  Debt issuance costs  ..............................       (624)          --              --             --           (624)
                                                       ---------     --------         -------   ------------      ---------
  Net Cash Used in Financing Activities  ............    (19,829)     (13,950)             --             --        (33,779)
                                                       ---------     --------         -------   ------------      ---------
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash  ............         --           --            (708)            --           (708)
                                                       ---------     --------         -------   ------------      ---------
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash   Equivalents  .       (612)      (1,950)          1,838            494           (230)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at
 Beginning of Period  ...............................     (4,231)      12,206          12,769           (494)        20,250
                                                       ---------     --------         -------   ------------      ---------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period  .........  $  (4,843)    $ 10,256         $14,607   $         --      $  20,020
                                                       =========     ========         =======   ============      =========
</TABLE>

                                                                       Page F-29
<PAGE>



                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                 (in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Column A                  Column B              Column C                Column D        Column E
- --------------------------------------  ----------  -------------------------------  -------------  --------------
                                                               Additions
                                                    -------------------------------
                                        Balance at
                                       -----------
                                        beginning    Charged to costs                                 Balance at end
                                       -----------   ----------------                                 --------------
             Description                of Period     and expenses        Other       Deductions        of period
- --------------------------------------  ----------    -------------       -----       ----------        ---------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>               <C>            <C>            <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1999
Deducted from asset account:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts          $10,850             5,414     (2,508)(3)       6,162(1)         $ 9,594

Deducted from asset account and
 included in other liabilities:
  Provision for future losses
    on contracts                            29,679             9,225     18,437(4)       35,784(2)          19,953
                                           -------           -------  ---------       ---------            -------
                                           $40,529           $14,639  $  16,305       $  41,926            $29,547
                                           =======           =======  =========       =========            =======

Year Ended December 31, 1998
Deducted from asset account:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts          $ 7,142            15,111      1,756(4)       13,159(1)         $10,850

Deducted from asset account and
 included in other liabilities:
  Provision for future losses
    on contracts                             1,199            76,210          -          47,730(2)          29,679
                                           -------           -------  ---------       ---------            -------
                                           $ 8,341           $91,321  $   1,756       $  60,889            $40,529
                                           =======           =======  =========       =========            =======

Year Ended December 31, 1997
Deducted from asset account:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts          $ 9,450             1,195      1,150(4)        4,653(1)         $ 7,142

Deducted from asset account and
 included in other liabilities:
  Provision for future losses
    on contracts                             1,517               494          -             812              1,199
                                           -------           -------  ---------       ---------            -------
                                           $10,967           $ 1,689  $   1,150       $   5,465            $ 8,341
                                           =======           =======  =========       =========            =======
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Reflects amounts written off against the allowance and related accounts
    receivable accounts and settlement of doubtful accounts.

(2) Reflects amounts charged against the provision for contract losses.

(3) Reflects deductions to reserves related to asset divestitures completed in
    1999 (Note 4 to consolidated financial statements).

(4) Reflects reclassified additions to reserves.

                                                                        Page S-1

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10(b)



                        ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                (As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1996)
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                          <C>
HISTORY AND EFFECTIVE DATES.................................................  1

ARTICLE I       DEFINITIONS.................................................  1
     1.1       "Account.....................................................  1
     1.2       "Anniversary Date............................................  1
     1.3       "Beneficiary.................................................  1
     1.4       "Board.......................................................  1
     1.5       "Code........................................................  1
     1.6       "Committee...................................................  1
     1.7       "Company.....................................................  1
     1.8       "Company Stock...............................................  2
     1.9       "Compensation................................................  2
     1.10      "Early Retirement Date.......................................  2
     1.11      "Effective Date..............................................  2
     1.12      "Employee....................................................  2
     1.13      "Employer....................................................  3
     1.14      "ERISA.......................................................  3
     1.15      "Family Member...............................................  3
     1.16      "Fiduciary...................................................  3
     1.17      "Highly Compensated Participant..............................  4
     1.18      "Hour of Service.............................................  4
     1.19      "Investment Account..........................................  4
     1.20      "Investment Manager..........................................  4
     1.21      "Key Employee................................................  4
     1.22      "Member of a Controlled Group................................  4
     1.23      "Non-Highly Compensated Participant..........................  5
     1.24      "Non-Key Employee............................................  5
     1.25      "Normal Retirement Date......................................  5
     1.26      "Participant.................................................  5
     1.27      "Period of Separation........................................  5
     1.28      "Period of Service...........................................  5
     1.29      "Period of Severance.........................................  5
     1.30      "Plan........................................................  5
     1.31      "Plan Year...................................................  5
     1.32      "Qualified Military Service..................................  5
     1.33      "Qualified Participant.......................................  5
     1.34      "Retires under the Plan......................................  6
     1.35      "Section.....................................................  6
     1.36      "(S) 415 Compensation........................................  6
     1.37      "Separation from Service.....................................  6
     1.38      "Service.....................................................  6
</TABLE>

                                            i
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
    1.39   "Trust...........................................................  6
    1.40   "Trust Agreement.................................................  6
    1.41   "Trustee.........................................................  6
    1.42   "Valuation Date..................................................  6
    1.43   "Vested..........................................................  6

ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION....................................  6
    2.1    Plan Frozen......................................................  7
    2.2    Eligibility and Commencement of Participation....................  7
    2.3    Determination of Eligibility.....................................  7
    2.4    Continuation of Participation....................................  7
    2.5    Qualified Military Service.......................................  7

ARTICLE III VESTING AND CREDITING OF SERVICE................................  7
    3.1    Employees Prior to March 1, 1983.................................  7
    3.2    Employees Prior to May 16, 1986..................................  8
    3.3    Employees After May 15, 1986.....................................  8
    3.4    Special Vesting Rules............................................  8
    3.5    Years of Service.................................................  8
    3.6    Special ESOP Forfeiture Rule.....................................  8

ARTICLE IV CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES....................................  9
    4.1    Employer Contributions...........................................  9
    4.2    Payment of Contributions.........................................  9
    4.3    Maximum Contribution.............................................  9
    4.4    Excess Annual Addition........................................... 10
    4.5    Multiple Plan Reduction.......................................... 10

ARTICLE V TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS.............................................. 11
    5.1    Top Heavy Plan Requirements...................................... 11
    5.2    Key Employee..................................................... 12
    5.3    Top Heavy Vesting................................................ 12
    5.4    Determination of Top Heavy Status................................ 13
    5.5    Top Heavy Plan Year Allocations.................................. 16

ARTICLE V INVESTMENTS....................................................... 17
    6.1    Investment in Company Stock...................................... 17
    6.2    Borrowing and Installment Purchase............................... 17
    6.3    Diversification of Investments by Qualified Participants......... 17

ARTICLE VII ALLOCATION, VALUATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS............... 18
    7.1    Allocations...................................................... 18
    7.2    Withdrawals from Loan Suspense Account........................... 18
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
    7.3   Credits to Accounts............................................... 18
    7.4   Valuations........................................................ 18
    7.5   Special Acquisition Loan Rules.................................... 19
    7.6   Limitation on Electing Shareholder................................ 19
    7.7   Participant Statements............................................ 19

ARTICLE VIII FORM, AMOUNT AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS...................... 20
    8.1   Distribution at Required Beginning Date........................... 20
    8.2   Determination Of Benefits Upon Death.............................. 20
    8.3   Distribution of Benefits on Retirement or Other Separation
          from Service...................................................... 21
    8.4   Diversification by Distribution................................... 22
    8.5   Distribution in Cash or Stock..................................... 22
    8.6   Put Option........................................................ 23
    8.7   Restrictions of Transfer.......................................... 24
    8.8   Dividend Distributions............................................ 25
    8.9   Distribution on the Sale of Subsidiary or Assets.................. 25
    8.10  Forfeiture of Benefit of Missing Claimant......................... 25

ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS PROCEDURES............................. 25
    9.1   Named Fiduciaries................................................. 25
    9.2   Responsibilities Set Forth In Trust Agreement..................... 26
    9.3   Advisors.......................................................... 26
    9.4   Trustee........................................................... 26
    9.5   Administration by Committee....................................... 26
    9.6   Expenses of the Plan and Trust.................................... 30
    9.7   Shareholder Rights................................................ 30

ARTICLE X ADOPTION, AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION....................... 30
    10.1  Adoption.......................................................... 30
    10.2  Amendment of Plan................................................. 31
    10.3  Merger or Consolidation........................................... 31
    10.4  Termination....................................................... 31

ARTICLE XI GENERAL PROVISIONS............................................... 31
    11.1  Participant's Rights.............................................. 31
    11.2  Exclusive Benefit of Employees.................................... 32
    11.3  Alienation and Qualified Domestic Relations Order................. 32
    11.4  Governing Law..................................................... 33
    11.5  Headings.......................................................... 33
    11.6  Procedure with Multiple Employers................................. 33
</TABLE>

                                      iii

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
    11.7  Separation of Employer Contributions.............................. 33
    11.8  Revocation of Employer Participation.............................. 33
    11.9  Limitation of Liability........................................... 34
    11.10 Action by the Employer............................................ 34
    11.11 Uniformity and Construction....................................... 34
    11.12 Mistakes.......................................................... 34
    11.13 Approval by Internal Revenue Service.............................. 34

EXHIBIT A EXCLUDED ENTITIES................................................. 35
</TABLE>

                                      iv

<PAGE>

                        ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                (As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1996)

                          HISTORY AND EFFECTIVE DATES
                          ---------------------------


     The ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the
"Plan") was adopted, together with Amendment Number One, effective as of March
1, 1987, and was amended and restated as of May 6, 1991.  The Plan was further
amended as of March 1, 1991, April 25, 1992, March 1, 1993 and June 24, 1994.
The Plan was most recently amended and restated as of April 24, 1995.  This
amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 1996.

     The Plan was frozen as of March 1, 1994, and there have been no new
Participants in the Plan and no Employer contributions made to the Plan on or
after February 28, 1994.


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

     1.1  "Account" shall mean the balance to the credit of a Participant under
the Plan. The balance to the credit of a Participant under this Plan originates
from Employer Contributions, and income (or losses) allocated thereto.

     1.2  "Anniversary Date" shall mean the last day of December.

     1.3  "Beneficiary" shall mean the person or persons entitled to receive any
benefits under the Plan in the event of a Participant's death.

     1.4  "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of ICF Kaiser International,
Inc., or any committee thereof authorized to act therefor in accordance with
applicable law.

     1.5  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time, and the regulations issued thereunder.

     1.6  "Committee" shall mean the Employee Stock Ownership Plan Committee
appointed by the Board to administer the Plan and to give instructions to the
Trustee.

     1.7  "Company" shall mean ICF Kaiser International, Inc., a Delaware
          corporation, and any successors thereto.
<PAGE>

     1.8  "Company Stock" shall mean shares of voting common stock or any class
of capital stock convertible into voting common stock which the Company (or a
corporation that is a Member of a Controlled Group with the Company) is
authorized to issue. The Plan shall be primarily invested in Company Stock that
is "qualifying employer securities" for purposes of (S) 409(1) of the Code and
(S) 407(d) of ERISA.

     1.9  "Compensation" shall mean the total compensation paid to a Participant
by an Employer for personal services actually rendered in the course of
employment for any Plan Year, including salary, wages, commissions, overtime
compensation, bonuses (including completion bonuses) and overseas incentives.
Amounts contributed by the Company or an Employer to this Plan, the ICF Kaiser
International, Inc. Retirement Plan, or the ICF Kaiser International, Inc.
Section 401(k) Plan and any non-taxable fringe benefits shall not be considered
as Compensation. Compensation generally includes only those items specified in
Treasury Regulations (S) 1.415-2(d)(2) and shall exclude all items listed in
Treasury Regulations (S) 1.415-2(d)(3). Notwithstanding the above, or purposes
of Section 4.1 of the Plan, salary reduction amounts contributed to the
Company's Dependent Care Assistance Plan, the Health Flexible Spending Account
Plan and Pre-tax Contribution Plan, and the ICF Kaiser International, Inc.
Section 401(k) Plan shall be considered Compensation.

     For purposes of contributions or benefits on behalf of Participants,
Compensation shall be limited to the dollar amount applicable pursuant to (S)
401(a)(17) of the Code. For purposes of applying the dollar limit on
compensation, a highly compensated Employee's Family Member will be treated as a
single employee with one compensation, and the limit will be allocated among the
members of the family unit in proportion to each member's compensation, to the
extent required under the Code.

     Determinations of whether payments made to a Participant are for personal
services actually rendered in the course of employment shall be made by the
Committee, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, in good faith, and in the
exercise of its sole discretion. Payments that may be determined not to be for
personal services actually rendered in the course of employment may include, for
example, but are not limited to, a signing bonus, reimbursement of moving
expenses, a gross-up to offset a personal income tax liability resulting from a
transaction, or a payment treated by the Company as an acquisition cost for
financial reporting purposes.

     With respect to nondiscrimination testing, the Board reserves the right to
define Compensation in any manner that satisfies the requirements of (S)
401(a)(4) of the Code.

     1.10 "Early Retirement Date" shall occur on or after the Participant's
55th birthday, provided that the Participant has completed 10 years of Service
and has not reached his 65th birthday.

     1.11 "Effective Date" shall mean January 1, 1996.

     1.12 "Employee" shall mean a person employed by an Employer, who has met
the eligibility requirements specified in Section 2.1, except that such term
shall not include:

                                       2
<PAGE>

           (a) a person who is a nonresident alien and who receives no earned
income (within the meaning of (S) 911(d)(2) of the Code) which constitutes
income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of (S)
861(a)(3) of the Code);

           (b)  an independent contractor;

           (c)  a self-employed person;

           (d) a person included in a unit of employees covered by a collective
bargaining agreement between employee representatives and an Employer in
connection with which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
bargaining between such employee representative and an Employer, unless
otherwise provided by such collective bargaining agreement;

           (e) a leased employee within the meaning of (S) 414(n) of the Code
unless required by (S) 414(n) of the Code to be treated as an employee for
certain plan qualification purposes; and

           (f) an individual employed by any entity, or by the division, set
forth on Exhibit A, attached hereto, unless such individual was hired by a then
Member of a Controlled Group prior to December 1, 1986 and was transferred to
the division set forth in Exhibit A.

     1.13  "Employer" shall mean the Company or any subsidiary corporation of
the Company, as defined in (S) 424(f) of the Code, which has been designated by
the Company as an Employer participating in the Plan and which has accepted such
designation and has agreed to the terms of the Plan and the Trust Agreement.

     1.14  "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations issued thereunder.

     1.15  "Family Member" shall mean any individual as defined in Section
414(q)(6) of the Code who is a member of the family of a 5% owner or of a highly
compensated employee in the group consisting of the 10 highest compensated
employees, to the extent required under the Code.

     1.16  "Fiduciary" shall mean any person who, in accordance with (S)
3(21)(A) of ERISA:

           (a) exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control
respecting management of the Plan or exercises any authority or control
respecting management or disposition of its assets;

           (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct
or indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of the Plan or has any
authority or responsibility to do so; or

           (c) has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility
in the

                                       3
<PAGE>

administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the Trustee, the
Employer, the Committee, and the Company, except insofar as it is performing
settlor functions.

     1.17  "Highly Compensated Participant" shall mean any Participant who is
Highly Compensated as defined in (S) 414(q) of the Code.

     1.18  "Hour of Service" shall mean:

           (a) each hour for which an Employee directly or indirectly receives
Compensation or is entitled to Compensation from a Member of the Controlled
Group for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period;

           (b) each hour for which an Employee directly or indirectly receives
Compensation or is entitled to Compensation by a Member of the Controlled Group
(irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) for reasons
other than the performance of duties (such as vacation, holidays, sickness, jury
duty, disability, layoff, military duty or paid leave of absence) during the
applicable computation period; and

           (c) each hour for which back-pay is awarded or agreed to by a Member
of the Controlled Group without regard to mitigation of damages.

     Notwithstanding the above, no more than 501 Hours of Service are required
to be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during
which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a
single computation period). An hour for which an Employee is directly or
indirectly paid, or is entitled to payment, on account of a period during which
no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the Employee if such
payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of
complying with applicable worker's compensation, unemployment compensation or
disability insurance laws. Hours of Service are not required to be credited for
a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related
expenses incurred by the Employee. The provisions of Department of Labor
Regulations (S) 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.

     1.19  "Investment Account" shall mean any portion of the Trust segregated
in accordance with Section 9.5(d).

     1.20  "Investment Manager" shall mean an entity that has the power to
manage, acquire, or dispose of Plan assets, and acknowledges fiduciary
responsibility to the Plan in writing. Such entity must be a person, firm, or
corporation registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers
Act of 1940, a bank, or an insurance company.

     1.21  "Key Employee" shall mean those Employees defined in (S) 416(i) of
the Code.

     1.22  "Member of a Controlled Group" shall mean any corporation, trade or
business which belongs to a controlled group of corporations (as defined in (S)
414(b) of the Code) with the Company or is under common control (as defined in
(S) 414(c) of the Code) with the Company, or

                                       4
<PAGE>

is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in (S) 414(m) of the
Code) with the Company.

     1.23  "Non-Highly Compensated Participant" shall mean any Participant who
is neither a Highly Compensated Participant nor a Family Member.

     1.24  "Non-Key Employee" shall mean any Employee or former Employee who is
not a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any Non-Key Employee.

     1.25  "Normal Retirement Date" shall mean the Participant's 65th birthday.

     1.26  "Participant" shall mean any Employee who satisfied the eligibility
requirements of Section 2.1 prior to February 28, 1994.

     1.27  "Period of Separation" shall mean a period of time commencing with
the date an Employee incurs a Separation from Service and ending with the date
such Employee resumes employment with the Employer.

     1.28  "Period of Service" shall mean, for purposes of determining an
Employee's initial or continued eligibility to participate in the Plan or the
Vested portion of his Account, the time period commencing with his employment
commencement date and ending on the date a Period of Severance begins. A Period
of Service for these purposes includes any Period of Separation of less than 12
consecutive months.

     1.29  "Period of Severance" shall mean a Period of Separation commencing
with the date an Employee incurs a Separation from Service and ending with the
date, if any, on which such Employee resumes employment with the Employer. If an
Employee's absence is attributable to a Maternity or Paternity Leave of Absence,
a Period of Severance will not begin before the second anniversary of the date
the individual is first absent and does not perform an Hour of Service.

     1.30  "Plan" shall mean ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Employee Stock
Ownership Plan, as set forth herein, and includes the Trust Agreement by which
the Plan is funded, as they may be amended from time to time. The Plan is
intended to be a qualified stock bonus plan under (S) 401(a) of the Code, and an
employee stock ownership plan under (S) 4975(e)(7) of the Code and (S) 407(d) of
ERISA.

     1.31  "Plan Year" shall mean the calendar year, provided that there was a
short Plan Year beginning March 1, 1995 and ending December 31, 1995.

     1.32  "Qualified Military Service" shall mean qualified military service as
defined in (S) 4 14(u) of the Code.

     1.33  "Qualified Participant" shall mean an individual who has been a
Participant for 10 years and has attained age 55.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     1.34  "Retires under the Plan" shall mean that a Participant incurs or has
incurred a Separation from Service on or after his Early Retirement Date or
Normal Retirement Date.

     1.35  "Section" shall mean a section of this Plan unless the context
indicates otherwise. References in this Plan to a section of the Code, ERISA or
other statute shall use a "(S)" sign or "(S)(S)" sign to designate more than one
section and shall refer to any renumbering of that section in that statute, or
any successor statute, and shall also refer to the regulations issued under that
section.

     1.36  "(S) 415 Compensation" shall mean compensation as defined in (S)
415(c)(3) of the Code.

     1.37  "Separation from Service" shall apply to any voluntary or involuntary
termination of employment with an Employer (and for eligibility, distribution,
or vesting purposes only, any Member of a Controlled Group) for any reason.

     1.38  "Service" shall mean employment with an Employer, or another
corporation which is a Member of a Controlled Group with the Company and shall
generally include paid layoffs, authorized leave of absence, sickness, and jury
duty.

     1.39  "Trust" shall mean the IOF Kaiser International, Inc. Employee Stock
Ownership Trust created by the Trust Agreement entered into between the Company
and the Trustee.

     1.40  "Trust Agreement" shall mean the agreement between the Company and
the Trustee establishing the Trust and specifying the powers and duties of the
Trustee, as amended from time to time.

     1.41  "Trustee" shall mean Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company, or such
successor or successors thereto designated by the Company to act as such under
the provisions of the Trust Agreement, who agrees to act as such by executing
the Trust Agreement.

     1.42  "Valuation Date" shall mean the most current date with respect to
which the Trustee determines the fair value of the assets comprising the Trust
or any portion thereof, in accordance with the Trustee's procedures. Under
current procedures, Valuation Date shall mean each business day of the Trustee.

     1.43  "Vested" shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account that is
nonforfeitable under the applicable provisions of this Plan.


                                   ARTICLE II

                         ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

     2.1   Plan Frozen. Employees who were not Participants on February 28, 1994
           -----------
are not entitled to participate in the Plan.  Sections 2.2 through 2.7 govern
eligibility and participation

                                       6
<PAGE>

prior to March 1, 1994.

     2.2  Eligibility and Commencement of Participation. Prior to March 1, 1994,
          ---------------------------------------------
an Employee became a Participant under the Plan after he completed 1,000 Hours
of Service. An Employee participated in the Plan as of the date on which he
became an Employee, if he met the 1,000 Hours of Service requirement in the
first Plan Year in which he was employed; if an Employee met the 1,000 Hours of
Service requirement in a subsequent Plan Year, he participated in the Plan as of
the first day of the Plan Year in which the 1,000 Hours of Service requirement
was met.

     2.3  Determination of Eligibility. Subject to any contrary final order or
          ----------------------------
judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, the decision of the Committee
shall be final and conclusive as to the eligibility of individuals for
participation hereunder.

     2.4  Continuation of Participation. A Participant shall retain the status
          -----------------------------
as a Participant until he has received distributions that represent the Vested
Account under the Plan.

     2.5  Qualified Military Service. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan
          --------------------------
to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to
Qualified Military Service will be provided in accordance with (S) 414(u) of the
Code.


                                  ARTICLE III

                       VESTING AND CREDITING OF SERVICE

     The Vested portion of a Participant's Account will be determined on the
basis of his Vested interest in his Account as of the most recent Valuation Date
in accordance with one of the following schedules:

     3.1  Employees Prior to March 1, 1983.
          --------------------------------

          Participants who were Employees of a then Member of the Controlled
Group prior to March 1, 1983:
                                            Vested
          Period of Service                 Percentage
          -----------------                 ----------
                 1                             20%
                 2                             40%
                 3                             60%
                 4                             80%
                 5                            100%

     3.2  Employees Prior to May 16, 1986.
          -------------------------------

          Participants who were Employees of a then Member of the Controlled
Group after February 28, 1983 but prior to May 16, 1986:

                                       7
<PAGE>

          Period of Service                Vested Percentage
          -----------------                -----------------
          Less than 2 years                     0%
                 2                             20%
                 3                             40%
                 4                             60%
                 5                             80%
                 6 or more                    100%

     3.3  Employees after May 15, 1986.
          ----------------------------

          Participants who become Employees of a Member of the Controlled Group
after May 15, 1986;


          Period of Service                Vested Percentage
          -----------------                -----------------
          Less than 3 years                     0%
                 3                             20%
                 4                             40%
                 5                             60%
                 6                             80%
                 7 or more                    100%


     3.4  Special Vesting Rules. Notwithstanding the above, any Participant who
          ---------------------
was an Employee on March 1, 1993, is 100% vested in his Account, and any
Employee who becomes a Participant after that date but on or before February 28,
1994, shall be 100% `vested in his Account.

     3.5  Years of Service. For purposes of Article III, a Participant shall be
          ----------------
credited with as many years of Service as his Period of Service contains
Anniversary Dates of the Plan, under the elapsed time method.

     3.6  Special ESOP Forfeiture Rule. That portion of a Participant's Account
          ----------------------------
which is not Vested will become a forfeiture and shall be allocated to remaining
Participants in the manner set forth in Section 7.3. If a portion of a
Participant's Account is forfeited, Company Stock acquired by the Trust through
a financing transaction in which the Trust incurs debt obligations and allocated
under Section 7.1 shall be forfeited only after other assets in the
Participant's Account. If interests in more than one class of employer
securities have been so acquired and allocated to the Participant's Account
pursuant to Section 7.1, the same proportion of each such class shall be
forfeited.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE IV

                         CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

     4.1  Employer Contributions. For each Plan Year commencing prior to March
          ----------------------
1, 1993, each Employer will contribute to the Trust for each Participant who (a)
has not terminated employment on the last day of the Plan Year and who has 1,000
Hours of Service; (b) Retires under the Plan; or (c) dies, an amount equal to 4%
of his Compensation for the Plan Year. For the Plan Year beginning March 1,
1993, each Employer will contribute to the Trust for each Participant who is
employed on the last day of the Plan Year and who has completed 1,000 Hours of
Service during the Plan Year an amount equal to 2% of his Compensation for the
Plan Year. No Company contribution will be for Plan Years beginning on or after
March 1, 1994.

     4.2  Payment of Contributions. Employer contributions shall be paid to the
          ------------------------
Trust not later than the due date for filing the Employer's Federal income tax
return for that year, including extensions of such date. A Participant who
becomes an officer or employee of the United States Government or any
independent agency of the United States, in a position that could involve
regulatory oversight or administrative discretion over Company activities (a
"Qualifying Position"), may request an expedited payment of current
contributions and expedited distribution of his Account. This request should
include information sufficient to enable the Committee to determine that the
Participant is in a Qualifying Position. If the Committee so determines, in the
exercise of its reasonable discretion, Employer contributions shall be paid to
the Trust as soon as practicable after the Participant has terminated employment
with an Employer and filed such request. Employer contributions may be paid to
the Trust in cash or Company Stock, as determined by the Board.

     4.3  Maximum Contribution. The "Annual Additions" to the Account of any
          --------------------
Participant for any Limitation Year may not exceed the lesser of 25% of his
Compensation or $30,000 (adjusted for cost-of-living increases as provided in
(S) 415(d)(1) of the Code). The Limitation Year shall be the Plan Year. For
purposes of applying the limitations of (S) 415 of the Code, "Annual Additions"
means the sum credited to a Participant's accounts under all defined
contribution plans of the Employer for any "Limitation Year" of (a) Employer
contributions, (b) Employee contributions, (c) forfeitures, (d) amounts
allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in (S) 415(1)(1) of the
Code which is part of a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer and (e)
amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in
taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement
medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee (as defined
in (S) 419A(d)(3) of the Code) under a welfare benefit plan (as defined in (S)
419(e) of the Code) maintained by the Employer. The limitation year shall be the
Plan Year.

     Rollover contributions and transfers from another qualified plan to this
Plan are not included in Annual Additions. In addition, all defined contribution
plans of the Employer, terminated or not, shall be considered as one plan for
purposes of these limitations.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     If an Employee is a Participant in more than one defined contribution plan
maintained by the Employer and if the limitation on Annual Additions provided in
this Section would otherwise be exceeded, forfeitures under this Plan shall be
reduced first, then salary deferral contributions and the respective matching
contributions under the ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Section 401(k) Plan shall
be reduced and, then, to the extent necessary, allocations under the ICF Kaiser
International, Inc. Retirement Plan shall be reduced.


     For purposes of the application of limits under (S) 415(c) of the Code,
all defined contribution plans of the Employer, including (a) key employee
accounts under a welfare benefit plan described in Code (S) 419(b), accounts
under any terminated plan and (c) any defined benefit plan of the Employer to
which Employee contributions are made, shall be treated as one plan and any
Member of the Controlled Group of which the Employer is a member shall be
treated as the Employer. For purposes of the Plan Year beginning March 1, 1995
and ending December 31, 1995, the limits under (S) 415 shall be pro-rated as
required under the applicable regulations.

     4.4  Excess Annual Addition.  If, as a result of the allocation of
          ----------------------
forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant's Compensation, a
reasonable error in determining the amount of elective contributions that may be
made with respect to any individual under the limits of (S) 415 of the Code, or
other circumstances to which Treasury Regulations (S) 1.415-6(b)(6) applies, the
Annual Additions under this Plan would cause the maximum Annual Additions to be
exceeded for any Participant, allocations of forfeitures under the Plan shall be
reduced, then elective contributions made to the ICF Kaiser International, Inc.
Section 40 1(k) Plan during the limitation year shall be reduced except that, to
the extent allowable under the Treasury Regulations in effect under (S) 401(k)
of the Code, Employer contributions under this Plan shall be reduced before the
return of elective contributions made prior to December 31 of the applicable
limitation year. Such excess amounts, other than amounts returned to
Participants from the ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Section 401(k) Plan, shall
be retained in a (S) 415 suspense account. Excess amounts held in a (S) 415
suspense account shall be allocated to the affected individuals as part of the
Employer contribution for the next Plan Year, or succeeding Plan Years as
necessary, and to the extent not so allocated, shall be allocated to all
Participants in accordance with Treasury Regulations (S) 1.415-6(b)(6)(ii).

     4.5  Multiple Plan Reduction.
          -----------------------

          (a)  Reduction. If an Employee is a Participant in one or more defined
               ---------
benefit plans and one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the
Employer, the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction and the defined
contribution plan fraction for any year may not exceed 1.0. The defined benefit
plan fraction for any year is a fraction the numerator of which is the projected
"annual benefit" of the Participant under the Plan (determined as of the close
of the Plan Year), and the denominator of which is the lesser of: (i) the
product of 1.25 multiplied by the maximum dollar limitation in effect under (S)
415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for such year, or (ii) the product of 1.4 multiplied by
the amount which may be taken into account under (S) 415(b)(1)(B) of the Code
for such year. The defined contribution plan fraction for any year is a

                                       10
<PAGE>

fraction the numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the
Participant's Account as of the close of the Plan Year and the denominator of
which is the sum of the lesser of the following amounts determined for such year
and each prior year of service with the Employer: (1) the product of 1.25
multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect under (S) 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code
for such year (determined without regard to (S) 415(c)(6) of the Code), or (2)
the product of 1.4 multiplied by the amount which may be taken into account
under (S) 415(c)(1)(B) of the Code for such year.

          (b)  Top Heavy Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy
               --------------
Plan Year, 1.0 shall be substituted for 1.25 unless the extra minimum allocation
is being made pursuant to Section 5.5(b). However, for any Plan Year in which
this Plan is a Super Top Heavy Plan, 1.0 shall be substituted for 1.25 in any
event.

          (c)  Section 415 Adjustment. If the sum of the defined benefit plan
               ----------------------
fraction and the defined contribution plan fraction shall exceed 1.0 in any Year
for any Participant in this Plan, the Employer shall adjust the numerator of the
defined benefit plan fraction so that the sum of both fractions shall not exceed
1.0 in any Plan Year for such Participant.

          (d)  Special Rule for Forfeitures. The limitation described in Section
               ----------------------------
4.3 with respect to any Participant shall not apply to forfeitures of Company
Stock acquired through a financing transaction described in Section 6.2 and
shall be doubled for a Plan Year beginning before March 1, 1990 for which no
more than one-third of the Employer Contributions are allocated to Participants
who are:

               (i)    Officers of an Employer;

               (ii)   Shareholders who, without regard to Company Stock held by
the Trust, own (after application of (S) 1563(e) of the Code) shares having more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of an
Employer or more than 10%) of the total value of all classes of stock of an
Employer; or

               (iii)  Participants whose compensation (as defined in (S)
415(c)(3) of the Code) for the Plan Year is more than twice the amount described
in Section 4.3.


                                   ARTICLE V

                             TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS

     5.1  Top Heavy Plan Requirements. For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Plan
          ---------------------------
shall provide the following:

          (a)  special vesting requirements of Code (S) 416(b) pursuant to
Section 5.3 of the Plan;

                                       11
<PAGE>

          (b)  special minimum allocation requirements of (S) 416(c) of the Code
pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Plan.

     5.2  Key Employee.  A Key Employee shall mean those Employees, former
          ------------
Employees, or Beneficiary of an Employee or former Employee who at any time
during the Plan Year or any of the four preceding Plan Years, is:

          (a)  an officer of the Company (as defined under (S) 416 of the Code)
having annual (S) 415 compensation greater than 50% of the amount in effect
under (S) 415(b)(l)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year;

          (b)  one of the 10 Employees owning (or considered as owning within
the meaning of (S) 318 of the Code) the largest interests in all employers
required to be aggregated under Code (S)(S) 414(b), (c) and (m). However, an
Employee will not be considered a top 10 owner for a Plan Year if the Employee
earns less than $30,000 (or such other amount adjusted in accordance with (S)
415(c)(1)(A) of the Code as in effect for the calendar year in which the
determination date falls);

          (c)  a "5% owner" of the Employer, i.e., any person who owns (or is
                                             ----
considered as owning within the meaning of (S) 318 of the Code) more than 5% of
the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than 5%) of the
total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an
unincorporated business, any person who owns more than 5% of the capital or
profits interest in the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder,
employers that would otherwise be aggregated under (S)(S) 414(b), (c) and (m) of
the Code shall be treated as separate employers; or

          (d)  a "1%" of the Employer having an annual (S) 415 Compensation from
the Employer of more than $150,000. "1% owner" means any person who owns (or is
considered as owning within the meaning of (S) 318 of the Code) more than 1% of
the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than 1% of the
total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer. In determining
percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated
under Code (S)(S) 414(b), (c) and (m) shall be treated as separate employers.
However, (S) 415 Compensation from each employer required to be aggregated under
Code (S)(S) 414(b), (c) and (m) shall be taken into account for purposes of the
maximum limits under (S) 401(a)(17).

     5.3  Top Heavy Vesting.
          -----------------

          (a)  Special Vesting Schedule.  If at any time during a Plan Year the
               ------------------------
Plan is Top Heavy, the following vesting schedule shall be applicable to the
minimum allocation for that Plan Year and for all subsequent Plan Years:

                                       12
<PAGE>

           Period of Service                    Vested Percentage
           -----------------                    -----------------
           Less than 2 years                          0%
                  2                                  20%
                  3                                  40%
                  4                                  60%
                  5                                  80%
                  6 or more                         100%

     Notwithstanding the above, a Participant shall become fully Vested in any
top-heavy contributions allocated to his Account if he is an Employee on his
Normal Retirement Date.

     (b)  Forfeitures. A Participant shall forfeit the portion of his Account
          -----------
attributable to top-heavy contributions (and earnings) that are not Vested on
the earlier of

          (i)   the distribution of the entire Vested portion of a Participant's
Account, including the occurrence of a distribution event before any portion of
a Participant's Account was Vested;

          (ii)  the date of Separation from Service by a Participant before any
portion of a Participant's Account was Vested; or

          (iii) the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs
five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service.

     5.4  Determination of Top Heavy Status.
          ---------------------------------

          (a)   Top Heavy Plan. This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan
                --------------
Year in which, as of the Determination Date, (i) the Present Value of Accrued
Benefits of Key Employees and (ii) the sum of the Aggregate Accounts of Key
Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group, exceeds 60% of
the Present Value of Accrued Benefits and the Aggregate Accounts of all Key and
Non-Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group.

     If any Participant is a Non-Key Employee for any Plan Year, but such
Participant was a Key Employee for any prior Plan Year, such Participant's
Present Value of Accrued Benefit and/or Aggregate Account balance shall not be
taken into account for purposes of determining whether this Plan is a Top Heavy
or Super Top Heavy Plan (or whether any Aggregation Group which includes this
Plan is a Top Heavy Group). In addition, if a Participant or Former Participant
has not received any Compensation from any Employer maintaining the Plan (other
than benefits under the Plan) at any time during the 5 year period ending on the
Determination Date, the Aggregate Account and/or Present Value of Accrued
Benefit for such Participant or Former Participant shall not be taken into
account for the purposes of determining whether this Plan is a Top Heavy or
Super Top Heavy Plan.

          (b)   Super Top Heavy Plan. This Plan shall be a Super Top Heavy Plan
                --------------------
for any

                                       13
<PAGE>

Plan Year in which, as of the Determination Date, (i) the Present Value of
Accrued Benefits of Key Employees or (ii) the sum of the Aggregate Accounts of
Key Employees under this Plan and any plan of an Aggregation Group, exceeds 90%
of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits or the Aggregate Accounts of all
Participants under this Plan and any plan of an Aggregation Group.

          (c)  Aggregate Account. A Participant's Aggregate Account as of the
               -----------------
Determination Date is the sum of:

               (i)   the Participant's Account as of the most recent Valuation
Date occurring within a 12-month period ending on the Determination Date;

               (ii)  any adjustment for any contributions due as of the
Determination Date. Such adjustment shall be the amount of any contributions
actually made after the Valuation Date but before the Determination Date, except
for the first Plan Year when such adjustment shall also reflect the amount of
any contributions made after the Determination Date that are allocated as of a
date in that first Plan Year;

               (iii) any Plan distributions made within the Plan Year that
includes the Determination Date or within the four preceding Plan Years.
However, in the case of distributions made after the Valuation Date and prior to
the Determination Date, such distributions are not included as distributions for
top heavy purposes to the extent that such distributions are already included in
the Participant's Aggregate Account balance as of the Valuation Date.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all distributions, including
distributions made prior to January 1, 1984, and distributions under a
terminated plan which if it had not been terminated would have been required to
be included in an Aggregation Group, will be counted;

               (iv)  any Employee contributions, whether voluntary or mandatory.
However, amounts attributable to tax deductible employee contributions shall not
be considered to be a part of the Participant's Aggregate Account balance;

               (v)   with respect to unrelated rollovers and plan-to-plan
transfers (ones which are both initiated by the Employee and made from a plan
maintained by one employer to a plan maintained by another employer), if this
Plan provides for rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, it shall always consider
such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer as a distribution for the purposes of
this Section. If this Plan is the plan accepting such rollovers or plan-to-plan
transfers, it shall not consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers
accepted after December 31, 1983 as part of the Participant's Aggregate Account
balance;

               (vi)  with respect to related rollovers and plan-to-plan
transfers (ones either not initiated by the Employee or made to a plan
maintained by the same employer), if this Plan provides the rollover or plan-to-
plan transfer, it shall not be counted as a distribution for purposes of this
Section. If this Plan is the plan accepting such rollover or plan-to-plan
transfer, it shall consider such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer as part of
the Participant's Aggregate

                                       14
<PAGE>

Account balance, irrespective of the date on which such rollover or plan-to-plan
transfer is accepted.

          (d)  Aggregation Group - means either a Required Aggregation Group or
               -----------------
a Permissive Aggregation Group as hereinafter determined.

               (i)   In determining a Required Aggregation Group hereunder, each
plan of the Employer in which a Key Employee is a Participant (in the Plan Year
containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years), and
each other plan of the Employer which enables any plan in which a Key Employee
participates to meet the requirements of (S)(S) 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code,
will be required to be aggregated. Such group shall be known as a Required
Aggregation Group.

     In the case of a Required Aggregation Group, each plan in the group will be
considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy
Group. No plan in the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy
Plan if the Required Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

               (ii)  The Employer may also include any other plan not required
to be included in the Required Aggregation Group, provided the resulting group,
taken as a whole, would continue to satisfy the provisions of (S)(S) 401(a)(4)
or 410 of the Code. Such group shall be known as a Permissive Aggregation Group.

     In the case of a Permissive Aggregation Group, only a plan that is part of
the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the
Permissive Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy Group. No plan in the Permissive
Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Permissive
Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

               (iii) Only those plans of the Employer in which the Determination
Dates fall within the same calendar year shall be aggregated in order to
determine whether such plans are Top Heavy Plans.

          (e)  Determination Date - means the last day of the preceding Plan
               ------------------
Year.

          (f)  Present Value of Accrued Benefit. In the case of a defined
               --------------------------------
benefit plan, a Participant's Present Value of Accrued Benefit shall be as
determined under the provisions of the applicable defined benefit plan.

          (g)  Top Heavy Group - means an Aggregation Group in which, as of the
               ---------------
Determination Date, the sum of:

               (i)   the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees
under all defined benefit plans included in the group, and

               (ii)  the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under all defined

                                       15
<PAGE>

contribution plans included in the group, exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a
similar sum determined for all Participants.

          (h)  Top Heavy Plan Year - means that, for a particular Plan Year, the
               -------------------
Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

     5.5  Top Heavy Plan Year Allocations.
          -------------------------------

          (a) Minimum Allocation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top
              ------------------
Heavy Plan Year, the sum of the Employer's contributions and forfeitures
allocated to the Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to at least 3%
of such Non-Key Employee's Compensation. However, should the sum of the
Employer's contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Account of each Key
Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year be less than 3% of each Key Employee's
Compensation, the sum of the Employer's contributions and forfeitures allocated
to the Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the largest percentage
allocated to the Account of each Key Employee. The percentage allocated to the
Account of any Key Employee shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the
Employer's contribution and forfeitures allocated on behalf of such Key Employee
divided by the Compensation for such Key Employees.

          (b) Additional Allocation. If a Key Employee is a Participant in both
              ---------------------
a defined contribution plan and a defined benefit plan that are both part of a
Top Heavy Group (but neither of such plans is a Super Top Heavy Plan), the
defined contribution and the defined benefit fractions set forth in Article IV
shall remain unchanged, provided the Account of each Non-Key Employee who is a
Participant receives an extra allocation (in addition to the minimum allocation
set forth above) equal to not less than 1% of such Non-Key Employee's
Compensation.

          (c) Entitlement to Allocation. For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the
              -------------------------
minimum allocations set forth above shall be allocated to the Accounts of all
Non-Key Employees who are Participants and who have not terminated employment by
the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including Non-Key Employees who
have failed to complete a Year of Service during the Plan Year.

          (d) Multiple Plans. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
              --------------
in any Plan Year in which a Non-Key Employee is a Participant in both this Plan
and another tax-qualified plan of the Company, and both such plans are Top Heavy
Plans, the Employer shall not be required to provide a Non-Key Employee with
both the minimum top-heavy allocations or accruals under both plans.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE V

                                  INVESTMENTS

     6.1  Investment in Company Stock. Employer contributions in cash and other
          ---------------------------
cash received by the Trustee shall be invested primarily in Company Stock or may
be applied, as necessary, to pay currently maturing debt obligations (including
interest), if any, incurred by the Trust for the acquisition of Company Stock.
Purchases of Company Stock may be made from shareholders or directly from the
Company. If no Company Stock is available for purchase, the Trustee may invest
Trust assets in savings accounts, certificates of deposit, high-grade short-term
securities, equity stocks, bonds or other investments desirable for the Trust,
or Trust assets may be held in cash. All purchases of Company Stock shall be
made at prices which do not exceed the fair market value of such shares at the
time of purchase.

     6.2  Borrowing and Installment Purchase. The Trustee shall be permitted to
          ----------------------------------
borrow funds or to contract for the purchase of Company Stock which qualifies
under (S) 409(1) of the Code to be paid for in installments, but only subject to
the following provisions:

          (a) The loan or deferred payment must be at a reasonable rate of
interest;

          (b) Any collateral pledged to the creditor by the Trust shall consist
only of the assets purchased with the borrowed funds and assets used as
collateral on a prior exempt loan repaid with the proceeds of a current exempt
loan. A creditor may also acquire rights to contributions (other than
contributions of employer securities) made to meet the Plan obligations under
the loan and earnings attributable to the collateral and investment of such
contributions;

          (c) Under the terms of the loan or of the installment purchase
agreement, the creditor shall have no recourse against the Trust except with
respect to such collateral;

          (d) The loan shall be repaid only from amounts contributed by the
Employer to the Trust and from amounts earned on Trust investments;

          (e) The Employer agrees to contribute to the Trust amounts sufficient
to enable the Trust to pay each installment of principal and interest on the
loan or installment purchase agreement on or before the date such installment is
due, whether or not a tax benefit results from such contribution; and

          (f) At least annually, upon the repayment of any portion of the
balance due on the loan or installment purchase agreement, the assets originally
pledged as collateral for such portion shall be released from encumbrance.

     6.3  Diversification of Investments by Qualified Participants.
          --------------------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding Section 6.1, a Qualified Participant shall be eligible to
diversify his Account in accordance with (S) 401(a)(28) of the Code among three
or more investment options as authorized by the Committee.

                                       17
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VII

               ALLOCATION, VALUATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS

     7.1  Allocations. The contributions to the Trust made by each Employer in
          -----------
each Plan Year, whether of Company Stock (including fractional shares) or cash,
shall be allocated, as of each Anniversary Date only to the Accounts of
Participants employed by it who (a) render at least 1,000 Hours of Service in
that Plan Year and who have not terminated employment on the Anniversary Date of
such Plan Year; (b) Retire under the Plan during the Plan Year; or (c) die. Said
Accounts shall also be credited with forfeitures, cash and stock dividends on
Company Stock allocated or related to said Accounts, and with Company Stock
received from splits thereof.

     Company Stock that is acquired by the Trust through a financing transaction
in which the Trust incurs debt obligations, whether by loan or installment
purchase and whether or not the stock is pledged as security therefor, shall be
added to and maintained in a suspense account. Company Stock shall be withdrawn
from the suspense account in accordance with Section 7.2 as if the Company Stock
was pledged as security for the debt. Company Stock withdrawn from the suspense
account for each Plan Year will be allocated pursuant to Section 7.3.

     7.2  Withdrawals from Loan Suspense Account. For each Plan Year during the
          --------------------------------------
term of debt obligations incurred for the acquisition of Company Stock, the
number of shares withdrawn from the loan suspense account must equal the number
of shares in the loan suspense account held immediately before release for the
current Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount
of principal and interest paid for the year and the denominator of which is the
sum of the numerator plus the principal and interest to be paid for all future
Plan Years. The number of future years constituting the term of the debt
obligations will be determined without consideration of possible extensions or
renewal periods. The interest to be paid in future Plan Years is computed by
using the interest rate applicable as of the end of the Plan Year.

     7.3  Credits to Accounts. The allocation for each Participant entitled to
          -------------------
an allocation of Employer contributions for a Plan Year shall be made by
multiplying the amount to be allocated by a fraction the numerator of which is
the Compensation of the Participant paid by the contributing Employer for the
Plan Year and the denominator of which is the Compensation of all Participants
entitled to an allocation paid by the contributing Employer for the Plan Year. A
Participant may receive an allocation from more than one Employer, and the
aggregate of all allocations will be credited to the Participant's Account.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Trustee may credit the
contribution for a Plan Year as of the date such contribution is actually
received by the Trustee, subject to any required approval by the Internal
Revenue Service.

     7.4  Valuations. The Trust assets shall be valued at their current fair
          ----------
market value on each Valuation Date. On each such Valuation Date, the earnings
or losses of the Plan since the immediately preceding Valuation Date shall be
allocated to the Account of each Participant in

                                       18
<PAGE>

the ratio that the fair market value of each Participant's Account as of the
immediately preceding Valuation Date, reduced by any distributions from the
Account or after such date, bears to the total fair market value of the Accounts
of all Participants as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, reduced by
any distributions from such Accounts on or after such date.

     7.5  Special Acquisition Loan Rules. Any Employer contributions which are
          ------------------------------
used by the Trust (not later than the due date, including extensions, for filing
the Company's Federal income tax return) to pay interest on an acquisition loan,
and any financed shares which are allocated as forfeitures, shall not be
included as Annual Additions under Section 4.3; provided, however, that the
provisions of this Section shall be applicable only for a Plan Year in which not
more than one-third of the Employer contributions applied to pay principal
and/or interest on an acquisition loan are allocated to Participants who are
officers of an Employer, shareholders owning more than 10% of Company Stock, as
determined under (S) 415(c)(6) of the Code, or Employees whose Compensation
exceeds an amount equal to twice the dollar amount referred to in Section 4.3;
and the Committee shall reallocate such Employer contributions to the extent
necessary to satisfy this special rule.

     7.6  Limitation on Electing Shareholder. To the extent that Company Stock
          ----------------------------------
is sold to the Trust and nonrecognition of gain is elected (with the consent of
the Company) under (S) 1042 of the Code, no portion of the Company Stock so
purchased (under this Plan) from such shareholder or the executor of a deceased
shareholder by the Trust (or any dividends or other income attributable thereto)
may be allocated during the Nonallocation Period to the Accounts of:

          (a) any selling shareholder who elected (S) 1042 treatment as to whom
the Nonallocation Period has not lapsed;

          (b)  his spouse, brothers or sisters (whether by the whole or half
blood), ancestors or lineal descendants; or

          (c) any shareholder owning (as determined under (S) 318(a) of the
Code) more than 25% in value of any class of Company stock.

     "Nonallocation Period" means the period beginning on the date of the sale
of the qualified securities and ending on the later of (i) the date which is 10
years after the date of sale, or (ii) the date of the plan allocation
attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in
connection with such sale.

     7.7  Participant Statements. The Company shall provide to each Participant
          ----------------------
a statement of his Account as of the last day of the calendar quarter showing:

          (a) the balance in his Account as of the last day of the preceding
calendar quarter;

          (b) the amount of Employer contributions and forfeitures, if any,
allocated to

                                       19
<PAGE>

his Account for the current calendar quarter;

          (c) the adjustments to his Account to reflect his share of dividends
and the net income or loss of the Trust for the current calendar quarter; and

          (d) the new balance in his Account as of the last day of the current
calendar quarter.

     Neither the maintenance of Accounts nor the statement of Account shall
operate to vest in any Participant any right or interest in or to any assets of
the Trust except as the Plan specifically provides.


                                 ARTICLE VIII

                   FORM, AMOUNT AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

     8.1  Distribution at Required Beginning Date. A Participant who remains an
          ---------------------------------------
Employee after he reaches Normal Retirement Age shall continue to participate in
this Plan until the date of his actual retirement, provided that, he shall begin
to receive a distribution of his Account in accordance with the minimum
distribution requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code no later than April 1
following the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2.

     8.2  Determination of Benefits Upon Death.
          ------------------------------------

          (a)  General Rule. The Committee shall direct the Trustee to
               ------------
distribute the Account of a deceased Participant to the Participant's
Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.4, which distribution
shall be made as soon as practicable following the death of the Participant.

          (b)  Proof of Death. The Committee may require such proper proof of
               --------------
death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the
value of the Account of a deceased Participant or former Participant as the
Committee may deem desirable. The Committee's determination of death and of the
right of any person to receive payment shall be conclusive.

          (c)  Designation of Beneficiary. The Participant's Beneficiary shall
               --------------------------
be the Participant's spouse; however, the Participant may designate a
Beneficiary other than his spouse if:

               (i)   the spouse has waived her right to be the Beneficiary, or

               (ii)  the Participant has no spouse, or

               (iii) the spouse cannot be located.

                                       20
<PAGE>

     In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a form
satisfactory to the Committee. Any consent by the Participant's spouse to waive
any rights to the death benefit must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect
of such waiver, and must be witnessed by a plan representative or a notary
public, provided that any such waiver dated on or after January 1, 1993 must be
witnessed by a notary public. A Participant may at any time revoke his
designation of a Beneficiary or change his Beneficiary by filing written notice
of such revocation or change with the Committee. However, the Participant's
spouse must again consent in writing to any such change or revocation. In the
event no valid designation of Beneficiary exists at the time of the
Participant's death, the death benefit shall be payable to the following in the
following priority:

               (i)   spouse;

               (ii)  children and, if any child has predeceased the Participant,
                     that child's children;

               (iii) siblings and children of any predeceased siblings;

               (iv)  parents, or the survivor;

               (v)   grandparents, or the survivor;

               (vi)  estate.

     8.3  Distribution of Benefits on Retirement or Other Separation from
          --------------- -----------------------------------------------
          Service.
          -------

          (a) General Rule. If a Participant Retires under the Plan, dies, or
              ------------
Separates from Service for any other reason, the entire vested balance of his
Account shall be distributed as provided in this Section 8.4 or Section 8.6. The
Vested portion of a Participant's Account shall be computed as soon as
practicable after receipt of authorized distribution instructions, as of the
applicable Valuation Date under the Trustee's procedures, as they may be amended
from time to time.  Notwithstanding the above, a terminated Participant's Vested
benefit may not be paid without the written consent of the Participant and his
spouse, if any, if the resent value of his accrued benefit exceeds, or at any
time exceeded, $3,500. If a participant requests an expedited contribution and
distribution, and is determined by the Committee to be in a Qualifying Position,
as defined in Section 4.2 of this Plan, the Vested portion of his Account shall
be distributed as soon as practicable after the Participant has terminated
employment with an Employer.

          (b) Crediting of Earnings and Losses. If any part of the Vested
              --------------------------------
  portion of a Participant's Account is retained in the Trust after his Service
  or participation ends, his Account will continue to be treated as provided in
  Article VII.  However, such Account will not be credited with any additional
  Employer contributions or forfeitures.

          (c) Installment Distributions. The Participant may elect that the
              -------------------------
Vested portion of his Account be distributed to him in substantially equal
periodic payments (not less

                                       21
<PAGE>

frequently than annually) over a period not longer than five years, plus one
additional year, up to a total of five additional years, for each $100,000 or
fraction thereof by which the Vested portion of the Participant's Account
exceeds $500,000, or such greater amount as may be established pursuant to (S)
409(o)(2) of the Code.

          (d)  Latest Distribution Date. Unless the Participant otherwise
               ------------------------
elects, the payment of benefits under the Plan to the Participant will begin no
later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which
occurs --

               (i)   the Participant's Normal Retirement Date;

               (ii)  the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant
                     commenced participation in the Plan; or

               (iii) the date the Participant terminates his Service with the
                     Employer.

     8.4  Diversification by Distribution. An individual may elect, within 90
          -------------------------------
days after the close of the first Plan Year in which he becomes a Qualified
Participant and within 90 days of the close of each of the five succeeding Plan
Years, to diversify his Account in accordance with Section 6.3 or alternatively
to have up to 25% of the total number of shares of Company Stock that have been
allocated to the Qualified Participant's Account on or before the most recent
Anniversary Date, inclusive of shares which were subject to prior election
pursuant to Section 6.3 and this Section, reduced by any shares which were the
subject of a prior election pursuant to Section 6.3 and this Section,
distributed to him in the form of a single payment, except that in the last year
"50%" shall be substituted for "25%" herein. Such a Qualified Participant may
also elect, within 90 days after the close of the Plan Year within which the
last such election is offered, to have 50% of the total number of shares
acquired or contributed to the Plan that have been allocated to the Qualified
Participant's Account on or before the most recent Anniversary Date, inclusive
of shares which were subject to a prior election pursuant to Section 6.3 and
this Section, reduced by any shares which were the subject of a prior election
pursuant to Section 6.3 and this Section, distributed to him in the form of a
single payment. Distributions under this Section will be made within 90 days
after such election is made. However, to the extent the Participant is
considered an insider for purposes of section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, then the first shares distributed under this Section shall be the
first shares allocated to such Participant's Account which remain in the Account
after the application of Section 6.3 and the application of this Section 8.5 in
previous Plan Years.

     8.5  Distribution in Cash or Stock.
          -----------------------------

          (a) Right to Request Stock. Distribution of the Vested portion of a
              ----------------------
Participant's Account will be made in whole shares of Company Stock (with the
value of any fractional share paid in cash), cash, or a combination of both, at
the election of the Participant.

          (b) Restrictions on Stock Distributions. If the Company's charter or
              -----------------------------------
bylaws restrict ownership of substantially all shares of Company Stock to
Employees and the Trust, as

                                       22
<PAGE>

described in (S) 409(h)(2) of the Code, the distribution of the Vested portion
of a Participant's Account may be made entirely in cash without granting the
Participant the right to demand distribution in shares of Company Stock.

          (c)  Eligible Rollover Distribution. A Participant or "distributee"
               ------------------------------
may elect at any time to have any portion of an "eligible rollover distribution"
paid in a direct rollover to the trustee or custodian of an "eligible
retirement plan" specified by the Participant or distributee, whichever is
applicable. For purposes of this Section 8.4 the following terms shall have the
following meanings:

               (i)   "Distributee" means a surviving spouse or a spouse or
former spouse who is an alternate payee under a "qualified domestic relations
order."

               (ii)  "Eligible retirement plan" means an individual retirement
account described in (S) 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity
described in (S) 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in (S) 403(a) of
the Code, or a qualified trust described in (S) 401(a) of the Code that accepts
an eligible rollover distribution;

               (iii) "Eligible rollover distribution" means any distribution of
all or a portion of the Participant's Account, but does not include a
distribution in installments over a period of ten years or more, or to the
extent it is required under (S) 401(a)(9) of the Code.

     8.6  Put Option. To the extent required by law, the Employer will offer to
          ----------
repurchase any Company Stock distributed to a Participant (or Beneficiary) if at
the time of distribution such Company Stock is not publicly traded or is subject
to a restriction under any Federal or state securities law, or regulation
thereunder, or an agreement which would make such Company Stock not subject to
such restriction. The duration of the offer to repurchase will be 60 days
beginning on the date the Company Stock is distributed. The 60 day period of the
offer to repurchase shall not include any time during which the Participant (or
Beneficiary) is unable to accept the offer to repurchase because the Employer is
prohibited from repurchasing Company Stock by applicable Federal or state law.

     After the end of the Employer's fiscal year in which the initial offer to
repurchase lapses, the Employer shall notify each distributee who did not accept
the offer to repurchase of the value of the Company Stock (determined as of the
end of the Employer's fiscal year in accordance with Section 7.4). Each such
distributee will then have sixty (60) days to require the Employer to repurchase
his shares of Company Stock.

     If Company Stock that was acquired with the proceeds of an exempt loan,
within the meaning of (S) 4975(d)(3) of the Code, is distributed to a
Participant (or Beneficiary) and at the time of such distribution such Company
Stock is not publicly traded or is subject to a trading limitation when
distributed, then such Participant or his donee, estate, or testamentary
distributee shall have an option to require the Employer to repurchase such
stock. This option shall be exercisable during a 15-month period beginning on
the date Company Stock subject to this option is distributed. If any Company
Stock is distributed which is subject to both the 60-day

                                       23
<PAGE>

option periods and the 15-month option period provided in this Section, such
option periods may run concurrently and under no circumstances shall such
periods be consecutive.

     The offer to repurchase may be accepted by written notification to the
Employer. The price at which the repurchase will be made is the fair market
value of the Company Stock established pursuant to Section 7.4. Payment of the
purchase price under the offer to repurchase may be made in no more than 5 equal
annual installments after the offer to repurchase is exercised, if adequate
security and a reasonable interest rate is provided for any deferred payments.
If Company Stock is publicly traded without restrictions at the time it is
distributed from the Trust but ceases to be traded within the repurchase periods
previously described, the Employer will offer to repurchase such shares for the
remainder of the 15 month repurchase period with respect to such Company Stock
on the foregoing terms. The Employer will notify each Participant (and
Beneficiary) who has received a distribution of Company Stock during such
repurchase period in writing on or before the tenth day after the Company Stock
ceases to be publicly traded without restrictions that the Company Stock will be
subject to an offer to repurchase. If notice is actually given more than 10 days
after Company Stock ceases to be publicly traded, the number of days between the
such tenth day and the date notice was actually given will be added to the
duration of the offer to repurchase. The protections and rights contained in
this Section 8.6 are nonterminable.

     8.7  Restrictions of Transfer.
          ------------------------

          (a)  Right of Refusal. Shares of Company Stock distributed by the
               ----------------
Trustee shall be subject to a "right of first refusal." Any agreement to the
contrary notwithstanding, such right shall be exercisable with respect to any
Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an exempt loan, within the meaning
of (S) 4975(d)(3) of the Code, only when such Company Stock is not publicly
traded. The right of first refusal shall provide that, prior to any subsequent
transfer, such Company Stock must first be offered in writing to the Company,
and then to the Trust, for purchase at the then fair market value. Any agreement
to the contrary notwithstanding, the selling price and other terms shall not be
less favorable to the seller than the greater of the value of the security
determined under Section 7.4 of the Plan or the purchase price and other terms
offered by a buyer (other than the Employer or the Plan) making a good faith
offer to purchase the stock.

          Any agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the right of first
refusal shall lapse 14 days after the stockholder first gives written notice to
the Company that an offer to purchase the stock has been received from a third
party. A Participant (or Beneficiary) entitled to a distribution of Company
Stock may be required to execute an appropriate stock transfer agreement
evidencing the right of first refusal prior to receiving a certificate for
Company Stock.

          (b)  Other Restrictions on Transfer. Shares of Company Stock held or
               ------------------------------
distributed by the Trustee may include such legend restrictions on
transferability as the Company may reasonably require in order to assure
compliance with applicable Federal and state securities laws. Except as
otherwise provided in Section 8.6(b), 8.7 and 8.8, no shares of Company Stock
held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other
option, or buy-sell or

                                       24
<PAGE>

similar arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be
applicable to shares of Company Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee
stock ownership plan under (S) 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

     8.8  Dividend Distributions. If so determined by the Board, any cash
          ----------------------
dividends on Company Stock allocated to the Accounts of Participants may be paid
currently (or within 90 days after the end of the Plan Year in which the
dividends are paid to the Trust) in cash to such Participants on a
nondiscriminatory basis, or the Company may pay such dividends directly to
Participants. Such distribution (if any) of cash dividends to Participants may
be limited to Participants who are still Employees, may be limited to dividends
on shares of Company Stock which are then Vested or may be applicable to
dividends on all shares allocated to Participants' Accounts.

     8.9  Distribution on the Sale of Subsidiary or Assets. The Vested balance
          ------------------------------------------------
to the credit of a Participant shall be distributed on or before the end of the
Plan Year next following the effective date of (a) the disposition of the stock
of a subsidiary corporation that was 80% owned directly or indirectly by the
Company, whether by liquidation, sale, or other means of terminating the parent-
subsidiary relationship or (b) the transfer to an acquiring corporation of
substantially all the assets used by the previous employer of the Participant in
a trade or business conducted by the employer. In no event shall a distribution
be made under this Section later than the end of the second calendar year after
the calendar year in which occurs the liquidation, sale, or other disposition of
stock or assets.

     8.10 Forfeiture of Benefit of Missing Claimant. If the Account of a
          ------------------------ ----------------
Participant becomes payable and the Company is unable to locate such Participant
or the Participant's Beneficiary, then the Participant's Account shall be
treated as a forfeiture as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the Company
determines that the Participant or Beneficiary can not be located; provided,
however, that such Account shall be reinstated if the Participant or Beneficiary
makes a claim before the expiration of five years of the date of the forfeiture.
Forfeitures shall be allocated to remaining Participants in the manner set forth
in Section 7.3.


                                  ARTICLE IX

                     ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS PROCEDURES

     9.1  Named Fiduciaries. The named fiduciaries (as defined in (S) 402 of
          -----------------
ERISA) of the Plan shall be:

          (a)  the Board, which shall have the right to appoint and remove the
Trustee; amend the Trust Agreement; appoint and remove the members of the
Committee; fix the compensation of any member of the Committee who is not an
employee or director of the Company; and amend or terminate the Plan;

          (b)  the Trustee, which shall have the authority and duties specified
in the

                                       25
<PAGE>

Trust Agreement; and

          (c)  the Committee, which shall be the administrator (as defined in
(S) 414(g) of the Code), shall have the duties and powers specified in Section
9.5, and shall be the only named fiduciary with respect to the exercise of
shareholder rights under Section 9.7.

     9.2  Responsibilities Set Forth In Trust Agreement. The responsibilities of
          ---------------------------------------------
the Board, the Trustee and the Committee for the operation and administration of
the Plan are allocated among them by the several provisions of the Plan and
Trust Agreement in which their respective duties are specified. Each Fiduciary
shall have only the duties and powers specifically given to it under the Plan
and Trust Agreement, shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own
duties and powers and, except as provided by law, shall not be responsible for
any act or failure to act of any other Fiduciary.

     9.3  Advisors. Any Fiduciary with respect to the Plan may:
          --------

          (a)  employ one or more persons to render advice with regard to or
carry out any responsibility that such Fiduciary has under the Plan; and
          (b)  rely upon any direction from, information provided by or action
of any other Fiduciary, acting within the scope of its responsibilities under
the Plan, as being proper under the Plan.

     9.4  Trustee. A Trustee shall be designated by the Board, and a Trust
          -------
Agreement shall be executed between the Company and such Trustee under the terms
of which a fund shall be established to receive, hold and invest all
contributions made by the Company and/or Employers and to pay the benefits
provided by the Plan. The Trustee shall have the authority, responsibility and
discretion to manage, control and invest the assets of the Plan, including the
voting of any Company stock held in the Trust, subject to the requirements of
Section 9.7. The Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time by action of
the Board and the Trustee. Subject only to the provisions of the Trust
Agreement, the Board may remove the Trustee at any time. Upon the removal or
resignation of a Trustee, the Board shall designate a successor Trustee.

     9.5  Administration by Committee.
          ---------------------------

          (a)  Committee. The Plan shall be administered by a Committee
               ---------
consisting of three or more members, each member to be appointed by resolution
of the Board to serve until his resignation or removal by the Board. The Board
shall appoint one of the members of the Committee as Chairman. The Committee
shall appoint a Secretary who may be, but need not be, a member of the
Committee.

          (b)  Authority of Committee. The Committee shall have the authority to
               ----------------------
make any and all necessary rules and regulations, consistent with the Plan, as
it considers necessary or desirable for the conduct of its affairs. Such rules
and regulations shall be binding upon all participating Employers and all
Participants. The Committee may retain advisors and consultants

                                       26
<PAGE>

(including, without limitation, legal counsel and financial advisors) who are
independent of the Company, the Board and the Trustee to the extent the
Committee determines such independent advice to be necessary or appropriate.

          (c)  Quorum and Voting Requirements. Any determination of the
               ------------------------------
Committee may be made by a majority of those present at any duly convened
meeting of the Committee at which at least a majority of the members are
present, or without a meeting by a writing signed by a majority of the members
of the Committee. The Committee may authorize one or more of its members, its
Secretary or any other person to execute and deliver any instruction, notice,
document or other instrument to the Board, to the Trustee, to the Company, to
any governmental agency, or to any Employee, Participant, or Beneficiary, and
all of the aforesaid shall be entitled to rely thereon, and such member may take
any action necessary to implement the administrative policies of the Committee.

          (d)  Division of Trust Into Investment Accounts. The Committee may, in
               ------------------------------------------
its discretion, determine that, for purposes of investment, all or part of the
Trust may be designated as one or more "Investment Accounts." In such event, the
Committee shall, with respect to each such Investment Account:

               (i)   designate an Investment Manager to manage, control and
invest the assets of such Investment Account;

               (ii)  direct that the Trustee retain as Trustee the authority to
manage, control and invest such Investment Account. The Trustee and any
Investment Manager shall have the responsibilities with respect to the assets of
the Investment Accounts as provided in the Trust Agreement; or

               (iii) designate that such Investment Account shall be subject to
Participant direction by a Qualified Participant.

     The Committee may also direct the Trustee, in the exercise of its sole
discretion, to choose an Investment Manager for any Investment Account.

          (e)  Allocation of Assets. The Committee shall direct the manner of
               --------------------
allocation of assets among Investment Accounts, subject where applicable to the
proper direction of a Qualified Participant with respect to his Account, and may
direct the transfer of assets between Investment Accounts on reasonable prior
notice to the Trustee and any affected Investment Manager or insurance company.
At all times the assets of each Investment Account shall be subject to the
management of a duly qualified Investment Manager, the Trustee, or a Qualified
Participant.

          (f)  Authority and Responsibility of Committee. The Committee shall
               -----------------------------------------
have the responsibility and authority to administer the Plan (except for the
management, control and investment of the Trust allocated to an Investment
Manager or the Trustee) in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Trust
Agreement including, but not by way of limitation, the

                                       27
<PAGE>

responsibility and authority to:

               (i)    interpret and construe the terms of the Plan;

               (ii)   establish rules for the administration of the Plan;

               (iii)  determine all questions of eligibility under the Plan and
of the status, benefits and other rights under the Plan of Participants, former
or retired Participants, Beneficiaries and others;

               (iv)   maintain all records and data as necessary for the
administration of the Plan and for the determination of the benefits provided
under the Plan;

               (v)    compute and certify to the Trustee the amounts payable
under the Plan to any Participant, former or retired Participant or Beneficiary;

               (vi)   receive and review the periodic valuations of the Plan;

               (vii)  receive and review the reports of disbursements from the
Trust made by the Trustee;

               (viii) receive and review the periodic audits of the Plan made
by a certified public accountant;

               (ix)   prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all
reports required to be filed by the Plan with any governmental agency;

               (x)    comply with all requirements imposed by law concerning
disclosure to Participants and others with respect to the Plan; and

               (xi)   maintain a record of all its proceedings.

          (g)  Binding Effect of Committee Determinations. In all cases the
               ------------------------------------------
determination of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all
persons. In making its determinations the Committee shall pursue uniform
policies and shall not discriminate in favor of or against any Employee or group
of Employees. It is recognized that unusual circumstances may occur and
questions may arise which are not specifically covered by any provision of this
Plan. The Committee shall have the sole and exclusive right and duty to resolve
such questions, bearing always in mind that the purpose of the Plan is to
benefit the Participants.

          (h)  Reliance on Records. The Committee shall have the right to rely
               -------------------
on the records of the Company as to earnings, service, employment, termination
of employment, reemployment, authorized absences, age and marital status of any
Employee, and the like.

                                       28
<PAGE>

          (i)  Legal Counsel. The Committee may consult with legal counsel (who
               -------------
may also be counsel for the Company), public accountants, the Trustee and any
other experts, and the Committee shall be fully protected in any action or
decision of this Plan taken or made in good faith by it in accordance with the
advice of such an expert. The Committee, however, shall have no duty or
obligation to obtain or follow any such opinion.

          (j)  Delegation. The Committee may delegate to any agent such duties
               ----------
and powers as it deems appropriate, except that any matter of dispute or
interpretation of the Plan shall be determined by the Committee.

          (k)  Procedure Upon Denial of Claims.
               -------------------------------

               (i)  If a written claim to the Committee for a benefit under the
Plan is wholly or partially denied, the Committee shall, within 60 days after
receipt of the claim, furnish to the claimant a written notice setting forth the
specific reason or reasons for the denial; reference to the pertinent Plan
provisions; a description of any additional material or information necessary
for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or
information is necessary; and an explanation of the claim review procedure
provided in paragraph (ii).

               (ii) By a written application filed with the Committee within 60
days after receipt by a claimant of the written notice described in paragraph
(i), the claimant or his duly authorized representative may request a review of
the denial of his claim. A claim which has been neither granted nor denied by
the Committee within 60 days after its receipt shall be deemed to have been
denied for this purpose. In connection with such review, the claimant or his
duly authorized representative may review all pertinent documents and may submit
issues and comments to the Committee in writing. The Committee shall render a
decision in writing within 60 days after the receipt by the Committee of the
request for review, which period may be extended to 120 days if special
circumstances, such as the need to hold a hearing, so require. The decision
shall include specific reasons for the decision and references to the pertinent
Plan provisions.

          (l)  Compensation. Members of the Committee (and the Secretary) who
               ------------
are also employees or directors of the Company shall serve without compensation
for their services. Members of the Committee who are not employees or directors
of the Company may be compensated for their services. Any such compensation paid
to Committee members shall be fixed by the Board. The compensation of all
agents, counsel or other persons retained or employed by the Committee may be
fixed by the Committee. All compensation authorized by this Section and any
other expenses properly incurred by the Committee shall be reimbursed or paid by
the Company if the Company so elects; any other compensation or expenses shall
be paid out of the Trust.

          (m)  Indemnification. To the extent required under (S) 412 of ERISA,
               ---------------
the Company shall secure fidelity bonding for the fiduciaries of the Plan.

                                       29
<PAGE>

     The Company shall obtain a policy or policies of insurance for the
Committee (and other fiduciaries of the Plan) to cover liability or loss
occurring by reason of the act or omission of a fiduciary. If such insurance is
purchased with Trust assets, the policy must permit recourse by the insurer
against the fiduciary in the case of a breach of a fiduciary obligation by such
fiduciary. To the extent permitted by applicable law, applicable Certificates of
Incorporation, and the applicable By-laws, the Company shall indemnify each
member of the Committee, the Secretary of the Committee, and any agent of the
Committee who is an employee or director of the Company (to the extent permitted
by law) against any personal liability or expense resulting from his service on
or for the Committee, except such liability or expense as may result from his
own willful misconduct.

     9.6  Expenses of the Plan and Trust. If the Company so elects, the Company
          ------------------------------
shall pay some or all costs of administering the Plan and Trust, including
Trustee's fees, other than normal brokerage charges which are included in the
cost of securities purchased or charged to proceeds in the case of sales. If the
Company fails to pay any such expenses, said expenses shall be charged to, and
paid from, the Trust. The expenses paid from the Trust shall be allocated
ratably to the Accounts of Participants.

     9.7  Shareholder Rights.
          ------------------

          (a)  Voting Rights. A Participant (or Beneficiary) shall have the
               -------------
right to direct the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any shareholder
action, including but not limited to, voting and the acceptance or rejection of
a tender offer, with respect to the shares of Company Stock allocated to the
Participant's Account. In the absence of receipt of written direction from the
Participant within three business days prior to the exercise of such shareholder
rights, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall direct the Trustee how to
exercise such shareholder rights and the Trustee shall exercise such shareholder
rights in accordance with the directions of the Committee. The Committee shall
notify the Participants in writing of each occasion for the exercise of voting
rights as soon as practicable, and generally not less than 30 days, before such
rights are to be exercised. Such notification shall include all the information
that the Company distributes to shareholders regarding the exercise of such
rights.

          (b)  Fractional Shares. If practicable, the Trustee shall vote the
               -----------------
combined fractional shares (or fractional rights to shares) allocated to all
Participants' Accounts to reflect, to the extent possible, the direction of the
Participants holding fractional shares (or fractional rights to shares).


                                   ARTICLE X

                  ADOPTION, AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION

     10.1  Adoption. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the
           --------
consent of the Company and the Committee, any other corporation or entity,
whether an affiliate or subsidiary or not, may adopt this Plan by evidencing
said intent and will of such Employer. The Board may designate which affiliates
or subsidiaries will participate in the Plan, and may revoke

                                       30
<PAGE>

such designation.

     10.2  Amendment of Plan. The Board reserves the right to amend the Plan.
           -----------------
Written notice of any amendment shall be given by the Company to the Committee
and the Trustee and, if required, to the Participants. No amendment, however,
shall reduce retroactively the rights of any Participant or of any Beneficiary
or permit any part of the Trust assets to be diverted or used for any purpose
other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries
or expand or increase the duties of the Trustee without his consent. For the
purposes of this Section, a Plan amendment which has the effect of eliminating
or reducing an early retirement benefit or eliminating an optional form of
benefit shall be treated as reducing the amount credited to the Account of a
Participant (as provided in Treasury Regulations).

     10.3  Merger or Consolidation. This Plan and Trust may be merged or
           -----------------------
consolidated with, or its assets and/or liabilities may be transferred to any
other Plan and Trust only if the benefits which would be received by a
Participant of this Plan, in the event of a termination of the Plan immediately
after such transfer, merger or consolidation, are at least equal to the benefits
the Participant would have received if the Plan had terminated immediately
before the transfer, merger or consolidation. The Company reserves the right to
accept or deny any transfer, merger or consolidation and shall direct the
Committee and the Trustee with respect to such decision. Upon appropriate
authorization by the Company or Committee, the Trustee may accept a direct
transfer of assets from a qualified plan or may make a direct transfer of assets
to a qualified plan.

     10.4  Termination. The Company shall have the right at any time to
           -----------
terminate the Plan by delivering to the Trustee and Committee written notice of
such termination. Upon any termination (full or partial) or complete
discontinuance of contributions, all amounts credited to the affected
Participants' Accounts shall be 100% Vested. Upon such termination of the Plan,
the Company, by written notice to the Trustee and Committee, may direct either:

           (a) complete distribution of the assets in the Trust to the
Participants, in Company Stock or cash, or a combination thereof, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of Section 8.3; or

           (b) continuation of the Trust and the distribution of benefits at
such time and in such manner as though the Plan had not been terminated.


                                  ARTICLE XI

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

     11.1  Participant's Rights. This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a
           --------------------
contract between the Company or the Employer and any Participant or to be a
consideration or an inducement for the employment of any Participant or
Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant
or Employee the right to be retained in the service of the

                                       31
<PAGE>

Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any
Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which such
discharge shall have upon him as a Participant of this Plan.

     11.2  Exclusive Benefit of Employees. The Trust created in connection with
           ------------------------------
this Plan is created for the exclusive benefit of Employees and their
Beneficiaries and for defraying the reasonable costs of the Plan and Trust. It
shall be interpreted and administered in a manner consistent with the
requirements of the Code and ERISA.

     Wherever discretionary powers are given to any party or wherever any
interpretation may be necessary, such power shall be exercised and such
interpretation shall be made in a nondiscriminatory manner and in conformity
with the fiduciary duties established under (S) 404 of ERISA.

     Except as expressly provided below, it shall not be permissible at any time
for any part of the corpus or income of the Trust to be used for, or diverted
to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of such Participants or their
Beneficiaries. In the event the Employer shall make an excess contribution under
a mistake of fact pursuant to (S) 403(c)(2)(A) of ERISA, the Employer may demand
repayment of such excess contribution at any time within one year following the
time of payment, and the Trustees shall return such amount to the Employer
within the one-year period. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the excess
contributions may not be returned to the Employer but any losses attributable
thereto must reduce the amount so returned.

     11.3  Alienation and Qualified Domestic Relations Order.
           -------------------------------------------------

           (a) Alienation of Benefits. Except as provided in Section 8.10, no
               ----------------------

benefit which shall be payable out of the Trust to any person (including a
Participant or his Beneficiary) shall be subject in any manner to anticipation,
alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any
attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or
charge the same shall be void; and no such benefit shall in any manner be liable
for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of
any such person, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or
against such person, and the same shall not be recognized by the Trustee, except
to such extent as may be required by law.

           (b) Qualified Domestic Relations Order. This Section 11.3 shall not
               ----------------------------------
apply to a "qualified domestic relations order", as defined in (S) 414(p) of the
Code. The Committee shall establish a written procedure to determine the
qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions
under such qualified orders. Further, to the extent provided under a qualified
domestic relations order, a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as
the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes under the Plan. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Committee from
complying with the provisions of a qualified domestic relations order. This Plan
specifically permits distribution to an "alternate payee", as defined in (S)
414(p) under a qualified domestic relations order, prior to the earliest
distribution date with respect to a Participant and regardless of whether the
Participant has attained his "earliest retirement age", as defined in (S)
414(p)(4) of the Code if: (i) the qualified

                                       32
<PAGE>

domestic relations order were to specify distribution at that time or permit an
agreement between the Plan and the alternate payee to authorize an earlier
distribution; and (ii) if the present value of the Alternate Payee's benefits
under the Plan were to exceed $3,500.00, the qualified domestic relations order
requires the alternate payee's consent to any distribution occurring prior to
the earliest distribution date with respect to a Participant and prior to the
Participant's attaining earliest retirement age. Nothing in this paragraph shall
give a Participant a right to receive a distribution at a time otherwise not
permitted under the Plan, nor shall it permit the alternate payee to receive a
form of payment not permitted under the Plan. Payment will occur as soon as
administratively feasible after receipt of the qualified domestic relations
order by the Committee.

     11.4  Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed and enforced according to
           -------------
ERISA and the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, other than its laws
respecting choice of law, to the extent not preempted by ERISA.

     11.5  Headings. The headings and subheadings of this Plan have been
           --------
inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction
of the provisions or the Plan.

     11.6  Procedure with Multiple Employers.
           ---------------------------------

           (a) Same Trustee. Each such Employer shall be required to use the
               ------------
same Trustee as provided in this Plan.

           (b) Commingling of Assets. The Trustee may, but shall not be required
               ---------------------
to, commingle, hold and invest as one trust fund all contributions made by
Employers, as well as all increments thereof.

           (c) Participant Transfer. The transfer of any Participant between
               --------------------
Employers shall not affect such Participant's rights under the Plan, and all
amounts credited to such Participant's Account as well as his Period of Service,
shall continue to be recognized under the Plan.

           (d) Trust Expenses. Expenses of the Trust shall be borne by the
               --------------
Trust, unless such expenses are paid by the Employer, and shall be allocated
ratably to each Employer.

     11.7  Separation of Employer Contributions. All contributions made by an
           ------------------------------------
Employer, as provided for in this Plan, shall be determined separately on the
basis of its total Compensation paid. The Company shall keep separate books and
records concerning the affairs of each participating Employer hereunder and as
to the accounts and credits of the Employees of each participating Employer. The
Trustee may, but need not, register contracts so as to evidence that a
particular participating Employer is the interested Employer hereunder, but in
the event of an Employee transfer from one participating Employer to another,
the employing Employer shall immediately notify the Committee thereof.

     11.8  Revocation of Employer Participation. Any Employer shall be permitted
           ------------------------------------
to discontinue or revoke its participation in the Plan. At the time of any such
discontinuance or

                                       33
<PAGE>

revocation, the Committee in its discretion and upon receipt of satisfactory
evidence thereof and of any applicable conditions, shall thereafter transfer,
deliver and assign contracts and other Trust assets allocable to the
Participants of such Employer to such new trustee as shall have been designated
by such Employer pursuant to a trustee to trustee transfer, in the event that it
has established a separate retirement plan for its Employees. If no successor is
designated, the Trustee shall retain or, as applicable, distribute such assets
for the Employees of said Employer pursuant to the provisions of this Plan.

     11.9  Limitation of Liability. All benefits payable under this Plan shall
           -----------------------
be paid only from the Trust assets and neither the Company, any Employer, the
Committee nor the Trustee shall have any duty or liability to furnish the Trust
with any funds, securities or other assets except as expressly provided in this
Plan.

     11.10 Action by the Employer. Whenever the Employer under the terms of the
           ----------------------
Plan is permitted or required to do or perform any act or matter or thing, it
shall be done and performed by a person duly authorized by its legally
constituted authority.

     11.11 Uniformity and Construction. All provisions of this Plan shall be
           ---------------------------
interpreted and applied in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner. Where
appropriate, the singular shall include the plural, the plural the singular, and
the masculine, feminine and neuter shall refer equally to each other.

     11.12 Mistakes. If an error or omission is discovered in any Account, the
           --------
Company shall make an appropriate equitable adjustment in order to remedy such
error or omission as of the Plan Year in which the error or omission is
discovered.

     11.13 Approval by Internal Revenue Service. Notwithstanding anything
           ------------------------------------
herein to the contrary, contributions to this Plan are conditioned, to the
extent allowable under the Code and ERISA, upon the continued qualification of
the Plan under (S) 401 of the Code. A contribution shall be returned to the
Employer that made such contribution to the extent that a deduction for such
contribution is disallowed under Code (S) 404, within one year after such
disallowance.

     Adopted this _____ day of December, 1996.

                               ICF Kaiser International, Inc.


                                By:    /s/ Michael K. Goldman
                                     ------------------------

                               Name:  Michael K. Goldman

                               Title: Executive Vice President and
                                      Chief Administrative Officer

                                       34
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A
                                   ---------

                               EXCLUDED ENTITIES
                               -----------------

Kaiser Engineers Hanford Company
KE Services Company
KE Livermore, Inc.
Kaiser Engineers Southern Company
Kaiser Engineers Australia Pty. Ltd.
The ESAT and QATS Special Projects Divisions
  of ICF Kaiser Engineers, Inc.
Henry J. Kaiser Company (Canada) Ltd.

                                       35

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10(b)(1)

                                AMENDMENT NO. 1

                         ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

     WHEREAS, the ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(the "Plan") was established effective March 1, 1987 and most recently amended
and restated effective January 1, 1996, and is duly maintained by ICF Kaiser
International, Inc. (the "Company"); and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Plan, the Board of Directors has
the right to amend the Plan;

     NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the following provision be, and hereby
is, adopted, effective January 1, 1998:

     1.   Sections 8.3(a) and 11.3(b) of the Plan are amended by substituting
the term "$5,000" for the term "$3,500" where it occurs therein.

     FURTHER RESOLVED that any steps taken by officers or directors of the
Company to effectuate the foregoing resolutions prior to their formal adoption
are hereby accepted, confirmed and ratified by the Company.

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10(b)(2)

                             AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE

                         ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

     WHEREAS, ICF Kaiser International, Inc. (the "Company") maintains the ICF
Kaiser International, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "Plan"), which was
most recently amended and restated effective January 1, 1996;

     WHEREAS, the Company submitted the Plan to the Internal Revenue Service to
request a determination that the Plan is qualified under section 401(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code");

     WHEREAS, the Internal Revenue Service requested that the Plan be amended to
clarify that compensation taken into account is limited to $150,000, as adjusted
by section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code;

     WHEREAS, the Company has retained the authority pursuant to section 10.2 of
the Plan to amend the Plan;

     NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that, effective January 1, 1996, the second
paragraph of Section 1.9 is amended to read as follows:

          For purposes of contributions or benefits on behalf of Participants,
       Compensation shall be limited to $150,000, as adjusted for increases in
       the cost-of-living in accordance with (S) 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code.  For
       Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1997, a highly compensated
       Employee's Family Member will be treated as a single employee with one
       compensation, and the limit will be allocated among the members of the
       family unit in proportion to each member's compensation for purposes of
       applying the dollar limit on compensation, to the extent required under
       the Code.

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that the appropriate officers are hereby authorized to
amend and restate the Plan to incorporate these amendments, and to take any
other actions necessary to effectuate the intent of these amendments.

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10(b)(3)


                                THIRD AMENDMENT
                                    TO THE
                        ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN



          WHEREAS, the ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership
Plan (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") was established effective as of
March 1, 1987, by ICF Kaiser International, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the
"Company"); and

          WHEREAS, effective as of March 1, 1994, the Plan was frozen so that no
individual became a Participant, and no Plan contributions were made, after
February 28, 1994; and

          WHEREAS, the Plan was most recently restated as of January 1, 1998;
and

          WHEREAS, the restated Plan was amended subsequently on two occasions;
and

          WHEREAS, the Company  desires to amend the Plan again to comply with
recent tax legislation, to reflect various administrative changes, and to
accommodate certain divestitures;

          NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of April 7, 1999, unless specifically
provided otherwise, the Plan is hereby amended in the respects hereinafter set
forth.

          1.   Section 1.6 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide as follows:

               1.6 "Closing" shall mean the consummation of a transaction in
               which the Company disposes of (i) substantially all of the assets
               used by the Company in a trade or business of the Company, or
               (ii) the Company's interest in a subsidiary.

          2.   The last sentence of the second paragraph of Section 1.9 of the
Plan is hereby deleted effective as of January 1, 1997.

          3.   Paragraph (e) of Section 1.12 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective January 1, 1997, to provide as follows:

                    (e)  a leased employee who pursuant to Section 414(n)(2) of
               the Code means any person (other than a person who is an employee
               without regard to this Paragraph (e)) engaged in performing
               services for a Member of the Controlled Group (the "recipient")
               pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other
               person ("Leasing Organization") who meets the following
               requirements:

                         (i) he has performed services for one or more Members
                    of the Controlled Group (or for any other "related persons"
<PAGE>

                    determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code)
                    on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least
                    one year;

                         (ii)  such services are under the primary direction or
                    control of the recipient; and

                         (iii) he is not participating in a "safe harbor plan"
                    of the Leasing Organization. (For this purpose a "safe
                    harbor plan" is a plan that satisfies the requirements of
                    Section 414(n)(5) of the Code, which will generally be a
                    money purchase pension plan with a nonintegrated company
                    contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation and which
                    provides for immediate participation and full and immediate
                    vesting).

          A person who is a leased employee shall also be considered an employee
          of a Member of the Controlled Group during such period (and solely for
          the purpose of determining length of service for vesting purposes, and
          shall also be considered to have been an employee for any earlier
          period in which he was a leased employee) but shall not be a
          Participant and shall not otherwise be eligible to become covered by
          the Plan during any period in which he is a leased employee.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sole purpose of this Paragraph (e)
          is to define and apply the term "leased employee" strictly (and only)
          to the extent necessary to satisfy the minimum requirements of Section
          414(n) of the Code relating to "leased employees.

     4.   Section 1.15 of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997,
to provide as follows:

          1.15 "Fund" shall mean any of the investment funds or options
          established and maintained in accordance with the provisions of
          Section 6.3.

     5.   Section 1.17 of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997,
to provide as follows:

          1.17 "Highly-Compensated Employee" shall mean any Employee of the
          Company or a Member of a Controlled Group for a Plan Year who:

               (a) during the immediately preceding Plan Year, received
          compensation (as defined in Section 4.3(b)(ii) of the Plan without
          regard to Sections 125, 402(e)(3) and 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code) in
          excess of $80,000 (such dollar limitation shall be adjusted
          automatically in accordance with the maximum amount permitted under
          Section 414(q) of the Code); or

                                       2
<PAGE>

               (b) during such Plan Year or during the immediately preceding
          Plan Year owned directly or indirectly 5% or more of the Company or a
          Member of a Controlled Group (so that he is a "5% owner" as defined in
          Section 416(i)(1) of the Code);

          A former Employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if
          such Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee when such Employee
          separated from service or such Employee was a Highly Compensated
          Employee at any time after attaining age 55. Notwithstanding the
          foregoing provisions of this paragraph, the sole purpose of this
          Section 1.17 is to define and apply the term Highly-Compensated
          Employee strictly (and only) to the extent necessary to satisfy the
          minimum requirements of Section 414(q) of the Code relating to
          "highly-compensated employees." This Section 1.17 shall be
          interpreted, applied and, if and to the extent necessary, deemed
          modified without formal amendments of language, so as to satisfy
          solely the minimum requirements of Section 414(q) of the Code.

     6.   Section 1.23 of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997,
to provide as follows:

          1.23 "Non-Highly Compensated Participant" shall mean any Participant
          who is not a Highly Compensated Participant.

     7.   Section 2.5 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide as follows:

          2.5  Qualified Military Service and Compliance with Uniformed Services
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Employment and Reemployment Rights Act. Notwithstanding any provision
          --------------------------------------
          of the Plan to the contrary, effective as of December 12, 1994,
          contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to Qualified
          Military Service shall be provided in accordance with Section 414(u)
          of the Code.

     8.   Section 4.3 is hereby amended effective January 1, 1998, to provide as
          follows:

          4.3  Limitation on Benefits.
               ----------------------

               (a) Incorporation of Section 415 of the Code.  The provisions set
                   ----------------------------------------
          forth in this Section 4.3 are intended solely to comply with the
          requirements of Section 415 of the Code and shall be interpreted,
          applied, and if and to the extent necessary deemed modified without
          further formal language so as to satisfy solely the minimum
          requirements of said Section. For such purposes, the limitations of
          Section 415 of the Code are hereby incorporated by reference and made
          part hereof as though fully set forth herein, but shall be applied
          only to particular Plan benefits in accordance with the provisions of
          this Section 4.3, to the extent such provisions are

                                       3
<PAGE>

          not consistent with said Section 415. The limitations contained in
          this Section 4.3 shall be applicable only with respect to benefits
          provided pursuant to defined contribution plans and defined benefit
          plans specified in Section 415(k) of the Code.

               (b)  Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 4.3, the
                    -----------
          following definitions shall apply in addition to those set forth in
          Article I:

                    (i)    The term "Annual Additions" shall mean the amount
               defined in Section 415(c)(2) of the Code.

                    (ii)   The term "Annual Benefit" shall mean the benefit
               amount defined in Section 415(b)(2)(A) of the Code as adjusted
               pursuant to the provisions of Section 415(b)(2)(B), (C), (D), and
               (E) of the Code.

                    (iii)  The term "Compensation" shall mean compensation as
               defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code.

                    (iv)   The term "Defined Benefit Fraction" for any
               Limitation Year beginning prior to January 1, 2000, shall mean
               the fraction defined in Section 415(e)(2) of the Code.

                    (v)    The term "Defined Contribution Fraction" for any
               Limitation Year beginning prior to January 1, 2000, shall mean
               the fraction defined in Section 415(e)(3) of the Code.

                    (vi)   The term "Employer" shall mean the Company and all
               Members of a Controlled Group; provided, however, that for
               purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 4.3 with
               respect to Limitation Years after December 31, 1999, "50 percent"
               rather than "80 percent" shall be used in determining Member of
               the Controlled Group defined under Section 414(b) and Section
               414(c) of the Code.

                    (vii)  The term "Excess Amount" shall mean the excess of the
               Participant's Annual Additions for a Limitation Year over the
               Defined Contribution Maximum Permissible Amount.

                    (viii) The term "Highest Average Compensation" shall mean
               the average Compensation for the three consecutive calendar years
               during which the Participant was an active Participant in the
               Plan and had the greatest aggregate Compensation from the
               Employer.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                    (ix)   The term "Limitation Year" shall mean a calendar year
               or such other 12-month period elected by the Company pursuant to
               regulations and rulings under Section 415 of the Code.

                    (x)    The term "Defined Contribution Maximum Permissible
               Amount" shall mean Annual Additions of a Participant which do not
               exceed the lesser of (i) $30,000 (adjusted in accordance with
               regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for
               increases in the cost of living), or (ii) 25 percent of such
               Participant's Compensation paid for such Limitation Year as set
               forth in Section 415(e)(1) of the Code. If a short Limitation
               Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation
               Year to a different 12-month consecutive period, such Annual
               Additions shall not exceed $30,000 multiplied by a fraction, the
               numerator of which is the number of months in the short
               Limitation Year and the denominator of which is 12.

                    (xi)   The term "Defined Benefit Maximum Permissible Amount"
               shall mean the Annual Benefit of a Participant which does not
               exceed the lesser of $90,000 or 100 percent of the Participant's
               Highest Average Compensation as set forth in Section 415(b)(1) of
               the Code.

                    (xii)  The term "Projected Annual Benefit" shall mean the
               annual retirement benefit of a Participant attributable to
               Employer contributions which would be payable to such Participant
               under a plan based on the assumptions that he continues his
               employment as a Participant until the Social Security Retirement
               Age and that his Compensation for the Limitation Year continues
               at the same rate until the Social Security Retirement Age, and on
               the basis of the federal Social Security Act as in effect on the
               last day of the Limitation Year. A Participant's "aggregate
               Projected Annual Retirement Benefit" shall include his Projected
               Annual Benefit, if any, under any other defined benefit plan
               maintained by the Employer.

                    (xiii) The term "Social Security Retirement Age" shall mean
               the age used as the retirement age under Section 216(l) of the
               federal Social Security Act, without regard to any age increase
               factor and as if the early retirement age under Section 216(l)(2)
               were 62.

               (c)  Limitations on Allocations Under the Plan. Notwithstanding
                    -----------------------------------------
          any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the amount of Annual
          Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account for any
          Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the Defined
          Contribution Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation
          contained in the

                                       5
<PAGE>

          Plan. If the Annual Additions to the Account of a Participant in any
          Limitation Year would otherwise exceed such amount, the Excess Amount
          shall be disposed of by reducing the Employer contributions and
          forfeitures, if any, otherwise allocable to the Participant's Accounts
          for the Limitation Year. Amounts deemed to be forfeitures under this
          Paragraph (c) shall be held unallocated in a suspense account
          established for the Limitation Year and shall be applied against the
          Employer's contribution obligation for the next following Limitation
          year (and succeeding Limitation Years, as necessary). If a suspense
          account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year, all
          amounts in the suspense account must be allocated to Participants'
          Accounts (subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 4.3 )
          before any further Employer contributions may be made to the Plan on
          behalf of Participants. If a suspense account is in existence at any
          time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this Section 4.3, it will
          not participate in the allocation of the investment gains and losses
          on the Plan's assets.

               (d)  Limitation for Multiple Defined Contribution Plan
                    -------------------------------------------------
          Participation. If a Participant is covered by any other qualified
          -------------
          defined contribution plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by
          the Employer concurrently with the Plan, and if the Annual Additions
          for the Limitation Year would otherwise exceed the amount that may be
          applied for the Participant's benefit under the limitation contained
          in Section 4.3(c), such excess shall be reduced first by returning any
          employer contributions made with respect to the Participant under this
          Plan as provided in Section 4.3(c) and then by returning from any such
          other plan or plans any elective employer contributions made on behalf
          of the Participant under Section 401(k) of the Code for the Limitation
          Year with the income distributable thereto and any corresponding
          matching employer contributions thereto as provided in such other
          plans.

               (e)  Limitation for Defined Benefit Plan Participation. For
                    -------------------------------------------------
          Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, if a Participant
          in the Plan is also covered by a qualified defined benefit plan
          (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer, in no event
          shall the sum of the Defined Benefit Fraction and the Defined
          Contribution Fraction exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year.

               (f)  Scope of Limitations. The limitations contained in
                    --------------------
          Paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this Section 4.3 shall be applicable
          only with respect to benefits provided pursuant to defined
          contribution plans and defined benefit plans described in Section
          415(k) of the Code and all such defined contribution plans (whether or
          not terminated) of the Employer shall be treated as one defined
          contribution plan and all such defined benefit plans (whether or not
          terminated) of the Employer shall be treated as one defined benefit
          plan.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     9.   Sections 4.4 and 4.5 of the Plan are hereby deleted effective January
1, 1998, in their entirety.

     10.  Article V of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1998, to
provide as follows:

                                   ARTICLE V

                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
                              --------------------

          5.1  Applicability.  Notwithstanding any other provision to the
               -------------
          contrary, in the event the Plan is deemed to be a top-heavy plan for
          any Plan Year, the provisions contained in this Article V with respect
          to vesting and contributions made by the Employer shall be applicable
          with respect to such Plan Year. In the event that the Plan is
          determined to be a top-heavy plan and upon a subsequent determination
          date is determined to no longer be a top-heavy plan, the vesting and
          the contribution provisions in effect immediately preceding the Plan
          Year in which the Plan was determined to be a top-heavy plan shall
          again become applicable as of such subsequent determination date.

          5.2  Top-Heavy Definitions.  Notwithstanding the definitions set forth
               ---------------------
          in Article I, the following definitions shall be applicable to this
          Article V.

               (a) The term "Compensation" shall have the meaning set forth in
                             ------------
          Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-2(d).

               (b) The term "Determination Date" shall mean for any Plan Year
                             ------------------
          subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan
          Year and for the first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that
          Plan Year.

               (c) The term "Employer" shall mean the Company and all Members of
                             --------
          the Controlled Group.

               (d) The term "Key Employee" shall mean any Employee or former
                             ------------
          Employee (and the beneficiaries of such Employer) who at any time
          during the Plan Year and any of the four preceding Plan Years was an
          officer of the Employer with annual compensation greater than 50
          percent of the dollar limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
          Code, an owner (or considered an owner) under Section 318 of the Code)
          of one of the ten largest interests in the Employer with compensation
          greater than 100 percent of the limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A)
          of the Code, a 5 percent owner of the Employer, or a 1 percent owner
          of the Employer with annual compensation of more than $150,000.

               (e) The term "Permissive Aggregation Group" shall mean the
                             ----------------------------
          Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of
          the

                                       7
<PAGE>

          Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required
          Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of
          Section 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

               (f) The term "Present Value" shall mean for purposes of computing
                             -------------
          present value calculations in determining the Top-Heavy Ratio, present
          value calculations based on the actuarial assumptions as stated in the
          applicable plan.

               (g) The term "Required Aggregation Group" shall mean (a) each tax
                             --------------------------
          qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee
          participates or participated at any time during the determination
          period (regardless of whether the plan terminated), and (b) any other
          tax qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in
          clause (a) to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the
          Code.

               (h) The term "Super Top-Heavy Group" with respect to a particular
                             ---------------------
          Plan Year shall mean a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group that,
          as of the Determination Date, would qualify as a Top-Heavy Group under
          the definition in Paragraph (j) of this Section 5.2 with "90 percent"
          substituted for "60 percent" each place where "60 percent" appears in
          such definition.

               (i) The term "Super Top-Heavy Plan" with respect to a particular
                             --------------------
          Plan Year shall mean a plan that, as of the Determination Date, would
          qualify as a Top-Heavy Plan under the definition in Paragraph (k) of
          this Section 5.2 with "90 percent" substituted for "60 percent" each
          place where "60 percent" appears in such definition. A plan is also a
          "Super Top-Heavy Plan" if it is part of a Super Top-Heavy Group.

               (j) The term "Top-Heavy Group" with respect to a particular Plan
                             ---------------
          Year shall mean a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group if the sum,
          as of the Determination Date, of the present value of the cumulative
          accrued benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans
          included in such group and the aggregate of the account balances of
          Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in such
          group exceeds 60 percent of a similar sum determined for all employees
          covered by the plans included in such group.

               (k) The term "Top-Heavy Plan" with respect to a particular Plan
                             --------------
          Year shall mean the Plan if any of the following conditions exist:

                   (i) If the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Plan exceeds 60 percent
          and the Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or
          Permissive Aggregation Group of plans.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                   (ii)  If the Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group
          of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-
          Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

                   (iii) If the Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group
          and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-Heavy
          Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.

          (l)      The term "Top-Heavy Ratio" shall mean:
                             ---------------

                   (i)  While the Employer maintains one or more defined
          contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan)
          and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan which
          during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date has or has
          had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Plan alone or for
          the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a
          fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of
          all Key Employees as of the Determination Date (including any part of
          any account balance distributed in the five-year period ending on the
          Determination Date), and the denominator of which is the sum of all
          account balances (including any part of any account balance
          distributed in the five-year period ending on the Determination Date),
          both computed in accordance with Section 416 of the Code. Both the
          numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are adjusted to
          reflect any contribution not actually made as of the Determination
          Date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date
          under Section 416 of the Code.

                   (ii) While the Employer maintains one or more defined
          contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plans)
          and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined
          benefit plans which during the five-year period ending on the
          Determination Date has or has had any accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy
          Ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate
          is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances
          under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key
          Employees, determined in accordance with subparagraph (i) above, and
          the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined
          benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination
          Date, and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances
          under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all
          participants, determined in

                                       9
<PAGE>

          accordance with Section 416 of the Code. The accrued benefits under a
          defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top-
          Heavy Ratio are adjusted for any distribution of an accrued benefit
          made in the five-year period ending on the Determination Date.

               (iii)  For purposes of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, the
          value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits
          shall be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls
          within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination
          Date, except as provided in Section 416 of the Code for the first and
          second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and
          accrued benefits of a participant (1) who is not a Key Employee but
          who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (2) who has not performed
          services for the Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the
          5-year period ending on the Determination Date will be disregarded.
          The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which
          distributions, rollovers and transfers are taken into account will be
          made in accordance with Section 416 of the Code. Deductible employee
          contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of
          computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans the value of
          account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with
          reference to the Determination Date that falls within the same
          calendar year.

          (m)  The term "Valuation Date" shall mean, for purposes of computing
                         --------------
     the Top-Heavy Ratio, the Determination Date.

     5.3  Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation Rules.  The following Top-Heavy Plan
          ----------------------------------
     minimum allocation rules shall apply:

          (a)  Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph (b) and (c) below, the
     Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any
     Participant who is not a Key Employee shall be the lesser of 3 percent of
     such Participant's Compensation or in the case where the Employer has no
     defined benefit plan which designates the Plan to satisfy Section 401 of
     the Code, the largest percentage of compensation allocated with respect to
     a Key Employee for the Plan Year. Tax-Deferred Contributions cannot be used
     to satisfy the minimum contributions for non-Key Employees under Section
     416 of the Code. Furthermore, in making the determination of the percentage
     at which contributions are made for the Key Employee with the highest
     percentage, Tax-Deferred Contributions on behalf of Key Employees shall be
     taken into account.

          (b)  The provisions in paragraph (a) shall not apply to any
     Participant who is not actively employed as an Employee by the Employer
                                       10
<PAGE>

     on the last day of the Plan Year for which the minimum allocation is to be
     made.

          (c)  The provisions in paragraph (a) shall not apply to any
     Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan
     or plans of the Employer, and by the terms of such plan or plans it is
     provided that the minimum allocation or benefit requirements applicable to
     Top-Heavy Plans shall be met in such other plan or plans. If such other
     plan is, or if one of such other plans is, a defined benefit plan
     maintained by the Employer, and such plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the minimum
     benefit requirements applicable to Top-Heavy Plans shall be met under such
     defined benefit plan as provided therein, to the extent such benefit can be
     provided under such plan or plans. If such other plan is, or if one of such
     other plans is, a defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, and
     such plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the minimum allocation requirements shall be
     met under such plan, except as may be otherwise provided in such other
     plan. The application and administration of the minimum allocation or
     benefit requirements for Top-Heavy Plans shall be satisfied in a manner so
     as to only satisfy the minimum allocation/benefit requirements as
     permissible and so as to avoid any duplication of minimum
     allocation/benefits for non-Key Employees, as provided under Section 416 of
     the Code.

     5.4  Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule.  A Participant shall be entitled to the
          --------------------------
     vested interest in his Account attributable to Employer contributions
     calculated in accordance with the provisions of Article IV (or, if greater,
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3) determined in accordance
     with the following schedule if greater than under Article III:

            Years of Service            Vested Percentage
            ----------------            -----------------

            Less than 2                      0%
            2 but less than 3               20%
            3 but less than 4               40%
            4 but less than 5               60%
            5 but less than 6               80%
            6 or more                      100%

     If the Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan and subsequently ceases to be such,
     the vesting schedule set forth above shall continue to apply in determining
     the rights to benefits of any Participant who had at least three years of
     Service as of December 31 in the last Plan Year in which the Plan was a
     Top-Heavy Plan.  For other Participants, such schedule shall apply only to
     that portion of their Account that became vested under the vesting schedule
     set forth above as of such December 31.

     5.5  Top-Heavy Compensation Limitation.  The annual compensation of any
          ---------------------------------
     Participant to be taken into account under the Plan during any Plan

                                       11
<PAGE>

          Year in which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan shall not
          exceed the limitation on Compensation set forth in the second
          paragraph of Section 1.9.

          5.6  Top-Heavy Plan/Benefit Limitations.  In any Plan Year beginning
               ----------------------------------
          prior to January 1, 2000, in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the
          denominators of the defined benefit fraction and the defined
          contribution fraction (as such terms are used in applying the benefit
          limitation provisions of Section 415 of the Code) shall be computed
          using 100 percent of the dollar limitation instead of 125 percent.

     11.  Section 6.3 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide as follows:

          6.3  Diversification of Investments by Qualified Participants. The
               --------------------------------------------------------
          Company shall cause at least three Funds to be established and
          maintained for Qualified Participants and, notwithstanding the
          provisions of Section 6.1, a Qualified Participant shall be eligible
          to direct the diversifications of a portion of his Account in
          accordance with Section 401(a)(28) of the Code among such Funds. Each
          such Fund shall be diversified and have different risk and return
          characteristics from the other Funds. Any Fund which invests in
          investments with restrictions regarding Funds to which investment
          transfers may be made or to which a minimum investment period is
          applicable shall not be considered as one of such requisite three
          Funds. The portions of the Accounts of Qualified Participants so
          invested shall be charged or credited with their share of net
          earnings, gains, losses and expenses and shall reflect the
          appreciation or depreciation, as the case may be, of the Funds.
          Insofar as this Section 6.3 of the Plan complies with Section 404(c)
          of ERISA and DOL Regs. Section 2550.404c-1, Plan fiduciaries shall be
          relieved of liability for any losses which are the direct result of
          investment instructions given by Qualified Participants.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that Section 404(c) of
          ERISA is not applicable, Qualified Participants shall be named
          fiduciaries with respect to the investment of the portion of their
          Accounts subject to the provisions of this Section 6.3.

     12.  Section 8.1 is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997, to provide as
          follows:

          8.1  Distribution at Required Beginning Date. Notwithstanding any
               ---------------------------------------
          other provision of the Plan to the contrary, on and after January 1,
          1997 payment of a retired or former Participant's benefit shall
          commence not later than the earlier of:

                    (i) the 60th day after the end of the Plan Year in which the
               latest of the following dates occurs: (i) Participant's Normal
               Retirement Date, (ii) the tenth anniversary of the date on which
               the

                                       12
<PAGE>

               Participant first became a Participant, and (iii) the date of the
               Participant's retirement or other termination of employment; or

                    (ii) the April 1 following the calendar year in which the
               later of the following dates occurs: (i) the date on which the
               Participant attains 70-1/2, or (ii) the date on which the
               Participant retires (except for a Participant who is a 5% owner,
               as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B) of the Code, the date
               determined under this Paragraph (d) shall be April 1 of the
               calendar year following the calendar year in which the
               Participant attains age 70-1/2 without regard to the date of the
               Participant's retirement.

          All payments required under this Article VIII, shall be determined and
          made in accordance with the regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the
          Code, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit
          requirements of proposed Treas. Reg. (S)1.401(a)(9)-2, if applicable.
          Any non-retired Participant (other than a 5% owner) who has attained
          age 70-1/2 and who is receiving payment of his benefit while employed
          by a Member of a Controlled Group, may elect in writing in the manner,
          time, and form required by the Company to terminate payment of his
          Plan benefit otherwise payable after January 1, 1997, until after his
          retirement under the terms of the Plan in effect at such time. Any
          non-retired Participant (other than a 5% owner) who attains age 70-1/2
          in 1997 or 1998, may elect in writing in the manner, time, and form
          required by the Company to defer payment of his Plan benefit until
          after his retirement pursuant to the terms of the Plan in effect at
          such time. If such a Participant does not make such an election or if
          the Participant is a 5% owner, payment of his Plan benefit shall be
          made or shall continue to be made to him pursuant to the provisions of
          this Section 8.3 in effect prior to January 1, 1997.

     13.  The first sentence of Paragraph (a) of Section 8.3 of the Plan is
hereby amended to provide as follows:

               (a) General Rule.  If a Participant Retires under Plan, dies,
                   ------------
          Separates from Service due to the sale of the EFM Group or ICF
          Consulting Group, or Separates from Service for any other reason, the
          entire vested balance of his Account shall be distributed pursuant to
          the provisions of this Section 8.3 and Section 8.5.

     14.  The third sentence of Paragraph (a) of Section 8.3 of the Plan is
hereby amended by the deletion of the phrase ", or his over exceeded".

     15.  Paragraph (d) of Section 8.3 of the Plan is hereby deleted effective
January 1, 1997, in its entirety.

                                       13
<PAGE>

     16.  Paragraph (a) of Section 8.5 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide
as follows:

               (a)  Distribution in Kind.  Distribution of any portion of a
                    --------------------
          Participant's Account invested in Company Stock shall be made in whole
          shares of Company Stock (with the value of any fractional share paid
          in cash), cash, or a combination of both, at the election of the
          Participant; provided, however, that the distribution of any such cash
          payment shall be made no later than two months after the date that
          distribution of Company Stock would have occurred and shall be
          determined as of the value of Company Stock on such date of
          distribution.

     17.  Article IX of the Plan is hereby amended effective March 17, 1997, to
provide as follows:

                                   ARTICLE IX

                      ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS PROCEDURES
                      ------------------------------------

          9.1  Authority of the Company. The Company shall be the Plan
               ------------------------
          administrator for purposes of ERISA and the Code and shall have the
          authority and the power to perform the functions conferred upon it
          herein, subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth. The Company
          shall have the sole right to interpret and construe the Plan, and to
          determine any disputes arising thereunder, subject to the provisions
          of Section 9.3. In exercising such powers and authorities, the Company
          shall at all times exercise good faith, apply standards of uniform
          application, and refrain from arbitrary action. The Company may employ
          such attorneys, agents, and accountants as it may deem necessary or
          advisable to assist it in carrying out its duties hereunder. The
          Company is hereby designated as a "named fiduciary" of the Plan as
          such term is defined in Section 402(a)(2) of ERISA. The Company may
          allocate any of its responsibilities for the day-to-day operation and
          administration of the Plan to any person or persons employed by it. In
          addition, the Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may
          designate a person other than itself to carry out any of the powers,
          authorities or responsibilities which are retained by it or granted to
          it by this Article IX.

          9.2  Action of Company.  Any act authorized, permitted, or required to
               -----------------
          be taken by the Company under the Plan, which has not been allocated
          or delegated in accordance with Section 9.1, may be taken by a
          majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company,
          either by vote at a meeting, or in writing without a meeting. All
          notices, advices, directions, certifications, approvals, and
          instructions required or authorized to be given by the Company under
          the Plan shall be in writing and signed by either (a) a majority of
          the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or by such
          member or members as may be designated by an instrument in writing,
          signed by all the members thereof, as having


                                       14
<PAGE>

          authority to execute such documents on its behalf, or (b) a person who
          becomes authorized to act for the Company in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 9.1. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3,
          any action taken by the Company which is authorized, permitted, or
          required under the Plan shall be final and binding upon the Company
          and the Trustee, all persons who have or who claim an interest under
          the Plan, and all third parties dealing with the Company or the
          Trustee.

          9.3  Claims Review Procedure.  Whenever the Company decides for
               -----------------------
          whatever reason to deny, whether in whole or in part, a claim for
          benefits filed by any person (hereinafter referred to a the
          "Claimant"), the Plan administrator shall transmit to the Claimant a
          written notice of the Company's decision, which shall be written in a
          manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and contain a
          statement of the specific reasons for the denial of the claim and a
          restatement advising the Claimant that, within 60 days of the date on
          which he receives such notice, he may obtain review of the decision of
          the Company in accordance with the procedures hereinafter set forth.
          Within such 60-day period, the Claimant or his authorized
          representative may request that the claim denial be reviewed by filing
          with the Plan Administrator a written request therefor, which request
          shall contain the following information:

               (a)  the date on which the Claimant's request was filed with the
          Plan administrator; provided, however, that the date on which the
          Claimant's request for review was in fact filed with the Plan
          Administrator shall control in the event that the date of the actual
          filing is later than the date stated by the Claimant pursuant to this
          paragraph (a);

               (b)  the specific portions of the denial of his claim which the
          Claimant requests the Plan administrator to review;

               (c)  a statement by the Claimant setting forth the basis upon
          which he believes the Plan administrator should reverse the Trustee's
          previous denial of his claim for benefits and accept his claim as
          made; and

               (d)  any written material (offered as exhibits) which the
          Claimant desires the Plan administrator to examine in its
          consideration of his position as stated pursuant to paragraph (c).

          Within 60 days of the date determined pursuant to paragraph (a) of
          this Section 9.3, the Plan administrator shall conduct a full and fair
          review of the Company's decision denying the Claimant's claim for
          benefits. Within 60 days of the date of such hearing, the Plan
          administrator shall render its written decision on review, written in
          a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, specifying the
          reasons and Plan provisions upon which its decision was based.



                                       15
<PAGE>

          9.4  Indemnification.  In addition to whatever rights of
               ---------------
          indemnification the members of the Board of Directors of the Company,
          or any other person or persons to whom any power, authority, or
          responsibility of the Company is allocated or delegated pursuant to
          Section 9.1, may be entitled under the articles of incorporation,
          regulations, or by-laws of the Company, under any provision of law, or
          under any other agreement, the Company shall satisfy any liability
          actually and reasonably incurred by any such person or persons,
          including expenses, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, and amounts
          paid in settlement, in connection with any threatened, pending, or
          completed action, suit, or proceeding which is related to the exercise
          or failure to exercise by such person or persons of any of the powers,
          authority, responsibilities, or discretion provided under the Plan, or
          reasonably believed by such person or persons to be provided
          hereunder, and any action taken by such person or persons in
          connection therewith.

          9.5  Administrative Expenses.  The fees of the Trustee and all other
               -----------------------
          administrative expenses of the Plan and Trust shall be paid by the
          Trustee from the assets of the Trust unless the Company, in its
          discretion, elects to pay any such fees and/or expenses.

          9.6  Voting of Company Stock in the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund.  Each
               ----------------------------------------------------
          Participant or Beneficiary who has shares of Company Stock allocated
          to his Account shall be a named fiduciary with respect to the voting
          of Company Stock held thereunder and shall have the following powers
          and responsibilities:

               (a)  Prior to each annual or special meeting of the shareholders
          of the Company, the Company shall cause to be sent to each Participant
          and Beneficiary who has Company Stock allocated to his Account and
          invested in the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund under the Plan a copy of the
          proxy solicitation material therefor, together with a form requesting
          confidential voting instructions, with respect to the voting of such
          Company Stock as well as the voting of Company Stock for which the
          Trustee does not receive instructions. Each such Participant and/or
          Beneficiary shall instruct the Trustee to vote the number of such
          uninstructed shares of Company Stock equal to the proportion that the
          number of shares of Company Stock allocated to his Account and
          invested in the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund bears to the total number of
          shares of Company Stock in the Plan for which instructions are
          received. Upon receipt of such a Participant's or Beneficiary's
          instructions, the Trustee shall then vote in person, or by proxy, such
          shares of Company Stock as so instructed.

               (b)  The Company shall cause the Trustee to furnish to each
          Participant and Beneficiary who has Company Stock allocated to his

                                       16
<PAGE>

          Account and invested in the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund under the Plan
          notice of any tender or exchange offer for, or a request or invitation
          for tenders or exchanges of, Company Stock made to the Trustee. The
          Trustee shall request from each such Participant and Beneficiary
          instructions as to the tendering or exchanging of Company Stock
          allocated to his Account. Each Participant and Beneficiary who does
          not instruct the Trustee with respect to the tendering or exchanging
          of Company Stock allocated to his Account shall be deemed to have
          decided not to participate in any such tender or exchange offer. The
          Trustee shall provide Participants and Beneficiaries with a reasonable
          period of time in which they may consider any such tender or exchange
          offer for, or request or invitation for tenders or exchanges of,
          Company Stock made to the Trustee. Within the time specified by the
          Trustee, the Trustee shall tender or exchange such Company Stock as to
          which the Trustee has received instructions to tender or exchange from
          Participants and Beneficiaries.

               (c)  Instructions received from Participants and Beneficiaries by
          the Trustee regarding the voting, tendering, or exchanging of Company
          Stock shall be held in strictest confidence and shall not be divulged
          to any other person, including officers or employees of the Company,
          except as otherwise required by law, regulation or lawful process.

     18.  The first sentence of Section 10.1 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "and the Committee".

     19.  The second sentence of Section 10.2 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "the Committee and".

     20.  The second sentence of Section 10.3 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "the Committee and".

     21.  The third sentence of Section 10.3 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "or Committee".

     22.  The first sentence and third sentence of Section 10.4 of the Plan are
hereby amended effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "and
Committee".

                                       17
<PAGE>

     23.  The term "Committee" is hereby deleted, effective March 17, 1999,
throughout the Plan and the term "Company" is hereby substituted in place
thereof.



          Executed this 8/th/ day of April, 1999.

                                            ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                              By:   /s/ Timothy P. O'Connor
                                                 -------------------------------

                                              And:  Senior Vice President
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                    And Chief Financial Officer
                                                  ------------------------------

                                       18

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10(b)(4)

                                FOURTH AMENDMENT
                                     TO THE
                         ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN



     WHEREAS, the ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") was established effective as of March 1,
1987, by ICF Kaiser International, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the
"Company"); and

     WHEREAS, effective as of March 1, 1994, the Plan was frozen so that no
individual became a Participant, and no Plan contributions were made, after
February 28, 1994; and

     WHEREAS, the Plan was most recently restated as of January 1, 1998; and

     WHEREAS, the restated Plan was amended subsequently on three occasions; and

     WHEREAS, the Company  desires to amend the Plan again;

     NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of April 7, 1999, unless specifically provided
otherwise, the Plan is hereby amended in the respects hereinafter set forth.

     1.   The first sentence of Paragraph (a) of Section 8.3 of the Plan is
hereby amended to provide as follows:

               (a)  General Rule.  If a Participant Retires under Plan, dies,
                    ------------
          Separates from Service due to the sale of the Environment and
          Facilities Management Group of the Company or the sale by the Company
          of the majority of its capital stock of ICF Consulting Group, Inc. to
          ICF Consulting Group Holdings, LLC or any other unrelated entity, or
          Separates from Service for any other reason, the entire vested balance
          of his Account shall be distributed pursuant to the provisions of this
          Section 8.3 and Section 8.5.

     2.   The third sentence of Paragraph (a) of Section 8.3 of the Plan is
hereby amended by the deletion of the phrase ", or at any time exceeded".
<PAGE>

     3.  Paragraph (c) of Section 9.3 of the Plan is hereby amended by the
deletion of the word "Trustee's" and the substitution of the word "Company's" in
place thereof.

          Executed this 25th day of June, 1999.

                            ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                            By: /s/ Timothy P. O'Connor
                               ---------------------------------

                            And: Senior Vice President and
                                --------------------------------
                                 Chief Financial Officer
                                --------------------------------

                                       2

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10(d)(4)

                               FOURTH AMENDMENT
                                     TO THE
                         ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                RETIREMENT PLAN



          WHEREAS, the ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Retirement Plan
(hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") was established effective August 1,
1971, by ICF Kaiser International, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the
"Company"); and

          WHEREAS, the Plan was most recently restated effective January 1,
1996; and

          WHEREAS, the restated Plan was amended subsequently on three
occasions; and

          WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan again to comply with
recent tax legislation, to reflect various administrative changes, and to
accommodate certain divestitures;

          NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of April 7, 1999, unless specifically
provided otherwise, the Plan is hereby amended in the respects hereinafter set
forth.

          1.   Section 1.7 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide as follows:

               1.7  "Closing" shall mean the consummation of a transaction in
               which the Company disposes of (i) substantially all of the assets
               used by the Company in a trade or business of the Company, or
               (ii) the Company's interest in a subsidiary.

          2.   The last sentence of the second paragraph of Section 1.10 of the
Plan is hereby deleted effective January 1, 1997.

          3.   Paragraph (e) of Section 1.13 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective January 1, 1997, to provide as follows:

                    (e)  a leased employee who pursuant to Section 414(n)(2) of
               the Code means any person (other than a person who is an employee
               without regard to this subparagraph (e)) engaged in performing
               services for a Member of a Controlled Group (the "recipient")
               pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other
               person ("Leasing Organization") who meets the following
               requirements:

                         (i)  he has performed services for one or more Members
                    of a Controlled Group (or for any other "related persons"
                    determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code)
                    on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least
                    one year;
<PAGE>

                         (ii)  such services are under the primary direction or
                    control of the recipient; and

                         (iii) he is not participating in a "safe harbor plan"
                    of the Leasing Organization. (For this purpose a "safe
                    harbor plan" is a plan that satisfies the requirements of
                    Section 414(n)(5) of the Code, which will generally be a
                    money purchase pension plan with a nonintegrated company
                    contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation and which
                    provides for immediate participation and full and immediate
                    vesting).

          A person who is a leased employee shall also be considered an employee
          of a Member of a Controlled Group during such period (and solely for
          the purpose of determining length of service for vesting purposes, and
          shall also be considered to have been an employee for any earlier
          period in which he was a leased employee) but shall not be a
          Participant and shall not otherwise be eligible to become covered by
          the Plan during any period in which he is a leased employee.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sole purpose of this Paragraph (e)
          is to define and apply the term "leased employee" strictly (and only)
          to the extent necessary to satisfy the minimum requirements of Section
          414(n) of the Code relating to "leased employees.

     4.   Section 1.16 of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997,
to provide as follows:

          1.16 "Fund" shall mean any of the investment funds established and
          maintained in accordance with the provisions of Article VI.

     5.   Section 1.26 of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997,
to provide as follows:

          1.26 "Non-Highly Compensated Participant" shall mean any Participant
          who is not a Highly Compensated Participant.

     6.   Section 1.43 of the Plan is hereby amended January 1, 1997, to provide
as follows:

          1.43 [Revised]

     7.   Section 2.1 of the Plan is hereby amended by the addition of a
sentence at the end thereof to provide as follows:

          Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if an
          individual is transferred directly from employment (i) with the
          Employer in a capacity other than as an Employee, or (ii) with a
          Member of a

                                       2
<PAGE>

          Controlled Group to employment with the Employer as an Employee, his
          service with the Employer or such Member of a Controlled Group shall
          be included in determining his eligibility to participate in the Plan
          pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.1.

     8.   Section 2.6 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide as follows:

          2.6  Qualified Military Service and Compliance with Uniformed Services
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Employment and Reemployment Rights Act. Notwithstanding any provision
          --------------------------------------
          of the Plan to the contrary, effective as of December 12, 1994,
          contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to Qualified
          Military Service shall be provided in accordance with Section 414(u)
          of the Code.

     9.   Article II of the Plan is hereby amended by the addition of Section
2.7 at the end thereof to provide as follows:

          2.7  Cessation of Coverage of Certain Participants. Effective as of
               ---------------------------------------------
          the date of the Closing with respect to the sale of the Environment
          and Facilities Management Group (the "EFM Group") of the Company to
          The IT Group, Inc., coverage under the Plan shall be closed to any
          individual employed by, or at a facility of, the EFM Group and
          effective as of the date of the Closing with respect to the sale of
          the stock of ICF Consulting Group, Inc. ("ICF Consulting Group") to CM
          Equity Partners, L.P., CMEP Coinvestment ICF, L.P. and various
          individuals, coverage under the Plan shall be closed to any individual
          employed by, or at a facility of, ICF Consulting Group.

     10.  Article III of the Plan is hereby amended by the addition of Section
3.7 at the end thereof to provide as follows:

          3.7  Full Vesting of Certain Participants.  Notwithstanding any other
               ------------------------------------
          provision of the Plan to the contrary, as of the date of the Closing
          with respect to the sale of the EFM Group to The IT Group, Inc., each
          Participant employed by, or at a facility of, the EFM Group shall be
          fully vested in his Account, and as of the date of the Closing with
          respect to the sale of ICF Consulting Group to CM Equity Partners,
          L.P., CMEP Coinvestment ICF, L.P. and various individuals, each
          Participant employed by, or at a facility of, ICF Consulting Group
          shall be fully vested in his Account.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     11.  The first sentence of Section 4.1 of the Plan is hereby amended by the
deletion of the phrase "or (c) dies" and the substitution of a phrase in place
thereof to provide as follows:

          "(c) dies; or (d) is terminated from employment with the Company or a
          Member of a Controlled Group due to the sale of the EFM Group or ICF
          Consulting Group,".

     12.  Section 4.4 is hereby amended effective January 1, 1998, to provide as
follows:

          4.4  Limitation on Benefits.
               ----------------------

               (a)  Incorporation of Section 415 of the Code. The provisions set
                    ----------------------------------------
          forth in this Section 4.4 are intended solely to comply with the
          requirements of Section 415 of the Code and shall be interpreted,
          applied, and if and to the extent necessary deemed modified without
          further formal language so as to satisfy solely the minimum
          requirements of said Section. For such purposes, the limitations of
          Section 415 of the Code are hereby incorporated by reference and made
          part hereof as though fully set forth herein, but shall be applied
          only to particular Plan benefits in accordance with the provisions of
          this Section 4.4, to the extent such provisions are not consistent
          with said Section 415. The limitations contained in this Section 4.4
          shall be applicable only with respect to benefits provided pursuant to
          defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans specified in
          Section 415(k) of the Code.

               (b)  Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 4.4, the
                    -----------
          following definitions shall apply in addition to those set forth in
          Article I:

                    (i)   The term "Annual Additions" shall mean the amount
               defined in Section 415 (c)(2) of the Code.

                    (ii)  The term "Annual Benefit" shall mean the benefit
               amount defined in Section 415(b)(2)(A) of the Code as adjusted
               pursuant to the provisions of Section 415(b)(2)(B), (C), (D), and
               (E) of the Code.

                    (iii) The term "Compensation" shall mean compensation as
               defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code.

                    (iv)  The term "Defined Benefit Fraction" for any Limitation
               Year beginning prior to January 1, 2000, shall mean the fraction
               defined in Section 415(e)(2) of the Code.

                    (v)   The term "Defined Contribution Fraction" for any
               Limitation Year beginning prior to January 1, 2000, shall mean
               the fraction defined in Section 415(e)(3) of the Code.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                    (vi)   The term "Employer" shall mean the Company and all
               Members of a Controlled Group; provided, however, that for
               purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 4.4 with
               respect to Limitation Years after December 31, 1999, "50 percent"
               rather than "80 percent" shall be used in determining Member of a
               Controlled Group defined under Section 414(b) and Section 414(c)
               of the Code.

                    (vii)  The term "Excess Amount" shall mean the excess of the
               Participant's Annual Additions for a Limitation Year over the
               Defined Contribution Maximum Permissible Amount.

                    (viii) The term "Highest Average Compensation" shall mean
               the average Compensation for the three consecutive calendar years
               during which the Participant was an active Participant in the
               Plan and had the greatest aggregate Compensation from the
               Employer.

                    (ix)   The term "Limitation Year" shall mean a calendar year
               or such other 12-month period elected by the Company pursuant to
               regulations and rulings under Section 415 of the Code.

                    (x)    The term "Defined Contribution Maximum Permissible
               Amount" shall mean Annual Additions of a Participant which do not
               exceed the lesser of (i) $30,000 (adjusted in accordance with
               regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for
               increases in the cost of living), or (ii) 25 percent of such
               Participant's Compensation paid for such Limitation Year as set
               forth in Section 415(e)(1) of the Code. If a short Limitation
               Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation
               Year to a different 12-month consecutive period, such Annual
               Additions shall not exceed $30,000 multiplied by a fraction, the
               numerator of which is the number of months in the short
               Limitation Year and the denominator of which is 12.

                    (xi)   The term "Defined Benefit Maximum Permissible Amount"
               shall mean the Annual Benefit of a Participant which does not
               exceed the lesser of $90,000 or 100 percent of the Participant's
               Highest Average Compensation as set forth in Section 415(b)(1) of
               the Code.

                    (xii)  The term "Projected Annual Benefit" shall mean the
               annual retirement benefit of a Participant attributable to
               Employer contributions which would be payable to such Participant
               under a plan based on the assumptions that he continues his
               employment as a

                                       5
<PAGE>

               Participant until the Social Security Retirement Age and that his
               Compensation for the Limitation Year continues at the same rate
               until the Social Security Retirement Age, and on the basis of the
               federal Social Security Act as in effect on the last day of the
               Limitation Year. A Participant's "aggregate Projected Annual
               Retirement Benefit" shall include his Projected Annual Benefit,
               if any, under any other defined benefit plan maintained by the
               Employer.

                    (xiii) The term "Social Security Retirement Age" shall mean
               the age used as the retirement age under Section 216(l) of the
               federal Social Security Act, without regard to any age increase
               factor and as if the early retirement age under Section 216(l)(2)
               were 62.

               (c)  Limitations on Allocations Under the Plan. Notwithstanding
                    -----------------------------------------
          any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the amount of Annual
          Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account for any
          Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the Defined
          Contribution Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation
          contained in the Plan. If the Annual Additions to the Account of a
          Participant in any Limitation Year would otherwise exceed such amount,
          the Excess Amount shall be disposed of by reducing the Employer
          contributions and forfeitures, if any, otherwise allocable to the
          Participant's Account for the Limitation Year. Amounts deemed to be
          forfeitures under this Paragraph (c) shall be held unallocated in a
          suspense account established for the Limitation Year and shall be
          applied against the Employer's contribution obligation for the next
          following Limitation year (and succeeding Limitation Years, as
          necessary). If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
          Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated
          to Participants' Accounts (subject to the limitations set forth in
          this Section 4.4 ) before any further Employer contributions may be
          made to the Plan on behalf of Participants. If a suspense account is
          in existence at any time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this
          Section 4.4, it will not participate in the allocation of the
          investment gains and losses on the Plan's assets.

               (d) Limitation for Multiple Defined Contribution Plan
                   -------------------------------------------------
          Participation. If a Participant is covered by any other qualified
          -------------
          defined contribution plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by
          the Employer concurrently with the Plan, and if the Annual Additions
          for the Limitation Year would otherwise exceed the amount that may be
          applied for the Participant's benefit under the limitation contained
          in Section 4.4(c), such excess shall be reduced first by returning any
          employer contributions made with respect to the Participant under an
          employee stock ownership plan, and then by returning from any such
          other plan or plans any elective employer contributions made on behalf
          of the Participant under Section

                                       6
<PAGE>

          401(k) of the Code for the Limitation Year under all such other plans
          with the income attributable thereto and any corresponding matching
          employer contributions thereto. If the limitation contained in Section
          4.4(c) is still not satisfied after the return of all such
          contributions, then the Employer contributions under this Plan shall
          be reduced as provided in Section 4.4(c).

               (e)  Limitation for Defined Benefit Plan Participation. For
                    -------------------------------------------------
          Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, if a Participant
          in the Plan is also covered by a qualified defined benefit plan
          (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer, in no event
          shall the sum of the Defined Benefit Fraction and the Defined
          Contribution Fraction exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year.

               (f)  Scope of Limitations. The limitations contained in
                    --------------------
          Paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this Section 4.4 shall be applicable
          only with respect to benefits provided pursuant to defined
          contribution plans and defined benefit plans described in Section
          415(k) of the Code and all such defined contribution plans (whether or
          not terminated) of the Employer shall be treated as one defined
          contribution plan and all such defined benefit plans (whether or not
          terminated) of the Employer shall be treated as one defined benefit
          plan.

     13.  Sections 4.5 and 4.6 of the Plan are hereby deleted effective January
1, 1998, in their entirety.

     14.  Article V of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1998, to
provide as follows:

                                   ARTICLE V

                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
                              --------------------


          5.1  Applicability. Notwithstanding any other provision to the
               -------------
          contrary, in the event the Plan is deemed to be a top-heavy plan for
          any Plan Year, the provisions contained in this Article V with respect
          to vesting and contributions made by the Employer shall be applicable
          with respect to such Plan Year. In the event that the Plan is
          determined to be a top-heavy plan and upon a subsequent determination
          date is determined to no longer be a top-heavy plan, the vesting and
          the contribution provisions in effect immediately preceding the Plan
          Year in which the Plan was determined to be a top-heavy plan shall
          again become applicable as of such subsequent determination date.

                                       7
<PAGE>

          5.2  Top-Heavy Definitions.  Notwithstanding the definitions set forth
               ---------------------
          in Article I, the following definitions shall be applicable to this
          Article V.

               (a)  The term "Compensation" shall have the meaning set forth in
                              ------------
          Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-2(d).

               (b)  The term "Determination Date" shall mean for any Plan Year
                              ------------------
          subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan
          Year and for the first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that
          Plan Year.

               (c)  The term "Employer" shall mean the Company and all Members
                              --------
          of a Controlled Group.

               (d) The term "Key Employee" shall mean any Employee or former
                             ------------
          Employee (and the beneficiaries of such Employer) who at any time
          during the Plan Year and any of the four preceding Plan Years was an
          officer of the Employer with annual compensation greater than 50
          percent of the dollar limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
          Code, an owner (or considered an owner) under Section 318 of the Code)
          of one of the ten largest interests in the Employer with compensation
          greater than 100 percent of the limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A)
          of the Code, a 5 percent owner of the Employer, or a 1 percent owner
          of the Employer with annual compensation of more than $150,000.

               (e)  The term "Permissive Aggregation Group" shall mean the
                              ----------------------------
          Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of
          the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required
          Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of
          Section 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

               (f)  The term "Present Value" shall mean for purposes of
                              -------------
          computing present value calculations in determining the Top-Heavy
          Ratio, present value calculations based on the actuarial assumptions
          as stated in the applicable plan.

               (g)  The term "Required Aggregation Group" shall mean (a) each
                              --------------------------
          tax qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee
          participates or participated at any time during the determination
          period (regardless of whether the plan terminated), and (b) any other
          tax qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in
          clause (a) to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the
          Code.

               (h)  The term "Super Top-Heavy Group" with respect to a
                              ---------------------
          particular Plan Year shall mean a Required or Permissive Aggregation
          Group that, as of the Determination Date, would qualify as a Top-Heavy
          Group under the definition in Paragraph (j) of this Section 5.2 with
          "90

                                       8
<PAGE>

          percent" substituted for "60 percent" each place where percent"
          appears in such definition.

               (i)  The term "Super Top-Heavy Plan" with respect to a particular
                              --------------------
          Plan Year shall mean a plan that, as of the Determination Date, would
          qualify as a Top-Heavy Plan under the definition in Paragraph (k) of
          this Section 5.2 with "90 percent" substituted for "60 percent" each
          place where "60 percent" appears in such definition. A plan is also a
          "Super Top-Heavy Plan" if it is part of a Super Top-Heavy Group.

               (j)  The term "Top-Heavy Group" with respect to a particular Plan
                              ---------------
          Year shall mean a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group if the sum,
          as of the Determination Date, of the present value of the cumulative
          accrued benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans
          included in such group and the aggregate of the account balances of
          Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in such
          group exceeds 60 percent of a similar sum determined for all employees
          covered by the plans included in such group.

               (k)  The term "Top-Heavy Plan" with respect to a particular Plan
                              --------------
          Year shall mean the Plan if any of the following conditions exist:

                    (i)   If the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Plan exceeds 60 percent
               and the Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or
               Permissive Aggregation Group of plans.

                    (ii)  If the Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group
               of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the
               Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

                    (iii) If the Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group
               and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-
               Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60
               percent.

               (l)  The term "Top-Heavy Ratio" shall mean:
                              ---------------

                    (i)  While the Employer maintains one or more defined
               contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension
               plan) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit
               plan which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination
               Date has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for the
               Plan alone or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group,
               as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum
               of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the
               Determination Date (including any part of any account balance
               distributed in the five-year period ending

                                       9
<PAGE>

               on the Determination Date), and the denominator of which is the
               sum of all account balances (including any part of any account
               balance distributed in the five-year period ending on the
               Determination Date), both computed in accordance with Section 416
               of the Code. Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy
               Ratio are adjusted to reflect any contribution not actually made
               as of the Determination Date, but which is required to be taken
               into account on that date under Section 416 of the Code.

                    (ii)  While the Employer maintains one or more defined
               contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension
               plans) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more
               defined benefit plans which during the five-year period ending on
               the Determination Date has or has had any accrued benefits, the
               Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation Group
               as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum
               of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution
               plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance
               with subparagraph (i) above, and the present value of accrued
               benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for
               all Key Employees as of the Determination Date, and the
               denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the
               aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all
               participants, determined in accordance with subparagraph (i)
               above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the
               defined benefit plan or plans for all participants as of the
               Determination Date, all determined in accordance with Section 416
               of the Code. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in
               both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are
               adjusted for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the
               five-year period ending on the Determination Date.

                    (iii) For purposes of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above,
               the value of account balances and the present value of accrued
               benefits shall be determined as of the most recent valuation date
               that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the
               Determination Date, except as provided in Section 416 of the Code
               for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan.
               The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant (1)
               who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior
               year, or (2) who has not performed services for the Employer
               maintaining the Plan at any time during the 5-year period ending
               on the Determination Date will be disregarded. The calculation of
               the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions,
               rollovers and transfers are taken into account will be made in
               accordance with Section 416 of the Code. Deductible employee
               contributions shall

                                       10
<PAGE>

          not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy
          Ratio. When aggregating plans the value of account balances and
          accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the
          Determination Date that falls within the same calendar year.

          (m)  The term "Valuation Date" shall mean, for purposes of computing
                         --------------
     the Top-Heavy Ratio, the Determination Date.

     5.3  Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation Rules.  The following Top-Heavy Plan
          ----------------------------------
     minimum allocation rules shall apply:

          (a)  Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph (b) and (c) below, the
     Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any
     Participant who is not a Key Employee shall be the lesser of 3 percent of
     such Participant's Compensation or in the case where the Employer has no
     defined benefit plan which designates the Plan to satisfy Section 401 of
     the Code, the largest percentage of compensation allocated with respect to
     a Key Employee for the Plan Year. Contributions made pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 401(k) of the Code cannot be used to satisfy the
     minimum contributions for non-Key Employees under Section 416 of the Code.
     Furthermore, in making the determination of the percentage at which
     contributions are made for the Key Employee with the highest percentage,
     Contributions made pursuant to the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Code
     on behalf of Key Employees shall be taken into account.

          (b)  The provisions in paragraph (a) shall not apply to any
     Participant who is not actively employed as an Employee by the Employer on
     the last day of the Plan Year for which the minimum allocation is to be
     made.

          (c)  The provisions in Paragraph (a) shall not apply to any
     Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan
     or plans of the Employer, and by the terms of such plan or plans it is
     provided that the minimum allocation or benefit requirements applicable to
     Top-Heavy Plans shall be met in such other plan or plans. If such other
     plan is, or if one of such other plans is, a defined benefit plan
     maintained by the Employer, and such plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the minimum
     benefit requirements applicable to Top-Heavy Plans shall be met under such
     defined benefit plan as provided therein, to the extent such benefit can be
     provided under such plan or plans. If such other plan is, or if one of such
     other plans is, a defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, and
     such plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the minimum allocation requirements shall be
     met under such plan, except as may be otherwise provided in such other
     plan. The application and administration of the minimum allocation or
     benefit requirements for Top-Heavy Plans shall be satisfied in a manner

                                       11
<PAGE>

     so as to only satisfy the minimum allocation/benefit requirements as
     permissible and so as to avoid any duplication of minimum
     allocation/benefits for non-Key Employees, as provided under Section 416 of
     the Code.

     5.4  Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule.  A Participant shall be entitled to the
          --------------------------
     vested interest in his Account attributable to Employer contributions
     calculated in accordance with the provisions of Article IV (or, if greater,
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3) determined in accordance
     with the following schedule, if greater than under Article III:

            Years of Service            Vested Percentage
            ----------------            -----------------

            Less than 2                      0%
            2 but less than 3               20%
            3 but less than 4               40%
            4 but less than 5               60%
            5 but less than 6               80%
            6 or more                      100%

     If the Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan and subsequently ceases to be such,
     the vesting schedule set forth above shall continue to apply in determining
     the rights to benefits of any Participant who had at least three years of
     Service as of December 31 in the last Plan Year in which the Plan was a
     Top-Heavy Plan.  For other Participants, such schedule shall apply only to
     that portion of their Account that became vested under the vesting schedule
     set forth above as of such December 31.

     5.5  Top-Heavy Compensation Limitation.  The annual Compensation of any
          ---------------------------------
     Participant to be taken into account under the Plan during any Plan Year in
     which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan shall not exceed the
     limitation on Compensation set forth in Section 1.10.

     5.6  Top-Heavy Plan/Benefit Limitations.  In any Plan Year beginning prior
          ----------------------------------
     to January 1, 2000, in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the denominators
     of the defined benefit fraction and the defined contribution fraction (as
     such terms are used in applying the benefit limitation provisions of
     Section 415 of the Code) shall be computed using 100 percent of the dollar
     limitation instead of 125 percent.

15.  Section 6.1 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide as follows:

     6.1  Directed Investment in Funds.  The Company shall cause at least three
          ----------------------------
     Funds to be established and maintained at all times.  Each such Fund shall
     be diversified and have different risk and return characteristics from the
     other Funds.  Any Fund which invests in investments with restrictions
     regarding Funds to which investment transfers may be made or to which a
     minimum investment period is applicable shall not be considered as one of

                                       12
<PAGE>

          such requisite three Funds. Each Participant, pursuant to procedures
          provided by the Trustee and accepted by the Company, upon becoming a
          Participant under the Plan, shall make an investment election
          directing the manner in which the assets of his Account (except for
          assets that have been contributed in a form other than cash and have
          not been reduced to cash), shall be invested in the Funds. The
          Accounts of Participants shall be charged or credited with their share
          net earnings, gains, losses and expenses and shall reflect the
          appreciation or depreciation, as the case may be, of the Funds. The
          Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of
          ERISA and DOL Regs. Section 2550.404c-1 and insofar as the Plan
          complies with said Section 404(c), Plan fiduciaries shall be relieved
          of liability for any losses which are the direct result of investment
          instructions given by Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to
          the extent that Section 404(c) of ERISA is not applicable,
          Participants shall be named fiduciaries with respect to the investment
          of their Accounts.

     16.  The next to last sentence of Section 6.2 of the Plan is hereby amended
to provide as follows:

          "The distribution of a Participant's Account shall be made in cash or
          in shares of Company Stock, or part in each, at the election of the
          Participant, pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII."

     17.  The last sentence of Section 6.2 of the Plan is hereby amended by the
deletion of the reference to "Section 9.7" and the substitution of a reference
to "Section 9.6" in place thereof.

     18.  The first sentence of Section 7.1 of the Plan is hereby amended by the
deletion of the phrase "or (c) die" and the substitution of a phrase in place
thereof to provide as follows:

          "(c) die; or (d) terminate employment with the Company or a Member of
          a Controlled Group due to the sale of the EFM Group or ICF Consulting
          Group."

     19.  Section 8.1 of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997,
to provide as follows:

          8.1  Distribution at Required Beginning Date. Notwithstanding any
               ---------------------------------------
          other provision of the Plan to the contrary, on and after January 1,
          1997, payment of a retired or former Participant's benefit under the
          Plan shall commence not later than the earlier of:

                    (i)  the 60th day after the end of the Plan Year in which
               the latest of the following dates occurs: (i) Participant's
               Normal Retirement Date, (ii) the tenth anniversary of the date on
               which the

                                       13
<PAGE>

               Participant first became a Participant, and (iii) the date of the
               Participant's retirement or other termination of employment; or

                    (ii)  the April 1 following the calendar year in which the
               later of the following dates occurs: (i) the date on which the
               Participant attains 70-1/2, or (ii) the date on which the
               Participant retires (except for a Participant who is a 5% owner,
               as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B) of the Code, the date
               determined under this Paragraph (d) shall be April 1 of the
               calendar year following the calendar year in which the
               Participant attains age 70-1/2 without regard to the date of the
               Participant's retirement.

          All payments required under this Article VIII shall be determined and
          made in accordance with the regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the
          Code, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit
          requirements of proposed Treas. Reg. (S)1.401(a)(9)-2, if applicable.
          Any non-retired Participant (other than a 5% owner) who has attained
          age 70-1/2 and who is receiving payment of his benefit while employed
          by a Member of a Controlled Group, may elect in writing in the manner,
          time, and form required by the Company to terminate payment of his
          Plan benefit otherwise payable after January 1, 1997, until after his
          retirement under the terms of the Plan in effect at such time. Any
          non-retired Participant (other than a 5% owner) who attains age 70-1/2
          in 1997 or 1998, may elect in writing in the manner, time, and form
          required by the Company to defer payment of his Plan benefit until
          after his retirement pursuant to the terms of the Plan in effect at
          such time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the spouse of any
          Participant who so elects to terminate receiving Plan benefits which
          are being paid in a qualified joint and survivor annuity (within the
          meaning of Section 417(b) of the Code) must consent to such election
          and acknowledge the effect of the election. For purposes of Section
          417 of the Code, any recommencement of benefits under this Section 8.1
          shall be considered a new annuity starting date. If such a Participant
          does not make such an election or if the Participant is a 5% owner,
          payment of his Plan benefit shall be made or shall continue to be made
          to him pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8.1 in effect prior
          to January 1, 1997.

     20.  The first sentence of Paragraph (a) Section 8.3 of the Plan is hereby
amended to provide as follows:

               (a)  General Distribution Rule. If a Participant Retires under
                    -------------------------
          the Plan, dies, Separates from Service due to the sale of the EFM
          Group or ICF Consulting Group, or Separates from Service for any other
          reason, the entire vested balance of his Account shall be distributed
          pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8.3 and Section 8.4.

                                       14
<PAGE>

     21.  Paragraph (c) of Section 8.3 is hereby amended to provide as follows:

               (c)  Distribution in Kind. Distribution of the Vested portion of
                    --------------------
          a Participant's Account invested in Company stock shall be made in
          whole shares of Company Stock (with the value of any fractional share
          paid in cash), cash, or a combination of both, at the election of the
          Participant; provided, however, that the distribution of any cash
          payment shall be made no later than two months after the date that
          distribution of Company Stock would have occurred and shall be
          determined as of the value of Company Stock on such date of
          distribution.

     22.  Paragraph (d) of Section 8.3 of the Plan is hereby deleted.

     23.  Subparagraph (a)(v) of Section 8.4 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective January 1, 1997, to provide as follows:

               (v)  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
          contrary, any rejection, or revocation of a rejection, of the
          automatic election of the qualified joint and survivor annuity shall
          be made only within the 90-day period prior to the Participant's
          annuity starting date. Within a reasonable period of time prior to the
          annuity starting date, the Company shall provide each Participant with
          a written explanation of (1) the terms and conditions of the qualified
          joint and survivor annuity and its financial effect on his retirement
          benefit; (2) the Participant's right to waive such joint and survivor
          annuity; (3) the rights of the Participant's spouse regarding consent
          as described above in subparagraph (ii); and (4) the right to make and
          the effect of, a revocation of an election to waive the automatic
          qualified joint and survivor annuity. Such explanation shall be
          provided at least 30 days prior to distribution unless the Participant
          (with any applicable spousal consent) waives such 30-day requirement
          and distribution commences more than 7 days after such explanation is
          provided.

     24.  Paragraph (a) of Section 8.9 of the Plan is hereby amended effective
March 17, 1997, to provide as follows:

               (a)  General. Upon proper application of a Participant in such
                    -------
          form as the Company may specify, the Company in its sole discretion
          may direct the Trustee to make a loan to the Participant. The
          application, and the resulting loan, must comply with conditions
          specified in procedures established by the Company and meet the
          following conditions:

                    (i) loans shall be made available to all parties in interest
            who are Participants or Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent
            basis;

                                       15
<PAGE>

               (ii)  loans shall not be made available to highly compensated
            Employees, officers, or shareholders in an amount greater then the
            amount made available to other Participants and Beneficiaries;

               (iii) loans shall bear a reasonable rate of interest;

               (iv)  loans shall be adequately secured; and

               (v)   loan documents shall provide for repayment within five
            years or over a reasonable period of time, in the case of a loan
            used to acquire any dwelling unit for use as a principal residence
            as provided under Section 72(p) of the Code.

     25.  Article IX of the Plan is hereby amended effective March 17, 1999, to
provide as follows:

                                  ARTICLE IX

                     ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS PROCEDURES
                     ------------------------------------


          9.1  Authority of the Company. The Company shall be the Plan
               ------------------------
          administrator for purposes of ERISA and the Code and shall have the
          authority and the power to perform the functions conferred upon it
          herein, subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth. The Company
          shall have the sole right to interpret and construe the Plan, and to
          determine any disputes arising thereunder, subject to the provisions
          of Section 9.3. In exercising such powers and authorities, the Company
          shall at all times exercise good faith, apply standards of uniform
          application, and refrain from arbitrary action. The Company may employ
          such attorneys, agents, and accountants as it may deem necessary or
          advisable to assist it in carrying out its duties hereunder. The
          Company is hereby designated as a "named fiduciary" of the Plan as
          such term is defined in Section 402(a)(2) of ERISA. The Company may
          allocate any of its responsibilities for the day-to-day operation and
          administration of the Plan to any person or persons employed by it. In
          addition, the Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may
          designate a person other than itself to carry out any of the powers,
          authorities or responsibilities which are retained by it or granted to
          it by this Article IX.

          9.2  Action of Company. Any act authorized, permitted, or required to
               -----------------
          be taken by the Company under the Plan, which has not been allocated
          or delegated in accordance with Section 9.1, may be taken by a
          majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company,
          either by vote at a meeting, or in writing without a meeting. All
          notices, advices, directions, certifications, approvals, and
          instructions required or authorized to be

                                       16
<PAGE>

          given by the Company under the Plan shall be in writing and signed by
          either (a) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the
          Company, or by such member or members as may be designated by an
          instrument in writing, signed by all the members thereof, as having
          authority to execute such documents on its behalf, or (b) a person who
          becomes authorized to act for the Company in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 9.1. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3,
          any action taken by the Company which is authorized, permitted, or
          required under the Plan shall be final and binding upon the Company
          and the Trustee, all persons who have or who claim an interest under
          the Plan, and all third parties dealing with the Company or the
          Trustee. The Company shall have exclusive responsibility with respect
          to determining the amount of any Employer contributions. Such
          determination shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the
          Employer, the Trustee, and all Participants, and Beneficiaries.

          9.3  Claims Review Procedure. Whenever the Company decides for
               -----------------------
          whatever reason to deny, whether in whole or in part, a claim for
          benefits filed by any person (hereinafter referred to a the
          "Claimant"), the Plan administrator shall transmit to the Claimant a
          written notice of the Company's decision, which shall be written in a
          manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and contain a
          statement of the specific reasons for the denial of the claim and a
          restatement advising the Claimant that, within 60 days of the date on
          which he receives such notice, he may obtain review of the decision of
          the Company in accordance with the procedures hereinafter set forth.
          Within such 60-day period, the Claimant or his authorized
          representative may request that the claim denial be reviewed by filing
          with the Plan administrator a written request therefor, which request
          shall contain the following information:

               (a)  the date on which the Claimant's request was filed with the
          Plan administrator; provided, however, that the date on which the
          Claimant's request for review was in fact filed with the Plan
          administrator shall control in the event that the date of the actual
          filing is later than the date stated by the Claimant pursuant to this
          paragraph (a);

               (b)  the specific portions of the denial of his claim which the
          Claimant requests the Plan administrator to review;

               (c)  a statement by the Claimant setting forth the basis upon
          which he believes the Plan administrator should reverse the Company's
          previous denial of his claim for benefits and accept his claim as
          made; and

               (d)  any written material (offered as exhibits) which the
          Claimant desires the Plan administrator to examine in its
          consideration of his position as stated pursuant to paragraph (c).

                                       17
<PAGE>

          Within 60 days of the date determined pursuant to paragraph (a) of
          this Section 9.3, the Plan administrator shall conduct a full and fair
          review of the Company's decision denying the Claimant's claim for
          benefits. Within 60 days of the date of such hearing, the Plan
          administrator shall render its written decision on review, written in
          a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, specifying the
          reasons and Plan provisions upon which its decision was based.

          9.4  Indemnification. In addition to whatever rights of
               ---------------
          indemnification the members of the Board of Directors of the Company,
          or any other person or persons to whom any power, authority, or
          responsibility of the Company is allocated or delegated pursuant to
          Section 9.1, may be entitled under the articles of incorporation,
          regulations, or by-laws of the Company, under any provision of law, or
          under any other agreement, the Company shall satisfy any liability
          actually and reasonably incurred by any such person or persons,
          including expenses, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, and amounts
          paid in settlement, in connection with any threatened, pending, or
          completed action, suit, or proceeding which is related to the exercise
          or failure to exercise by such person or persons of any of the powers,
          authority, responsibilities, or discretion provided under the Plan, or
          reasonably believed by such person or persons to be provided
          hereunder, and any action taken by such person or persons in
          connection therewith.

          9.5  Administrative Expenses.  The fees of the Trustee and all other
               -----------------------
          administrative expenses of the Plan and Trust shall be paid by the
          Trustee from the assets of the Trust unless the Company, in its
          discretion, elects to pay any such fees and/or expenses.

          9.6  Voting of Company Stock in the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund.  Each
               ----------------------------------------------------
          Participant or Beneficiary who has shares of Company Stock allocated
          to his Account shall be a named fiduciary with respect to the voting
          of Company Stock held thereunder and shall have the following powers
          and responsibilities:

               (a)  Prior to each annual or special meeting of the shareholders
          of the Company, the Company shall cause to be sent to each Participant
          and Beneficiary who has Company Stock allocated to his Account and
          invested in the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund under the Plan a copy of the
          proxy solicitation material therefor, together with a form requesting
          confidential voting instructions, with respect to the voting of such
          Company Stock as well as the voting of Company Stock for which the
          Trustee does not receive instructions. Each such Participant and/or
          Beneficiary shall instruct the Trustee to vote the number of such
          uninstructed shares of Company Stock equal to the proportion that the
          number of shares of

                                       18
<PAGE>

          Company Stock allocated to his Account and invested in the ICF Kaiser
          Stock Fund bears to the total number of shares of Company Stock in the
          Plan for which instructions are received. Upon receipt of such a
          Participant's or Beneficiary's instructions, the Trustee shall then
          vote in person, or by proxy, such shares of Company Stock as so
          instructed.

               (b)  The Company shall cause the Trustee to furnish to each
          Participant and Beneficiary who has Company Stock allocated to his
          Account and invested in the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund under the Plan
          notice of any tender or exchange offer for, or a request or invitation
          for tenders or exchanges of, Company Stock made to the Trustee. The
          Trustee shall request from each such Participant and Beneficiary
          instructions as to the tendering or exchanging of Company Stock
          allocated to his Account. Each Participant and Beneficiary who does
          not instruct the Trustee with respect to the tendering or exchanging
          of Company Stock allocated to his Account shall be deemed to have
          decided not to participate in any such tender or exchange offer. The
          Trustee shall provide Participants and Beneficiaries with a reasonable
          period of time in which they may consider any such tender or exchange
          offer for, or request or invitation for tenders or exchanges of,
          Company Stock made to the Trustee. Within the time specified by the
          Trustee, the Trustee shall tender or exchange such Company Stock as to
          which the Trustee has received instructions to tender or exchange from
          Participants and Beneficiaries.

               (c)  Instructions received from Participants and Beneficiaries by
          the Trustee regarding the voting, tendering, or exchanging of Company
          Stock shall be held in strictest confidence and shall not be divulged
          to any other person, including officers or employees of the Company,
          except as otherwise required by law, regulation or lawful process.

     26.  The first sentence of Section 10.1 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "and the Committee".

     27.  The second sentence of Section 10.2 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "the Committee and".

     28.  The third sentence of Section 10.3 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "or Committee".

     29.  The first sentence and third sentence of Section 10.4 of the Plan are
hereby amended effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "and
Committee".

                                       19
<PAGE>

     30.  The term "Committee" is hereby deleted effective March 17, 1999,
throughout the Plan and the term "Company" is hereby substituted in place
thereof.


          Executed this 8/th/ day of April, 1999.

                                    ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                      By: /s/ Timothy P. O'Connor
                                          --------------------------------------

                                      And:  Senior Vice President and
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Chief Financial Officer
                                            ------------------------------------

                                       20

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10(d)(5)


                                FIFTH AMENDMENT
                                    TO THE
                        ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                RETIREMENT PLAN


     WHEREAS, the ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Retirement Plan (hereinafter
referred to as the "Plan") was established effective August 1, 1971, by ICF
Kaiser International, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"); and

     WHEREAS, the Plan was most recently restated effective January 1, 1996; and

     WHEREAS, the restated Plan was amended subsequently on four occasions; and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan again;

     NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of April 7, 1999, unless specifically provided
otherwise, the Plan is hereby amended in the respects hereinafter set forth.

     1.   Section 2.7 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide as follows:

          2.7  Cessation of Coverage of Certain Participants.  Effective as of
               ---------------------------------------------
          the date of the Closing with respect to the sale of the Environment
          and Facilities Management Group (the "EFM Group") of the Company to
          The IT Group, Inc., coverage under the Plan shall be closed to any
          individual employed by, or at a facility of, the EFM Group and
          effective as of the date of the Closing with respect to the sale by
          the Company of the majority of its capital stock of ICF Consulting
          Group, Inc. ("ICF Consulting Group") to ICF Consulting Group Holdings,
          LLC or any other unrelated entity, coverage under the Plan shall be
          closed to any individual employed by, or at a facility of, ICF
          Consulting Group.

     2.   Section 3.7 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide as follows:

          3.7  Full Vesting of Certain Participants.  Notwithstanding any other
               ------------------------------------
          provision of the Plan to the contrary, as of the date of the Closing
          with respect to the sale of the EFM Group to The IT Group, Inc., each
          Participant employed by, or at a facility of, the EFM Group shall be
          fully vested in his Account, and as of the date of the Closing with
          respect to the sale by the Company of the majority of its capital
          stock of ICF Consulting Group to ICF Consulting Group Holdings, LLC or
          any other unrelated entity, each Participant employed by, or at a
          facility of, ICF Consulting Group shall be fully vested in his
          Account.
<PAGE>

     3.   Clause (d) in the first sentence of Section 7.1 of the Plan is hereby
amended to provide as follows:

          (d) terminate employment with the Company or a Member of a Controlled
          Group due to the sale of the EFM Group or the sale of the majority of
          the Company's capital stock of ICF Consulting Group to ICF Consulting
          Group Holdings, LLC or any other unrelated entity.


          Executed this 25th day of June, 1999.

                                        ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                          By: /s/ Timothy P. O'Connor
                                              ----------------------------------

                                          And: Senior Vice President and
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Chief Financial Officer
                                               ---------------------------------

                                       2

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10(d)(6)

                                SIXTH AMENDMENT
                                    TO THE
                        ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                RETIREMENT PLAN


     WHEREAS, the ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Retirement Plan (hereinafter
referred to as the "Plan") was established effective August 1, 1971, by ICF
Kaiser International, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"); and

     WHEREAS, the Plan was most recently restated effective January 1, 1996; and

     WHEREAS, the restated Plan was amended subsequently on five occasions; and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan again;

     NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of August 30, 1999, the first sentence of
Section 4.2 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide as follows:

     "Employer contributions shall be paid to the Trust on the due date for
     filing the Employer's Federal income tax return for that year, including
     extensions of that date, or as of such other date or dates approved by the
     Board."

     Executed this 30th day of August, 1999.

                              ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                              By: /s/ James J. Maiwurm
                                  -----------------------
                                  James J. Maiwurm
                                  Chairman, President and
                                  Chief Executive Officer

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10(k)(4)

                               FOURTH AMENDMENT
                                    TO THE
                        ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              SECTION 401(K) PLAN



     WHEREAS, the ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Section 401(k) Plan
(hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") was established effective as of March 1,
1989, by ICF Kaiser International, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the
"Company"); and

     WHEREAS, the Plan was most recently restated as of January 1, 1998; and

     WHEREAS, the restated Plan was amended subsequently on three occasions; and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan again to comply with recent
tax legislation, to reflect various administrative changes, and to accommodate
certain divestitures;

     NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of April 7, 1999, unless specifically provided
otherwise, the Plan is hereby amended in the respects hereinafter set forth.

     1.   Section 1.6 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide as follows:

          1.6 "Closing" shall mean the consummation of a transaction in which
          the Company disposes of (i) substantially all of the assets used by
          the Company in a trade or business of the Company, or (ii) the
          Company's interest in a subsidiary.

     2.   The last sentence of the second paragraph of Section 1.9 of the Plan
is hereby deleted effective as of January 1, 1997.

     3.   Paragraph (e) of Section 1.12 of the Plan is hereby amended effective
January 1, 1997, to provide as follows:

               (e)  a leased employee who pursuant to Section 414(n)(2) of the
     Code means any person (other than a person who is an employee without
     regard to this Paragraph (e)) engaged in performing services for a Member
     of the Controlled Group (the "recipient") pursuant to an agreement between
     the recipient and any other person ("Leasing Organization") who meets the
     following requirements:

                    (i)  he has performed services for one or more Members of
               the Controlled Group (or for any other "related persons"
               determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a
               substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year;

                    (ii) such services are under the primary direction or
               control of the recipient; and
<PAGE>

                    (iii)  he is not participating in a "safe harbor plan" of
               the Leasing Organization. (For this purpose a "safe harbor plan"
               is a plan that satisfies the requirements of Section 414(n)(5) of
               the Code, which will generally be a money purchase pension plan
               with a nonintegrated company contribution rate of at least 10% of
               compensation and which provides for immediate participation and
               full and immediate vesting).

          A person who is a leased employee shall also be considered an employee
          of a Member of the Controlled Group during such period (and solely for
          the purpose of determining length of service for vesting purposes, and
          shall also be considered to have been an employee for any earlier
          period in which he was a leased employee) but shall not be a
          Participant and shall not otherwise be eligible to become covered by
          the Plan during any period in which he is a leased employee.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sole purpose of this Paragraph (e)
          is to define and apply the term "leased employee" strictly (and only)
          to the extent necessary to satisfy the minimum requirements of Section
          414(n) of the Code relating to "leased employees.

     4.   Section 1.18 of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997,
to provide as follows:

          1.18 [Reserved]

     5.   Section 1.20 of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997,
to provide as follows:

          1.20 "Highly-Compensated Employee" shall mean any Employee of the
          Company or a Member of a Controlled Group for a Plan Year who:

               (a)  during the immediately preceding Plan Year, received
          compensation (as defined in Section 4.3(b)(ii) of the Plan without
          regard to Sections 125, 402(e)(3) and 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code) in
          excess of $80,000 (such dollar limitation shall be adjusted
          automatically in accordance with the maximum amount permitted under
          Section 414(q) of the Code); or

               (b)  during such Plan Year or during the immediately preceding
          Plan Year owned directly or indirectly 5% or more of the Company or a
          Member of a Controlled Group (so that he is a "5% owner" as defined in
          Section 416(i)(1) of the Code);

          A former Employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if
          such Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee when such Employee
          separated from service or such Employee was a Highly

                                       2
<PAGE>

          Compensated Employee at any time after attaining age 55.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, the sole
          purpose of this Section 1.17 is to define and apply the term Highly-
          Compensated Employee strictly (and only) to the extent necessary to
          satisfy the minimum requirements of Section 414(q) of the Code
          relating to "highly-compensated employees." This Section 1.17 shall be
          interpreted, applied and, if and to the extent necessary, deemed
          modified without formal amendments of language, so as to satisfy
          solely the minimum requirements of Section 414(q) of the Code.

     6.   Section 1.26 of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997,
to provide as follows:

          1.26 "Non-Highly Compensated Participant" shall mean any Participant
          who is not a Highly Compensated Participant.

     7.   Section 1.38 of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997,
to provide as follows:

          1.38 [Reserved]

     8.   Section 2.5 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide as follows:

          2.5  Qualified Military Service and Compliance with Uniformed Services
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Employment and Reemployment Rights Act. Notwithstanding any provision
          --------------------------------------
          of the Plan to the contrary, effective as of December 12, 1994,
          contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to Qualified
          Military Service shall be provided in accordance with Section 414(u)
          of the Code.

     9.   Article II of the Plan is hereby amended by the addition of Section
2.6 at the end thereof to provide as follows:

          2.6  Cessation of Coverage of Certain Participants. Effective as of
               ---------------------------------------------
          the date of the Closing with respect to the sale of the Environment
          and Facilities Management Group ("EFM Group") of the Company to The IT
          Group, Inc., coverage under the Plan shall be closed to any individual
          employed by, or at a facility of, the EFM Group and effective as of
          the date of the Closing with respect to the sale of the stock of ICF
          Consulting Group, Inc. ("ICF Consulting Group") to CM Equity Partners,
          L.P., CMEP Coinvestment ICF, L.P. and various individuals, coverage
          under the Plan shall be closed to any individual employed by, or at a
          facility of, ICF Consulting Group.

     10.  Section 4.4 is hereby amended effective January 1, 1998, to provide as
follows:

                                       3
<PAGE>

          4.4  Limitation on Benefits.
               ----------------------

               (a) Incorporation of Section 415 of the Code.  The provisions set
                   ----------------------------------------
          forth in this Section 4.4 are intended solely to comply with the
          requirements of Section 415 of the Code and shall be interpreted,
          applied, and if and to the extent necessary deemed modified without
          further formal language so as to satisfy solely the minimum
          requirements of said Section. For such purposes, the limitations of
          Section 415 of the Code are hereby incorporated by reference and made
          part hereof as though fully set forth herein, but shall be applied
          only to particular Plan benefits in accordance with the provisions of
          this Section 4.4, to the extent such provisions are not consistent
          with said Section 415. The limitations contained in this Section 4.4
          shall be applicable only with respect to benefits provided pursuant to
          defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans specified in
          Section 415(k) of the Code.

               (b) Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 4.4, the following
                   -----------
          definitions shall apply in addition to those set forth in Article I:

                   (i)    The term "Annual Additions" shall mean the amount
               defined in Section 415 (c)(2) of the Code.

                   (ii)   The term "Annual Benefit" shall mean the benefit
               amount defined in Section 415(b)(2)(A) of the Code as adjusted
               pursuant to the provisions of Section 415(b)(2)(B), (C), (D), and
               (E) of the Code.

                   (iii)  The term "Compensation" shall mean compensation as
               defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code.

                   (iv)   The term "Defined Benefit Fraction" for any Limitation
               Year beginning prior to January 1, 2000, shall mean the fraction
               defined in Section 415(e)(2) of the Code.

                   (v)    The term "Defined Contribution Fraction" for any
               Limitation Year beginning prior to January 1, 2000, shall mean
               the fraction defined in Section 415(e)(3) of the Code.

                   (vi)   The term "Employer" shall mean the Company and all
               Members of a Controlled Group; provided, however, that for
               purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 4.4 with
               respect to Limitation Years after December 31, 1999, "50 percent"
               rather than "80 percent" shall be used in determining Member of a
               Controlled Group defined under Section 414(b) and Section 414(c)
               of the Code.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                    (vii)   The term "Excess Amount" shall mean the excess of
               the Participant's Annual Additions for a Limitation Year over the
               Defined Contribution Maximum Permissible Amount.

                    (viii)  The term "Highest Average Compensation" shall mean
               the average Compensation for the three consecutive calendar years
               during which the Participant was an active Participant in the
               Plan and had the greatest aggregate Compensation from the
               Employer.

                    (ix)    The term "Limitation Year" shall mean a calendar
               year or such other 12-month period elected by the Company
               pursuant to regulations and rulings under Section 415 of the
               Code.

                    (x)     The term "Defined Contribution Maximum Permissible
               Amount" shall mean Annual Additions of a Participant which do not
               exceed the lesser of (i) $30,000 (adjusted in accordance with
               regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for
               increases in the cost of living), or (ii) 25 percent of such
               Participant's Compensation paid for such Limitation Year as set
               forth in Section 415(e)(1) of the Code. If a short Limitation
               Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation
               Year to a different 12-month consecutive period, such Annual
               Additions shall not exceed $30,000 multiplied by a fraction, the
               numerator of which is the number of months in the short
               Limitation Year and the denominator of which is 12.

                    (xi)    The term "Defined Benefit Maximum Permissible
               Amount" shall mean the Annual Benefit of a Participant which does
               not exceed the lesser of $90,000 or 100 percent of the
               Participant's Highest Average Compensation as set forth in
               Section 415(b)(1) of the Code.

                    (xii)   The term "Projected Annual Benefit" shall mean the
               annual retirement benefit of a Participant attributable to
               Employer contributions which would be payable to such Participant
               under a plan based on the assumptions that he continues his
               employment as a Participant until the Social Security Retirement
               Age and that his Compensation for the Limitation Year continues
               at the same rate until the Social Security Retirement Age, and on
               the basis of the federal Social Security Act as in effect on the
               last day of the Limitation Year. A Participant's "aggregate
               Projected Annual Retirement Benefit" shall include his Projected
               Annual Benefit, if any, under any other defined benefit plan
               maintained by the Employer.

                                       5
<PAGE>

                    (xiii)  The term "Social Security Retirement Age" shall mean
               the age used as the retirement age under Section 216(l) of the
               federal Social Security Act, without regard to any age increase
               factor and as if the early retirement age under Section 216(l)(2)
               were 62.

               (c)  Limitations on Allocations Under the Plan. Notwithstanding
                    -----------------------------------------
          any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the amount of Annual
          Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account for any
          Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the Defined
          Contribution Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation
          contained in the Plan. If the Annual Additions to the Account of a
          Participant in any Limitation Year would otherwise exceed such amount,
          the Excess Amount shall be disposed of by reducing the Salary
          Deferrals of a Participant and corresponding matching Employer
          contributions and forfeitures otherwise allocable to the Participant's
          Account for the Limitation Year. Amounts deemed to be forfeitures
          under this Paragraph (c) shall be held unallocated in a suspense
          account established for the Limitation Year and shall be applied
          against the Employer's contribution obligation for the next following
          Limitation year (and succeeding Limitation Years, as necessary). If a
          suspense account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year,
          all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated to Participants'
          Accounts (subject to the limitations set for in this Section 4.4 )
          before any further Employer contributions may be made to the Plan on
          behalf of Participants. If a suspense account is in existence at any
          time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this Section 4.4, it will
          not participate in the allocation of the investment gains and losses
          on the Plan's assets.

               (d)  Limitation for Multiple Defined Contribution Plan
                    -------------------------------------------------
          Participation. If a Participant is covered by any other qualified
          -------------
          defined contribution plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by
          the Employer concurrently with the Plan, and if the Annual Additions
          for the Limitation Year would otherwise exceed the amount that may be
          applied for the Participant's benefit under the limitation contained
          in Section 4.4(c), such excess shall be reduced by first returning any
          employer contributions made with respect to the Participant under an
          employee stock ownership plan and then by returning the Salary
          Deferrals made on behalf of the Participant for the Limitation Year
          under this Plan and corresponding matching Employer contributions and
          the income attributable thereto as provided in Section 4.4(c). If the
          limitation contained in Section 4.4(c) is still not satisfied after
          returning all of such contributions, then the Employer contributions
          and forfeitures for the Limitation Year under any other plans that
          have been contributions and forfeitures for the Limitation Year under
          such other plans that have been allocated to the Participant shall be
          reduced and disposed of as provided in any such other plans.

                                       6
<PAGE>

               (e)  Limitation for Defined Benefit Plan Participation. For
                    -------------------------------------------------
          Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, if a Participant
          in the Plan is also covered by a qualified defined benefit plan
          (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer, in no event
          shall the sum of the Defined Benefit Fraction and the Defined
          Contribution Fraction exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year.

               (f)  Scope of Limitations. The limitations contained in
                    --------------------
          Paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this Section 4.4 shall be applicable
          only with respect to benefits provided pursuant to defined
          contribution plans and defined benefit plans described in Section
          415(k) of the Code and all such defined contribution plans (whether or
          not terminated) of the Employer shall be treated as one defined
          contribution plan and all such defined benefit plans (whether or not
          terminated) of the Employer shall be treated as one defined benefit
          plan.

     11.  Sections 4.5 and 4.6 of the Plan are hereby deleted effective January
1, 1998, in their entirety.

     12.  Article V of the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 1998, to
provide as follows:

                                   ARTICLE V

                             TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
                             --------------------

          5.1  Applicability. Notwithstanding any other provision to the
               -------------
          contrary, in the event the Plan is deemed to be a top-heavy plan for
          any Plan Year, the provisions contained in this Article V with respect
          to vesting and contributions made by the Employer shall be applicable
          with respect to such Plan Year. In the event that the Plan is
          determined to be a top-heavy plan and upon a subsequent determination
          date is determined to no longer be a top-heavy plan, the vesting and
          the contribution provisions in effect immediately preceding the Plan
          Year in which the Plan was determined to be a top-heavy plan shall
          again become applicable as of such subsequent determination date.

          5.2  Top-Heavy Definitions. Notwithstanding the definitions set forth
               ---------------------
          in Article I, the following definitions shall be applicable to this
          Article V.

               (a)  The term "Compensation" shall have the meaning set forth in
                              ------------
          Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-2(d).

               (b)  The term "Determination Date" shall mean for any Plan Year
                              ------------------
          subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan
          Year and for the first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that
          Plan Year.

                                       7
<PAGE>

               (c)  The term "Employer" shall mean the Company and all Members
                              --------
          of a Controlled Group.

               (d)  The term "Key Employee" shall mean any Employee or former
                              ------------
          Employee (and the beneficiaries of such Employer) who at any time
          during the Plan Year and any of the four preceding Plan Years was an
          officer of the Employer with annual compensation greater than 50
          percent of the dollar limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
          Code, an owner (or considered an owner) under Section 318 of the Code)
          of one of the ten largest interests in the Employer with compensation
          greater than 100 percent of the limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A)
          of the Code, a 5 percent owner of the Employer, or a 1 percent owner
          of the Employer with annual compensation of more than $150,000.

               (e)  The term "Permissive Aggregation Group" shall mean the
                              ----------------------------
          Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of
          the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required
          Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of
          Section 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

               (f)  The term "Present Value" shall mean for purposes of
                              -------------
          computing present value calculations in determining the Top-Heavy
          Ratio, present value calculations based on the actuarial assumptions
          as stated in the applicable plan.

               (g)  The term "Required Aggregation Group" shall mean (a) each
                              --------------------------
          tax qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee
          participates or participated at any time during the determination
          period (regardless of whether the plan terminated), and (b) any other
          tax qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in
          clause (a) to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the
          Code.

               (h)  The term "Super Top-Heavy Group" with respect to a
                              ---------------------
          particular Plan Year shall mean a Required or Permissive Aggregation
          Group that, as of the Determination Date, would qualify as a Top-Heavy
          Group under the definition in Paragraph (j) of this Section 5.2 with
          "90 percent" substituted for "60 percent" each place where "60
          percent" appears in such definition.

               (i)  The term "Super Top-Heavy Plan" with respect to a particular
                              --------------------
          Plan Year shall mean a plan that, as of the Determination Date, would
          qualify as a Top-Heavy Plan under the definition in Paragraph (k) of
          this Section 5.2 with "90 percent" substituted for "60 percent" each
          place where "60 percent" appears in such definition. A plan is also a
          "Super Top-Heavy Plan" if it is part of a Super Top-Heavy Group.

                                       8
<PAGE>

               (j)  The term "Top-Heavy Group" with respect to a particular Plan
                              ---------------
          Year shall mean a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group if the sum,
          as of the Determination Date, of the present value of the cumulative
          accrued benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans
          included in such group and the aggregate of the account balances of
          Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in such
          group exceeds 60 percent of a similar sum determined for all employees
          covered by the plans included in such group.

               (k)  The term "Top-Heavy Plan" with respect to a particular Plan
                              --------------
          Year shall mean the Plan if any of the following conditions exist:

                    (i)   If the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Plan exceeds 60 percent
               and the Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or
               Permissive Aggregation Group of plans.

                    (ii)  If the Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group
               of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the
               Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

                    (iii) If the Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group
               and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-
               Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60
               percent.

               (l)  The term "Top-Heavy Ratio" shall mean:
                              ---------------

                    (i)   While the Employer maintains one or more defined
               contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension
               plan) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit
               plan which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination
               Date has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for the
               Plan alone or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group,
               as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum
               of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the
               Determination Date (including any part of any account balance
               distributed in the five-year period ending on the Determination
               Date), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account
               balances (including any part of any account balance distributed
               in the five-year period ending on the Determination Date), both
               computed in accordance with Section 416 of the Code. Both the
               numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are adjusted to
               reflect any contribution not actually made as of the
               Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into
               account on that date under Section 416 of the Code.

                    (ii)  While the Employer maintains one or more defined
               contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension
               plans)

                                       9
<PAGE>

          and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined
          benefit plans which during the five-year period ending on the
          Determination Date has or has had any accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy
          Ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate
          is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances
          under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key
          Employees, determined in accordance with subparagraph (i) above, and
          the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined
          benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination
          Date, and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances
          under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all
          participants, determined in accordance with subparagraph (i) above,
          and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit
          plan or plans for all participants as of the Determination Date, all
          determined in accordance with Section 416 of the Code. The accrued
          benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and
          denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are adjusted for any distribution
          of an accrued benefit made in the five-year period ending on the
          Determination Date.

               (iii)  For purposes of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, the
          value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits
          shall be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls
          within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination
          Date, except as provided in Section 416 of the Code for the first and
          second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and
          accrued benefits of a participant (1) who is not a Key Employee but
          who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (2) who has not performed
          services for the Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the
          5-year period ending on the Determination Date will be disregarded.
          The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which
          distributions, rollovers and transfers are taken into account will be
          made in accordance with Section 416 of the Code. Deductible employee
          contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of
          computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans the value of
          account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with
          reference to the Determination Date that falls within the same
          calendar year.

          (m)    The term "Valuation Date" shall mean, for purposes of computing
                           --------------
     the Top-Heavy Ratio, the Determination Date.

     5.3  Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation Rules.  The following Top-Heavy Plan
          ----------------------------------
     minimum allocation rules shall apply:

                                       10
<PAGE>

          (a) Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph (b) and (c) below, the
     Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any
     Participant who is not a Key Employee shall be the lesser of 3 percent of
     such Participant's Compensation or in the case where the Employer has no
     defined benefit plan which designates the Plan to satisfy Section 401 of
     the Code, the largest percentage of compensation allocated with respect to
     a Key Employee for the Plan Year.  Tax-Deferred Contributions cannot be
     used to satisfy the minimum contributions for non-Key Employees under
     Section 416 of the Code.  Furthermore, in making the determination of the
     percentage at which contributions are made for the Key Employee with the
     highest percentage, Tax-Deferred Contributions on behalf of Key Employees
     shall be taken into account.

          (b) The provisions in paragraph (a) shall not apply to any Participant
     who is not actively employed as an Employee by the Employer on the last day
     of the Plan Year for which the minimum allocation is to be made.

          (c) The provisions in paragraph (a) shall not apply to any Participant
     to the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan or plans of
     the Employer, and by the terms of such plan or plans it is provided that
     the minimum allocation or benefit requirements applicable to Top-Heavy
     Plans shall be met in such other plan or plans. If such other plan is, or
     if one of such other plans is, a defined benefit plan maintained by the
     Employer, and such plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the minimum benefit
     requirements applicable to Top-Heavy Plans shall be met under such defined
     benefit plan as provided therein, to the extent such benefit can be
     provided under such plan or plans. If such other plan is, or if one of such
     other plans is, a defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, and
     such plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the minimum allocation requirements shall be
     met under such plan, except as may be otherwise provided in such other
     plan. The application and administration of the minimum allocation or
     benefit requirements for Top-Heavy Plans shall be satisfied in a manner so
     as to only satisfy the minimum allocation/benefit requirements as
     permissible and so as to avoid any duplication of minimum
     allocation/benefits for non-Key Employees, as provided under Section 416 of
     the Code.

     5.4  Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule.  A Participant shall be entitled to the
          --------------------------
     vested interest in his Account attributable to Employer contributions
     calculated in accordance with the provisions of Article IV (or, if greater,
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3) determined in accordance
     with the following schedule if greater than under Article III:

                                       11
<PAGE>

            Years of Service            Vested Percentage
            ----------------            -----------------

            Less than 2                      0%
            2 but less than 3               20%
            3 but less than 4               40%
            4 but less than 5               60%
            5 but less than 6               80%
            6 or more                      100%

     If the Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan and subsequently ceases to be such,
     the vesting schedule set forth above shall continue to apply in determining
     the rights to benefits of any Participant who had at least three years of
     Service as of December 31 in the last Plan Year in which the Plan was a
     Top-Heavy Plan.  For other Participants, such schedule shall apply only to
     that portion of their Account that became vested under the vesting schedule
     set forth above as of such December 31.

     5.5  Top-Heavy Compensation Limitation.  The annual compensation of any
          ---------------------------------
     Participant to be taken into account under the Plan during any Plan Year in
     which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan shall not exceed the
     limitation on Compensation set forth in the second paragraph of Section
     1.9.

     5.6  Top-Heavy Plan/Benefit Limitations.  In any Plan Year beginning prior
          ----------------------------------
     to January 1, 2000, in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the denominators
     of the defined benefit fraction and the defined contribution fraction (as
     such terms are used in applying the benefit limitation provisions of
     Section 415 of the Code) shall be computed using 100 percent of the dollar
     limitation instead of 125 percent.

     13.  The first sentence of Section 6.1 of the Plan is hereby deleted and
four sentences are substituted in place thereof to provide as follows:

     The Company shall cause at least three investment funds to be established
     and maintained at all times.  Each such fund shall be diversified and have
     different risk and return characteristics from the other Funds.  Any fund
     which invests in investments with restrictions regarding funds to which
     investment transfers may be made or to which a minimum investment period is
     applicable shall not be considered as one of such requisite three
     investment Funds.  The Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in
     Section 404(c) of ERISA and DOL Regs. Section 2550.404c-1 and insofar as
     the Plan complies with said Section 404(c), Plan fiduciaries shall be
     relieved of liability for any losses which are the direct result of
     investment instructions given by Participants.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, to the extent that Section 404(c) of ERISA is not applicable,
     Participants shall be named fiduciaries with respect to the investment of
     their Accounts.

     14.  Section 8.1 is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997, to provide as
follows:

                                       12
<PAGE>

     8.1  Distribution at Required Beginning Date.  Notwithstanding any other
          ---------------------------------------
     provision of the Plan to the contrary, on and after January 1, 1997,
     payment of a retired or former Participant's benefit shall commence not
     later than the earlier of:

               (i)  the 60th day after the end of the Plan Year in which the
          latest of the following dates occurs: (i) Participant's Normal
          Retirement Date, (ii) the tenth anniversary of the date on which the
          Participant first became a Participant, and (iii) the date of the
          Participant's retirement or other termination of employment; or

               (ii) the April 1 following the calendar year in which the later
          of the following dates occurs: (i) the date on which the Participant
          attains 70-1/2, or (ii) the date on which the Participant retires
          (except for a Participant who is a 5% owner, as defined in Section
          416(i)(1)(B) of the Code, the date determined under this Paragraph (d)
          shall be April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in
          which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 without regard to the date of
          the Participant's retirement.

     All payments required under this Article VIII, shall be determined and made
     in accordance with the regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code,
     including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of
     proposed Treas. Reg. (S)1.401(a)(9)-2, if applicable.  Any non-retired
     Participant (other than a 5% owner) who has attained age 70-1/2 and who is
     receiving payment of his benefit while employed by a Member of a Controlled
     Group, may elect in writing in the manner, time, and form required by the
     Company to terminate payment of his Plan benefit otherwise payable after
     January 1, 1997, until after his retirement under the terms of the Plan in
     effect at such time.  Any non-retired Participant (other than a 5% owner)
     who attains age 70-1/2 in 1997 or 1998, may elect in writing in the manner,
     time, and form required by the Company to defer payment of his Plan benefit
     until after his retirement pursuant to the terms of the Plan in effect at
     such time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the spouse of any Participant
     who so elects to terminate receiving Plan benefits which are being paid in
     a qualified joint and survivor annuity (within the meaning of Section
     417(b) of the Code) must consent to such election and acknowledge the
     effect of the election.  If such a Participant does not make such an
     election or if the Participant is a 5% owner, payment of his Plan benefit
     shall be made or shall continue to be made to him pursuant to the
     provisions of this Section 8.3 in effect prior to January 1, 1997.  For
     purposes of Section 417 of the Code, any recommencement of benefits under
     this Section 8.3 shall be considered a new annuity starting date.

15.  Paragraph (b) of Section 8.3 of the Plan is hereby amended to provide
as follows:

                                       13
<PAGE>

               (b) Lump Sum.  Except as provided in Section 8.3(c) and (d), a
                   --------
          Participant's Account shall be distributed in one or more payments
          within one calendar year, as soon as practicable after his separation
          from service. The Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute to
          a Participant or his Beneficiary any amount to which the Participant
          or his Beneficiary is entitled under the Plan in one lump sum payment
          in cash, except that with respect to distribution from the ICF Kaiser
          Stock Fund, the Committee may direct the Trustee to distribute to a
          Participant or his Beneficiary any amount to which the Participant or
          his Beneficiary is entitled under the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund in one
          lump sum payment in whole shares of qualifying employer securities
          (with the value of any fractional share paid in cash), cash, or a
          combination of both, at the election of the Participant; provided,
          however, that the distribution of any such cash payment shall be made
          not later than two months after the date that distribution of Company
          Stock would have occurred and shall be determined as of the value of
          Company Stock on such date.

     16.  Paragraph (d)(2) of Section 8.3 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective January 1, 1997, to provide as follow:

          (d)(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
          contrary, any rejection, or revocation of a rejection, of the
          automatic election of the qualified joint and survivor annuity shall
          be made only within the 90-day period prior to the Participant's
          annuity starting date. Within a reasonable period of time prior to the
          annuity starting date, the Company shall provide each Participant with
          a written explanation of (1) the terms and conditions of the qualified
          joint and survivor annuity and its financial effect on his retirement
          benefit; (2) the Participant's right to waive such joint and survivor
          annuity; (3) the rights of the Participant's spouse regarding consent
          as described above in subparagraph (ii); and (4) the right to make and
          the effect of, a revocation of an election to waive the automatic
          qualified joint and survivor annuity. Such explanation shall be
          provided at least 30 days prior to distribution unless the Participant
          (with any applicable spousal consent) waives such 30-day requirement
          and distribution commences more than 7 days after such explanation is
          provided.

     17.  Paragraph (e) of Section 8.3 of the Plan is hereby amended effective
January 1, 1998, to provide as follow:

               (e) Alternative Form of Benefit for Amounts Attributable to
                   -------------------------------------------------------
          Benefits Transferred From the Georgia A. Wilson & Associates, Inc.
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Retirement Plan (the "Georgia Wilson Plan"). A Participant whose
          -------------------------------------------
          Account is credited with benefits from the Georgia Wilson Plan may
          elect to receive the portion of his Account attributable to such
          benefits from the Georgia Wilson Plan in payments over a period
          certain in monthly,

                                       14
<PAGE>

          quarterly, semiannual, or annual cash installments, which period shall
          not extend beyond the Participant's life expectancy (or the life
          expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).

     18.  Article IX of the Plan is hereby amended effective March 17, 1999, to
provide as follows:

                                  ARTICLE IX

                     ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS PROCEDURES
                     ------------------------------------

          9.1 Authority of the Company. The Company shall be the Plan
              ------------------------
          administrator for purposes of ERISA and the Code and shall have the
          authority and the power to perform the functions conferred upon it
          herein, subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth. The Company
          shall have the sole right to interpret and construe the Plan, and to
          determine any disputes arising thereunder, subject to the provisions
          of Section 9.3. In exercising such powers and authorities, the Company
          shall at all times exercise good faith, apply standards of uniform
          application, and refrain from arbitrary action. The Company may employ
          such attorneys, agents, and accountants as it may deem necessary or
          advisable to assist it in carrying out its duties hereunder. The
          Company is hereby designated as a "named fiduciary" of the Plan as
          such term is defined in Section 402(a)(2) of ERISA. The Company may
          allocate any of its responsibilities for the day to day operation and
          administration of the Plan to any person or persons employed by it. In
          addition, the Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may
          designate a person other than itself to carry out any of such powers,
          authorities or responsibilities which are retained by it or granted to
          it by this Article IX.

          9.2 Action of Company. Any act authorized, permitted, or required to
              -----------------
          be taken by the Company under the Plan, which has not been allocated
          or delegated in accordance with Section 9.1, may be taken by a
          majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company,
          either by vote at a meeting, or in writing without a meeting. All
          notices, advices, directions, certifications, approvals, and
          instructions required or authorized to be given by the Company under
          the Plan shall be in writing and signed by either (a) a majority of
          the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or by such
          member or members as may be designated by an instrument in writing,
          signed by all the members thereof, as having authority to execute such
          documents on its behalf, or (b) a person who becomes authorized to act
          for the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.1.
          Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3, any action taken by the
          Company which is authorized, permitted, or required under the Plan
          shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Trustee, all
          persons who have or who claim an interest under the Plan, and all
          third parties dealing with the Company or the Trustee.

                                       15
<PAGE>

          9.3 Claims Review Procedure. Whenever the Company decides for whatever
              -----------------------
          reason to deny, whether in whole or in part, a claim for benefits
          filed by any person (hereinafter referred to a the "Claimant"), the
          Plan administrator shall transmit to the Claimant a written notice of
          the Company's decision, which shall be written in a manner calculated
          to be understood by the Claimant and contain a statement of the
          specific reasons for the denial of the claim and a restatement
          advising the Claimant that, within 60 days of the date on which he
          receives such notice, he may obtain review of the decision of the
          Company in accordance with the procedures hereinafter set forth.
          Within such 60-day period, the Claimant or his authorized
          representative may request that the claim denial be reviewed by filing
          with the Plan Administrator a written request therefor, which request
          shall contain the following information:

               (a) the date on which the Claimant's request was filed with the
          Plan administrator; provided, however, that the date on which the
          Claimant's request for review was in fact filed with the Plan
          Administrator shall control in the event that the date of the actual
          filing is later than the date stated by the Claimant pursuant to this
          paragraph (a);

               (b) the specific portions of the denial of his claim which the
          Claimant requests the Plan administrator to review;

               (c) a statement by the Claimant setting forth the basis upon
          which he believes the Plan administrator should reverse the Trustee's
          previous denial of his claim for benefits and accept his claim as
          made; and

               (d) any written material (offered as exhibits) which the Claimant
          desires the Plan administrator to examine in its consideration of his
          position as stated pursuant to paragraph (c).

          Within 60 days of the date determined pursuant to paragraph (a) of
          this Section 9.3, the Plan administrator shall conduct a full and fair
          review of the Company's decision denying the Claimant's claim for
          benefits. Within 60 days of the date of such hearing, the Plan
          administrator shall render its written decision on review, written in
          a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, specifying the
          reasons and Plan provisions upon which its decision was based.

          9.4  Indemnification. In addition to whatever rights of
               ---------------
          indemnification the members of the Board of Directors of the Company,
          or any other person or persons to whom any power, authority, or
          responsibility of the Company is delegated pursuant to Section 9.1,
          may be entitled under the articles of incorporation, regulations, or
          by-laws of the Company, under any provision of law, or under any other
          agreement, the Company shall satisfy any liability actually and
          reasonably incurred by any such person or persons, including expenses,
          attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, and

                                       16
<PAGE>

          amounts paid in settlement, in connection with any threatened,
          pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding which is related to
          the exercise or failure to exercise by such person or persons of any
          of the powers, authority, responsibilities, or discretion provided
          under the Plan, or reasonably believed by such person or persons to be
          provided hereunder, and any action taken by such person or persons in
          connection therewith.

          9.5  Administrative Expenses.  The fees of the Trustee and all other
               -----------------------
          administrative expenses of the Plan and Trust shall be paid by the
          Trustee from the assets of the Trust unless the Company, in its
          discretion, elects to pay any such fees and/or expenses.

          9.6  Voting of Company Stock in the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund.  Each
               ----------------------------------------------------
          Participant or Beneficiary who has shares of Company Stock allocated
          to his Account shall be a named fiduciary with respect to the voting
          of Company Stock held thereunder and shall have the following powers
          and responsibilities:

               (a) Prior to each annual or special meeting of the shareholders
          of the Company, the Company shall cause to be sent to each Participant
          and Beneficiary who has Company Stock allocated to his Account and
          invested in the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund under the Plan a copy of the
          proxy solicitation material therefor, together with a form requesting
          confidential voting instructions, with respect to the voting of such
          Company Stock as well as the voting of Company Stock for which the
          Trustee does not receive instructions. Each such Participant and/or
          Beneficiary shall instruct the Trustee to vote the number of such
          uninstructed shares of Company Stock equal to the proportion that the
          number of shares of Company Stock allocated to his Account and
          invested in the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund bears to the total number of
          shares of Company Stock in the Plan for which instructions are
          received. Upon receipt of such a Participant's or Beneficiary's
          instructions, the Trustee shall then vote in person, or by proxy, such
          shares of Company Stock as so instructed.

               (b) The Company shall cause the Trustee to furnish to each
          Participant and Beneficiary who has Company Stock allocated to his
          Account and invested in the ICF Kaiser Stock Fund under the Plan
          notice of any tender or exchange offer for, or a request or invitation
          for tenders or exchanges of, Company Stock made to the Trustee. The
          Trustee shall request from each such Participant and Beneficiary
          instructions as to the tendering or exchanging of Company Stock
          allocated to his Account. Each Participant and Beneficiary who does
          not instruct the Trustee with respect to the tendering or exchanging
          of Company Stock allocated to his Account shall be deemed to have
          decided not to participate in any such tender or exchange offer. The
          Trustee shall provide Participants and Beneficiaries with a reasonable
          period of time in which they may consider any such tender or exchange
          offer for, or request or invitation for tenders

                                       17
<PAGE>

          or exchanges of, Company Stock made to the Trustee. Within the time
          specified by the Trustee, the Trustee shall tender or exchange such
          Company Stock as to which the Trustee has received instructions to
          tender or exchange from Participants and Beneficiaries.

               (c) Instructions received from Participants and Beneficiaries by
          the Trustee regarding the voting, tendering, or exchanging of Company
          Stock shall be held in strictest confidence and shall not be divulged
          to any other person, including officers or employees of the Company,
          except as otherwise required by law, regulation or lawful process.

     19.  The first sentence of Section 10.1 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "and the Committee".

     20.  The second sentence of Section 10.3 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "the Committee and".

     21.  The third sentence of Section 10.3 of the Plan is hereby amended
effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "or Committee".

     22.  The first sentence and third sentence of Section 10.4 of the Plan are
hereby amended effective March 17, 1999, by the deletion of the phrase "and
Committee".

     23.  The term "Committee" is hereby deleted effective March 17, 1999,
throughout the Plan and the term "Company" is hereby substituted in place
thereof.


          Executed this 8th day of April, 1999.

                                                ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                                 By:  /s/ Timothy P. O'Connor
                                                      --------------------------

                                                 And: Senior Vice President and
                                                      --------------------------
                                                      Chief Financial Officer
                                                      --------------------------

                                       18

<PAGE>

                                                                Exhibit 10(k)(5)


                                FIFTH AMENDMENT
                                     TO THE
                         ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              SECTION 401(K) PLAN

     WHEREAS, the ICF Kaiser International, Inc. Section 401(k) Plan
(hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") was established effective as of March 1,
1989, by ICF Kaiser International, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the
"Company"); and

     WHEREAS, the Plan was most recently restated as of January 1, 1998; and

     WHEREAS, the restated Plan was amended subsequently on four occasions; and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan again;

     NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of April 7, 1999, the Plan is hereby amended
in the respects hereinafter set forth.

     1.  Section 2.6 is hereby amended to provide as follows:

          2.6  Cessation of Coverage of Certain Participants.  Effective as of
               ---------------------------------------------
          the date of the Closing with respect to the sale of the Environment
          and Facilities Management Group ("EFM Group") of the Company to The IT
          Group, Inc., coverage under the Plan shall be closed to any individual
          employed by, or at a facility of, the EFM Group and effective as of
          the date of the Closing with respect to the sale by the Company of the
          majority of capital stock of ICF Consulting Group, Inc. ("ICF
          Consulting Group") to ICF Consulting Group Holdings, LLC or any other
          unrelated entity, coverage under the Plan shall be closed to any
          individual employed by, or at a facility of, ICF Consulting Group.

     2.   Article VIII of the Plan is hereby amended by the addition of Section
8.10 at the end thereof to provide as follows:

          8.10  Transfer to ICF Consulting Plan.  As soon as practicable after
                -------------------------------
          the date of the Closing with respect to the sale by the Company of the
          majority of its capital stock of ICF Consulting Group to ICF
          Consulting Group Holdings, LLC or any other unrelated entity, the
          Account balances of Participants who are employed by ICF Consulting
          Group after such date shall be transferred to a tax-qualified defined
          contribution plan
<PAGE>

          established by ICF Consulting Group (the "ICF Plan") to be held and
          maintained thereafter in accordance with the terms of the ICF Plan.

          Executed this 25th day of June, 1999.

                                        ICF KAISER INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                        By:  /s/ Timothy P. O'Connor
                                             ---------------------------

                                        And: Senior Vice President and
                                             ---------------------------
                                             Chief Financial Officer
                                             ---------------------------

                                       2

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10(O)

AWARD/CONTRACT    1.THIS CONTRACT IS A RATED ORDER   RATING    PAGE OF PAGE
                    UNDER DPAS (15 CFR 350)           N/A.      1

2. CONTRACT (Proc. Inst. No.)             3. EFFECTIVE DATE
   DE-AC34-00RF01904                         1 February 2000

4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQUEST/PROJECT
   134-00RF01904.000

5. ISSUED BY        CODE                  6. ADMINISTERED BY (If other      CODE
                                                              than Item 5)
US Department of Energy
ROCKY FLATS FIELD OFFICE
10808 Highway 93, Unit A
Golden, CO 80403-8200

7. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR         8. DELIVERY
   (No. street, city, county, State          [ ] FOB ORIGIN  [ ] OTHER
   and Zip Code)                                                 (See below)

KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C
10808 Highway 93, Unit B                  9. DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT PAYMENT
Golden, CO 80403-8200                        N/A

                                          10. SUBMIT INVOICES             ITEM
                                              (4 copies unless
                                              otherwise specified
                                              TO THE ADDRESS SHOWN IN:    G.3

CODE                FACILITY CODE

11. SHIP TO/MARK FOR       CODE           12. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY     CODE

13. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER THAN        14. ACCOUNTING AND
    FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION:                APPROPRIATION DATA

    [ ] 10 USC 2304 (c)                        89X0251.91
    [X] 41 USC 253  (c) ( 7 )

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>            <C>                     <C>            <C>        <C>              <C>
15A. ITEM NO.  15B. SUPPLIES/SERVICES  15C. QUANTITY  15D. UNIT  15E. UNIT PRICE  15F. AMOUNT

               SEE SECTION B

                                        15G. TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT:
</TABLE>

                             16. TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                        <C>             <C>                                      <C>
SEC. DESCRIPTION           PAGE(S)         SEC. I  DESCRIPTION                      PAGE(S)
     PART I-THE SCHEDULE                   PART 11--CONTRACT CLAUSES

X A SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM             X I CONTRACT CLAUSES
X B SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS
X C DESCRIPTION/SPECS/WORK STATEMENT       PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTCH.
X D PACKAGING AND MARKING
X E INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE              X J LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
X F DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE
X G CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA           PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
X H SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
                                           X K REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER
                                               STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS
                                             L INSTRS., CONDS., AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS
                                             M EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD
</TABLE>

         CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 17 OR 18 AS APPLICABLE

17. [X] CONTRACTOR'S NEGOTIATED AGREEMENT

(Contractor is required to sign and this document and return 3 copies to
issuing office.)
Contractor agrees to furnish and deliver all items or perform all the services
set forth otherwise indentified above and on any continuation sheets for the
consideration stated herein. The rights and obligations of the parties to this
contract shall be subject to and governed by the following documents: (a) this
award/contract, (b) the solicitation, if any and (c) such provisions,
representations, certifications, and specifications, as are attached or
incorporated by reference herein. (Attachments are listed herein.)

18. [ ] AWARD (Contractor is not required to sign this document)

Your offer on Solicitation Number _____________ including the additions or
changes made by you which additions or changes are set forth in full above, is
hereby accepted as to the items listed above and on any continuation sheets.
This award consummates the contract which consists of the following documents:
(a) the Government's solicitation and your offer, and (b) this award/contract.
No further contractual document is necessary.

19A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)

     Robert G. Card
     President and CEO

19B. NAME OF CONTRACTOR

By:  /s/                                     1/24/00
     --------------------------------
    (Signature of person authorized to sign)

20A. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER

     Paul Golan
     Acting Manager

20B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA           20C. DATE SIGNED

By:  /s/                                     1/24/00
     --------------------------------
    (Signature of Contracting Officer)
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904



                             PART I - THE SCHEDULE

                                   SECTION B

                      SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COST

                               Table of Contents


Section Number            Clause Title

B.1                       SERVICES BEING ACQUIRED

B.2                       ESTIMATED COST AND FEE

B.3                       OBLIGATION OF FUNDS

B.4                       RESERVED

B.5                       SCHEDULE INCENTIVE

B.6                       FEE PAYMENT SCHEDULE AND FEE PAYMENT WITHHOLDINGS

B.7                       FINAL FEE DETERMINATION

B.8                       ADDITIONAL ITEM(S) EXCLUDED FROM ACTUAL COST


                                                            Section B - Page 1
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION B
                      SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COST

B.1     SERVICES BEING ACQUIRED

(a)            The Contractor is responsible for completing the Rocky Flats
               Closure Project in accordance with this Contract. Except for
               personnel, services, facilities, equipment, materials and
               supplies utilized or furnished by the Government, the Contractor
               will furnish all personnel, facilities, equipment, material,
               supplies, and services needed by Contractor to perform the work
               in the manner required by this contract.

(b)            (OPTIONAL) 903 Pad Remediation Project Removal.  Planning,
               executing, and completing the 903 Pad Remediation Project as
               identified in Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) #1.1.03.12.06.02 may
               be removed from the scope of this contract.  Execution of this
               option will require negotiation on the exact scope and timing of
               the action, and associated reduction in available funds to match
               funding required for completion by a third party.  This option
               would represent a change to the contract and require
               consideration as set forth in the Clause of this contract
               entitled "Changes."

(c)           (OPTIONAL) 903 Pad Remediation Project Extension.  Planning,
               executing, and completing of the 903 Pad Remediation Project as
               identified in Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) #1.1.03.12.06.02 may
               be extended beyond a fiscal year 2001 start and 2002 completion.
               The extension may be from one year to as much as three years, to
               a fiscal year 2004 start and 2005 completion.  Execution of this
               option will require negotiation on the exact timing of the action
               and amount of the delay.  This option would represent a change to
               the contract and require consideration as set forth in the Clause
               of this contract entitled "Changes."


B.2     TARGET COST AND TARGET FEE

The Target Cost and Target Fee are:

        Target Cost (excludes fee): $             3,963,000,000
                                     --------------------------

        Target Fee:                 $               340,000,000
                                     --------------------------


The actual fee will be determined in accordance with contract clause I.23.


B.3     OBLIGATION OF FUNDS

(a)     Subject to the "Limitation of Funds," clause in Section I, the total
        funds obligated under this contract is $_________________.

(b)     (OPTIONAL)    $15,000,000 per year (fiscal years [FY] 01, 02, 03 and 04)
        funding increase.  The annual funding available to Rocky Flats from the
        EW-05 Closure Account described in Section C, Technical Exhibit A,
        paragraph VIII "Closure Project Funding" will be increased by
        $15,000,000 each year from the basis point of $657,000,000 per year
        beginning in fiscal year 2001.  Execution of this option will result in
        the subject increase in available funding for use by the Contractor, and
        the Contractor agrees to a reduction in the Target Fee of $15,000,000
        for this funding stream.  In consideration of the contract modification
        to revise funding upward as stated herein for fiscal years 01, 02, 03
        and 04, the Target Fee shall be reduced as stated herein without any
        adjustments to the maximum and minimum fee and associated share-line,
        providing that this option must be exercised prior to the start of each
        affected fiscal year.

                                                            Section B - Page 2
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

(c)     (OPTIONAL)    $30,000,000 per year (FYs 01, 02, 03 and 04) funding
        increase.  The annual funding available to Rocky Flats from the EW-05
        Closure Account described in Section C, Technical Exhibit A, paragraph
        VIII "Closure Project Funding" will be increased by $30,000,000 each
        year from the basis point of $657,000,000 per year beginning in fiscal
        year 2001.  Execution of this option will result in the subject increase
        in available funding for use by the Contractor, and the Contractor
        agrees to a reduction in the Target Fee of $30,000,000 for this funding
        stream.  In consideration of the contract modification to revise funding
        upward as stated herein for fiscal years 01, 02, 03 and 04, the Target
        Fee shall be reduced as stated herein without any adjustments to the
        maximum and minimum fee and associated share-line, providing that this
        option must be exercised prior to the start of each affected fiscal
        year.

B.4     RESERVED

B.5     SCHEDULE INCENTIVE

(a)     Accelerated physical completion of the Rocky Flats Closure Project is a
        strategic objective of the DOE and has significant benefits to the
        Government.

(b)     The Target Schedule Date for physical completion of this contract is set
        forth in subparagraph (c) below.    As set forth in subparagraph (c)
        below, physical completion on Target Schedule Date will result in $15
        million Schedule Incentive Fee.  Physical completion earlier than this
        date will result in $5 million additional fee payment in a uniform daily
        amount, up to a maximum of the Earliest Schedule date dollar value.  For
        each day that physical completion is later than the Target Schedule
        Date, the acceleration payment to Contractor will be reduced a uniform
        daily amount up to a maximum of the Latest Schedule date dollar value,
        as more fully set forth in the Schedule Incentive graph, Section J,
        Attachment H.

(c)     Schedule Incentive Fees will be earned in accordance with the following:

                                      Date               Incentive Fee
                                ------------------       -------------
        Earliest Schedule       March 31, 2006            $20,000,000
                                                          -----------
        Target Schedule         December 15, 2006         $15,000,000
                                                          -----------
        Zero Point              March 31, 2007            $         0
                                                          -----------
        Latest Schedule         March 31, 2008            $20,000,000 Reduction
                                                          -----------

        This is graphically depicted in Section J, Attachment H.

(d)     In no event shall the schedule incentive fee payable under subparagraphs
        (b) and (c) plus the incentive fee payable in accordance with Clause
        I.23 exceed $450,000,000. Any fee reduction for late schedule set forth
        in subparagraphs (b) and (c) shall be deducted from the incentive fee
        payable under Clause I.23. Nothing in this subparagraph shall limit the
        deduction from fee for Category 1, 2 or 3 events as set forth in Clause
        B.6(3).


B.6     FEE PAYMENT SCHEDULE AND FEE PAYMENT WITHHOLDINGS

(a)     This provision establishes the method for payments of incentive fee as
        set forth in Clause I.23 entitled "Incentive Fee (MAR 1997)" from FAR
        52.216-10. The amount of any conditional incentive fee payment shall be
        determined and paid by the Contracting Officer as set forth in Clause
        I.23 and other applicable clauses of this contract. As used in this
        contract, the following definitions shall apply:

(1)            "Target Cost"( TC )means the Target Cost specified in Section B.2
               of this contract. The Target Cost may be adjusted for equitable
               adjustments as set forth in the Clause of this contract entitled,
               "Changes," or other clauses of this contract.

                                                            Section B - Page 3
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

(2)            "Target Fee"( TF ) means the Target Fee specified in Section B.2
               of this contract. The Target Fee may be adjusted for equitable
               adjustments as set forth in the Clause of this contract entitled,
               "Changes," or other clauses of this contract.

(3)            "Budgeted Cost of Work Scheduled at Target Cost" (BCWSTC) means
               that portion of the approved Target Cost planned to be spent on
               an activity during a given period, measurable by period and
               cumulative to date, that reflects the Target Cost (TC). This will
               be established by the submittal of a revised baseline to execute
               the closure contract (ref. Paragraph H.1.04 (e)). The BCWSTC will
               be changed through equitable adjustments in accordance with the
               applicable clauses of the contract.

(4)            "Budgeted Cost of Work Performed at Target Cost" (BCWPTC) is the
               sum of the approved Target Cost elements for activities completed
               during a given period, measurable by period and cumulative to
               date, that relates directly to the Budgeted Cost for Work
               Scheduled at Target Cost (BCWSTC).

(5)            "Actual Cost of Work Performed at Target Cost" (ACWPTC) means the
               adjusted (as reflected in Clause B.8) total allowable costs
               expended under the contract to achieve the accomplished work,
               measurable by period and cumulative to date.

(6)            "Cost Variance at Target Cost" (CVTC) means the variance between
               budgeted Target Cost of work accomplished and actual cost of work
               accomplished, measurable by period and cumulative to date. It is
               expressed by the formula: BCWPTC - ACWPTC.

(7)            "Schedule Variance at Target Cost" (SVTC) as set forth in Section
               B.6(d)(2) means the variance between planned and actual work
               accomplishment, measurable by period and cumulative to date.  It
               is expressed by the formula: BCWPTC - BCWSTC.

(8)            "Schedule Incentive Fee" (SF ) means the Schedule Incentive Fee
               specified in Section B.5 of this contract. The Schedule Incentive
               Fee may be adjusted for equitable adjustments as set forth in the
               Clause of this contract entitled, "Changes," or other clauses of
               this contract.

(9)            "Conditional Incentive Fee" means Target Fee divided by the
               number of quarters in the contract using the target physical
               completion date of December 15, 2006: (CF = TF / 27.67 quarters).

(10)           "Ordinary Fee", means Conditional Incentive Fee less a 50%
               withholding.

(11)           "Physical completion" as used in this contract and Clause I.23,
               Incentive Fee shall be defined as set forth by contract Clause
               F.2.

(12)           "Maximum Fee" (MaxF ) means the highest fee the Contractor can
               earn as set forth in Clause I.23, Incentive Fee.

(13)           "Minimum Fee" (MinF ) means the lowest fee the Contractor can
               earn as set forth in Clause I.23, Incentive Fee.

(14)           "Actual cost of physical completion" means the total allowable
               cost to achieve physical completion, as set forth in Clause I.23
               and as adjusted by Section B.8, below.

(15)           Non-Legacy Onsite Event is an onsite condition or event created
               by the Contractor after the effective date of this contract.

(b)     The Contractor may submit invoices for ordinary fee payments following
        the submittal of the Quarterly Critical Analysis in accordance with
        Clause H.1.03(e)(2). The Government will review and disposition
        Contractor's Quarterly Critical Analysis, and within forty (40) calendar
        days of submittal date, provide

                                                            Section B - Page 4
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

        Contractor written notice of consent to submit its invoice.  Upon
        receipt of an acceptable invoice for ordinary fee, the Contracting
        Officer will assess the need for adjustments based upon the factors
        discussed later in this provision.  Unless the Contracting Officer
        elects to do otherwise as set forth below, ordinary fee payments will be
        made quarterly, not more than 3 business days consistent with
        subparagraph G.7(a) after the Contractor submits an acceptable invoice.
        The process for administration of the incentive fees shall be as
        follows:

        (1)     Calculation of Conditional Incentive Fee

        (2)     Calculation of Ordinary Fee

        (3)     Cost, schedule, or other adjustment as set forth in
                subparagraphs (d) through (g), below

        (4)     Based on items 1 through 3 immediately above, remittance of fee
                payment as set forth herein.

(c)     The Contractor may elect not to submit an invoice for an ordinary fee
        payment. In the event the Contractor elects not to submit an invoice for
        an ordinary fee payment, the Contractor shall affirm its election in
        writing to the Contracting Officer. When the Contractor elects not to
        submit an invoice, pursuant to this subparagraph, the fee amount not
        invoiced will be due and payable in accordance with Clauses F.3 and B.7.

(d)     In determining the appropriate amount of fee to be paid, the Contracting
        Officer will take the following factors into consideration:

        (1)    Cost Variance at Target Cost.  The Budgeted Cost of Work
               Performed at Target Cost (BCWPTC) minus the Actual Cost of Work
               Performed at Target Cost (ACWPTC) will define the cost variance.
               When there is no cost variance, the Contracting Officer will make
               no adjustment to the ordinary fee payment (unless otherwise
               warranted for reasons described elsewhere in this Clause).  When
               cost variances indicate the Contractor will earn Maximum Fee, the
               Contracting Officer will adjust the ordinary fee payment upward
               proportionally, up to a maximum of MaxF/27.67; if cost variances
               indicate the Contractor will earn Minimum Fee, the Contracting
               Officer will adjust the ordinary fee payment downward
               proportionally, down to a minimum of MinF/27.67.

        (2)    Schedule Variance at Target Cost. A calculation of "earned value
               variance" based on physical completion of project mission tasks
               (level of effort work generally excluded) will be used to define
               the schedule variance. The "earned value variance" will be
               calculated as the BCWPTC minus the Budgeted Cost of Work
               Scheduled at Target Cost (BCWSTC) for predetermined work
               activities. Earned value variance will be calculated for the
               project from contract effective date to current date. Earned
               value for each predetermined work activity will only be included
               when work is 100% complete. No intermediate calculations of
               earned value will be used for schedule variance. The Contracting
               Officer may reduce the conditional fee payment for negative
               schedule variances as measured by earned value variances, or
               increase conditional fee payment for positive schedule variances
               as measured by earned value variances. The range of
               increases/decreases for schedule variance will be similar to that
               for cost variance described above.

        (3)    Fee Payments During Transition to the New Baseline. The
               Contracting Officer will make no adjustments, except for Category
               1, 2 or 3 events, to the ordinary fee payments for Cost or
               Schedule Variances during transition. The contractor may invoice
               for fee in accordance with the following schedule.

               Date                     Ordinary Fee Payment
               ----                     --------------------
               March 31, 2000               $4,116,374
               June 30, 2000                $6,143,838
               September 30, 2000           $6,143,838
               December 31, 2000            $6,143,838


                                                            Section B - Page 5
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

(e)     For reasons and in the manner explained in paragraphs below and to
        provide for the remedies and obligations established in Section E or
        elsewhere in this contract, the Contracting Officer may decide to reduce
        any ordinary fee payment. The Contracting Officer may elect to deduct
        fee. This would result both in a reduction of the immediate conditional
        incentive fee payment and also in a downward adjustment to the amount of
        the total adjusted fee at the contract's physical completion.

        Environment, Safety & Health (ES&H) and Safeguards and Security
        Compliance

        The Rocky Flats Closure Project and this contract have a mission of
        accelerated project completion. The nature of the contract, along with
        the financial incentives for accelerated completion or for cost
        effectiveness should never compromise or impede full and effective
        implementation of the Integrated Safety Management System and full ES&H
        and Safeguards and Security compliance. Cost and schedule variances due
        to work delays resulting from Contractor safety management lapses or
        non-compliance will generally not be accepted as a basis for adjustment
        to the Target Cost or Target Schedule Date. In addition, the Contractor
        will be subject to monetary fee deductions as described below. Such
        events or incidents are considered symptomatic of a breakdown in the
        safety management system.

        (1)    Category 1 Events or Incidents:

               Category 1 events or incidents are those that would threaten the
               success of the Rocky Flats Closure Project. This Category would
               include events or incidents that lead to DOE's decision to
               disapprove an important system critical to project success, such
               as the Safety Management System or the Safeguards and Security
               (S&S) System. For Category 1 events or incidents, the Contracting
               Officer may deduct up to 6 months worth of ordinary fee payments
               in their entirety. Examples include, but are not limited to:

               o       Nuclear criticality event
               o       Workplace fatality due to work-related conditions
               o       Theft, loss or diversion of Special Nuclear Material, as
                       defined in the 1995 S&S Glossary of terms. Excludes
                       inventory discrepancies not related to theft or
                       diversion.
               o       Fire in a Hazard Category 2 or 3 facility exceeding Max.
                       Possible Fire Loss as defined in DOE Order 420.1
               o       Event which results in a consequence greater than 100
                       mrem to a co-located worker (600 meters from the
                       facility) due to an accident in a Hazard Category 2 or 3
                       facility
               o       Non-legacy onsite event which results in an offsite water
                       quality exceedence of greater than 15.0 pCi/liter Pu as
                       measured in accordance with the Integrated Monitoring
                       Plan.

        (2)    Category 2 Events or Incidents:

               Category 2 events or incidents are those that reflect conditions
               significantly adverse to safety or conditions that could result
               in significant additional costs to the Government. This Category
               would also include events or incidents where an actual injury,
               exposure, or exceedence occurred or nearly occurred but has minor
               practical long-term health consequence and would also include
               potential breakdown or failure of an important system critical to
               project success, such as the Safety Management System or the
               Safeguards and Security System. For Category 2 incidents, the
               Contracting Officer may deduct up to $2 million in ordinary fee
               payments. Examples include, but are not limited to:

               o       Event resulting in individual receiving a calculated
                       absorbed dose exceeding 25 rem CEDE
               o       Event which results in loss of all criticality safety
                       contingencies. Excludes legacy events.
               o       Facility fire exceeding the Maximum Credible Fire, as
                       that term is defined in DOE Order 420.1
               o       Unmitigated acute exposure which exceeds ERPG-2 limits
                       established for emergency planning purposes
               o       Total Site level 1 and 2 Technical Safety Requirements
                       (TSR) violations exceed 30 in a calendar year


                                                            Section B - Page 6
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

               o       Non-legacy onsite event which results in an offsite water
                       quality exceedence of greater than 1.5 pCi/liter Pu as
                       measured in accordance with the Integrated Monitoring
                       Plan
               o       Contractor-caused packaging deficiency that results in a
                       container breach and material release during offsite
                       shipment or receiving
               o       Theft, loss, or diversion of strategically significant
                       classified materials (i.e., physical equipment, tooling,
                       etc) or classified documents. Excludes inventory
                       discrepancies not related to theft or diversion.
               o       Air release from project or incident causing a measured
                       10 mrem dose at the site boundary.

        (3)    Category 3 Events or Incidents:

               Category 3 events or incidents are those that may indicate or
               reflect a lack of focus on improving environment, safety, health,
               safeguards, or security performance. For Category 3 incidents,
               the Contracting Officer may deduct up to $250,000 from ordinary
               fee payments. Examples include, but are not limited to:

               o       Accident resulting in 5 or more Lost-Workday cases
               o       Each month that the 12 month rolling average for Total
                       Recordable Case Rate exceeds 3.5
               o       Each month that the 12 month rolling average Lost Workday
                       Case Rate exceeds 2.0
               o       Each month that NCRs on waste packages exceed 8% on a 12
                       month rolling average
               o       More than 15 level 1 or 2 TSR violations in calendar year
               o       More than 7 Level A and B fire impairments over 30 days
                       old in a calendar month
               o       Number of level 3 and above criticality safety
                       infractions exceeds 14 in a calendar year
               o       More than 20 skin contaminations above 1,000 dpm per 100
                       cm2 in a calendar year
               o       Less than a 10% reduction in site total person-rem from
                       previous calendar year (excluding DOE).  Once collective
                       site exposure is below 100 rem this event shall no longer
                       be applicable.
               o       More than 20 confirmed internal depositions above 100
                       mrem in a calendar year
               o       Unmitigated acute exposure which exceeds ERPG-1 limits
                       established for emergency planning purposes
               o       Non-legacy onsite event which results in an offsite water
                       quality exceedence of greater than the 0.15 pCi/liter Pu
                       as measured in accordance with the Integrated Monitoring
                       Plan
               o       Radiological air release from a project exceeding 10
                       times the planned maximum defined in project documents.
               o       One or more regulatory milestones missed as identified
                       from the Rocky Flats Closure Project Baseline by using
                       the milestone setting process identified in the RFCA
                       provided that penalties for missed RFCA milestones have
                       been assessed against DOE.

       (4)     Mitigation Factors:

               In deciding to adjust ordinary fee payments for a Category 1, 2
               or 3 event, the Contracting Officer shall apply only a single
               penalty for each separate event even if a single event may
               qualify for more than one penalty; however, fines and penalties
               imposed under the Price-Anderson Act are excepted from this
               provision. If event or incident results in Price Anderson fines
               or penalties, or penalties for missed RFCA milestones, along with
               Category 1, 2 or 3 consequences, the PAAA fines or penalties, or
               penalties for missed RFCA milestones will apply. If the
               applicable deduction is greater than the fine or penalty, the
               difference between the PAAA fines or penalties or penalty for
               missed RFCA milestones and the applicable deduction will be an
               adjustment to the ordinary fee payment. The Contracting Officer
               shall ensure that Contractor receives impartial fair and
               equitable treatment, as set forth in FAR 1.602-2, and will take
               into account mitigating factors. These may include factors such
               as those set forth below:

               o       Degree of control that the Contractor had over the event
               o       Event caused by "Good Samaritan" act by the Contractor
                       (e.g., offsite emergency response)


                                                            Section B - Page 7
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

               o       Efforts that the Contractor had made to anticipate and
                       mitigate the possibility of the event in advance
               o       Contractor response to the event to mitigate its impacts
                       and recurrence
               o       General status (trend and absolute performance) of safety
                       and compliance in related areas

               The Contracting Officer may apply appropriate fee reductions or
               withholdings after the fact to subsequent ordinary fee payments,
               provided such fee adjustments are identified in writing to
               Contractor within six (6) months of date of the event or incident
               occurrence or last event in a trend.

(f)     Release of Withheld Fee.

        (1)    The Contracting Officer may release withheld fees when the
               Contractor demonstrates that the condition leading to the
               withholding has been corrected. For example, a withheld fee
               resulting from one or more cost variance(s) may be paid to the
               Contractor when the Contractor recovers from the cost variance,
               meaning that there has been acceptable cost variance at the ends
               of two consecutive quarters.

        (2)    Upon physical completion of the contract, fee withholdings will
               be released in accordance with Clause F.3.

(g)     Bankruptcy or Other Issues with Guarantor Companies. In order to assure
        the Contractor's ability to repay any ordinary fees that are determined
        to be in excess of the actual fee earned at the physical completion of
        the contract, the Contracting Officer reserves the right to discontinue
        ordinary fee payments in the event one of the Contractor's Guarantor
        companies files bankruptcy or is acquired by other owners, or other
        events arise with the Guarantor company that jeopardize the Government's
        ability to recover unearned ordinary fee payments.

(h)     Repayment of Bankruptcy Reserve.  In the event of the bankruptcy,
        acquisition by other owner or other event as described in (g) above, the
        remaining Guarantor company shall within 120 days after such event,
        provide evidence satisfactory to the Contracting Officer that such
        bankruptcy, change in ownership or other event does not affect the
        ability of the Contractor to continue to perform the obligations under
        the contract, or affect a material Governmental or DOE interest.  Upon
        such showing, the Contracting Officer shall resume making payments of
        fee unreduced because of the events in subparagraph (g) and shall
        release all fee payments withheld due to events described in (g) during
        the preceding 120 days.

Nothing in this Clause B.6 limits the rights of the Contracting Officer set
forth in the clause "Incentive Fee" of this contract.

B.7     FINAL FEE DETERMINATION

(a)     Upon the physical completion of the contract, the Contracting Officer
        shall determine and pay the total fee earned by the Contractor
        consistent with Clause I.23, "Incentive Fee," Clause B.6, "Fee Payment
        Schedule and Fee Payment Withholding," Clause B.5, "Schedule Incentive,"
        and Section F of the contract.   All payments of ordinary fee made
        before physical completion of the contract will be conditional.  If the
        amount of the total adjusted fee is less than the total amount of
        ordinary fee payments previously made to the Contractor, the Contractor
        shall reimburse the Government the difference.  If the amount of total
        adjusted fee is more than the total amount of ordinary payments of fee
        previously made to Contractor, the Government shall pay the Contractor
        the difference.

(b)     Termination.  If this contract is terminated in its entirety, fee shall
        be payable to the Contractor consistent with Clause I.23 and the
        termination provisions of this contract.  DOE and the Contractor
        recognize that accelerated closure is the mission of the Rocky Flats
        Environmental Technology Site.  The parties agree that the term
        "Default" in Clause I.85, Termination, includes the situation where the
        aggregate adjustments for Cost Variance at Target Cost and Schedule
        Variance at Target Cost equals or exceeds -56% (negative


                                                            Section B - Page 8
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

        56%) for a period of any 4 consecutive calendar quarters, commencing the
        first quarter from July 1, 2001.  Nothing in this paragraph shall limit
        or restrict the application of Clause I.85, Termination, of this
        contract.


B.8     ADDITIONAL ITEM(S) EXCLUDED FROM ACTUAL COST

        Subparagraph (e) of Clause I.23 entitled "Incentive Fee" identifies
certain costs that will not be included in "total allowable cost" for the
purposes of fee adjustment. As set forth in subparagraph (e)(5), all other
allowable costs are included in "total allowable cost" for fee adjustment in
accordance with subparagraph (e), unless otherwise specifically provided in this
contract. The following item(s) of cost are not to be included in "total
allowable cost" for the purposes of fee adjustment under the clause "Incentive
Fee":

        o      The cost of any lump-sum payment directed by the Contracting
               Officer in accordance with Clause H.9 " Responsibilities for
               Operation/Termination of Benefits Systems."
        o      Increased disposal or transportation costs for waste disposal
               sites controlled by DOE (such as NTS and WIPP)
        o      All administrative and closeout costs incurred by Contractor as
               referenced in Clause F.3 of the contract.


                                                            Section B - Page 9
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


                              PART I - THE SCHEDULE
                                    SECTION C
                                STATEMENT OF WORK


                                Table of Contents


Section Number                 Clause Title

C.1                            GENERAL SITE INFORMATION

C.2                            DEFINITIONS (GLOSSARY)

C.3                            GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES/ITEMS

C.4                            CONTRACTOR FURNISHED ITEMS

C.5                            STATEMENTS OF COMMITMENT


                               TECHNICAL EXHIBITS


A.       Detailed Description of  Scope and Services
B.       Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Definitions
C.       List of Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site Compliance Orders,
         Agreements and Permits
D.       Rocky Flats Cleanup Agreement
E.       Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site Workforce Restructuring Plan



                                                            Section C - Page 1
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

C.1      GENERAL SITE INFORMATION

         C.1.1    FACILITY DESCRIPTION

         The Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site (RFETS) is located in
         northern Jefferson County, approximately 16 miles northwest of downtown
         Denver. The main site is a 384-acre complex consisting of
         manufacturing, chemical processing, and laboratory and support
         facilities. It is situated within a 6,200-acre preserve which functions
         as the site's buffer zone.

         Approximately 2 million people live within a 50-mile radius of RFETS.
         The proximity of the Denver metropolitan area, and its growth, have
         caused increased interest in RFETS in recent years. The type and
         quantity of materials at RFETS have presented health, safety and
         environmental concerns.

         C.1.2    MISSION AND PHYSICAL COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT

         The mission is to accelerate closure of the Rocky Flats Environmental
         Technology Site. The Rocky Flats Closure Project is intended to close
         the former Rocky Flats Plant that was previously part of the U. S.
         Department of Energy's (DOE) Nuclear Weapons Complex. The Contractor
         shall accomplish site closure in a safe, compliant and efficient
         manner. The Contractor shall take all steps and perform all work
         activities in this Statement of Work necessary to accomplish physical
         completion of the contract.

         Since this is a closure project, the Contractor shall adopt a
         management approach to site closure consistent with a finite life cycle
         scope project. The RFETS closure project must be accomplished so as to
         maintain the site in a safe condition for the workers, the public, and
         the environment and by complying with all applicable laws, regulations
         and agreements.

         The Rocky Flats Closure Project Statement of Work is composed of five
         major sections that relate to the key work activities associated with
         closure, disposal of Special Nuclear Material, demolition of
         facilities, environmental remediation, waste disposal, and
         infrastructure and general site operations. Other activities such as
         disposition of employee health records and termination or transfer of
         benefit programs must also be completed. Other support services will be
         terminated when they are no longer needed during the closure process.
         In addition, the Contractor shall maintain DOE office accommodations
         and implementation of the Three Party Transfer Agreements.

         Although the sections identified in Technical Exhibit A provide some
         detail for the specific scope of work for site closure, there may be
         other ancillary activities related to closure specifically identified
         in Technical Exhibit A, but which may be identified in other critical
         closure documents such as DOE Orders and the latest revision of the
         Rocky Flats Closure Baseline. Dates listed in the scope column of the
         Technical Exhibit A are set forth for reference. The Contractor's
         failure to meet a date specified in the scope column of Technical
         Exhibit A shall not be the sole basis for imposition of penalty, fee
         deduct or deferral or termination of the contract. All applicable
         federal and state laws must also be followed in the execution of this
         contract. All required final regulatory documentation will be completed
         including the draft interim final Record of Decision Document for site
         closure which shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted by DOE
         to regulatory agencies. All administrative matters including, but not
         limited to pension plans, labor agreements, subcontracts, and
         litigation will be completed, closed, terminated or transferred to the
         approved successor organization. DOE will conduct audits and
         surveillances of all aspects of the terms of this contract to ensure
         compliance with the terms of this SOW. The results of all audits and
         surveillances will be resolved with the Contractor. DOE reserves the
         right to stop work in accordance with Clause H.3, Stop Work and
         Shutdown Authorization.

         The Region VIII Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Office and the
         Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) are the
         regulators for operations at the site. The RFETS is also subject to
         oversight by the Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (DNFSB), an
         independent agency created to monitor operations and safety-related
         activities at the Department of Energy's nuclear facilities.


                                                            Section C - Page 2
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

         Physical Completion of the Contract

         "Physical completion of the contract" as that term is used in Clause
         I.23, Incentive Fee, is defined as the point in time in which:

                  (1)      All buildings are demolished, except continuing water
                           treatment facilities or other structures with a DOE
                           declared continuing mission;

                  (2)      All IHSSs are remediated or dispositioned per the
                           Rocky Flats Cleanup Agreement (RFCA) (amended as of
                           10/01/99);

                  (3)      All wastes are removed except for some materials that
                           can be left in place, recycled or used as fill
                           materials in accordance with regulatory requirements;

                  (4)      Closure caps are used for the remediation of two old
                           landfills, the 700-Area and the solar ponds or these
                           areas are otherwise remediated in accordance with
                           RFCA (amended as of 10/01/99);

                  (5)      Building foundations, utilities or other remaining
                           structures, paved roads and/or parking lots are
                           covered by a minimum of three feet of fill after
                           final grade;

                  (6)      Surface water onsite will meet health-based standards
                           based on open space use calculated using methodology
                           and toxicity assumptions utilized for the July 19,
                           1996 surface water action level; and

                  (7)      Water leaving the site in Woman and Walnut Creeks
                           meets the water quality standards established (as of
                           10/01/99) by the Colorado Water Quality Control
                           Commission.

          Physical completion of the contract does not include and will be
          unaffected by interim storage (and eventual shipment) of waste and
          materials awaiting availability of DOE designated receiver site(s) as
          described in Section C of the contract, completion work such as
          cosmetic grading of the site, removal of uncontaminated buried
          underground utilities, removal of railroad tracks, paving of new
          surface roads or construction of new structures, and other similar
          activities. In the event material and waste receiver sites are
          unavailable, the Contractor may construct interim storage facilities,
          to include Corrective Action Management Units.


C.2      DEFINITIONS (GLOSSARY)

         A listing of abbreviations and technical definitions used in this
         contract is provided at Section C, exhibit B.


C.3      GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES/ITEMS

         C.3.1 Within thirty (30) days after the effective date of the contract
         and by September 1 prior to each fiscal year end, the Contractor will
         provide the Contracting Officer an annual projection which details its
         projection of needed Government Furnished Services/Items, identified in
         column 3 of Exhibit A, for DOE approval. The Contractor will also
         provide quarterly updates to the Contracting Officer. Amendments to the
         projection, if any, will be provided to the Contracting Officer 45 days
         in advance of the need date. Each Contractor submittal (annual,
         quarterly, or individual) shall be reviewed by DOE. Within 15 days
         after receipt, DOE shall notify the Contractor whether it will accept
         the requested GFS/I. If DOE cannot accept, DOE will identify in writing
         no later than 30 calendar days after receipt of Contractor's
         notification the requested GFS/I it can accept and provide. If DOE
         cannot accept the request for GFS/I that is within the ranges listed in
         Technical Exhibit A, then it shall be treated as a change in accordance
         with the clause entitled "Changes" in this contract.

         C.3.2 Consistent with C.3.1, above, the Government will provide the
         Contractor with repository site locations and shipping rates which the
         Contractor may use, for storage, treatment or disposal. The

                                                              Section C - Page 3


















         Government Furnished Services/Items are provided in Section C, Exhibit
         A. Notwithstanding the specific obligations set forth in GFS/I, the
         Government agrees to use its best efforts to accelerate delivery of
         GFS/I in support of the Contractor's efforts to successfully close
         Rocky Flats. Shipping services provided by DOE will be at a rate in
         accordance with the approved shipper/receiver agreements submitted by
         the Contractor. DOE will provide certification for containers for all
         Special Nuclear Material shipments and a waiver or revision to the DOE
         Standard 3013-96 to address Pu oxides between 30 and 50 wt.%, to allow
         for potential Pu contamination on the outside of the inner can and to
         approve alternative moisture measurement methods.

         C.3.3 The Government shall provide all NEPA compliance activities
         described in Technical Exhibit A and as detailed in the latest revision
         of the Rocky Flats Closure Project Baseline.


C.4      CONTRACTOR FURNISHED ITEMS

         Except for Government-Furnished Services/Items, the Contractor shall
furnish all personnel, supervision, management, equipment, materials,
transportation and supplies required to plan, schedule, coordinate and assure
performance of all required services necessary to close the Site.


C.5      STATEMENTS OF COMMITMENT

         The Government and Contractor recognize the accelerated closure is a
cooperative undertaking that requires both parties to seek innovative approaches
to achieve the end objective. Streamlining process and eliminating
non-value-added requirements are critical to accomplishing accelerated closure.
Both parties agree through the term of this contract to use their best efforts
and to cooperate in seeking the reduction of non-value-added requirements and
processes that impede progress. Further, both parties agree to use their best
efforts to further accelerate closure activities, including maximizing shipping
and receiving flexibility and capacity.

         The Government and Contractor have currently identified a number of key
performance requirements that are particularly amenable to streamlining. The
Statements of Commitment identify the commitments or deliverables necessary to
achieve the stated objective. The parties will work during the term of the
contract to fulfill the objective and meet the commitment and deliverables
identified therein.

         During the performance of the contract, the parties agree that
efficiencies and performance improvements will be required to reduce the actual
cost and/or improve the schedule for the work. The benefit to the Government of
any savings resulting from efficiencies and/or performance improvements
occurring during the performance of this contract accrue through the
Government's cost share identified in Clause I.23 of the contract. The parties
further agree that there will be no reduction to the Target Cost, Target
Schedule or Target Fee as a result of any such efficiencies and/or performance
improvements.

         The Contractor and the Government will establish a Partnering Agreement
for the work leading to the closure of the site. The agreement will establish a
common vision with supporting goals and missions. It will promote the principles
of teamwork, mutual respect, openness, honesty, trust, professionalism and build
a better understanding of one another's position. The agreement will also
include joint commitments to:

     o    Maintain high safety performance
     o    Complete the project on schedule, within cost
     o    Eliminate barriers to a faster, more cost effective program
     o    Create an organizational culture able to accommodate change
     o    Resolve conflicts through a coordinated work effort to avoid
          adversarial relations
     o    Reinforce the partnered relationship with honest feedback and
          continual improvement.

                                                            Section C - Page 4
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   SECTION C
                               STATEMENT OF WORK
                               TECHNICAL EXHIBITS

                               Table of Contents

No.        TITLE (Reference Paragraph)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

A.       Detailed Description of Scope and Services
B.       Abbreviations, Acronyms and Definitions
C.       List of Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site Compliance Orders,
         Agreements and Permits
D.       Rocky Flats Cleanup Agreement
E.       Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site Workforce Restructuring Plan


                                                            Section C - Page 5
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                               TECHNICAL EXHIBIT A

                   DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF SCOPE AND SERVICES

I.       Special Nuclear Material

The Contractor will be required to perform the work listed below for the removal
of all Special Nuclear Material (SNM).


                                     SCOPE

A. Plutonium
- ------------
1)   Ship all non-classified plutonium metals and oxides to the Savannah River
     Site or other DOE approved alternative (2) by September 30, 2002 (except
     for Pu holdup discovered and/or removed after 9/30/02).

2)   Ship all classified, by shape, plutonium metal to the Savannah River Site
     or DOE approved alternative by September 30, 2002.

3)   Ship all plutonium fluorides to the Savannah River Site or DOE approved
     alternative by September 30, 2002.

4)   Ship all plutonium metal composites to Lawrence Livermore National
     Laboratory or DOE approved alternative by September 30, 2002.

5)   Ship all IAEA material to Savannah River Site or DOE approved alternative
     by September 30, 2002.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

o    Non classified plutonium metal and oxide must be packaged to the
     DOE-STD-3013-96 prior to shipment to the DOE approved receiver site.

o    All Special Nuclear Material must be shipped in a DOE approved shipping
     container (i.e. 9965, 9975, DT22, etc.)

o    DOE Orders 5610.12, 5610.14 and 460.1A must be followed.


                   GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS (1)

o    Safe, Secure Transport services (e.g., escorts, tractor and trailer) at a
     rate and number sufficient to support SNM shipments (average number of 5
     shipments per month not to exceed 9 shipments per month) started on
     10/01/99 and ending as early as 10/1/01 and no later than 9/30/02 for a
     total of 175 shipments.

o    DOE approved receiver sites that can receive SNM and plutonium fluorides
     and IAEA materials at a rate to support shipment completion as early as
     10/1/01 and no later than 9/30/02 (average number of 5 shipments per month
     not to exceed 9 shipments per month).

o    DOE shall certify the following containers for all SNM:
     -    9975
     -    DOT-6M
     -    DT-22
     -    3013

o    DOE-provided containers for SNM at a rate and number consistent with the
     planning and approval process described in C.3 to support the SNM shipping
     schedule. (DOE will certify but not provide 9975 and 3013 containers)


- ----------

1 As used throughout this Technical Exhibit A, "None" is used solely to indicate
  that the Government has not identified a specific service or item to be
  provided by the Government in support of the particular scope description.

2 Dependent upon the completion of the NEPA process for the Record of Decision
  for Disposal.

                                                            Section C - Page 6
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                     SCOPE

B. Highly Enriched Uranium
- --------------------------
Ship all highly enriched uranium metal that is contaminated with plutonium to
the DOE approved receiver site by September 30, 2002.

C. Other Nuclear Materials
- --------------------------
Ship all depleted uranium, 4.5% LEU, radioactive sources, thorium samples, U-233
non-combustibles to designated DOE or other approved receiver sites by September
30, 2002.


                                  REQUIREMENTS

o    All Special Nuclear Material must be shipped in a DOE approved shipping
     container (i.e. 9965, 9975, DT22, etc.)

o    DOE Orders 5610.12, 5610.14 and 460.1A must be followed.


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

o   Same items as for Section A. Plutonium.

o   In addition for C,
    -        NEPA as required
    -        Designated receiver sites
    -        Certified shipping containers

o   DOE shall certify the following containers for all SNM:
    -    9975
    -    DOT-6M
    -    DT-22
    -    3013

o   DOE-provided containers for SNM at a rate and number consistent with the
    planning and approval process described in C.3 to support the SNM shipping
    schedule. (DOE will certify but not provide 9975 and 3013 containers)


                                                            Section C - Page 7
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

II.      Facility Deactivation, Decommissioning and Demolition

The Contractor will be required to deactivate, decommission and demolish the
Rocky Flats facilities in accordance with the Rocky Flats Cleanup Agreement,
except for those facilities specifically defined by DOE to remain as detailed
below:


                                     SCOPE

A. SNM Buildings
- ----------------

The Contractor shall deactivate, decontaminate and demolish all former Special
Nuclear Material building clusters & supporting facilities to include (See
Project Baseline Descriptions, for cluster descriptions)

o        B371/374 cluster by March 1, 2006,
o        B771/774 cluster by October 1, 2004,
o        B707/750 cluster by February 1, 2005,
o        B776/777 cluster by March 1, 2004, and
o        B559 cluster by September 1, 2004.


B. Other Facilities
- -------------------

The Contractor shall decontaminate and demolish the remaining building clusters
& supporting facilities by September 30, 2006.  (See Project Baseline
Descriptions for cluster and supporting facility descriptions.)


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

Planning, characterization, area preparations, physical decontamination,
dismantlement, demolition and reporting requirements shall be accomplished in
accordance with the Rocky Flats Cleanup Agreement.


Planning, characterization, area preparations, physical decontamination,
dismantlement, and demolition shall be accomplished in accordance with the Rocky
Flats Cleanup Agreement.


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

o        CERCLA Administrative Record Repository
o        DOE shall provide comments on draft decision documents and regulatory
         reports within 20 business days of receipt.


o        CERCLA Administrative Record Repository
o        DOE shall provide comments on draft decision documents and regulatory
         reports within 20 business days of receipt.


                                                            Section C - Page 8
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

III.     Waste Management

The Contractor shall store, process and/or package and ship to DOE approved or
other storage, treatment or disposal sites all wastes. These wastes consist of
transuranic (TRU) and transuranic mixed (TRU mixed), low level radioactive (LLW)
and low level radioactive mixed (LLW mixed), hazardous, and sanitary waste.
These wastes must be processed and/or packaged to meet disposal or receiver site
criteria as stipulated below:


                                     SCOPE

A. Transuranic and Transuranic Mixed Waste
- ------------------------------------------

Ship to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (WIPP) and other DOE designated sites,
all transuranic and transuranic mixed waste by December 15, 2006.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

o        The Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (WIPP) Waste Acceptance Criteria (WAC)
         Rev. 5, dated April 1996, and DOE Order 435.1.

o        The TRUPACT-II Authorized Methods for Payload Control TRUPACT IIs were
         delivered to Rocky Flats Site (TRAMPAC) procedure and beginning on
         10/01/99, and will be delivered at the Site-Specific TRAMPAC for TRU
         following rates per month: waste loading requirements.

o        The TRUPACT-II SARP (Safety Analysis Report) and TRUCON (TRUPACT-II
         Content Code).

o        All DOT transportation requirements applicable at the time of shipment
         for hazardous and radioactive waste must be met as well.
         --10 CFR Parts 70 & 71 (packaging)
         --49 CFR Parts 107, 110, 171, 173 (transportation)
         --Packaging QA Program Plan

                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS


TRUPACT II containers and trailers to support transuranic and transuranic mixed
waste (including classified waste) shipments to WIPP and other DOE approved
storage, treatment or disposal sites.

       FY00   36/mo

       FY01   72/mo

       FY02   120/mo

       FY03   120/mo

       FY04   120/mo

       FY05   80/mo

       FY06   36/mo

       FY07   36/mo

DOE will also provide all transportation services from the loading facilities at
Rocky Flats to all DOE approved sites.


                                                            Section C - Page 9
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                     SCOPE

B. Low Level Waste
- ------------------

Ship to approved DOE or commercial disposal sites all low-level waste by
December 15, 2006.

The Contractor shall provide transportation services to the disposal site and
disposal site fees unless otherwise stipulated by DOE.

C. Low Level Mixed Waste (less than 10 nanocuries per gram)
- ------------------------

Ship to approved DOE or commercial treatment and disposal sites all low level
mixed waste less than 10 nanocuries per gram by December 15, 2006.


The Contractor shall provide transportation services to the disposal site and
treatment and disposal site fees unless otherwise stipulated by DOE.

D. Low Level Mixed Waste (greater than 10 nanocuries per gram and less
- ------------------------  than 100 nanocuries per gram)

Ship to approved DOE or commercial treatment and disposal sites all low-level
mixed waste greater than 10 nanocuries per gram by December 15, 2006. The
Contractor shall provide transportation services to the disposal site and
treatment and disposal fees (up to the unit price in III.C. above) unless
otherwise stipulated by DOE.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

Disposal site waste acceptance criteria and DOE Order 435.1, All applicable DOT
requirements at the time of shipment for radioactive waste must be met.
Currently available disposal site - the DOE Nevada Test Site (NTS) in accordance
with NTS Waste Acceptance Criteria dated August 1997, Rev 1, or Commercial Waste
Acceptance Criteria if that disposal option is chosen.


Disposal site waste acceptance criteria and DOE Orders 5480.3 and 435.1. All
applicable DOT requirements for shipment of radioactive and hazardous waste must
be met.


Disposal site waste acceptance criteria and DOE Orders 5480.3 and 435.1, All
requirements for shipment of radioactive and hazardous waste must be met.


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

DOE receiver sites that can accept waste at a rate and number consistent with
the planning and approval process described in C.3. to support low level waste
shipments.


DOE fulfills its commitment in the Waste Management Programmatic Environmental
Impact Statement to designate DOE or commercial receiver site(s) that can accept
waste at a rate and number consistent with the planning and approval process
described in C.3 to support low level mixed waste shipments.


DOE fulfills its commitment in the Waste Management Programmatic Environmental
Impact Statement to applicable DOT designate DOE or commercial receiver site(s)
that can accept waste at a rate and number consistent with the planning and
approval process described in C.3 to support low level mixed waste shipments.


                                                            Section C - Page 10
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

E. Sanitary Waste
- -----------------
Ship to commercial facilities for disposal, or recycle, all sanitary waste by
December 15, 2006.

F. RCRA Regulated Hazardous Waste
- ----------------------------------
Ship to commercial facilities, all RCRA Regulated Hazardous Waste by December
15, 2006.

G. Waste Minimization
- ---------------------
The Contractor shall develop and implement a pollution prevention program
incorporating waste prevention, recycling and an affirmative procurement
program.

The Contractor shall establish waste reduction goals for transuranic, low-level
waste, low level mixed and RCRA regulated hazardous waste.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

Local and state regulations regarding waste acceptance at sanitary landfills as
well as any requirements associated with individual disposal sites. Sanitary
waste leaving the Rocky Flats Site must be inspected to assure that no
radioactive materials are present in accordance with Colorado Sanitary Waste
regulations (6 CCR 1007-2) for landfills and individual landfill permits.


Disposal sites waste acceptance criteria, the Resource Conservation Recovery Act
and DOE Order 435.1


o       Executive Order 12856
o       Executive Order 13101
o       DOE Order 5400.1


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

None


None


None


                                                           Section C - Page 11
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

IV.     Environmental Remediation

The Contractor shall prepare a draft interim final record of decision (ROD),
submit to DOE for DOE, EPA, and CDPHE approval, and complete all actions
required by the approved interim final ROD to remediate soil, surface water,
ground water, and other contaminated media. The remediation shall be completed
as stipulated below:

                                     SCOPE

A. Remediation
- --------------

The Contractor shall remediate Individual Hazardous Substance Sites (IHSS) (3),
Potential Areas of Concern (PAC), or under building contamination (UBC) by
December 15, 2006.

The total waste volumes for this environmental remediation portion of the
project are assumed not to exceed those quantities as follows:

o       Non-Rad Waste:  11,000 cubic yards
o       Low Level Waste:  107,000 cubic yards
o       Low Level Mixed Waste less than 1 nanocurie:  41,000 cubic yards
o       Low Level Mixed Waste greater than 1 nanocurie:  220 cubic yards

B. Post Closure Care under RCRA Permit
- --------------------------------------

The Contractor shall perform the closure and post-closure care requirements for
RCRA permitted and interim status units during the performance of this contract.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

o   Planning, characterization, area preparations, remediation, disposition,
    final regulatory approvals and reporting requirements shall be accomplished
    in accordance with RFCA

o   Remediation shall be specified in the approved interim final Record of
    Decision (ROD) and Proposed Plan

o   Contractor must transport and maintain CERCLA administrative record IAW 40
    CFR 300-311


The Contractor shall comply with closure and post closure care requirements
under the RCRA permit in accordance with RCRA, 40 CFR Parts 264 and 265, the
Colorado Hazardous Waste Act requirements, 6 CCR 1007-3 and RFCA. (4)


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

o       CERCLA Administrative Record Repository
o       DOE shall provide comments on draft decision documents and regulatory
        reports within 20 business days of receipt.


None

- ----------

3 If the 903 Pad Remediation Project removal option is exercised, then the
  project planning, execution and completion as identified in WBS
  #1.1.03.12.06.02 shall be removed from the scope of work and this contract.

4 Assumes RCRA Permit is not extinguished and its requirements are not absorbed
  into RFCA.


                                                           Section C - Page 12
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

C. End State
- ------------

The Contractor shall develop and submit for RFFO and regulatory approval a Draft
Interim Final ROD and Proposed Plan. The end state is defined in Clause C.1.2.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

o   Draft Interim Final ROD shall be in accordance with RFCA and be of
    sufficient quality and completeness to obtain regulatory approval and
    issuance of an approved Interim Final ROD and Proposed Plan.

o   Draft Interim Final ROD will be prepared and presented in sufficient time to
    allow:

o   Public and regulatory review as provided in RFCA
o   Regulatory approval and publication
o   Completion of remediation actions described in the ROD and Proposed Plan
    prior to December 15, 2006
o   Contractor must transport and maintain CERCLA administrative record in
    accordance with 40 CFR 300-311.


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

o   CERCLA Administrative Record Repository
o   DOE shall provide comments on draft decision documents and regulatory
    reports within 20 business days of receipt.

o   DOE will use its best efforts to obtain an approved Interim Final ROD.


                                                           Section C - Page 13
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

V.      Infrastructure and General Site Operations

The Contractor shall perform the infrastructure operations and general support
services listed below in support of the site closure mission.

o   All items listed below are required until the end of this contract unless
    otherwise approved for termination by DOE.
o   These items are generally required to support the items listed Sections I
    through IV above, or the general operation of the site until closure
o   It is recognized that this is a closure site, all facilities have a limited
    life span, and the nuclear safety risk and required controls should be
    steadily declining throughout the project.  The standard requirements
    referenced in this contract are generally designed for continuous ongoing
    facility operations.  this will create the desirability for a number of
    interpretations and/or exceptions and deviations from the standard
    requirements to ensure that project costs are being deployed for the maximum
    net government risk reduction.  The Contractor and DOE shall actively engage
    in early identification and appropriate requirements reduction activities to
    ensure a safe and cost effective closure.
o   The Contractor shall provide any other services or operations not listed
    below as required by other contract requirements including those DOE Orders
    listed in Section J, Attachment B.
o   Safety services are subdivided into three sections: 1) Nuclear safety
    requirements which apply to handling and processing fissile material and to
    the operation of facilities that house fissile material, 2) radiological
    safety requirements that apply to handling and processing of radioactive
    waste and operations in facilities that are radiologically contaminated or
    house radioactive materials, and 3) industrial safety requirements which
    apply to all work activities and facilities at the Site.

                                     SCOPE

A. Environmental Monitoring
- ---------------------------

The Contractor shall conduct required environmental monitoring in compliance
with environmental laws, regulations, permits, agreements, decision documents
and in support of emergency response activities.

The Contractor shall provide annual updates to the Historical Release Report and
CERCLA Administrative Record.

The Contractor shall maintain the current and any new enforceable agreements at
the Site as identified in the technical exhibit D in this section C.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

Environmental Monitoring shall be accomplished in accordance with the provisions
of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA); the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA); the Clean Air
Act; the Clean Water Act; the Colorado Water Quality Control Commission (CWQCC)
standards; natural resource management regulations, and RFCA. (5)



                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

DOE will provide necessary access to accomplish all offsite environmental
monitoring.


- ----------

5 Requirements will be revised if RFCA is amended to include above stated
  requirements as ARARs.

                                                           Section C - Page 14
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                     SCOPE

B. Facility Operation and Material Storage
- ------------------------------------------

The Contractor shall operate all facilities until they are demolished in
accordance with applicable safety, security requirements and store all materials
(chemicals, etc.), waste, property, etc., in accordance with applicable
requirements.

C. Safeguards & Security
- ------------------------

The Contractor shall ensure appropriate levels of protection against
unauthorized access; theft, diversion, loss of custody of Special Nuclear
Material; espionage; loss or theft of classified matter or Government property;
and other hostile acts that may cause unacceptable adverse impacts on national
security or the health and safety of DOE and contractor employees, the public or
the environment.

The Contractor shall promptly prepare and submit applications for security
clearances as required for work under this contract.

The Contractor shall deter, prevent, detect and respond to unauthorized
possession, use, or sabotage of Special Nuclear Materials.

 The Contractor shall provide an integrated system of activities, systems,
programs, facilities and policies for the protection of classified information,
nuclear materials, and DOE and certain DOE contractor property and personnel as
required by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, other Federal statutes,
Executive orders, and other directives.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

Applicable requirements for facility operation or material storage are listed in
Section J, Attachment B..

o   Program Management, DOE Order 470 Series

o   Personnel Security, DOE Order 472 Series

o   Protection Operations, DOE Order 5632 and DOE Order 473 Series

o   Materials Control And Accountability, DOE Order 5633 and DOE Order 474
    Series

o   Information Security, DOE Order 5639 and DOE Order 471 Series


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

None


DOE shall promptly process Contractor security clearances. On average,
processing time will be in accordance with DOE Order 472 guidelines which for
clear cases will be at or below the following:

Q clearance- 75 calendar days

L clearance - 75 calendar days

AAA clearance - 60 calendar days

Processing time begins upon receipt of the case from the Contractor.


                                                           Section C - Page 15
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                     SCOPE

D. Analytical Services
- ----------------------

The Contractor shall perform and maintain Analytical Services and/or
Laboratories.

The Contractor shall ensure that any lab samples analyzed by off-site
laboratories will be disposed of from the laboratory and not returned to the
Rocky Flats Site for disposal unless there is prior contractual agreement for
the return of specific samples for which no other disposition is possible.

E. Public Relations & Media Support
- -----------------------------------

The Contractor shall provide communication services to include Citizens Advisory
Board representation, tours and visits and other stakeholder support.

F. Litigation Management
- ------------------------

The Contractor shall maintain a legal function and demonstrate sound litigation
management practices to include litigation, arbitration, legal advice on
environmental matters, procurement, employment, labor, and the Price-Anderson
Act (PAA); review and interpretation of legislation and laws; research and
drafting of memorandum, and the management and oversight of outside legal
counsel; for both the prime and subcontractors.

The Contractor shall provide litigation support to the Government when judged
necessary by the Contracting Officer (or Contracting Officer Representative) in
cases of actual or threatened litigation, regulatory matters, or third-party
claims and subject to applicable rules and regulations. Litigation support
includes, but is not limited to: case preparation assistance; document
retrieval, review and reproduction; witness preparation and testimony; expert
witness testimony; and assisting Government counsel as necessary in response to
discovery or other information related activities responsive to any legal
proceeding.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

Analytical Services and laboratories shall be operated in accordance with one or
more of the following references: 10 CFR 830.120, DOE Order 414.1, ASME-NQA-1,
ANSI/ASQC E4, and/or ISO 9000.


o   Communication services shall be provided as needed to maintain stakeholder
    support for the Rocky Flats Closure Project.
o   Contractor must transport and maintain supporting community documents in the
    established DOE Reading room(s).


o   Litigation management practices shall be provided in accordance with the
    RFFO approved Litigation Management Plan.
o   Department of Energy, Office of General Counsel, Legal Services and
    Litigation Management Policies and Procedures


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

DOE shall maintain a quality National Analytical Management Program or a DOE
alternative program which supports the analytical services necessary to close
the site.


DOE Reading Room(s)

None


                                                           Section C - Page 16
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                     SCOPE

G. Audit Support Services
- -------------------------

The Contractor shall provide audit support services for GAO, IG, DNFSB, EPA,
CDPHE and other external audits that examine and evaluate Site-wide activities.

H. Utilities & Infrastructure
- -----------------------------

The Contractor shall provide and maintain the infrastructure, utilities, etc.
necessary to support the closure mission. DOE will provide at a later date a
specific definition of which roads and components of the site utility system
that will remain after closure.

I. Radiological Assistance Program
- ----------------------------------

The Contractor shall provide a field unit under the Radiological Assistance
Program (RAP) until the RAP program is terminated by DOE.

J. Health Effects
- -----------------

The Contractor shall provide support for health programs/ambulatory care,
beryllium and radiation worker health surveillance programs and personnel
monitoring program. These services are required to assess, monitor, record data,
and provide medical support for current site workers who are or may be exposed
to radiological and hazardous materials. This is expected to encompass 6500
(+/-1000) current site workers through the term of this contract. The Contractor
shall maintain medical records of former workers and make them available for
health effects studies as requested by DOE.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

Audit Support Services shall be provided in accordance with DOE Order 2300.1B,
Audit Resolution and Follow-up, DOE Order 2320.1C, Cooperation with the Office
of Inspector General, DOE Order 2321.1B, Auditing of Programs and Operations;
and, Department of Energy, Office of General Counsel, Legal Services and
Litigation Management Policies and Procedures


Utilities and infrastructure shall be maintained in accordance with DOE Order
430.2 and the Site Safety Analysis Report.


DOE Order 5530.3 provides the requirements for the Radiological Assistance
Program.


Health effects shall be maintained in accordance with Public Law 102-484, DOE
Order 440.1, and will last until the program and documents are turned over to
DOE at the end of this contract.


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

DOE /OIG Rocky Flats Audit Plan

DOE shall provide and pay for site utilities to include raw water, electricity,
natural gas and heating oil.


DOE shall provide additional funding for the RAP and one member and may provide
up to three (3) members for the RAP team.


None


                                                           Section C - Page 17
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                     SCOPE

K. Occupational Health
- ----------------------

The Contractor shall provide the following classes of examinations for the
purpose of providing initial and continuing assessment of employee health:
pre-placement in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 United
States Code 12101), qualification examinations, fitness for duty, medical
surveillance and health monitoring, return to work health evaluations, and
termination examinations. The occupational medical department shall be informed
of all job transfers and shall determine whether a medical evaluation is
necessary. The physician responsible for the delivery of medical services or
his/her designee shall inform contractor management of appropriate employee work
restrictions.

L. Emergency Management
- -----------------------

The Contractor shall provide Site Emergency Management Services to include
emergency planning and preparedness as well as response to possible incidents
involving nuclear, radiological and hazardous materials on site.

The Contractor shall provide a fully equipped and adequately staffed Emergency
Operations Center on the site.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

DOE Order 440.1A provides the requirements for employee health examinations.
This applies to all contractor and sub-tier contractor personnel as required by
DOE Order 440.1A.


DOE Order 151.1 specifies the performance requirements, capabilities and
response times for emergency management services. Emergency management shall be
performed at the levels specified until the major nuclear facilities' hazards
are removed or ameliorated, or the facilities are demolished. A reduced level of
emergency services may be allowed once the major hazards on-site are removed and
as they are approved by DOE. DOE Order 225.1A specifies the requirements for
conducting accident investigations.


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

None


None



                                                           Section C - Page 18
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                     SCOPE

M. Nuclear Criticality Safety
- -----------------------------

The Contractor shall maintain a Nuclear Criticality Safety Program which ensures
that operations with fissionable materials which pose a criticality accident
hazard shall be evaluated and documented to demonstrate that the operation will
be subcritical under both normal and credible abnormal conditions. Fissionable
material operations shall be conducted in such a manner that consequences to
personal and property that result from a criticality accident will be mitigated.
No single credible event or failure shall result in a criticality accident
having unmitigated consequences.


N.  Nuclear Safety
- ------------------

The Contractor shall develop and maintain the safety analysis and controls for
nuclear facilities, operations, and activities. Readiness determinations for
restart of activities and for start-up of new activities will be required to
demonstrate readiness to safely start the activity.


O. Occupational Safety
- ----------------------

The Contractor shall meet all occupational safety and health requirements
(including but not limited to industrial safety, fire protection, construction
safety, firearms safety, explosive safety, industrial hygiene, pressure safety
and motor vehicle safety) for all site-related operations and conditions.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

DOE Order 420.1 provides the requirements and invokes the applicable ANSI/ANS 8
Standards. Sabotage and seismic events that are predicted to result in facility
collapse are exempt from the requirement for double contingency. The Criticality
Safety Program will be required in each facility until fissile materials
inventories are reduced to less than that stipulated in ANSI/ANL8.


DOE Orders 420.1, 425.1, 5480.21, 5480.22, and 5480.23 specify the requirements
for nuclear safety.


Occupational safety requirements are as stipulated in DOE Orders 420.1, DOE
Order 440.1A.


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

None


DOE complies with the following authorization basis review schedule:

A.      Justification for Continued Operation - 4 calendar weeks
B.      Page Change-  4 calendar weeks
C.      New -Authorization Basis-  2 calendar months
D.      Authorization Basis revision-  6 calendar weeks
E.      Positive  unreviewed safety question -  2 calendar weeks


DOE will work cooperatively with the Contractor to improve upon this review
schedule as a part of the best efforts approach of the Nuclear Licensing
Statement of Commitment.


None


                                                           Section C - Page 19
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                     SCOPE

P. Fire Protection
- ------------------

The Contractor shall maintain an acceptable fire protection program which
supports a level of fire protection and fire suppression capability sufficient
to minimize losses from fire and related hazards consistent with the best in
class of protected property in private industry.


Q. Quality Assurance Program
- ----------------------------

The Contractor shall perform all work on site in accordance with applicable
quality assurance requirements.


R.  International Agreements
- ----------------------------

The Contractor shall support 12 inspections per year by the International Atomic
Energy Agency (IAEA) as well as maintain material surveillance equipment.

S.  Records Management and Document Control
- -------------------------------------------

The Contractor shall provide on an ongoing basis the maintenance, storage,
protection, and disposition of active and inactive classified and unclassified
records, retrieval from on-site and off-site storage facilities and support in
ongoing discovery efforts for litigation. All Government records, regardless of
media, in the Contractor's custody must be properly inventoried, indexed, moved
to DOE approved off-site storage facilities, and possess a disposition schedule
or equivalent thereof pending a schedule being developed, including those
records that are required to document closure activities. Those records that are
radiologically, beryllium or otherwise contaminated shall be handled and
dispositioned in accordance with site procedures including applicable free
release levels. The Contractor will provide a complete records inventory list in
a hardcopy and electronic format to the post closure records custodian
identified by the DOE Contracting Officer.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

DOE Order 420.1 provides the requirements and invokes the National Fire
Protection Association Standards.


DOE Order 414.1 and 10 CFR 830.120 specify basic requirements that apply to the
quality assurance program. For site activities where transuranic waste will be
characterized, packaged, or shipped, the DOE Carlsbad Area Office Quality
Assurance Program Document, CAO-94-1012 and DOE Carlsbad Area Office Quality
Assurance Program Plan, CAO-94-1010 shall apply. The Nevada Test Site Waste
Acceptance Criteria shall apply for those activities where Low Level Waste is
characterized, certified, packaged, or shipped.


o       IAEA agreement INFCIRC 288 and DOE Order 1270.2B
o       This requirement will remain in effect until IAEA materials have been
        permanently removed from the Site.


Records management and document control will be conducted in accordance with DOE
Order 200.1, 36 CFR Chapter 12, Subchapter B and the Joint Records Management
Strategy for Site Closure.


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

None


None


None


DOE approved receiver site(s)


                                                           Section C - Page 20
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                     SCOPE

T. Radiation Protection Program
- -------------------------------

The Contractor shall ensure that all site activities are conducted in compliance
with a documented Radiation Protection Program to minimize occupational exposure
to internal radiation, direct, external exposure to ionizing radiation as well
as to minimize the spread of contamination. The As Low As Reasonably Achievable
(ALARA) process will be applied to all site activities.


U. Environmental Permits
- ------------------------------

The Contractor shall obtain, maintain, and comply with environmental permits as
required and allowed by law.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

10 CFR 835 and the Departmental Implementing Guides shall apply.


Contractor's compliance with environmental permits shall be in accordance with
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA); the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA); the Clean Air
Act; the Clean Water Act; and the Rocky Flats Cleanup Agreement. (6)



                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS

None


None


- ----------


6 Requirements will be revised if RFCA is amended to include above stated
  requirements as ARARs.

                                                           Section C - Page 21
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

VI.   DOE Office Accommodations

The Contractor shall provide basic office accommodations for DOE personnel as
specified below. A central DOE office will be needed as well as smaller office
accommodations in a few critical facilities until they are decommissioned.
During the final stages of closure it is expected that DOE will relocate its
office off-site.


                                     SCOPE

DOE Offices
- -----------

DOE will continue to occupy Building 460 until the facility is scheduled for
demolition or until the Contractor provides alternate office space, whichever
occurs first. This includes space for up to 250 DOE and support service
personnel. Regardless of location, DOE will require that at least 150 of the
individual offices must be located in one building until the end of FY04. Up to
a maximum total of 10 office spaces (no more than three in each building) must
be maintained in or within 150 feet of Buildings 371, 750, 771, and 707 until
the Contractor closes the facilities. DOE will require additional space for
approximately 10 regulators doing Site inspections. Lunch services must be
provided within 500 feet of the single large DOE office on-site until 2005. The
Contractor shall provide for movement of DOE furniture property and other
materials if offices are moved from the satellite offices, or from B460.
Adequate access for DOE personnel is required through closure.




                                 REQUIREMENT(S)

DOE office accommodations will be provided in Building 460, or an alternative.
Any central office location besides Building 460 requested to house the DOE
offices must be approved by the Manager, RFFO.




                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS


None




                                                           Section C - Page 22
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

VII.   Tri-Party Agreement

The Contractor shall continue to implement the Three Party Transfer Agreements.


                                     SCOPE


Tri-Party Agreement
- -------------------

The Contractor shall ensure the continued support and assistance to Rockwell and
EG&G as prescribed by the RFP Three Party Transfer Agreement dated June 30,
1995.


                                 REQUIREMENT(S)


RFETS Three Party Transfer Agreement with DOE, EG&G Rocky Flats, Inc., and
Kaiser-Hill Company, L.L.C., June 30, 1995, and as incorporated by reference,
the RFP Three Party Transfer Agreement with DOE, EG&G Rocky Flats, Inc., and
Rockwell International Corporation, October 23, 1989.


                     GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES & ITEMS


None



VIII.   Closure Project Funding

The Contractor shall plan to execute this Statement of Work assuming a minimum
annual funding of $657 Million from the Closure Account, (EW-05) received no
later than October 1, of each year, for the term of the contract. The receipt of
funding is subject to Congressional and Departmental funding Authorization. The
following table describes the maximum funding RFFO may receive during the
project from the Closure Account. If DOE removes scope, such as the 903 Pad
remediation, adjustment to this funding may be negotiated.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FY00     FY01     FY02     FY03     FY04     FY05     FY06     FY07
                                                              & Outyears
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 $18.8M   $18.8M   $18.8M   $18.2M   $17.6M   $16.6M   $16.3M   $3.9M
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                           Section C - Page 23
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   Exhibit B
                    Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Definitions


Abbreviations and Acronyms:

ACP              Accelerated Cleanup Plan
ADS              Activity Data Sheets
ALARA            As Low As Reasonably Achievable
APSF             Advanced Plutonium Storage Facility
ASAP             Accelerated Site Action Project
BCP              Baseline Change Proposal
BEST97           Basis of Estimate Software Tool
BOES             Basic Operating and Essential Services
CAB              Citizens Advisory Board
CAD              Corrective Action Decision
CAMU             Corrective Active Management Unit
CDPHE            Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment
CERCLA           Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
                 Liability Act of 1980
CFR              Code of Federal Regulations
CID              Cumulative Impacts Document
D&D              Decontamination and Decommissioning
DNFSB            Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board
DOE              Department of Energy
DOR              Direct Oxide Reduction
ECA              Energy Communities Alliance
EIS              Environmental Impact Statement
EM               Environmental Management
EPA              Environmental Protection Agency
ER               Environmental Restoration
FSUWG            Future Site Use Working Group
FTIRS            Fourier Transform Infrared System
FY               Fiscal Year
HQ               Headquarters
IAW              In Accordance With
ICCB             Internal Change Control Board
ID               Department of Energy Idaho Operations Office
IDC              Item Description Code
IHSS             Individual Hazardous Substance Site
IMC              Integrating Management Contract
INEEL            Idaho National Engineering and Environmental Laboratory
IPL              Integrated Priority Listing
ISM              Integrated Safety Management
LANL             Los Alamos National Laboratory
LCB              Life Cycle Baseline
LLMW             Low Level Mixed Waste
LLW              Low Level Waste
M&O              Management & Operating
Mat'l            Material
Misc.            Miscellaneous
MLLW             Mixed Low Level Waste
MOL              Minimum Operating Level
MOX              Mixed Oxide Fuel
MR               Mortgage Reduction Milestones
mrem             Millirem
MSE/ER           Molten Salt Extraction/Electrorefining
NEPA             National Environmental Policy Act


<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

NTS              Nevada Test Site
Ops.             Operations
OR               Oak Ridge
OU               Operable Unit
PA               Protected Area
PAC              Potential Area of Concern
PBIMC            Performance Based Integrating Management Contract
PBD              Project Baseline Description
pCi/g            Pico Curies per gram
PEIS             Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement
PPI              Program Planning and Integration
Pu               Plutonium
PuF4             Plutonium Fluoride
RESRAD           Computer Model Pertaining to Residual Radiation Material
RFCA             Rocky Flats Cleanup Agreement
RFETS            Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site
RFFO             Rocky Flats Field Office
ROD              Record of Decision
SAL              Soil Action Levels
SCCB             Site Change Control Board
SISMP            Site Integrated Stabilization Management Plan
Site             Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site
SMEs             Subject Matter Experts
SNM              Special Nuclear Material
SRS              Savannah River Site
SS&C             Salt Sand & Crucible
SSTs             Safe Secure Transport
SSSP             Site Safeguard & Security Plan
STCG             Site Technology Coordination Group
STLs             Safeguards Treatability Limits
STP              Site Treatment Plan
TBD              To be determined
TRU              Transuranic
TRUM             Transuranic Mixed
TRUPACT          Transuranic Waste Packaging and Transportation
TSCA             Toxic Substance Control Act
TYP              Ten Year Plan
USTs             Underground Storage Tanks
WAD              Work Authorization Document
WBS              Work Breakdown Structure
WIPP             Waste Isolation Pilot Plant
WM               Waste Management

Definitions:

Baseline:              A work activity based plan that describes the Contractor'
                       s approach to execute the project Statement of Work,
                       including the schedule for those work activities and
                       estimates of the associated costs (plus or minus approved
                       changes).  Defined as the Rocky Flats Closure Project
                       Baseline.

Statement of Work:     Narrative description of products or services to be
                       supplied/delivered under the contract (see Section C).

Scope:                 Sum of the products or services to be provided as the
                       project.

Technical Safety Requirements (TSR) Level 1 Violation: A Level 1 violation is
indicative of a significant breakdown of safety controls in a facility. It
results in an actual release of material to the environment, or allows
conditions to exist where there are no remaining barriers to release to the
environment. DOE discovery of a Level 2 violation also represents a Level 1
violation.
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

Technical Safety Requirements (TSR) Level 2 Violation: Level 2 violations are
significant violations of the control set, but do not pose an immediate threat
to the co-located worker, the public or to the environment. A violation that can
or does result in adverse consequences to facility workers is a Level 2
violation. Level 2 violations also result from DOE discovery of a failure to
comply with administrative controls or lack of rigor in maintaining the safety
envelope.
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   Exhibit C

List of Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site Compliance Orders, Agreements
and Permits


Parties                Statute    Type                         Date Executed
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

DOE/Colorado           RFCO       Site Treatment Plan COOC     10/3/95

DOE-Kaiser-Hill-RMRS   RCRA       Mixed Residue SA & COOC      4/23/93
- -Safe Sites/Colorado

DOE-Kaiser-Hill/       RCRA       Waste Chemicals COOC         8/21/97
Colorado

DOE-Kaiser-Hill/       RCRA       Idle Equipment and Tanks     8/21/97
Colorado                          COOC

DOE/Colorado           RCRA       Mixed Residues COOC          8/14/98

DOE-Kaiser-Hill-       RCRA       RCRA Permit                  6/30/97
Safe Sites-RMRS -
Closure Site Services/
Colorado

DOE/EPA/Colorado       RCRA/      RFCA                         7/19/96
                       CERCLA

DOE-Kaiser-Hill/EPA    CWA        NPDES Permit                 6/30/84



DOE/EPA                CWA        NPDES FFCA                   3/91


COOC = Compliance Order on Consent

SA = Settlement agreement
RFCO = RCRA Facility Consent Order
FFCA = Federal Facility Compliance Agreement
RFCA = Rocky Flats Cleanup Agreement

1.  Note that RFFO and K-H are parties to the RFETS facility Clean Air Act
    Permit Application filed with CDPHE. No facility permit has been issued, but
    various sources on site continue to have specific air permits.
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   Exhibit D

                         ROCKY FLATS CLEANUP AGREEMENT


                Incorporated by reference as of October 1, 1999.
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   Exhibit E

     ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE WORKFORCE RESTRUCTURING PLAN
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE

                            WORK FORCE RESTRUCTURING

                                   PLAN THREE

                           U.S. Department of Energy
                   Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site
                                Golden, Colorado


                                  MAY 5, 1997
<PAGE>

                  ROCKY FLATS WORK FORCE RESTRUCTURING PLAN 3
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION                                                1
Work Force Restructuring Programs                           1

CORRELATION WITH THE TEN-YEAR PLAN                          2

GOALS                                                       2

OUTSOURCING OF CURRENT ACTIVITIES                           2
Strategy                                                    2
Decision-Making Process                                     3
Implementation Process                                      3

WORK FORCE PLANNING                                         4
Work Force Analysis                                         4
Salaried Employee Selection Process                         5
Hourly Employee Selection Process                           5
Management Rights                                           5
Eligibility                                                 6
Maximize Use of Existing Staff                              7
Employee and Community Notification Requirements            8

RESTRUCTURING ELEMENTS                                      8
Voluntary Separation Payment Program (VSPP)                 8
Involuntary Separation Process                              9
Health Insurance Benefits                                   9
Relocation Assistance                                       9
Separated Employee Training                                 9

TRAINING FOR THE RETAINED WORK FORCE                       10

REHIRING AT DOE FACILITIES AND THE RESUME NETWORK          10
Resume Network                                             10

CAREER ASSISTANCE FOR PLACEMENT AT NON-DOE FACILITIES      11

PREFERENTIAL TREATMENT OF DOE COMPLEX EMPLOYEES            11

STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION                                   12
Consultation With Outside Sources                          12
Employee and Stakeholder Input and Review                  12

COMMUNITY IMPACT ASSISTANCE                                13
Mitigate Economic Impact on Local Communities              13
Rocky Flats Local Impacts Initiative (RFLII) Activities    13
Community Transition                                       13
<PAGE>

                  ROCKY FLATS WORK FORCE RESTRUCTURING PLAN 3
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS (con't)

MEASURING RESULTS ------------------------------------------------- 15

CONCLUSION -------------------------------------------------------- 15

APPENDIX 1 - Standard Area Full-Time Employment Definitions ------- 16

APPENDIX 2 - Voluntary Separation Payment Program Guidelines
             and General Release and Waiver ----------------------- 17

APPENDIX 3 - Draft Employee Letters ------------------------------- 18

APPENDIX 4 - Separated Employee Health Insurance Guidelines ------- 19

APPENDIX 5 - Relocation Guidelines -------------------------------- 20

APPENDIX 6 - Separated Employee Training Guidelines --------------- 21

APPENDIX 7 - Stakeholder Comments and Public Meetings ------------- 22

<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                        WORK FORCE RESTRUCTURING PLAN 3

INTRODUCTION
- ------------

Since the implementation of Section 3161 of the Fiscal Year (FY) 1993 National
Defense Authorization Act Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site (Site) has
voluntarily or involuntarily separated approximately 3,400 employees. This
action is a result of the Department of Energy's (DOE) mission change and the
designation of Rocky Flats for accelerated closure.

One of the DOE Rocky Flats Field Office's (RFFO) basic goals is to maintain a
trained work force to meet the Site's new closure mission. Unfortunately, budget
reductions and adjustments in skills needed to accomplish closure have resulted
in work force restructuring.

Section 3161 gives specific guidance to DOE on work force restructuring and
requires that a plan be prepared when it has been determined that a change in
the work force of a defense nuclear facility is necessary. The Rocky Flats Work
Force Restructuring Plan 3 responds to this requirement. It details the programs
under which future downsizing actions will occur. The actual restructuring
figures will depend on future budgets and required skill mix in order to
accomplish the closure mission. The Plan will be updated, as necessary, in
accordance with Section 3161 provisions.

Savings generated from downsizing actions across the DOE Complex equal
approximately $60,000 annually in pay and benefits for each separated employee.
Projected cost savings for the number of individuals who will be impacted by
this plan will be reported once the final restructuring numbers am identified.

Work Force Restructuring Programs
- ---------------------------------

Since the implementation of the Voluntary Separation Payment Program (VSPP) at
the Site, approximately 2,732 employees have separated under that program, and
approximately 686 have been involuntarily separated. Then numbers include 596
voluntary separations, and up to 372 involuntary separations in FY96. An
additional 352 employees accepted employment with lower-tier subcontractors in
FY95.

Outplacement assistance and retraining options are available to employees who
voluntarily or involuntarily separate from Rocky Flats and who am eligible for
such benefits wider the terms of this Plan. Counseling services and community
resources for job placement are part of the outplacement assistance for
employees before and after separation. A Career Assistance Center for current
employees and an Outplacement Center for separated employees have been
established and staffed to help employees with a variety of services that
include workshops on job search skills, resume preparation, interview skills,
job identification; financial counseling, and community services. Eligible
separated employees may use the training programs identified in this Plan to
pursue courses in current or new career fields.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

Future job openings at Rocky Flats will require review of involuntarily
separated workers within the DOE complex using the Job Opportunity Bulletin
Board System (JOBBS) database before external hiring is considered. The resumes
of employees involuntarily separated from Rocky Flats will be provided to other
DOE sites for similar consideration. Relocation assistance will be provided for
individuals hired for positions within the DOE Complex.

Additional approvals will not be required for implementation of any work force
restructuring program as long as the threshold of 500 separations in a twelve-
month period is not exceeded and as long as the restructuring can be
accomplished within current funding allocations consistent with the terms of
this Plan. Notification to RFFO, the Office of Worker and Community Transition
and stakeholders is required at least one week prior to any activity and shall
include a complete copy of the documents for employees in conjunction with
implementation of the program. Any deletions or modification in program
documents will be approved by DOE with the concurrence of counsel. There is no
guarantee that any required future restructuring of the work force will have
benefits equal to or greater than those contained within this Plan. Nor is it
the intent of DOE in implementing this Plan to create any private rights of
action or to create any rights in third parties.

CORRELATION WITH THE TEN-YEAR PLAN
- ----------------------------------

The projectization concept of the Ten-Year Plan and the Rocky Flats Clean-up
Agreement will provide greater certainty about the scope and schedule for clean-
up and closure. Implementation of the Site closure plan will likely require
smaller, selective, and more predictable restructuring activities in both scope
and schedule. As projects are completed, workers will be moved to other tasks or
separated if their skills are no longer required.

GOALS
- -----

The basic goals of RFFO and its contractors during the required work force
restructuring are to maintain a trained work force to accomplish the revised
mission of the Rocky Flats Site; to keep involuntary separations to a minimum;
to offer to the extent practicable, the work force retraining opportunities for
positions required to meet the new mission; and to minimize the impact of the
mission change and associated restructuring on the work force and, surrounding
communities. Stakeholder involvement has been, and will continue to be, an
integral part of the restructuring planning process.

OUTSOURCING OF CURRENT ACTIVITIES
- -------------------------------

Strategy
- --------

The Kaiser-Hill Team will retain employees with the skills needed to deliver the
core activities at the Site. Ancillary support activities that require
fluctuating staffing levels may be performed by contractors outside of the
Kaiser-Hill Team (outsourcing).

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

Consistent with DOE policies and procedures and collective bargaining agreement
obligations, "make or buy" cost evaluation tools will be used to determine the
cost/benefit ratio of any proposed outsourcing action.

Examples of ancillary support activities include medical services, training, and
non-routine safety analyses. Examples of activities requiring fluctuating
staffing levels include construction and demolition.

Staffing flexibility, avoidance of capital expenditures, increased efficiency,
or access to expertise not available at the Site will be important
considerations when making the ultimate outsourcing decisions.

Decision-Making Process
- -----------------------

Consistent with DOE policies and procedures and collective bargaining agreement
obligations, an analysis will be conducted by the Kaiser-Hill Team to determine
whether outsourcing will accomplish measurable cost savings, or meet other
outsourcing objectives or provide staffing flexibility to meet fluctuating
needs. The Kaiser-Hill Team will establish a make-or- buy review committee to
review initial outsourcing decisions. The committee will request bargaining unit
involvement in appropriate instances that have the potential to impact
bargaining unit employees. 'Me purpose of outsourcing will, not be to reduce
wages and benefits for existing employees, but rather to improve productivity.

Implementation Process
- ----------------------

Once an area is identified for outsourcing, the Kaiser-Hill Team will pursue the
following process:

 1.  The Kaiser-Hill Team will notify DOE every six months of potential
     outsourcings that are being considered for implementation during the next
     six-month period. The Team will also report outsourcings that became
     effective during the preceding six-month period.

 2.  Affected employees will be notified prior to the anticipated contract
     effective date that their scope of work is at risk of being subcontracted
     and that they are, therefore, at risk of being involuntarily separated.

     At that time, affected employees will be provided detailed, written
     notification of their separation benefit program options. In the event that
     a VSPP is one of the options, employees will receive adequate advance
     notice to comply with the requirements of the Age Discrimination in
     Employment Act and the Older Workers Benefit Protection


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

   Act. If an employee is eligible, and elects a VSPP option, he or she will
   have to comply with the restrictions on reemployment set out in the General
   Release and Waiver. (See Appendix 2)

3. Affected employees who are involuntarily separated will receive a two-week
   layoff notice prior to the effective date of the new subcontract. In some
   cases, management may choose to involuntarily separate employees after the
   subcontract has taken effect. At management's discretion, employees receiving
   their two-week notice will either remain at work during the two weeks, or
   will be sent home With pay pending the termination of their employment.
   Salaried employees will receive the standard Involuntary Separation Program
   (ISP), including severance pay.

   Hourly employees will receive severance pay according to the collective
   bargaining agreement in effect at the time of separation, and may receive
   standard ISP benefits when involuntarily separated.

   After the two-week notice is given and their termination from employment is
   effective, employees will be free to accept and begin employment With another
   employer at the Site or elsewhere without forfeiting their rights to
   severance pay under the ISP. Consistent with applicable collective bargaining
   agreements and personnel policies, employees who quit and begin new
   employment before the two-week notice will be treated as voluntary quits and
   will receive no severance pay.

4. An on-site tuition reimbursement program provides employees with an ongoing
   opportunity to retrain themselves to provide core functions, and thus remain
   employed in the jobs available on site. Employees whose functions are being
   outsourced are also offered the following:

     1) Voluntary separation through the current VSPP, if offered;
     2) Involuntary Separation through the current ISP, and
     3) Involuntary Separation after accepting a position with the outsourccd
        entity. (This option allows the employee to accept employment with the
        new entity, work through the separation notice period, and receive his
        or her full severance payment and hiring preference).

WORK FORCE PLANNING
- -------------------

Work Force Analysis
- -------------------



The Rocky Flats work force is being restructured to meet new mission
requirements. Contractor input is the first step in the work force analysis.
DOE, however, recognizes its obligation to oversee and independently assess the
information that it receives.

RFFO and Kaiser-Hill cooperated to produce a work force analysis that shows the
job category changes and future impacted classifications projected from current
Kaiser-Hill budget-based estimates.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

This information will be provided as specific restructuring activities are
identified. Initially, RFFO provided Kaiser-Hill guidance on the format and
methodology used for conducting the analysis.

Several meetings were held throughout the process in which RFFO continually
reviewed the progress and findings of the analysis in order to assure that the
analysis was being conducted in the appropriate manner. RFFO and the Office of
Worker and Community Transition reviewed and approved the final analysis.

A work force analysis was released to employees concurrent with the work force
restructuring notification issued on February 4, 1997.

Salaried Employee Selection Process
- -----------------------------------

Generally, the retention status of each salaried employee is based on
demonstrated performance as reflected by past performance evaluations,
versatility, foreseeable business requirements, and length of service (where
other factors are relatively equal).

Retention lists for each organization are reviewed and approved by the
organization's management. Employees can challenge this assessment through the
company complaint procedure.

Equal Employment Opportunity and Affirmative Action and diversity requirements
are considered in accordance with the protocols established by EEOC. Prior to
the proposed action, a detailed analysis is conducted within all major employee
groups by EEO-I categories, as established by the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission, to determine whether the action would disparately impact a protected
employee classification and, if so, what legitimate business reasons would
create the disparity. At a minimum, all lawful steps will be taken to assure
that there is no disproportionate impact on protected groups from the
restructuring effort. A final diversity report will be developed for each
contractor's review before the final selection of salaried employees for
involuntary layoffs.

Hourly Employee Selection Process
- ---------------------------------

Any hourly employees impacted will be laid off using the applicable portions of
the labor agreements in effect.

Management Rights
- -----------------

In the event Kaiser-Hill finds cause to terminate a subcontract for default,
Kaiser-Hill has the authority to terminate the subcontract in accordance with
the provisions of the subcontract Employment of key personnel (specifically
defined by position in the subcontract), who are separated as a direct result of
the subcontract's termination for default will be treated as terminations for
cause for purposes of implementing this Plan. Employees who are key personnel of
the terminated subcontract will not be subject to the terms of this Plan.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

Eligibility
- -----------

Employees who meet the Job Attachment Test listed below can use the appropriate
benefits within the Work Force Restructuring Plan. Continuous service with a
Management and Operating (M&O) contractor or an Integrating Management
Contractor (IMC) equivalent covered by the requirements of Section 3161 at other
DOE defense nuclear facilities as defined in Appendix C-1 of the Interim
Planning Guidance for Contractor Work Force Restructuring, will be recognized
for determining overall eligibility for benefits. Such service will not be
recognized if work force restructuring benefits were previously received for
such period of service. Breaks in employment of 30 days or less between
continuous service dates will be allowed. Only continuous service at Rocky
Flats With the most current employer or its predecessor will continue to be used
in calculating the voluntary separation payment. Again, periods of service for
which an employee has previously received severance pay, separation pay, or
other work force restructuring benefits will not be recognized for eligibility
purposes and will not be counted or used in the calculation of severance or
voluntary separation payments.

Employees who were transferred by their employer for the benefit of DOE to the
M&O or IMC equivalent contractor at Rocky Flats from another M&O or IMC
equivalent contractor at another DOE facility with the understanding that their
service at Rocky Flats would be considered for all purposes as a continuation of
the prior service and that the prior service would be credited for purposes of
their Rocky Flats employment, may be eligible to have their continuous service
at the previous site recognized in the calculation of the voluntary separation
payment. For such service to be recognized for calculating separation pay, the
employee must have received no work force restructuring benefits coincident with
the transfer and there must have been no break in employment. Employees will
be required to furnish satisfactory proof of eligibility under this provision.
None of the benefits resulting from Section 3161 are available to employees re-
employed at or in support of RFETS.

Regular Employees
- ------------------

1.  The employee must have been working for a contractor with a direct contract
    for DOE at a defense nuclear facility on September 27, 1991;

2.  The employee must have worked full-time (or regular part-time) at or in
    support of the Rocky Flats Site from that date through February 4, 1997, the
    date of the work force restructuring notification, and through the date of
    their separation under either an ISP or VSPP.

3. The employee must have accepted a voluntary separation incentive or have been
   involuntarily separated from employment at the Rocky Flats Site as a
   consequence of the work force restructuring notice, set out in number two (2)
   above, upon which the employee relies to establish eligibility.

4. Employees hired after September 27, 1991, are only eligible for the benefits
   provided by their company's standard policies, access to Career Assistance
   Center services, and participation in the Displaced Workers Medical Benefits
   Program (if program eligibility requirements are met.)

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

Intermittent Workers Including Construction Workers
- ---------------------------------------------------

1.   The employee must have worked for a contractor at a defense nuclear
     facility on or before September 27, 1991;

2.   The employee must have worked for a contractor at or in support of the
     Rocky Flats Site within 180 days preceding the work force restructuring
     notification of February 4, 1997.

3.   The employee must have worked for a contractor at or in support of the
     Rocky Flats Site a total number of hours, including time worked prior to
     September 27, 1991, equivalent to an employee having worked full time from
     September 27, 1991, through the work force restructuring notification of
     February 4, 1997, depending on the date the employee used to establish
     eligibility, or have actually worked the local industry standard of fall
     time as shown in Appendix 1, from September 27,1991, through the work force
     restructuring notification of February 4, 1997, depending on the date the
     employee uses to establish eligibility;

4.   The employee's job at the Rocky Flats Site must be affected as a result of
     the announced work force restructuring. For an intermittent employee, this
     would mean the termination of a project or the completion of the assignment
     or project without prospect for a follow-on assignment at the site.

Colorado Building Trades craft workers who meet the eligibility requirements
shown above will be eligible for a one-time, special 3161 payment of six weeks'
pay at the base hourly wage rate, relocation, tuition reimbursement, and Career
Assistance Center services. Any Building Trades craft worker who accepts this
3161 benefit will not be eligible for rehire by the site subcontractor for a
period of one year unless he or she pays back a pro rata, share of the voluntary
separation payment to DOE.

Department of Energy Support Service Contractors (SSC) am separated into two
categories:

1.   Those employees whose Task Order or Contract is ending, or who are
     displaced because they did not take a job with the new contractor, will be
     eligible for Outplacement Center access and will be placed on the priority
     hiring list for six months.

2.   SSC's who are displaced because their position was converted to a Federal
     position am eligible for Outplacement Center access, and placement on the
     priority hiring list for six months.

Maximize Use of Existing Staff
- ------------------------------

Rocky Flats contractor and subcontractor management personnel are fully
committed to maximizing use 'of the existing work force to the extent consistent
with efficient operation. Minimizing external hiring is one way to accomplish
this.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

Employee and Community Notification Requirements
- ------------------------------------------------

Pursuant to Section 3161 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal
Year 1993, a work force restructuring notification was issued to employees at
the work site and to surrounding communities on February 4, 1997.

The notification announced ongoing work force restructuring activities that
could affect up to 400 positions over the next few years. The restructuring
efforts may result from completion of projects, outsourcing of some functions,
efficiency and productivity improvement measures.

Rocky Flats announcements, bulletins and newspaper articles will continue to be
used to ensure that employees and stakeholders are kept informed concerning
work force restructuring activities.

Under certain conditions, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act
(WARN) requires notification at least 60 days prior to layoff or site closure.
WARN Act notification is generally required when there is a layoff of 33 percent
of the employees totaling 50 or more at a single site of employment or a total
of 500 or more employees, or when there is a "plant closing" resulting in a
loss of employment for 50 or more employees in a 30-day period. DOE, in
consultation with the contractor, will determine whether WARN applies.

RESTRUCTURING ELEMENTS
- ----------------------

Voluntary Separation Payment Program (VSPP)
- -------------------------------------------

An optional VSPP may be offered under this Plan in hopes that work force
reductions will occur voluntarily to the maximum extent possible. While this
program has a significant cost impact, it may be needed to attract the required
number of employee reductions.

An employee voluntarily terminating his or her employment pursuant to the VSPP,
cannot become employed at Rocky Flats with DOE or any other contractor or
subcontractor at Rocky Flats for a period of one year from the date of his or
her separation unless he or she refunds a pro rata share of his or her
separation payment to DOE. This also applies to employees whose functions are
being outsourced and who terminate employment pursuant to a VSPP. Further
clarification is contained within the General Release and Waiver contained in
Appendix 2.

Unlike previous VSPPs, many of the future VSPPs may occur on a smaller, more
limited scale. This will happen in two ways: 1) creating targeted VSPPs
affecting only those job classifications actually requiring reduction; and 2)
permitting employees to select their departure date from predetermined VSPP
dates allowing advanced planning for both the employee and employer. In
addition, implementation of large-scale VSPPs may be justified by further
significant budget reductions. With the approval of DOE, the Kaiser-Hill Team
will determine which VSPP method would be most appropriate. They may use one or
all of the methods based on the circumstances that occur during the year. The
VSPP is detailed in Appendix 2.

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

Draft letters to employees concerning the three options above are contained in
Appendix 3. These letters are examples only and are subject to modification.

Involuntary Separation Process
- ------------------------------

The process for involuntary separations is outlined by each contractor in its
policy manual for salaried employees and in the labor agreements for hourly
employees. At company discretion, employees may be paid for a minimum of a
two-week notice period while performing a job search. The 60-day notice required
under the WARN Act will only be made when it is determined by DOE, in
consultation with the contractor, that the WARN Act applies to the specific
situation.

Health Insurance Benefits
- -------------------------

Health insurance benefits for employees vary by company and by negotiated labor
agreements. However, extended coverage for eligible employees is available
pursuant to DOE's Displaced Worker Health Benefit Program (DWHBP) or the
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA). Eligible employees are
employees who either voluntarily or involuntarily separate and are not eligible
for such coverage under another employer's group plan, including that of a
spouse, or under Medicare coverage. Appendix 4 details this benefit

Relocation Assistance
- ---------------------

An involuntarily separated employee who moves 50 miles or mom from the Site and
his or her current residence to accept employment within the DOE Complex with a
company that does not provide moving expense reimbursement in the normal course
of business, may receive a maximum $4,000 reimbursement for actual allowable
expenses. This program is detailed in Appendix 5.

Separated Employee Training
- ---------------------------

Education assistance helps voluntarily and involuntarily separated employees
prepare for other positions. Separated employees must apply for this benefit
during the 12 months following their separation. This is a reimbursement program
which shall not exceed $10,000 total for each person, for a 24-month period
following approval of his or her plan of studies. Existence of this program is
dependent upon the availability of funding.

The Department of Labor (DOL) granted $2,100,000 in Job Training Partnership Act
(JTPA) funds from the Defense Conversion Act to the State of Colorado Governor's
Job Training Office (GJTO) for retraining surplus Rocky Flats workers through
December 31, 1997. These funds can only be used when individual employees have
been targeted for layoffs. JTPA funds am used to retrain individuals already
possessing minimum job skills.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

Another alternative for separated employees is starting their own businesses
using the Rocky Flats Local Impacts Initiative Entrepreneur Resource Program or
by taking courses in operating small businesses from local community colleges.

A third alternative is payments for approved on-the-job training with a new
employer subsidizing the worker's pay for his or her training period. This
program shall have no more than a maximum of 10 participants at any given time.
Appendix 6 details the Separated Employee Training program.

TRAINING FOR THE RETAINED WORK FORCE
- ------------------------------------

It is the goal of the contractor and DOE to provide training opportunities in
order to help employees who are retained at Rocky Flats under the environmental
management mission meet new mission requirements. As training needs become
available from various line and support organizations, the current training
programs and the necessity for new programs will be evaluated. Modifications to
existing programs will be made to maintain up-to-date programs which meet
emerging business needs.

REHIRING AT DOE FACILITIES AND THE RESUME NETWORK
- --------------------------------------------------

DOE developed the Job Opportunity Bulletin Board System (JOBBS) to simplify
implementation of hiring preference by eligible individuals, and by contractors
and subcontractors. Those individuals who have applied for and have been
determined to be eligible for the preference may have their resumes entered into
JOBBS where they will be specifically identified as job seekers with a hiring
preference.

Companies doing new hiring for DOE work should place job announcements into
JOBBS. Contractors and designated subcontractors (those whose DOE contracts
equal or exceed $500,000 in value) must first seek eligible workers from among
individuals listed in JOBBS who are eligible for a hiring preference. All other
subcontractors are encouraged to use JOBBS when hiring for DOE work.

Those individuals who do not want to enter their resumes into JOBBS are
responsible for informing potential employers of their eligibility for a hiring
preference. External hiring is considered only after specific criteria have been
met. The hiring and job-posting procedures are available at the Career
Assistance Centers, and at the Kaiser-Hill Team human resource departments.

Resume Network
- --------------

Current legislation requires that defense nuclear facility employees who are
involuntarily terminated be given preferential hiring consideration by other DOE
facilities. In order to best facilitate a process by which resume and
qualifications can be readily available to all contractors, a resume network
system has been developed by DOE for those employees who
request it.

                                     -10-
<PAGE>

The system provides the following services:

o    Resume distribution to Management and Operating and Integrating Contractors
o    Opportunity announcements accessible to all separated or potentially
     separated workers
o    Resume development support for matching surplus workers with known
     vacancies
o    Matching separated or potentially separated workers with anticipated or
     existing vacancies
o    Removal of expired vacancies
o    Tracking and reporting of preferential hire opportunities

CAREER ASSISTANCE FOR PLACEMENT AT NON-DOE FACILITIES
- -----------------------------------------------------

Career assistance will be provided to those employees whose positions are at
risk, who have been deemed surplus, or who have voluntarily separated as
described in this Plan. Counseling services for employees before and after
separation and the use of community resources will be part of this assistance.

PREFERENTIAL TREATMENT OF DOE COMPLEX EMPLOYEES
- -----------------------------------------------

Section 3161 provides that, to the extent practicable, employees whose
employment at a defense nuclear facility has been involuntarily terminated
receive hiring preference in filling vacancies in the work force of DOE and its
contractors and subcontractors. DOE has determined that employees must be
identified as having helped maintain the nation's nuclear deterrent during the
Cold War in order to qualify for this hiring preference. The preference should
be honored by all prime contractors, and by subcontractors whose contracts with
DOE equal or exceed $500,000 in value.

DOE established the following criteria for determining eligibility for the
hiring preference: the individual must be a former employee (1) who was
involuntarily terminated (except if terminated for cause); (2) who meets the
eligibility standards under the Section 3161 Job Attachment Test ; and (3) who
is qualified for the job at the time the work is to begin. Where qualifications
are approximately equal, eligible individuals will be given preference in
hiring. However, the preference will be administered so that it is consistent
with applicable law, regulation, or executive order, and collective bargaining
agreements.

This hiring preference is applicable with respect to vacancies in employment at
DOE facilities. However, no such vacancies occur when positions become available
through an outsourcing action or follow-on contract. Current employees are first
offered continued employment with the replacement contractor to avoid a layoff.
Subsequently, the current employees pursue their personal options and then it
becomes necessary to consider employment of non-employees of RFFO.

An individual's hiring preference continues until termination by the action (or
inaction) of that individual. Initially, and on an annual basis thereafter,
eligible individuals must certify their desire to retain their hiring
preference.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

Actions that will terminate an individual's hiring preference include: voluntary
termination or termination for cause from a position that was obtained through
the exercise of the preference, or failure to comply with the annual
certification requirement.

Future Rocky Flats employment opportunities will require review of involuntarily
separated workers within the DOE complex before a contractor considers hiring
individuals not previously employed at Rocky Flats. Of such individuals,
involuntarily separated Rocky Flats workers, who meet the requirements
previously discussed, will be given first preference for future job openings at
Rocky Flats. Currently, hourly contractor employees at Rocky Flats also have
recall rights in accordance with the provisions in their collective bargaining
agreements. Salaried employees do not have specific contractual recall rights.

Involuntarily separated employees from other DOE sites will also receive
consideration after individuals involuntarily separated from employment at Rocky
Flats, for P04itions for which they qualify. DOE has developed a resume network
described in the "Resume Network" Section. Resumes of impacted workers willing
to relocate from downsizing DOE defense nuclear facilities will be kept on file
for 12 months. These resumes will be reviewed for potential candidates prior to
considering candidates from any non-DOE complex source.

RFFO has completed a review of the Kaiser-Hill Team's implementation of
preferential hiring prior to issuance of this draft Work Force Restructuring
Plan. Reviews will continue to occur as needed in order to assure that the
hiring processes conform to preferential hiring requirements.

STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION
- ------------------------

Consultation With Outside Sources
- ---------------------------------

In compliance with Section 3161 of the National Defense Authorization Act for
Fiscal Year 1993, a mechanism has been developed to use publicly funded
consultation programs. Consultation with outside agencies is required to support
the Plan.

Employee and Stakeholder Input and Review
- -----------------------------------------

This Plan has been developed by RFFO with the input and review of a variety of
stakeholders, including the Rocky Flats Local Impacts Initiative (RFLII) and
labor organizations representing potentially affected employees.

Their activities are described below in the "Community Impact Assistance"
Section. RFLII sponsored many meetings; some were designed to gather general
input while others were to interface with, and gather input from, state and
community agencies and local educational institutions. Meetings were also held
on-site to gather input on the draft plan that was distributed to employees. A
public comment period was conducted on the document.


                                     -12-

<PAGE>

Appendix 7 provides specific information concerning stakeholder comments and the
types and numbers of public meetings held.

COMMUNITY IMPACT ASSISTANCE
- ---------------------------

Many businesses and local government service agencies could be significantly
impacted by the work force restructuring at Rocky Flats. The community impact
assistance described below is designed to offset the effects of work force
restructuring Rocky Flats employees who are impacted by restructuring efforts
are an important part of the picture.

Mitigate Economic Impact on Local Communities
- ---------------------------------------------

A goal of the Work Force Restructuring Plan is to minimize the economic impacts
on local communities. Much of this will be accomplished by the programs and
activities previously described. Allowing employees to leave voluntarily means
that people who are best prepared for and desirous of other employment are those
who leave. Many already have other employment opportunities available to them or
currently operate small businesses they can expand. Most people in the
aforementioned situations will remain in the area and will not tax the services
of the community. Other efforts to minimize the impacts on surrounding
communities are described below.

Rocky Flats Local Impacts Initiative (RFLII) Activities
- -------------------------------------------------------

The RFLII is a coalition of local governments, workers, community-based and
private sector interest groups, surrounding landowners and citizens working
together to identify, assess and mitigate impacts resulting from the change of
mission at Rocky Flats and to plan for its future. Membership is open to any
individual or group.

RFLII also includes non-voting representatives from DOE, Kaiser-Hill, and other
federal and state agencies and legislators who participate fully. Members
participate through various committees and meet as a full group regularly to
hear committee reports, exchange information, and discuss issues. The group was
formed in 1991, is governed by a 19-member board under an intergovernmental
agreement, and has a staff of four.

Community Transition
- --------------------

Based on evaluation of past programs and the results of numerous studies
including the efforts discussed above, RFLII has adopted a revised Community
Transition Plan for 1997-98. Its work plan has the following long term goal and
strategies:

Long Term Goal. Create new, permanent high-wage private sector jobs, especially
in fields matching the skills of displaced Rocky Flats workers. This will be
accomplished by strengthening and diversifying the local economy, helping
companies in target growth sectors expand, assisting businesses started by Rocky
Flats workers, and enhancing research, training, education, and technical
assistance in target industry sectors through the following strategies:


                                     -13-
<PAGE>

Strategy 1. Strengthen the Manufacturing Base in the Denver metropolitan area,
with special emphasis on advanced machining, advanced structural materials,
telecommunications equipment, biomedical and electromedical equipment, advanced
computer system hardware, and environmental technologies.

Strategy 2. Promote and Strengthen Colorado as a Center for Environmental
Commerce, with special emphasis on professional services or consulting,
recycling or waste management, pollution control and prevention, analytical
laboratory or characterization .services, renewable energy technology, and
environmental restoration; and achieving a high rate of ISO 14000 certification.

Strategy 3. Assist startup companies in target industries (see numbers 1 and 2
above), and companies started by Rocky Flats workers to succeed and expand.

Strategy 4. Assist Rocky Flats vendors and other area businesses who rely on
defense-related contracts, to diversify and expand their markets. Promote
utilization of local vendors by Rocky Flats, unless doing so would jeopardize
other local jobs.

Strategy 5. Support existing small an medium size companies in the Denver
metropolitan area and help them expand, especially through coordinated
activities with area financial, economic development and business support
entities.

Strategy 6. Promote and facilitate transfer of technologies to and from DOE and
local companies, especially as they relate to Rocky Flats activities.

Based on an analysis of where displaced Rocky Flats workers reside, the
following Colorado counties are included in the RFLII impact area: Adams,
Arapahoe, Boulder, Clear Creek, Denver, Douglas, Gilpin, Jefferson, Larimer and
Weld.

RFLII programs include an Entrepreneurial Resource Program assisting small and
start-up businesses in targeted industries, or those started by Rocky Flats
workers, with management assistance and information resources and the Equipment
Transfer Program authorized by a Memorandum of Agreement enacted in July of
1996.

In addition, RFLII and RFFO are working with regulators and the private sector
to continue the National Conversion Pilot Project at Rocky Flats. Begun by
former Secretary O'Leary, the project tests the feasibility of converting four
former defense production facilities, along with technology and personnel, to
commercial use.

The second stage, cleanup of two of the buildings and refurbishing of equipment,
was complete at the end of March 1997. A solicitation is scheduled to be issued
in the fall of 1997. If the project proceeds to the manufacturing stage, one of
its goals will be to employ former Rocky Flats workers.

                                     -14-

<PAGE>

MEASURING RESULTS
- -----------------

An annual report will be provided setting out implementation of the Plan. The
report will also reflect relevant changes in circumstances since the previous
plan and an evaluation of the Plan's implementation during the previous year. A
feedback program is being used to evaluate the restructuring program and to
provide for Plan updates, as required by Section 3161 of the National Defense
Authorization Act.

Rocky Flats maintains records that track employees' use of the various
restructuring activities and the expenditures on those activities; e.g., how
many accepted voluntary separation and what the costs were of these incentives;
how many enrolled in retraining programs and what the costs of retraining were;
how many were transferred to either new jobs within the DOE complex or to new
jobs off-site and the costs of relocation; etc. The Plan update also reports on
the completed actions and future plans of local community impact initiatives.

CONCLUSION
- ----------

This Plan is intended to be used as an umbrella for future work force
restructuring activities. The Plan may be modified as needed, in accordance with
departmental guidance on work force restructuring, as amended.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 1

                       STANDARD AREA FULL-TIME EMPLOYMENT
                                  DEFINITIONS

                                             HOURS REQUIRED IN A YEAR
                                             TO MAINTAIN CONSTRUCTION
             LOCAL UNION                          WORKER BENEFITS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asbestos Workers, Local 28                          1,600 Hours
Boilermakers, Local 101                             1,000 Hours
Bricklayers, Local 7                                1,000 Hours
Carpenters District Council                         1,560 Hours
Carpenters , Local 1396                             1,560 Hours
Carpet & Resilient Tile, Local 419                  1,320 Hours
Cement Masons, Local 577                            1,440 Hours
Electricians, Local 68                              1,620 Hours
Operating Engineers, Local 9                        1,600 Hours
Glaziers, Local 930                                 1,600 Hours
Ironworkers, Local 24                               1,200 Hours
Laborers District Council                           1,440 Hours
Laborers, Local 720                                 1,440 Hours
Millwrights, Local 2834                             1,560 Hours
Painters & Drywall, Local 79                        1,440 Hours
Plumbers & Gas, Local 3                             1,500 Hours
Pipefitters, Local 208                              1,500 Hours
Roofers, Local 41                                   1,200 Hours
Sheet Metal, Local 9                                1,920 Hours
Sprinkler Fitters, Local 669                        1,700 Hours
Teamsters, Local 13                                 1,600 Hours
<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 2

                      VOLUNTARY SEPARATION PAYMENT PROGRAM
                                 GUIDELINES AND

                           GENERAL RELEASE AND WAIVER


                                      -17-
<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 2

                   Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site
                  Voluntary Separation Payment Program (VSPP)
                                   Guidelines

General
- -------
A Voluntary Separation Payment Plan (VSPP) could be implemented for one or more
reasons which include: budget reductions, outsourcing or privatization of a
function or activity, building or function shutdown, or efficiencies gained
through realignment of work process. When such actions result in a VSPP, the
guidelines below will be followed. The guidelines have been established to
accomplish work force restructuring activities under Section 3161 of the
National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1993. An employee voluntarily
terminating his or her employment cannot become employed at the Rocky Flats Site
by the Department of Energy or any other contractor or subcontractor for a
period of one (1) year from the date of his or her separation unless the
employee refunds a pro rata share of his or her separation payment to DOE. Only
those employees who were hired on or before September 27,1991, will be eligible
to participate in the VSPP.

o Voluntary Separation Program Benefits

  -  VSPP payments will be based on continuous years of service since the last
     hire date with the current contractor, its predecessor or eligible
     subcontractor at the Rocky Flats Site (with the exception noted above) in
     accordance with the attached schedule.

  -  Medical may continue after separation as identified in Appendix 4.

  -  Separated employee training nay be provided as identified in Appendix 6.

  -  Career Assistance services shall be provided on-site prior to separation
     and off-site after after separation.

o Eligibility for Voluntary Separation Payment Program

  -  All integrating and eligible subcontractor personnel (as defined in the
     Work Force Planning Section of the Work Force Restructuring Plan 3) at the
     Rocky Flats Site are eligible for the voluntary separation package when
     offered by their employer.

  -  Each application shall be screened by the integrating contractor or
     eligible subcontractor, using the following criteria to accept Or reject
     applicants:

     -  Impact to a critical environmental safety and health mission supported
        by the applicant,

     -  Impact to a critical safeguard and security mission supported by the
        applicant,

     -  Creation of a condition which would require hiring off-site to backfill
        a resulting vacancy,

     -  Probability that the applicant will be involuntarily separated,

     -  Probability that the voluntary separation by the applicant will save
        another worker from being involuntary separated.

o Voluntary Separation Payment Program Options

     -  There are three VSPP options which may be used depending an the Site's
        circumstances.

        Under all options, eligible employees shall receive written descriptions
        of program elements, have an opportunity to apply for the VSPP and to
        rescind their decision within a specified time frame. Management will
        review the applications for impact, retention of critical skills and
        give approvals. The schedule details the VSPP percentage amounts.
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX 2

VSPP Options
- ------------

 Targeted VSPP
 -------------
 When it has been determined that a particular department, job classification or
 employee group must downsize, the affected employees may be given an
 opportunity to be voluntarily separated. Once final approval has been given,
 the approved employees will separate on a specified date.

 Process
 -------
 Affected departments, job classifications and employee groups would be given
 written notice of work force restructuring. Included with this notice would be
 the forms required to apply for a VSPP. Information would also include the
 particulars (application and rescission time frame, available benefits, VSPP
 schedule, waiver, etc.).

 The worker would complete the appropriate paper work and return it to the
 designated department by the application due date. At the close of the due
 date, the worker would have a specified time in which to rescind his Or her
 decision in writing. Once the recision period expires, management will review
 the VSPP application for impact according to the criteria listed in the
 Eligibility for Voluntary Separation Payment Program section.

 Employees who are accepted for the VSPP will be notified by management and
 their separation date will occur on the designated departure date (unless there
 are special circumstances which require the worker to stay beyond the normal
 VSSP date).

Predetermined VSPP
- ------------------
 Unlike the goals of many other DOE sites, the Rocky Flats site goal is closure,
 and all employees will eventually be impacted by work form restructuring.
 Consequently, workers should plan their futures and careers with this in mind.
 With the implementation of the Ten Year Plan and the Rocky Flats Clean-up eat,
 the contractor will have a plan outlining the work force required to Complete
 the project. The plan also provides a completion schedule which can help
 determine when areas will require work force restructuring. The projectization
 concept of the Ten-Year Plan and the Rocky Flats Clean-Up Agreement establishes
 a manageable process by which workers can select a semi-annual VSPP date. This
 allows for maximum planning on both the workers' and management's parts.

 Under this option employees who apply and am selected to participate in the
 VSPP win terminate employment on a date sometime in the future (potentially 6
 to 36 months away) based an the completion of their work assignment building
 closure, or project This would provide certainty to both the employee and the
 company as to a separation date. By participating in the VSPP, an employee will
 be agreeing to execute the General Release and Waiver and to terminate
 employment on the date set by the Kaiser-Hill Tom An employee will not be
 entitled to benefits under the VSPP if 1) he or she leaves earlier than the
 release date without the agreement of the Kaiser-Hill Team, 2) he or she is
 under a disciplinary suspension or subject to dismissal under the Kaiser-Hill
 Team Disciplinary Policy, 3) he or she refuses to execute the Waiver, or 4) he
 or she revokes agreement to the Waiver.

Large-scale VSPP
- ----------------
 If a large-scale VSPP is necessary, management will determine which company
 employee groups (salary exempt, salary non-exempt or hourly) shall be eligible
 for the VSPP. Once final approval has been given, the approved employees will
 separate on a specified date. This tool will continue to be used again if the
 Site is faced with significant budget reductions or closure requirements.

<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 2

Process
- -------

Company employee groups would would be given written notice of work force
restructuring. Information with this notice would be the forms required to apply
for a VSPP. Information would also include the particulars (application and
rescission time frame, available benefits, VSPP schedule waiver etc.)

The worker would complete the appropriate paper work and, return it to the
designated department by the application due date. At the close of the due date,
the worker would have a specified time in which which to rescind his or bar
decision in writing.

Once the recision period expires, management will review the VSPP applications
for impact according to the criteria listed in the Eligibility for Voluntary
Separation Payment Program section.

Employees who are accepted for he VSPP will be notified by management and their
separation date will occur on the designated departure date (unless there are
special circumstances which require the worker to stay beyond the normal VSPP
date).
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX 2

Voluntary Separation Payment Schedule Percentages

*Year of service                             Percent of Annual Base Pay
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      5                                                 24
      6                                                 26
      7                                                 28
      8                                                 30
      9                                                 32
      10                                                34
      11                                                36
      12                                                38
      13                                                40
      14                                                42
      15                                                44
      16                                                46
      17                                                48
      18                                                50
      19                                                52
      20                                                54
      21                                                56
      22                                                58
      23                                                60
      24                                                62
      25                                                64
      26                                                66
      27                                                68
      28                                                70
      29                                                72
      30                                                74
      31                                                76
      32                                                78
      33+                                               80

Employees hired after September 27, 1991, will not be eligible for the VSPP
and are only eligible for benefits provided by their company's standard
policies, access to Career Assistance Center services, and participation in the
Displaced Workers Medical Benefits Program (if program eligibility requirements
are met).

(*Continuous Rocky Flats service with current or predecessor contractor only.)


<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 2


                      VOLUNTARY SEPARATION PAYMENT PROGRAM
                           GENERAL RELEASE AND WAIVER

This Voluntary Separation Payment Program, General Release and Waiver
("Agreement") is entered into by and between ________________ ("Employee") and
Kaiser-Hill, L.L.C. and its prime subcontractors, DynCorp of Colorado, Rocky
Mountain Remediation Services, Safe Sites of Colorado/LATA, and Wackenhut
Security, Inc. ("Employer") as part of Employee's voluntary election to
terminate employment with the Employer.

IN EXCHANGE FOR THE PROMISES SET FORTH BELOW, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.  Employee voluntarily terminates his/her employment with the Employer
    effective ___________. Absent the express written authorization of the U. S.
    Department of Energy, Employee agree not to seek employment with or become
    employed at the Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site by the Department
    of Energy or any other future or current contractor or subcontractor at the
    Site for a period of one year from the date of employee's separation. This
    includes but is not limited to temporary employment service contracts,
    general task order assignments, indefinite quality contracts, basic ordering
    agreements, and and consultant contracts. However, this does not preclude
    Employee from employment with a company which is Providing supplies,
    equipment, materials or commodities to the Site under a fixed-price contract
    or purchase order.

2.  Employee agrees that the Employer has no obligation to reemploy Employee in
    the future, and Employee waives my recall, rehire, or rehire preference
    rights such as those that my arise under Section 3161 of the National
    defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1993. Employee agrees to perform
    all steps required by Employee's policies and procedures at the separation
    of employment.

3.  Except as set forth paragraph 4 below, Employee, on behalf of
    himself/herself and any person or entity entitled to sue on Employee's
    behalf, waives I releases Employer, its parents, subsidiaries, and
    affiliates, the Department of Energy, and its employees, officers,
    directors, shareholders, agents, and successors, from any causes of action
    or claims whether known or unknown, that arise out of the Employee's
    resignation and separation of employment with Employer and any causes of
    action or claims that arise out of Employee's employment with Employer, up
    to and including the date of Employee's resignation, under any federal,
    state or local law, including but not limited to the Age Discrimination in
    Employment Act, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990, Title VII
    of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, the Equal Pay Act, the Family and Medical
    Leave Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, and the Americans
    with Disabilities Act, or any applicable state or local law. Employee will
    not assert any claim or cause of action released under this agreement in any
    administrative or judicial proceeding

4. HOWEVER, Employee does not waive:

    (i) any causes of action or claims that arise out of Employee's employment
    with Employer, up to and including the date of Employee's separation, that
    have been asserted in writing and filed with the appropriate agency or court
    prior to __________, 1997.

    (ii) any rights or claims that may arise after the date this Agreement is
    executed,
<PAGE>

APPENDIX~ 2

(iii) any claims relating to pension or retiree health benefits that currently
      may be accrued under the Employer's standard retirement program,

iv)   any claims under any applicable state worker's compensation laws, or

(v)   Any claims for occupational injuries or illnesses arising from Employee's
      employment with Employer that are not known or reasonably knowable by the
      Employee at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

5. In exchange for Employee's voluntary separation and execution of this
   Agreement, Employer Will give Employee the consideration and benefits
   outlined in the Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site, Work Force
   Restructuring Plan Number Three, dated ____________.

6. If Employee becomes employed as prohibited in paragraph 1 or otherwise,
   violates any provision of this Agreement, then, in addition to any other
   remedies Employer has under this Agreement, Employer may require Employee to
   repay a prorata portion or all of the payments or other benefits under this
   Agreement, and Employee agrees to such payment.

7. Employee has been advised to consider this Agreement and to consult with an
   attorney of his/her choice, and Employee has had the opportunity to do so.
   Employee has had the right to consider this Agreement for a period of at
   least forty-five (45) days prior to entering into this Agreement and has done
   so, or has expressly requested that his/her application be granted prior to
   the expiration of the 45 days. Employee has the right to revoke this
   Agreement for a period of seven (7) days following execution of this
   Agreement by giving written notice to the Work Force Restructuring
   representative. If Employee revokes the Agreement, It shall not be effective
   and enforceable, and Employee will not receive any of the benefits described
   in paragraph 5. Employee has read and the terms and contents of this
   Agreement, and Employee freely, voluntarily, and without coercion enters into
   this Agreement and agrees to be bound by its terms.

8. This agreement constitutes the entire and agreement of Employee and Employer
   and can only be modified in writing agreed to by both parties.

9. Employee had access to all of the information required to be disclosed in
   these circumstances under the Age in Employment Act regarding who is covered
   by the Program, the eligibility factors, the time limits of the Program, the
   ages and job tides of everyone eligible for the Program, and the ages of
   ineligible employees in the same job or organizational unit.


<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 2

PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY. IT CONTAINS A RELEASE OF KNOWN AND UNKNOWN
CLAIMS AS DESCRIBED IN PARAGRAPH 3, ABOVE, SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATIONS EXPRESSLY
SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 4.

Agreed to:


- --------------------------------------------------------
Employee Signature/Date


- --------------------------------------------------------
Employer Signature/Date
<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 3

                             DRAFT EMPLOYEE LETTERS
<PAGE>

DRAFT
(TARGETED OR OUTSOURCING ACTIONS LETTER - OPTION 1)

Date

To: (EMPLOYEE)

From: (MANAGER)

Subject: NOTICE OF INVOLUNTARY SEPARATION AND VSPP OPTION - XXX-???-9X

This letter serves as notice that your organization will experience involuntary
separations on or after (DATE-at least 52 days after the date of this notice).
You may be one of the employees selected as a part of this action. If you are
selected for involuntary separation, you will be notified of your selections no
less than two weeks prior to the date of your involuntary separation.

Because you are now at risk of involuntary separation, you have three options
available to you:

Option 1: You may choose not to take any action. If you are selected for
involuntary separation you will remain an employee through your two week
notification period. At the end of the notification period you will be
terminated and receive your Involuntary Separation Program (ISP) severance
payment and other ISP benefits.

If you are selected for the ISP, then during the period between (MONTH, DAY) and
(MONTH, DAY, YEAR) you must report any full-time or part-time jobs obtained, or
changes in address For any employment during this time you should review Policy
HR 1.12, Conflict of Interest, available at do Offsite Career Assistance Center
(CAC). Should you begin full-time employment with another employer an or before
(MONTH, DAY, YEAR) you must terminate your employment with (COMPANY), under this
policy. Since this will constitute resignation to take another job, you will
cease receiving a weekly paycheck and you will not receive separation pay or any
separation benefits. If you do not secure other employment during this period,
you will remain on the payroll through (MONTH,DAY YEAR). Your paycheck will be
mailed to your home or bank each payday until that time. You will continue to
earn Time Off With Pay (TOWP). Contributions will continue to be made to your
Thrift Plan account during this time if you participate in that program. Your
final weekly paycheck will include all money due to you for unused TOWP. The
check for separation pay will be issued on or about (MONTH, DAY, YEAR).

Based an Section 3161 of the FY 1993 National Defense Authorization Act,
involuntarily separated workers have certain rights. If you meet the eligibility
requirements defined in the Work Force Restructuring Plan, you will be eligible
for preferential hiring consideration at DOE defense nuclear facilities for
future positions requiring the skill and expertise that you possess, should
hiring become necessary. The attached packet of information contains a form
entitled Preferential Hiring Form and a Resume Release Form. In order to
maintain your hiring preference status please complete them and return them to
Work Force Restructuring. We will need you to provide an up-to-date resume n a
computer disc if you wish to be included in the DOE Job Opportunity Bulletin
Board system. If you do not have a resume, the Offsite CAC will work with you to
develop one that is effective. It is your responsibility to maintain your resume
in current status.
<PAGE>

Option 2: You are immediately eligible to apply for Voluntary Separation Payment
Program (VSPP) benefits if you were hired on or before September 27, 1991. You
may also be eligible if you had less than a 30-day period between employment
with another DOE nuclear weapons facility and employment at the Rocky Flats
Environmental Technology Site. If you were a corporate transfer from another DOE
nuclear weapons facility you may receive some service credit. Contact your Human
Resources department for further information on these Work Force Restructuring
benefits. You may apply for the VSPP no later than (DATE). If you apply, you
will have a 7-day period, during which you may rescind your decision. If you do
not rescind and your application is accepted by management based on Work Force
Restructuring Plan criteria, you will be required to terminate your employment
(DATE) unless your management approves an alternate date. With prior management
approval, it may be possible to leave before the normal separation date or
extend beyond it. If interested, discuss this issue with your manager or your
Career Assistance Center (CAC) representative.

Attached is a VSPP Information Packet that includes information regarding
application and recision periods, all necessary forms, and a comparison of ISP
vs. VSPP benefits. Please review it carefully.

Option 3: YOU may terminate at any tune to accept other employment or for any
other reason. If you separate prior to the separation date determined by your
management, you will be considered a normal quit You will not receive your VSPP
or involuntary separation monies nor any of the associated Work Force
Restructuring benefit However, you am entitled to continue your medical
coverage wider the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) if you
choose.

Please review your options carefully and consult with attorneys, accountants, or
financial advisors as necessary. Direct any questions you have to (NAME), (PHONE
NUMBER), in Work Force Restructuring. A final separation date will be provided
to you once you have determined your choice of options.

If you require further information about your possible involuntary separation or
associated benefits available to you, please contact (NAME), Work Force
Restructuring, at (PHONE NUMBER)- We appreciate your past service and
contributions the Site and regret this action may be necessary.


<PAGE>

DRAFT
(SELECTED DEPARTURE DATES VSPP LETTER - OPTION 2)

DATE:

TO: (EMPLOYEE)

FROM: (MANAGER)

SUBJECT: FY9X WORK FORCE RESTRUCTURING-XXX-???-9X

I would like to personally notify you that the Department Of Energy announced to
the Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site (RFETS) a 120 Day Notice of
additional work force restructuring on (MONTH, DAY, YEAR). The announcement
indicated that up to (NUMBER) positions may be eliminated. Approval to offer a
Voluntary Separation Payment Program (VSPP) was also recently received.

A VSPP is being opened effective (MONTH, DAY) for all active, full time
employees at (COMPANY), RFETS who were hired on or before September 27, 1991.
You may also be eligible if you had less than a 30-day employment with another
DOE Nuclear Weapons facility and employment at the RFETS. If you were a
corporate transfer from another DOE nuclear weapons facility you May receive
some service credit. Contact your Human Resources department for further
information on these Work Force Restructuring benefits.

Selections for a future involuntary layoff, if one is required and approved,
will be determined by the Site's projected work requirements defined by the
Site's work force analysis. The number of employees to be involuntarily laid off
in order to attain the required reduction will be determined after the
completion of the VSPP.

Attached is a description of the VSPP, a summarization of voluntary versus
involuntary benefits a Payment Schedule, Application Form, commonly asked
questions and answers to them, information regarding continuation of health
benefits, and the General Release and Waiver Form which you will be required to
execute on your application date. Your agreement to be bound by the General
Release and Waiver Form is a DOE requirement for participation in this offering.
Please review it carefully with your financial advisor and attorney prior to
making your decision.

A major change has been implemented in this VSPP. It allows you to request a
particular separation date as a part of your application process from among a
number of predetermined future separation dates. Complete details are included
in the attached materials.

To assure that you received the best possible information on the upcoming work
force reduction we are taking the following actions. Managers were briefed the
week of (MONTH, DAY) and given information top resent to their employees.
Managers will hold "all-hands" meetings the week of (MONTH, DAY) to provide VSPP
information and to let you know the impact on your organization. Crossroads
articles and bulletin board postings will provide ongoing information. Also, the
Work Force Restructuring Department will hold a series of employee meetings
starting (MONTH, DAY) to give you an opportunity to ask questions you may have.
A meeting schedule is attached. Informational briefings on the VSPP and
available Career Assistance Center services have also been scheduled
<PAGE>

through the Career Assistance Center. The schedule of these briefings and the
telephone numbers to call to make a reservation are enclosed. Please plan on
attending to get all the information necessary to make an informed decision. You
are urged to consult with a financial advisor and your attorney before applying
for the VSPP.

The Onsite Career Assistance Center, Building T130J, is available to you to
provide services which may make your decision more clear. It has listings of
available jobs and continues to offer classes in interviewing techniques, job
search skills, resume writing, and a series of specialty classes dealing with
self esteem, and other work issues. Please call the center at extension 6050
for information or to arrange a meeting with an advisor if you desire.

VSPP SUMMARY

You are invited to review the enclosed information and decide if you would like
to apply. The program will be open until (MONTH, DAY, YEAR) and you will have
an opportunity to withdraw from the program during your 7 day recision period.
All withdrawals from the program will be final. You will not be able to change
your election before or after your recision period.

All active employees hired on or before September 27,1991 will be eligible to
apply for this VSPP- Employees who had prior service within the DOE Complex with
less than a 30-day break in employment may also be eligible. See your Human
Resources representative. Corporate transfers from other DOE nuclear defense
facilities may be given service credit. Employees eligible for retirement may
apply for the VSPP and retire concurrently based on our standard retirement plan
provisions. As in previous VSPPs, managers do have the authority to deny the
VSPP applications of those employees whose skills and abilities am required to
accomplish the Site mission.

Employees accepted for do VSPP will have a choice of a number of separation
dates but may separate from employment with the Site no later than (MONTH, DAY,
YEAR). Separation pay will be based on continuous Rocky Flats service from the
latest him date with the Kaiser Kill Team, or its based on the attached
schedule. Where an employee has separated from employment at the Site and been
rehired, the latest date of employment will prevail. This separation payment is
in lieu of any severance payment to which employees might have otherwise been
entitled. Employees will receive separation pay in a lump sum approximately two
weeks after their termination date.

BENEFITS HIGHLIGHTS

All salaried employees with four or more years of service who are currently
enrolled in the Rocky Flats Thrift Plan would be fully vested. Employees have a
variety of options available to them for these funds. Employees will be provided
a notice explaining their rights to make tax free rollover of company or
deferred funds. Other options include leaving the money in the Site Thrift Plan,
or receiving a payout of all monies. Please consult with your financial
advisor concerning the tax implications of your decision.

Employees who am eligible for and elect to take retirement will receive
insurance benefits as a regular retiree. Employees who are not eligible for
retirement benefits but who participate in the VSPP will be eligible for
continuation of medical benefits after separation, as set forth in the attached
guidelines.



<PAGE>

Outplacement services will be provided by the Offsite Career Assistance Center
2420 West 26 Avenue Building D, Suite 110, Denver Co. 80211-5302. Their phone
number is (303) 477-2036.

APPLICATION PROCESS

Employees electing to apply for the VSPP must complete the attached application,
obtain their manager's signature and submit the application in person to your
Human Resources department before close of business on (MONTH, DAY, YEAR). A
receipt will be given for each application.

Application may be withdrawn only during the employee's recision period. All
withdrawals will be final and must be submitted in person to your Human
Resources Department.

Please be aware that per Department of Energy guidelines you will not be able to
return to work at or in support of the Rocky Flats Technology Site with DOE or
any other contractor or subcontractor for one year unless you pay back a prorata
portion of the voluntary separation payment to DOE.
<PAGE>

DRAFT

(LARGE-SCALE VSPP LETTER - OPTION 3)

DATE:

TO: (EMPLOYEE)
FROM: (MANAGER)

SUBJECT:  FY9X WORK FORCE REStRUCTURING-XXX-???-9X

I would like to personally notify you that the Department Of Energy announced to
the Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site a 120 Day Notice of additional
work force restructuring on (MONTH, DAY, YEAR). The announcement indicated
that up to (NUMBER) positions may be eliminated. Approval to offer a Voluntary
Separation Payment Program (VSPP) was also recently received.

A Voluntary Separation Payment Program (VSPP) is being opened effective (MONTH,
DAY) for all active, full time employees at (COMPANY), Rocky Flats Environmental
Technology Site (RFETS) hired on or before September 27,1991. You may also be
eligible if You had less than a 30-day period between employment with another
DOE nuclear weapons facility and employment at the RFETS. If you were a
corporate transfer from another DOE nuclear weapons facility you may receive
some service credit. Contact your Human Resources department for further
information on these Work Force Restructuring benefits.

Selections for a future involuntary layoff, if one is required and approved,
will be determined by the Site's projected work requirements defined in the work
force analysis. The number of employees who might be involuntarily laid off in
order to attain the required reduction will be determined after the completion
of the VSPP.

Attached is a description of the VSPP, a summary of voluntary versus
involuntary benefits, a Payment Schedule, Application Form, commonly asked
questions and answers to them, information regarding continuation of health
benefits, and the General Release and Waiver Form which you will be required to
execute on your separation date. Your agreement to be bound by the General
Release and Waiver Form is a DOE requirement for participation in this offering.
Please review it carefully with your financial advisor and attorney prior to
making your decision.

To assure that you receive the best possible information available on the
upcoming work force reduction we are taking the following actions. Managers were
briefed the week of (MONTH, DAY) and given information to present to their
employees. Managers will hold "all-hands" meetings the we& of (MONTH, DAY) to
provide VSPP information and to let you know the impact on your organization.
Crossroads articles and bulletin board postings will provide ongoing
information. Also, the Work Force Restructuring Department win hold a series of
employee meetings starting (MONTH, DAY) to give you an opportunity to ask
questions you may have. A meeting schedule is attached. Informational briefings
on the VSPP and available Career Assistance Center services have been scheduled
through the Career Assistance Center.


<PAGE>

The schedule of these briefings and the telephone numbers to call to make a
reservation are enclosed. Please plan on attending to get all the information,
necessary to make an informed decision. You are urged to consult with a
financial advisor and your attorney before applying for the VSPP. It is a very
important life and career decision.

The Onsite Career Assistance Center, Building T130J, is also available to you to
provide services which may make your decision more clear. It has listings of
available jobs and continues to Offer classes in interviewing techniques, job
search skills, resume writing, and a series of specialty classes dealing with
self esteem, and other worker issues. Please call the center at extension 6050
for information or to arrange a meeting with an advisor if you desire.

VSPP SUMMARY

All active employees hired an or before September 27,1991 are eligible to apply
for this VSPP. Employees who had prior service with the DOE Complex with less
than a 30-day break in employment may also be eligible. See your Human Resources
representative. Corporate transfers from other DOE nuclear defense facilities
may be given service credit. Employees eligible for retirement may apply for the
VSPP and retire concurrently based on our standard retirement plan provisions.
Employees applying for this VSPP will receive the benefits described in the
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site Work Force Restructuring Plan (WFRP)
and summarized in the attached package of information. As in previous VSPPs,
managers do have the authority to deny the VSPP applications of employees whose
skills and abilities are required to accomplish the Site mission.

You are invited to review the enclosed information and decide if you would like
to apply. The program will be open until (MONTH, DAY, YEAR) and you will have an
opportunity to withdraw from the program during your 7-day recision period. All
withdrawals from the program will be final. You will not be able to change your
election before or after your recision period. With prior management approval it
may be possible to leave before the normal separation due or extend beyond it.
If interested, discuss this issue with your manager and/or your Career
Assistance Center (CAC) representative.

Employees accepted for the VSPP will separate from employment with the Site no
later than (MONTH, DAY, YEAR). Separation pay will be based on continuous Rocky
Flats service from the latest hire date with the Kaiser-Hill Team, or us
predecessors, based on the attached schedule. Where an employee has separated
from employment at the Site and been rehired, the latest date of reemployment
will prevail. This separation payment is in lieu of any severance payment to
which employees might have otherwise been entitled. Employees will receive
separation pay in a lump sum approximately two weeks after their separation
date.

BENEFITS HIGHLIGHTS

All salaried employees with four or more years of service who are currently
enrolled in the Rocky Flats Thrift Plan would be fully vested. Employees have a
variety of options available to them for these funds. Employees will be provided
with a notice explaining their rights to make tax free rollover of company or
deferred funds. Other options include leaving the money in the funds in which it
is invested or receiving a payout of all monies. Please consult with your
financial advisor concerning the tax implications of your decision.
<PAGE>

Employees who are eligible for and elect to take retirement will receive
insurance benefits as a regular retiree. Employees who am not eligible for
retirement benefits but participate in the VSPP will be eligible for
continuation of medical benefits after separation, as set forth in the attached
guidelines.

Outplacements services will be provided by The Offsite Career Assistance Center,
2420 West 26 Avenue Building D, Suite 110, Denver Co. 80211-5302. Their phone
number is (303) 477-2036.


APPLICATION PROCESS

Employees electing to apply for the VSPP must complete the attached application,
obtain their manager's signature and submit the application in person to their
Human Resources department before close of business on (MONTH, DAY, YEAR). A
receipt will be given for each application.

Applications may be withdrawn only during the employee's recision period. All
withdrawals will be final and must be submitted in person to the employee's
Human Resources department.

Please be aware that per Department of Energy guidelines, you will not be able
to return to work at or in support of the Rocky Flats Environmental Technology
Site with DOE or any other contractor or subcontractor for one year unless you
pay back a prorata portion of the voluntary separation payment to DOE.



<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 4

                      SEPARATED EMPLOYEE HEALTH INSURANCE
                                   GUIDELINES





                                      -19-
<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 4

                   Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site
                 Separated Employee Health Insurance Guidelines

Kaiser-Hill Team employees voluntarily separated (who are not retiring) may be
eligible for healthcare coverage continuation as follows:

MEDICAL BENEFITS
- ----------------
Separating employees have the following 3 options regarding medical benefits.

1. DOE Displaced Workers Health Benefit (DWHB) Program
- ------------------------------------------------------

o Provides the same medical coverage you were enrolled in while you were an
  active employee.

o Requires submission of the completed Continuation of  Medical Coverage
  election/Enrollment form within 30 days of receiving such.

o Requires submission of monthly premium and Statement of Certification/Payment
  Coupon.

o First Twelve Months: Employee pays the active employee premium rate during the
  first year following termination of employment. Rates are subject to change
  annually beginning January 1. Employee premiums along with the Statement of
  Certification/Payment coupon, are to be submitted monthly by personal check to
  Mutual of Omaha. Employees will be sent invoices by Mutual of Omaha. The
  effective date for extended benefits coverage under DWHB will be the first day
  of the month following termination.

o Second Twelve Months: Employee pays half of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget
  Reconciliation Act (COBRA) rate the second year (13th mouth through 24th
  month, following termination of employment). The COBRA rate is 102 percent of
  the total premium cost of the plan (including employer and employee shares).
  COBRA rates are reviewed and revised each calendar year.

o Twenty-Fifth Month and After: Employee pays full COBRA rate during the third
  and subsequent years (starting the 25th month following termination of
  employment). COBRA rates are reviewed and revised each year.

If the separated employee's premiums and Statement of Certification/Payment
Coupon are not received by Mutual of Omaha by their due dates, coverage will
terminate effective to the last premium payment period and cannot later be
reinstated.

Coordination of benefits does not apply since employees and their dependents are
not eligible for extended medical coverage under DWHB if they are, or become,
eligible for group coverage elsewhere (Including through Medicare).

You and your dependents at no longer eligible for extended medical coverage
under DWHB when you become eligible for group medical benefits from another
plan. However coverage under DWHB can continue during a required waiting period
(if applicable) for now coverage to begin since you are not yet eligible for
benefits from another plan. For example, if you take a new job that offers
medical benefits that become effective 30 days after your new job begins, you
can continue your DWHB medical coverage during the 30-day wait.


<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX 4

If you are eligible for group coverage from another employer, but that employees
coverage contains a pre-existing condition limitation or exclusion, you will
continue to receive coverage for the pre-existing condition under the extended
medical coverage under DWHB until the preexisting condition limitation or
exclusion period is satisfied. Claims should be filed with the other employer's
insurance plan first. Then an Explanation of Benefits from the other employer's
plan (showing the benefits coverage limitation or exclusion for the preexisting
condition) should be filed with your medical carrier.

Eligible participants include only those dependents who were covered under your
medical plan immediately prior to termination of active employee coverage.
Dependents can be covered without the employee being covered, if the dependent
is not eligible for coverage under another plan. For example, if a terminating
employee is age 65 (or older) and eligible for Medicare (and therefore not
eligible for extended medical coverage und DWHB) and the employee has a spouse
who is age 62 (who is not eligible for coverage under another employer or
through Medicare), then only the spouse is eligible for coverage under DWHB and
the single person rate would be applied.

You can add or delete dependents to your extended medical coverage under DWHB
with a "qualifying event" provided you notify Mutual of Omaha of your qualifying
event/request for change no more that 31 days after the qualifying event occurs.
Informmation about typical qualifying events is contained in the Rocky Flats
Technology Site (RFETS) Summary Plan Description.

Dependents who experience loss of eligibility for extended medical beneft
coverage under DWHB due to a "subsequent qualifying event" (divorce, death of
spouse, children no longer meeting the eligibility provisions of the plan) are
eligible to continue extended medical benefits coverage under COBRA for a
maximum of 36 months from the loss of active employee coverage/termination of
employment provided all of the following are met: (1) they were covered by the
medical benefits plan immediately prior to termination of active employee
coverage, (2) they were continuously covered und extended medical coverap under
DWHB, (3) the subsequent event occurred no more than 18 months from the loss of
active employee coverage/termination of employment, and (4) they provide Mutual
of Omaha formal notification of the qualifying event/request for change no more
than 60 days after the occurrence of the subsequent qualifying event.

2. Normal COBRA Benefits
   ---------------------

 . COBRA continuation coverage must be elected no more than 60 days after
  termination of employment. Enrollment will be in the same medical choice in
  which you were enrolled just prior to separation from employment with the
  Kaiser-Hill Team. The effective date of continuation of coverage will be the
  date following the last pay period after separation (which is the date that
  insurance coverage as an active employee terminates).

 . The separated employee pays full COBRA rate monthly. Employees will be sent
  invoices by Mutual of Omaha.

 . If coverage is not elected within 60 days after termination of employment,
  and/or applicable premiums are not received by their due dates, coverage will
  terminate effiective at the end of the last premium payment period and cannot
  later be reinstated.

 . When continuing medical coverage through COBRA, you may add or delete
  dependents only upon the occurrence of a "qualifying event." You may change
  your coverage option to become effective at the beginning of the next calendar
  year.

<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 4

o COBRA rates are reviewed and revised each calendar year.

3. No Coverage
- --------------

o Coverage terminates for claims incurred after termination (as of the last date
  of the pay period) without continued participation by payment of employee
  premiums under extended medical coverage under DWHB or by electing normal
  COBRA benefits.

DENTAL BENEFITS
- ---------------

Normal COBRA Benefits
- ---------------------

o Dental coverage my only be continued by electing COBRA continuation coverage
  for dental benefits no more than 60 days after termination of employment.
  Enrollment will be in the same dental plan which you were enrolled just prior
  to separation from RFETS. The effective date of COBRA continuation coverage
  will be the date following the last pay period after separation (which is the
  date that insurance coverage as an active employee terminates).

o The separated employee pays the full COBRA rate for dental coverage monthly by
  personal check. Employees will be sent invoices by Mutual of Omaha, (Note:
  full, monthly premium payment will be required rather than a pro-rata amount
  for mid-month effective dates). Up to 18 months coverage is available as long
  as premium payments continue to be made to Mutual of Omaha.

o If coverage is not elected within 60 days after termination of employment
  and/or premiums are not received by their due dates, coverage will terminate
  effective at the end of the last premiums payment period and cannot later be
  reinstated.

o When continuing dental coverage through COBRA, you may add or delete
  dependents only upon the occurrence of a "qualifying event." Further
  information about COBRA is contained in the RFETS Summary Plan Descriptions.

o COBRA rates are reviewed and revised each calendar year.

"Dual Couples" (Both Spouses Work for the Kaiser-Hill Team)
- -----------------------------------------------------------

Loss of your employment or your spouse's employment is considered a "qualifying
event" for adding or deleting dependents from coverage. Therefore, an employee
who, separates from the Kaiser-Hill Team, whose spouse also works for the
Kaiser-Hill Team and is eligible for coverage, can be covered by their actively
employed Kaiser-Hill Team spouse. The active employee will need to contact
Benefits Administration at Building 452 or by telephoning 966-2856 to obtain the
necessary forms to add dependents (children and/or spouse). coverage must be
elected within 31 days of the "qualifying event" in which case the coverage
will be effective on the day immediately following the pay period in which the
employee separates from RFETS.
<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 5

                             RELOCATION GUIDELINES






                                      -20-
<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 5

                   Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site

                             Relocation Guidelines

Eligible involuntarily separated employees, as defined in the Work Force
Planning Section of the Work Force Restructuring Plan 3, who move 50 miles or
more from the Site and their current residence to accept employment within the
DOE Complex may receive a maximum $4,000 reimbursement. This reimbursement only
covers documented actual allowable relocation expenses incurred within 12 months
from the date of separation. Only expenses or receipts from established
businesses will be accepted.

Eligibility Requirements for Separated Employees:
- -------------------------------------------------
o  Must have a confirmed full time job and start date before moving.

o  The new employer does not provide moving expense reimbursement in the normal
   course of business.

o  If starting their own business, must have a business license established
   prior to moving, and other documentation as required.

o  Must be employed by new company for a minimum of two weeks.

o  Receipts must reflect that the move occurred either after their start date or
   within 14 calendar days prior to their start date.

o  Employees traveling a minimum of 350 miles per day and not less than 150
   miles on the last day may be eligible for meals and lodging en route.

o  Employees moving a minimum of 100 miles from the Rocky Flats Site AND their
   current residence may be eligible for temporary living expenses at their
   destination.

o  Employees who resign from the company under normal separation policies (other
   than this Involuntary Separation Program) are not eligible for relocation
   benefits.

Reimbursable Relocation Expenses
- --------------------------------

o  Mileage or towing charges for one (1) vehicle for individuals with single
   status and two (2) vehicles for individuals with family status. Direct
   mileage will be determined by the Rand McNally Guide.

o  The cost of packing, unpacking, and transportation of household goods and
   personal effects, not to exceed 15,000 lbs., plus up to 30 days of storage at
   an established storage business at your destination.

o  Receipts are required from an established business for reimbursement of labor
   charges and moving supplies.

o  Up to five (5) days of temporary living expenses at your destination (meals
   and lodging at an established business).

Taxes
- -----

Changes in the tax law, effective January 1, 1994, make some relocation
reimbursements taxable income. Taxes will be withheld on these amounts at the
rate of 40.65% (Federal Income Tax 28%, Colorado State Income Tax 5%, FICA 6.20%
and Medicare 1.45%). Consult your tax advisor.

NOTE: THE WORK FORCE RESTRUCTURING RELOCATION GUIDELINES FURTHER DETAIL THIS
PROGRAM. THEY ARE AVAILABLE AT THE ON-SITE CAREER ASSISTANCE CENTER
<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 6

                     SEPARATED EMPLOYEE TRAINING GUIDELINES




                                      -21-
<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 6

                   Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site
                     Separated Employee Training Guidelines

Education Assistance
- --------------------

The education assistance training program helps voluntary and involuntarily
separated employees prepare for positions that are available in the Denver
Denver and Metropolitan Areas. Extension Of education assistance for 36 months
past the separation date continues to be approved for those who are
involuntarily or voluntarily separated to help in their training needs.
Separated employees must apply for this benefit during the 12 months following
their separation. This program ends when the employee meets the $10,000 maximum
over a 24-month period or when his or her plan of study is completed, whichever
comes first. The funding for this program continues to be dependent upon budget
availability.

Self-Employment
- ---------------

Another alternative for separated employees is starting their own business using
the Rocky Flats Local Impacts Initiative Entrepreneur Resource Program or by
taking courses in operating small businesses from local community colleges.
These courses help prepare them to either begin their own business or buy an
existing business. The Small Business Administration has supported these efforts
by providing information and, where possible, financial support. Educational
advise on curriculum availability, educational program costs, and credit
transferability will be provided by the educational institution representatives.
These representatives will help to develop an appropriate individual plan of
studies.

Outplacement Apprenticeship Program
- -----------------------------------

A third alternative is subsidizing the worker's pay for his or her training
period to pay for approved on-the-job training with a new employer. This
training period will not exceed one year and a maximum of one-third (up to $4.00
per hour) of his or her pay with do new employer. This program shall have no
more than a maximum of 10 participants at any given time.
<PAGE>

                                                                    APPENDIX 7

                    STAKEHOLDER COMMENTS AND PUBLIC MEETINGS





                                       -22-
<PAGE>

COMMENT PERIOD
- --------------

A public comment period was opened and advertised December 6,1996 through
January 10, 1997.

BRIEFINGS AND INFORMATIONAL MEETINGS
- ------------------------------------
December 10, 1996        Briefing to the Rocky Flats Local Impacts
                         Initiative Worker Impacts Committee.
                         Sponsored by DOE

December 11, 1996        Employee informational meeting held on-site.
                         Sponsored by DOE.

December 12, 1996        Employee informational meeting held on-site.
                         Sponsored by DOE.

December 16, 1996        Two Employee informational meetings held on-site site.
                         Sponsored by DOE.

December 17, 1996        Employee informational meeting held on-site.
                         Sponsored by DOE.

December 18, 1996        Employee informational meeting held on-site.
                         Sponsored by DOE.

December 18, 1996        Briefing to Congressman David Skaggs' Office.

SUMMARY OF STAKEHOLDER COMMENTS
- -------------------------------

  # COMMENTS             SUBJECT
  ----------             -------
       55                VSPP PAYMENT SCHEDULE - All 55 comments
                         requested that no reduction be made in the VSPP
                         payment schedule.

       31                ELIGIBILITY FOR SECTION 3161 BENEFITS -
                         The majority of the comments requested that
                         individuals hired after September 27, 1991,
                         continue to be eligible for all Section 3161
                         benefits.

       29                CREDITING SERVICE FROM OTHER DOE
                         DEFENSE NUCLEAR FACILITIES All 29 comments
                         requested that prior service at other
                         DOE Defense Nuclear Facilities be recognized
                         for the purpose of eligibility for Section 3161
                         benefits.

       17                RELOCATION ASSISTANCE - The comments requested
                         that both voluntarily and involuntarily
                         employees be eligible for relocation
                         assistance as allowed in to approved 1995 Work
                         Force Restructuring Plan.
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


                             PART I - THE SCHEDULE

                                   SECTION D

                             PACKAGING AND MARKING


                                Table of Contents

Section Number            Clause Title

D.1                       PACKAGING

D.2                       MARKING
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                    SECTION D

                              PACKAGING AND MARKING


D.1     PACKAGING

        Preservation, packaging, and packing for shipment or mailing of all work
delivered hereunder shall be in accordance with good commercial practice and
adequate to insure acceptance by common carrier and safe transportation at the
most economical rate(s).


D.2     MARKING

        Each package, report or other deliverable shall be accompanied by a
letter or other document which:

(a)     Identifies the contract by number under which the item is being
        delivered.

(b)     Identifies the deliverable Item Number or Report Requirement that
        requires the delivered item(s).
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904



                      This page intentionally left blank.
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                             PART I - THE SCHEDULE

                                   SECTION E

                           INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE


                               Table of Contents

Section Number                 Clause Title

E.1                            INSPECTION OF SERVICES - COST REIMBURSEMENT (APR
                               1984) FAR 52.246-05


E.2                            ACCEPTANCE


E.3                            INSPECTION


E.4                            CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL


E.5                            GOVERNMENT QUALITY ASSURANCE


E.6                            TECHNICAL EXHIBITS
                               GOVERNMENT QUALITY ASSURANCE/SURVEILLANCE PLAN
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   SECTION E

                           INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE


E.1      FAR 52.246-05 INSPECTION OF SERVICES - COST-REIMBURSEMENT
         (APR 1984)

E.1.1    Definitions. "Services," as used in this clause, includes services
         performed, workmanship, and material furnished or used in performing
         services.

E.1.2    The Contractor shall provide and maintain an inspection system
         acceptable to the Government covering the services under this contract.
         Complete records of all inspection work performed by the Contractor
         shall be maintained and made available to the Government during
         contract performance and for as long afterwards as the contract
         requires.

E.1.3    The Government has the right to inspect and test all services called
         for by the contract, to the extent practicable at all places and times
         during the term of the contract. The Government shall perform
         inspections and tests in a manner that will not unduly delay the work.

E.1.4    If any of the services performed do not conform to contract
         requirements, the Government may require the Contractor to perform the
         services again in conformity with contract requirements for no
         additional fee. When the defects in services cannot be corrected by
         re-performance, the Government may (1) require the Contractor to take
         necessary action to ensure that future performance conforms to contract
         requirements, and (2) reduce any fee payable under the contract to
         reflect the reduced value of the services performed.

E.1.5    If the Contractor fails to promptly perform the services again or take
         the action necessary to ensure future performance in conformity with
         contract requirements, the Government may (1) by contract or otherwise,
         perform the services and reduce any fee payable by an amount that is
         equitable under the circumstances, or (2) terminate the contract for
         default.


E.2      ACCEPTANCE

         Acceptance of all work and effort under this contract (including
"Reporting Requirements," if any) shall be accomplished by the Contracting
Officer, or any duly designated representative.


E.3      INSPECTION

         Inspection of all items under this contract shall be accomplished by
the DOE Contracting Officer's Representative (COR) or any other duly authorized
Government representative in accordance with Sections H and I of this contract.


E.4      CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL

         In accordance with the "FAR 52.246-05, INSPECTION OF SERVICES - COST
REIMBURSEMENT" Clause, the Contractor shall establish and maintain an inspection
system acceptable to the Government, to assure the requirements of the contract
are provided as specified. This system shall:

         (1)      Identify deficiencies in the quality of services performed
                  throughout the entire scope of the contract and implement
                  timely corrective action before the level of performance
                  becomes unsatisfactory.
         (2)      Be implemented on the contract start date.
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

E.5      GOVERNMENT QUALITY ASSURANCE/SURVEILLANCE PLAN

(a)      The Government Quality Assurance/Surveillance Plan identifies specific
         services from the Statement of Work for which compliance with the
         identified standards is required.  The Surveillance Plan identifies
         standards by which the Contractor is expected to perform in a
         continuous satisfactory manner.  The Contracting Officer may impose a
         Category 3 fee adjustment in accordance with section B.6 of this
         contract if the Contractor fails to correct DOE identified
         non-compliance with the Standard in the timeframe specified by the
         Contracting Officer, or if there are three non-compliance activities
         with a specific standard within any given quarter.  The Contractor
         shall not be relieved of full performance of the services hereunder and
         may be terminated for default based upon inadequate performance of
         services, even if a penalty has been imposed.

(b)      The services rendered under this contract are subject to Government
         inspection both during the Contractor's operations and after completion
         of the tasks. After each inspection, the Contractor will be advised of
         any unsatisfactory condition(s) for which they are responsible. The
         Contractor shall correct such deficiencies promptly and, by written
         report to the Contracting Officer, shall address corrective/preventive
         actions taken.
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                               TECHNICAL EXHIBIT

                 GOVERNMENT QUALITY ASSURANCE/SURVEILLANCE PLAN

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         REQUIRED SERVICE          SOW REF. NO.            STANDARD           SURVEILLANCE METHOD
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>                        <C>
SNM Shipments                     Sec. I, A. & B. o   All SNM shipped        Periodic
                                                      in a DOE approved      assessments, monthly
                                                      shipping container     observations, and
                                                  o   All DOT                assessment of each
                                                      requirements           shipping manifest
                                                      satisfactorily met.
                                                  o   All requirements of
                                                      DOE Orders 5610.12,
                                                      5610.14 and 460.1A
                                                      satisfactorily met.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Waste Shipments                   Sec. III, A-F   o   All wastes             Periodic
                                                      shipped in either DOE  assessments, monthly
                                                      or DOT approved        observations, and
                                                      shipping containers    assessment of each
                                                  o   All DOT                shipping manifest
                                                      requirements
                                                      satisfactorily met.
                                                  o   Requirements of DOE
                                                      Order 435.1
                                                      satisfactorily met.
                                                  o   All disposal site
                                                      waste acceptance
                                                      criteria
                                                      satisfactorily met.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SNM Building Deactivation         Sec, II, A      Safe and Stable condition  Periodic assessments
                                                  according to the Project   and monthly
                                                  Execution Plan (PEP)       observations
                                                  where vaults are empty,
                                                  residues and all SNM is
                                                  removed, MAA is closed,
                                                  chemicals and excess
                                                  equipment is removed and
                                                  process systems are
                                                  drained of SNM solutions.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Facility Decommissioning          Sec, II, A      All end state              Periodic assessments
                                                  requirements of the        and monthly
                                                  approved DOP have been     observations
                                                  met. Holdup has been
                                                  reduced to a specified
                                                  manageable level,
                                                  equipment and gloveboxes
                                                  have been removed and
                                                  packaged for disposal and
                                                  the
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                               <C>             <C>                        <C>
                                                  facility has been
                                                  decontaminated and
                                                  determined to be at the
                                                  required specified level.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Facility Demolition               Sec, II. A      All end state criteria of  Periodic assessments
                                                  the approved DOP have      and monthly
                                                  been met including         observations
                                                  disposition of building
                                                  rubble, and protection of
                                                  any known areas of
                                                  contamination.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Safeguard and Security Program    Sec, V, C.      All requirements of the    Periodic Surveys,
o        Program Management, SSSP                 following DOE Orders are   periodic
o        Personnel Security                       satisfactorily met: DOE    assessments, and
o        Protection Operations                    Orders 470.1, 470.2,       monthly
o        Materials Control and                    471.1, 471.2A, 472.1B,     observations
         Accountability                           473.2-1, 474.1-2,
o        Information Security                     5632.1C, 5639.8A
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fire Protection                   Sec. V, P       All requirements of DOE    Periodic assessments
                                                  Order 420.1and the and
                                                  monthly National Fire
                                                  Protection observations
                                                  Association Standards
                                                  satisfactorily met.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Occupational Safety               Sec. V, O       All requirements in DOE    Periodic assessments
                                                  Orders 420.1, 440.1A and
                                                  and monthly the
                                                  Occupational Health
                                                  observations and Safety
                                                  requirements
                                                  satisfactorily met.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nuclear Criticality Safety        Sec. V. M       All requirements of DOE    Periodic assessments
                                                  Order 420.1 and ANSI/ANS8  and monthly
                                                  satisfactorily met.        observations
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Radiological Protection           Sec. V, T       All requirements of 10     Periodic assessments
                                                  CFR 835 satisfactorily     and monthly
                                                  met.                       observations
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nuclear Safety                    Sec. V, N       All requirements of  DOE   Periodic assessments
                                                  Orders 420.1, 425.1, and
                                                  monthly 5480.21, 5480.22,
                                                  and observations 5480.23
                                                  satisfactorily met.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Environmental Monitoring          Sec. V, A       All requirements of        Periodic assessments
                                                  Resource Conservation and  and monthly
                                                  Recovery Act (RCRA); the   observations
                                                  Comprehensive
                                                  Environmental

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                               <C>             <C>                        <C>
                                                  Response,
                                                  Compensation, and
                                                  Liability Act (CERCLA);
                                                  the Clean Air Act; the
                                                  Clean Water Act; the
                                                  Colorado Water Quality
                                                  Control Commission
                                                  (CWQCC) standards;
                                                  natural resource
                                                  management regulations,
                                                  and RFCA satisfactorily
                                                  met.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Environmental Remediation         Section IV,A    All requirements of        Periodic assessments
                                                  Resource Conservation and  and monthly
                                                  Recovery Act (RCRA); the   observations
                                                  Comprehensive
                                                  Environmental Response,
                                                  Compensation, and
                                                  Liability Act (CERCLA);
                                                  the Clean Air Act; the
                                                  Clean Water Act; the
                                                  Colorado Water Quality
                                                  Control Commission
                                                  (CWQCC) standards;
                                                  natural resource
                                                  management regulations,
                                                  and RFCA satisfactorily
                                                  met.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


                              PART I- THE SCHEDULE

                                   SECTION F

                                 DELIVERIES OR

                                  PERFORMANCE

                               Table of Contents

Section Number           Clause Title
F.1                      PRINCIPAL PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

F.2                      DELIVERY

F.3                      PROJECT COMPLETION




                               Section F - Page 1
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   SECTION F

                           DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE

F.1   PRINCIPAL PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

      The principal place of performance of this contract shall be within the
site outlines of the Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site, near Golden,
Colorado, and such other facilities as may be leased or acquired from time to
time. All deliverable items shall be delivered to the Contracting Officer or
designee, unless otherwise specified.

F.2   DELIVERY

(a)   Performance will commence with the effective date of this contract on
      February 1, 2000. The target date for physical completion of the contract
      is December 15, 2006.

(b)   "Physical completion of the contract" as that term is used in Clause I.23,
      Incentive Fee, is defined in Clause C. 1.2.

F.3   PROJECT COMPLETION

(a)   Release of Withholdings. When the Contractor completes elements (1), (2),
      (3) and (4) of physical completion as defined in Clause C. 1.2, the
      Contracting Officer will project the Contractors expected fee earnings and
      release withheld fees accordingly, but will retain a withholding of at
      least $5,000,000 until physical completion as defined in Clause C. 1.2.
      The release of withholdings by the Contracting Officer, at this point,
      does not change the conditional nature of these fee payments. For
      remaining conditional incentive fee payments, the Contracting Officer will
      continue to withhold fees in accordance with Clause B.6.

(b)   Declaration of Physical Completion. Upon physical completion of contract
      as set forth in Clause C. 1.2, the Contractor may prepare a letter
      declaring that the Rocky Flats Closure Project has been physically
      completed. If the Contractor submits such a letter, the Government will
      have one business day to decide whether the Contractor's declaration is
      reasonable, after which the Government will, within ninety (90) calendar
      days accept the project as complete or provide the Contractor with a final
      definitive punch list of material deficiencies which preclude the
      Government from accepting the physical completion of the contract. During
      the acceptance period, the actual completion date shall be suspended and
      fixed as of the date Contractor declares project completion. The
      Contractor shall complete the identified deficiencies, the costs of which
      shall be considered unallowable, during the nine (9) months immediately
      succeeding the receipt of the Government's notification. During this
      period, the actual completion date shall remain fixed while the Contractor
      completes the remaining open deficiencies.

      Upon completion of punch list material deficiencies, the Contractor will
      submit a Final Declaration Letter for physical completion of the contract.
      The Contractor's final Declaration Letter and the Contractor's
      responsibility for completion of any material deficiencies shall be
      limited only to completion of the Government's final definitive punch list
      of material deficiencies established above, inasmuch as all other work was
      previously accepted by the Government. In the event the Government
      determines that a portion of its final punch list of material deficiencies
      is not completed, the Contractor will be notified accordingly within
      thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the Contractor's Final Declaration
      Letter. These costs shall also be considered unallowable. In this event,
      and for any future incomplete final punch list work identified by the
      Government, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with the completion of
      the work and, upon completion, all withholding shall be released to the
      Contractor except the required retainage amount set forth by Clause I.23.


                               Section F - Page 2
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

(c)   Withheld Fee Funding and Payment.

      (1) The Contractor will request a reserve of appropriate budget ninety
          (90) days prior to the start of the next fiscal year or,
          alternatively, the Contracting Officer will confirm in writing to the
          Contractor that sufficient funds am available in the current fiscal
          year to fund all or a portion of the Contractor's withheld fee.
          Withheld fee shall be paid to the Contractor in the next quarter
          subject to the provisions of (a) above.

      (2) Upon Government acceptance of physical completion of the contact, all
          remaining withholdings shall be paid to the Contractor within thirty
          (30) calendar days of receipt of the Contractor's invoice.

(d)   Upon full acceptance of physical completion of the contract the Government
      will pay the Contractor as set forth by Clauses F. 3(c) and B.7.

(e)   Contract Close-out. After the Contractor's declaration of physical
      completion of the contract, the Government and Contractor shall establish
      a separate plan including budget and schedule for close-out of the
      contract. The Contract Close-out Plan will include all remaining
      administrative matters necessary to close out the contract, including but
      not limited to, resolution of remaining and open litigation, audit of
      indirect costs, remaining records disposition required by the Government
      ongoing monitoring and stewardship costs or any other activities required
      by Clause I.22, Allowable Cost and Payment, to close-out the contract. As
      set forth in Clause B.8, the cost, schedule and budget established for
      contract close out activities shall not be included in Target Cost or
      Target Schedule.

                               Section F - Page 3
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


                      This page intentionally left blank.


                               Section F - Page 4
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-OORF01904

                                   SECTION J

                                 ATTACHMENT A

                            PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-OORF01904

                             PERFORMANCE AGREEMENT
                             ---------------------

    For value received, and in consideration of, and in order to induce the
United States (the Government) to enter into Contract DE-AC34-OORF01904 for the
Rocky Flats Closure Contract, (the Contract) dated, 1/24/00 by and between the
Government and Kaiser-Hill Company, L.L.C. (Contractor), the undersigned, Kaiser
Group International, Inc. (Guarantor), a corporation incorporated in the State
of Delaware, with its principal place of business at: 9300 Lee Highway, Fairfax,
Virginia, hereby unconditionally guarantees to the Government (a) The full and
prompt payment and performance of all obligations, accrued and executory, which
Contractor presently or hereafter may have to the Government under the Contract,
and (b) the full and prompt payment and performance by Contractor of all other
obligations and liabilities or the Contractor to the Government, fixed or
contingent, due or to become due, direct or indirect, now existing or hereafter
and howsoever arising or incurred under the Contract, and Guarantor further
agrees to indemnify the Government against any losses the Government may sustain
and expenses it may incur as a result of the enforcement by the Government of
any of its rights and remedies under the Contract, in the event of a default by
Contractor thereunder, and/or as a result of the enforcement by the Government
of any of its rights against Guarantor hereunder.

    Guarantor has read and consents to the signing of the Contract. Guarantor
further agrees that Contractor shall have the full right, without any notice to
or consent from Guarantor, to make any and all modifications or amendments to
the Contract without affecting, impairing, or discharging, in whole or in part,
the liability of Guarantor hereunder.

    Guarantor hereby expressly waives all rights and defenses which might
constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor. and agrees
that this Performance Guarantee Agreement shall be valid and unconditionally
binding upon Guarantor regardless of (i) any acquisition, (ii) the
reorganization, merger, or consolidation of Contractor into or with another
entity corporate or otherwise, or the liquidation or dissolution of Contractor,
or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the capital
stock, business or assets of Contractor to any other person or party, or (iii)
the enforcement or judgment or the institution of any bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, debt agreement, or receivership proceedings by or
against Contractor, or adjudication of Contractor as a bankrupt, or (iv) the
assertion by the Government against Contractor of any of the Government's rights
and remedies provided for under the Contract, including any modifications or
amendments thereto, or under any other document(s) of instrument(s) executed by
Contractor, or existing in the Governments favor in Law, equity, or bankruptcy.

    Guarantor further agrees that its liability under this Performance Guarantee
Agreement shall be continuing, absolute, primary, and direct on itself, any
successors or assigns, and that the Government shall not be required to pursue
any right or remedy it may have against Contractor or other Guarantors under the
Contract. or any modifications or amendments thereto, or any other document(s)
or instrument(s) executed by Contractor, or otherwise. Guarantor affirms that
the Government shall not be required to first commence any action or obtain any
judgment against Contractor before enforcing this Performance Guarantee
Agreement against Guarantor. and that Guarantor will. upon demand, pay the
Government any amount, the payment of which is guaranteed hereunder and law
payment of which by Contractor is in default under the Contract or under any
other document(s) or instrument(s) executed by Contractor as aforesaid, and that
Guarantor will upon demand, perform all other obligations of Contractor, the
performance of which by Contractor is guaranteed hereunder.

    Notwithstanding anything in this Performance Guarantee Agreement, the
Guarantor's obligations for performance of the contract hereunder shall not be
any greater than those of the Contractor, and the rights and defenses available
to the Contractor, and specifically related to those rights and defenses arising
out of matters of Contract performance, shall also be available to

                                       1
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-OORF01904

the Guarantor in respect of any claim made against the Guarantor upon its
assuming its responsibilities under the Contract.

     Guarantor agrees to assure that it shall cause this Performance Guarantee
Agreement to be unconditionally binding upon any successor(s) or assigns to its
interests regardless of (i) any acquisition, (ii) the reorganization, merger, or
consolidation of Guarantor into or with another entity corporate or otherwise,
or the liquidation or dissolution of Guarantor, or the sale or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the capital stock, business, or men of Guarantor
to any other person or party, or (iii) the enforcement of judgment or the
institution of any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, debt agreement, or
receivership proceedings by or against Guarantor, or adjudication of Guarantor
as a bankrupt.

     Guarantor further warrants and represents to the Government that the
execution and delivery of this Performance Guarantee Agreement is not in
contravention of Guarantor's Articles or organization, Charter, by-laws, and
applicable law, that the execution and delivery of this Performance Guarantee
Agreement, and the performance thereof has been duly authorized by the
Guarantor's Board of Directors, Trustees, or any other management board which is
required to participate in such decisions; and that the execution, delivery, and
performance of this Performance Guarantee Agreement will not result in a breach
of, or constitute a default under, any loan agreement indenture debt judgment or
contract to which Guarantor is a party or by or under which it is bound.

     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Performance Guarantee
Agreement, this Performance Guarantee Agreement shall expire upon the final
payment at Close out of the Contract

     No express or implied provision, warranty, representation or term of this
Performance Guarantee Agreement is intended, or is to be construed. to confer
upon any third person(s) any rights or remedies whatsoever, except as expressly
provided in this Performance Guarantee Agreement.

     Interpretation of this Performance Guarantee Agreement shall be subject to
Federal law.

     In witness thereof. Guarantor has caused this Performance Guarantee
Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and its corporate seal
to be affixed hereto on 01/12/00
                        --------
                          Date

KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By: /s/
   -----------------------------
       Name

    01/12/00
   -----------------------------
       Date

                                               ATTESTATION INCLUDING APPLICATION
                                                       OF SEAL BY AN OFFICIAL OF
                                                   GUARANTOR AUTHORIZED TO AFFIX
                                                                  CORPORATE SEAL

                                       2

<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-OORF01904


                        PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
                        -------------------------------

   For value received, and in consideration of, and in order to induce the
United States (the Government) to enter into Contract DE-AC34-OORF01904 for the
Rocky Flats Closure Contract (the Contract) dated, 1/24/00 by and between the
Government and Kaiser-Hill Company, L.L.C. (Contractor), the undersigned, CH2M
Hill Companies, LTD. (Guarantor), a corporation incorporated in the State of
Oregon with its principal place of business at 6060 South Willow, Denver, CO,
hereby unconditionally guarantees to the Government (a) the full and prompt
payment and performance of all obligations, accrued and executory, which
Contractor presently or hereafter may have to the Government under the Contract,
and (b) the full and prompt payment and performance by Contractor of all other
obligations and liabilities of the Contractor to the Government, fixed or
contingent, due or to become due, direct or indirect, now existing or hereafter
and howsoever arising or incurred under the Contract, and Guarantor further
agrees to indemnify the Government against any losses the Government may sustain
and expenses it may incur as a result of the enforcement by the Government of
any of its rights and remedies under the Contract, in the event of a default by
Contractor thereunder, and/or as a result of the enforcement by the Government
of any of its rights against Guarantor hereunder.

    Guarantor has read and consents to the signing of the Contract. Guarantor
further agrees that Contractor shall have the full right, without any notice to
or consent from Guarantor, to make any and all modifications or amendments to
the Contract without affecting, impairing, or discharging, in whole or in part,
the liability of Guarantor hereunder.

    Guarantor hereby expressly waives all rights and defenses which might
constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor, and agrees
that this Performance Guarantee Agreement shall be valid and unconditionally
binding upon Guarantor regardless of (i) any acquisition, (ii) the
reorganization, merger, or consolidation of Contractor into or with another
entity, corporate or otherwise, or the liquidation or dissolution of Contractor,
or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all. of the capital
stock, business or assets of Contractor to any other person or party, or (iii)
the enforcement of judgment or the institution of any bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, debt agreement, or receivership proceedings by or
against Contractor, or adjudication of Contractor as a bankrupt, or (iv) the
assertion by the Government against Contractor of any of the Government's rights
and remedies provided for under the Contract, including any modifications or
amendments thereto, or under any other document(s) or instrument(s) executed by
Contractor, or existing in the Governments favor in law, equity, or bankruptcy.

    Guarantor further agrees that its liability under this Performance Guarantee
Agreement shall be continuing, absolute, primary, and direct, on itself, any
successors or assigns, and that the Government shall not be required to pursue
any right or remedy it may have against Contractor or other Guarantors under the
Contract, or any modifications or amendment is thereto, or any other document(s)
or instrument(s) executed by Contractor, or otherwise. Guarantor affirms; that
the Government shall not be required to first commence any action or obtain
any judgment against Contractor before enforcing this Performance Guarantee
Agreement against Guarantor, and that Guarantor will, upon demand, pay the
Government any amount, the payment of which is guaranteed hereunder and the
payment of which by Contractor is in default under the Contract or under any
other document(s) or instrument(s) executed by Contractor as aforesaid, and that
Guarantor will, upon demand, perform all other obligations of Contractor, the
performance of which by Contractor is guaranteed hereunder.

    Notwithstanding anything in this Performance Guarantee Agreement, the
Guarantor's obligations for performance of the contract hereunder shall not be
any greater than those of the Contractor, and the rights and defenses available
to the Contractor, and specifically related to those rights and defenses arising
out of matters of Contract performance, shall also be available to

                                       1
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-OORF01904

the Guarantor in respect of any claim made against the Guarantor upon its
assuming its responsibilities under the Contract

    Guarantor agrees to assure that it shall cause this Performance Guarantee
Agreement to be unconditionally binding upon any successor(s) or assigns to its
interests regardless of (i) any acquisition, (ii) the reorganization, merger, or
consolidation of Guarantor into or with another entity, corporate or otherwise,
or the liquidation or dissolution of Guarantor, or the sale or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the capital stock, business, or assets of
Guarantor to any other person or party, or (iii) the enforcement of judgment or
the institution of any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, debt agreement,
or receivership proceedings by or against Guarantor, or adjudication of
Guarantor as a bankrupt.

    Guarantor further warrants and represents to the Government that the
execution and delivery of this Performance Guarantee Agreement is not in
contravention of Guarantor's Articles of organization, Charter, by-laws, and
applicable law; that the execution and delivery of this Performance Guarantee
Agreement, and the performance thereof, has been duly authorized by the
Guarantor's Board of Directors, Trustees, or any other management board which is
required to participate in such decisions, and that the execution, delivery, and
performance of this Performance Guarantee Agreement will not result in a breach
of or constitute a default under, any loan agreement, indenture, debt, judgment
or contract to which Guarantor is a party or by or under which it is bound.

    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Performance Guarantee
Agreement, this Performance Guarantee Agreement shall expire upon-the final
payment at close out of the Contract.

    No express or implied provision, warranty, representation or term of this
Performance Guarantee Agreement is intended, or is to be construed, to confer
upon any third person(s) any rights or remedies whatsoever, except as expressly
provided in this Performance Guarantee Agreement

    Interpretation of this Performance Guarantee Agreement shall be subject to
federal law.

    In witness thereof, Guarantor has caused this Performance Guarantee
Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and its corporate seal
to be affixed hereto on 12 January 2000
                        ---------------
                            (Date)

CH2M HILL COMPANIES, LTD

By: /s/ Ralph R. Peterson
   --------------------------
       Name

    12 January 2000
   --------------------------
       Date

                                               ATTESTATION INCLUDING APPLICATION
                                                       OF SEAL BY AN OFFICIAL OF
                                                   GUARANTOR AUTHORIZED TO AFFIX
                                                                  CORPORATE SEAL

                                       2
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                             PART I - THE SCHEDULE
                                   SECTION G
                          CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA

                               Table of Contents


Section Number               Clause Title

G.1                          CORRESPONDENCE PROCEDURES

G.2                          ADDRESSES

G.3                          BILLING INSTRUCTIONS

G.4                          DEFECTIVE OR IMPROPER INVOICES

G.5                          DOE PROPERTY ADMINISTRATION

G.6                          REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

G.7                          INVOICING/PAYMENT PROCEDURES




                               SECTION G - Page 1
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   SECTION G

                          CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA
                          ----------------------------


G.1     CORRESPONDENCE PROCEDURES

        To promote timely and effective administration, correspondence submitted
under this contract shall include the contract number and shall be subject to
the following procedures:

(a)     Technical Correspondence. Technical correspondence (as used herein, this
        term excludes technical correspondence where patent or technical data
        issues are involved and correspondence which proposes or otherwise
        involves waivers, deviations, or modifications to the requirements,
        terms, or conditions of this contract) shall be addressed to the DOE
        Contracting Officer's Representative (COR) with an information copy of
        all correspondence to the DOE Contracting Officer.

(b)     Other Correspondence. All other correspondence shall be addressed to the
        DOE Contracting Officer, with information copies of the correspondence
        to the COR and the DOE Patent Counsel (where patent or technical data
        issues are involved).


G.2     ADDRESSES

        The DOE Contracting Officer's address is:

        Contracts Management Division - Bldg. 460
        Attn:  Melody C. Bell
        Rocky Flats Field Office
        US Department of Energy
        10808 Highway 93, Unit A
        Golden, CO  80403-8200

        Future revisions of the Contracting Officer or the address may be
accomplished by written notification from the Contracting Officer to the
Contractor, without a formal contract modification.


G.3     BILLING INSTRUCTIONS

(a)     The Contractor shall submit the original and three copies of invoices or
        vouchers, in accordance with the Payments provisions of this contract,
        to the following address:

        Office of the Field Chief Financial Officer, Bldg. 460
        Attn: Finance Group
        Rocky Flats Field Office
        US Department of Energy
        10808 Highway 93, Unit A
        Golden, CO  80403-8200

(b)     The Contractor shall submit invoices in accordance with the Billing
        Instructions, which will be provided at time of award of a contract, and
        other applicable clauses of this document.


                               SECTION G - Page 2
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

G.4     DEFECTIVE OR IMPROPER INVOICES

        Name (where practicable), title, phone number, office name, and complete
mailing address of officials of the business concern who are to be notified when
the Government receives a defective or improper invoice:

        Kaiser-Hill Company, LLC
        10808 Highway 93 Unit B, Building 111
        Golden, CO 80403-8200

        Attention:Mr. L. A. Martinez
        Vice President, Administration and CFO
                  Telephone: (303) 966-9768


G.5     DOE PROPERTY ADMINISTRATION

        For purposes of administration of government property, the points of
contact are:

             For real property:

                  Steven R. Schiesswohl            966-6501

             For other than real property:

                  Joseph A. Legare (Primary)       966-5918
                  Steven W. Slaten (Secondary)     966-4639

             Assistant Manager for Environment & Infrastructure, Building 460
             Rocky Flats Field Office
             US Department of Energy
             10808 Highway 93, Unit A
             Golden, CO  80403-8200

        Future revisions of the points of contact may be accomplished by written
notification from the Contracting Officer to the Contractor, without formal
contract modification.


G.6     REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

        The Representations and Certifications completed as attachment to
Section J leading to award of this contract, dated November 15, 1999, are hereby
incorporated into this contract.


G.7     INVOICING/PAYMENT PROCEDURES

(a)     The Government will make payments to the Contractor by electronic funds
        transfer not later than three (3) business days after receipt of an
        acceptable invoice from the Contractor.

(b)     The Contractor may submit cost invoices no more frequently than
        bimonthly. Fee invoices will be submitted in accordance with Clause B.6.

(c)     Any defects in invoices which are discovered after acceptance and
        payment will be corrected on subsequent invoices.  If the Government
        discovers such defects, the Contracting Officer will notify


                               SECTION G - Page 3
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

        the Contractor in writing to the individual listed in Clause G.4,
        DEFECTIVE OR IMPROPER INVOICES, above.  The Contracting Officer's
        written notification will explain the nature of the defect, and will
        direct the Contractor to reflect the appropriate credit on the next
        invoice submitted under this Contract.  Unless the Contractor reconciles
        the defect to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer within seven
        (7) calendar days, the Contractor shall make the credit as previously
        directed by the Contracting Officer.

(d)     Any bases for withholding, set off or reduction with respect to invoices
        which are discovered after acceptance will be corrected on subsequent
        invoices.  If the Government discovers such bases for withholding, set
        off or reduction, the Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor in
        writing to the individual listed in Clause G.4, Defective or Improper
        Invoices, above.  The Contracting Officer's written notification will
        explain the nature of the bases for withholding, set off or reduction,
        will specify the dollar amount of the withholding, set off or reduction
        and will direct the Contractor to reflect the appropriate credit on the
        next invoice submitted under this contract. Unless the Contractor
        reconciles the bases for withholding, set off or reduction to the
        satisfaction of the Contracting Officer within seven (7) calendar days,
        the Contractor shall make the credit as previously directed by the
        Contracting Officer.

(e)     Nothing in this provision shall affect the rights of either the
        Government or the Contractor under the Prompt Payment clause of this
        contract.

(f)     Notwithstanding the provisions of FAR 52.232-25(a)(4), the Government
        is not limited to the seven (7) day notification to the Contractor of a
        defective invoice.

(g)     The Government acknowledges and agrees that the Contractor may finance
        its performance under this contract by selling accounts receivable
        arising under the contract to an affiliate of the contractor organized
        solely for the purpose of assisting in the financing of the Contractor's
        performance under the contract.  Such affiliate may further sell and/or
        otherwise grant a security interest in such receivables to an ultimate
        financing source or sources or an agent or trustee acting on behalf of
        an ultimate financing source or sources, such further sale and/or grant
        of a security interest being solely for the purpose of completing the
        financing of the Contractor's performance of the work under the
        contract.  The ultimate financing source or sources would provide funds
        to the affiliate solely for the purpose of financing the affiliate's
        purchasing said accounts receivable from the Contractor, thereby
        providing the funding to the contractor to perform the work under the
        contract.  The Government consents to the financing arrangement
        described above.



                               SECTION G - Page 4
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


                      This page intentionally left blank.





                               SECTION G - Page 5
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904



                             PART I - THE SCHEDULE
                                   SECTION H
                         SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


Section Number    Clause Title


H.1               PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEMS AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

H.2               TECHNICAL DIRECTION

H.3               STOP-WORK AND SHUTDOWN AUTHORIZATION

H.4               AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

H.5               PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

H.6               ROCKY FLATS CLEANUP AGREEMENT

H.7               ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS

H.8               INTERNAL AUDIT

H.9               RESPONSIBILITIES FOR OPERATION/TERMINATION OF BENEFITS SYSTEMS

H.10              LITIGATION SUPPORT AND LITIGATION MANAGEMENT PLAN

H.11              KEY PERSONNEL

H.12              CONTRACTOR SELF-PERFORMANCE

H.13              PATENT INDEMNITY SUBCONTRACTS

H.14              AUTHORIZATION AND CONSENT IN COPYRIGHT

H.15              ROYALTY INFORMATION DURING TERM OF CONTRACT

H.16              ALTERNATE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

H.17              CONTRACT TRANSITION

H.18              EVALUATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS

H.19              EMPLOYEE PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES AND REWARD AND RECOGNITION

H.20              LABOR DISPUTES AND WHISTLEBLOWER ACTIONS



                               Section H - Page 1
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                    SECTION H

                          SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS


H.1     PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEMS AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

H.1.01  Project Control System Requirements

(a)     In the performance of this contract, the Contractor shall establish,
        maintain and use a project control system meeting the requirements
        specified in the contract, in the following paragraphs titled "Baseline
        Development," "Project Performance," and "Baseline Change Management" of
        this Section H.1, and any other system requirements defined by the
        Contracting Officer. Contractor may use a pre-existing project control
        system if such system satisfactorily addresses the system requirements
        defined below.

(b)     The project control system must also meet the requirements of the
        following DOE guidance:

        (1)     DOE Order 430.1A, Life-Cycle Asset Management (LCAM), October
                14, 1998;
        (2)     Integrated Planning, Accountability, and Budgeting System -
                Information Systems (IPABS-IS) Data Requirements, December 18,
                1998;
        (3)     Integrated Planning, Accountability, and Budgeting System
                (IPABS) Handbook, February 16, 1999; and
        (4)     HQ Baseline Change Control Charter, Office of Environmental
                Management, Rev. 0, June 23, 1999.

(c)     The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer with a detailed
        written description of the proposed project control system for review
        and approval within 30 days after award of the contract. Cost effective,
        graded application of controls will be a critical factor in determining
        acceptability of the proposed system.

(d)     The Contracting Officer or designated representatives will conduct a
        compliance review of the Contractor's proposed project control system to
        determine if the description and procedures meet the intent of this
        contract clause, "H.1, Project Control Systems and Reporting
        Requirements." The Contracting Officer will use the following two
        references as the main tools to evaluate the Contractor's project
        control system:

        (1)     DOE/PR-036, Project Control System Guidelines Implementation
                Reference Manual, Interim, December 1992; and
        (2)     A Guide to the Project Management Book of Knowledge, Project
                Management Institute, 1996.

        Upon system approval by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall
        fully implement the project control system. The Contractor shall not
        make any significant changes to the approved system without the prior
        written approval of the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer may
        direct additional compliance reviews after contract award to determine
        whether the Contractor is operating the project control system
        efficiently and producing accurate planning, budgeting, reporting and
        change control data.

(e)     The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer or designated
        representatives with access to all pertinent records, data, and plans
        for purposes of initial approval, approval of proposed changes, and the
        ongoing operation of the project control system.


                               Section H - Page 2
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

H1.02 Baseline Development

(a)     Technical Baseline and Work Scope Definition

        (1)    Work Breakdown Structure. The Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)
               shall provide the basis for all project control system
               components, including estimating, scheduling, budgeting,
               performing, managing, and reporting, as required under this
               contract.

        (2)    Technical Baseline. The approved project technical baseline shall
               be established and maintained in a manner that ensures it can be
               used to further define and accomplish work, performance can be
               objectively measured, and its configuration is controlled and
               changes managed by formal processes. The cost account (currently
               Work Authorization Documents or WADs) is the fundamental grouping
               of work at which the Contracting Officer will receive routine
               status reports, evaluate and measure project performance, and
               exercise change control authority. Cost accounts will be
               summarized into nine Project Baseline Descriptions.

(b)     Roles and Responsibilities

       (1)     Organizational Breakdown Structure. The manager responsible for
               each cost account within the WBS shall be identified. The
               functional and technical scope responsibilities, limits of
               authority, and key interface points for each cost account manager
               will also be included.

       (2)     Indirect Costs.  Person(s) with responsibility and authority for
               managing and controlling indirect costs shall be identified at a
               level consistent with the other cost accounts.

       (3)     Cost Account Manager Responsibilities. A cost account shall be
               assigned to a manager with responsibility and authority to plan
               and budget the work, and control the resources and work
               activities within the approved technical, schedule, and cost
               baselines. The Cost Account Manager is also responsible to report
               status to allow complete project rollup of technical, schedule,
               and cost performance for current period, cumulative to-date, and
               at-completion.

(c)     Cost Estimating

        (1)    Estimating Methodologies.  Estimates shall be integrated with the
               WBS and use estimating methodologies that are consistent with DOE
               Order 5700.2D, Cost Estimating Analysis and Standardization.

        (2)    Estimate Preparation. Estimates shall be prepared consistent with
               the established project baseline and can be identified by each
               WBS element, or rolled up to cost account, Project Baseline
               Description (PBD), or total closure project level. The control
               system must maintain capability to provide Total Estimated Cost
               (TEC), Total Project Cost (TPC), Estimates-to-Complete (ETC), and
               Estimates-at Completion (EAC).

(d)     Planning and Scheduling Baseline

        (1)    Planning Constraints. A planning process shall be established and
               maintained throughout the project life that identifies
               programmatic, operational, legislative, institutional, and other
               requirements, constraints, and assumptions that may affect
               technical, schedule, and cost baselines. Potential impacts are
               identified and considered in managing baselines through
               contingency planning and management.


                               Section H - Page 3
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

        (2)    Project Risk Management. The Risk Management Plan shall be
               developed that identifies the various internal and external risks
               to achieving the project baseline. The Risk Management Plan will
               analyze possible alternatives to mitigate impacts, select and
               definitize specific alternatives including cost and
               implementation schedules for each alternative, and provide for
               routine reporting and updating of the Plan at least quarterly.

        (3)    Schedule Development. Schedules shall be developed that integrate
               with the WBS and cost estimates and represent all project work
               scope regardless of funding source. Certain non-project level of
               effort work scope may be excluded. Each activity will have
               assigned duration representing work scope accomplishment.
               Activity logic links shall depict all work scope constraints and
               decision points and shall be integrated into a total project
               network schedule. Work scope critical path network schedules are
               required for the total project and each PBD and in all cost
               accounts which exceed $5 million in life-cycle cost.

        (4)    Schedule Baseline. The project schedule shall clearly depict
               critical path activities and milestones from which actual
               performance for activities and milestones can be compared, and
               from which performance forecasts can be derived. Activities shall
               be resource loaded at one level below the cost account or lower
               to develop time-phased budgets that are integrated with the
               schedule.

        (5)    Intermediate Schedules. The project schedule shall be developed
               in a manner that allows extraction of intermediate and detail
               level schedules, for individual Project Baseline Descriptions and
               individual cost accounts. Milestones shall be identified and
               maintained as part of the schedules.

(e)     Cost

        (1)    Cost Accounts. A cost account structure shall be developed that
               is integrated with the WBS and facilitates collection of cost by
               functional organization and cost element. All work scope for the
               cost account shall be identified and a budget for that work
               developed. Budget projections shall be time-phased consistent
               with the schedule and anticipated resources, and shall be
               reconcilable with the cost estimate.

        (2)    Total Value of Accounts. All work shall be represented in cost
               accounts and the sum of the cost account budgets, plus
               contingency and management reserve and fee, equals the baseline
               value. The baseline will separately identify the following
               individual budget elements:

               a) Direct budget - developed at Work Package level, identified at
                  cost account level
               b) Indirect budget - same as direct budget for indirect accounts
               c) Management Reserve budget - identified at total closure
                  project level
               d) Cost Contingency - developed at cost account level, but
                  summarized at PBD level
               e) Fee - developed based on adjusted target cost, identified at
                  baseline summary level

        (3)    Managing Cost Accounts. A practical and effective method for
               controlling and measuring performance of the cost accounts shall
               be used, that is verifiable and consistent with schedule
               performance management. The Contractor shall exercise specific
               control and decision authority at the cost account level or
               lower. Indirect budgets, management reserve, and cost contingency
               will be included in the cost account management system.


H 1.03  Project Performance

(a)     Funds Management


                               Section H - Page 4
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

        (1)    Funding Limits.  Project commitment and expenditures shall not
               exceed funding limits as approved by the Contracting Officer.
               Funding controls as established in the Contractor's control
               system shall provide early warning before funding limits are
               exceeded.

        (2)    Funding Changes. The Contractor shall analyze DOE proposed or
               directed funding changes for their impact on technical, schedule,
               and cost elements of the baseline. Baseline changes to adjust for
               significant funding changes may be proposed consistent with
               Change Control procedures.

        (3)    Funding Reconciliation. An ability to reconcile forecasted
               funding requirements with estimated costs to execute remaining
               project work shall be maintained on a monthly basis by cost
               account. Analysis of the variance between currently authorized
               funds and estimated costs to complete shall be used by the
               Contractor to make adjustments to budgets or release contingency
               funds to Cost Account Managers as appropriate.

(b)     Accounting

        (1)    Recording Costs. All actual direct costs incurred for resources
               applied in the performance of work shall be recorded on a timely
               basis each month. Cost assignments shall be made in accordance
               with an established and auditable system that conforms to
               Generally Accepted Government Accounting Standards and Cost
               Accounting Standards. Actual costs incurred must be recorded in
               the same accounting period that performance is measured and
               recorded. Any indirect costs and contingency costs shall also be
               collected and appropriately allocated to the project.

        (2)    Collecting Costs. Costs shall be collected at a Work Package
               level or lower and able to be summed through the WBS, cost
               account, PBD, or by major Contractor functional organizations.
               Mischarges on time cards or other administrative or accounting
               errors shall be corrected in a timely manner. Cost Account
               Managers shall be provided appropriate reports and information to
               analyze monthly charges and are held responsible for the validity
               of charges to their cost account.

(c)     Work Authorization

        (1)    Work Authorization. Approval of this Contract provides
               authorization for the Contractor to complete the full scope of
               work in the Contract. Any Contractor requested changes or DOE
               directed changes shall be addressed through the established
               Change Control process.

        (2)    Contract Funding. The Closure Project Baseline with any approved
               revisions shall provide the basis for annual authorization of
               funds to the Contractor for each fiscal year. The Manager of the
               Rocky Flats Field Office will under normal conditions obligate to
               the contract the total annual project funding at the start of the
               fiscal year. Contract funding under this contract shall be
               subject to the administrative controls as described below:

                      Annual Work Analysis. Prior to the release of funds for
                      each fiscal year, the DOE will analyze the technical,
                      schedule, and cost baseline for that upcoming fiscal year.
                      By May 31st each year the DOE will provide an estimate of
                      any budget restrictions, or specific technical or schedule
                      guidance for the upcoming fiscal years through the
                      remainder of the project. The Contractor shall prepare a
                      project performance forecast for all upcoming fiscal years
                      from the approved total Closure Project Baseline and the
                      DOE guidance. By July 31st each year the Contractor shall
                      submit to the Contracting Officer or designee a
                      comprehensive analysis of total project status, including
                      impacts to technical, schedule, and cost elements of the
                      Closure Project Baseline and the projected budget
                      allocations to


                               Section H - Page 5
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                      cost accounts with a focus to activities described in the
                      baseline for the upcoming fiscal year. This deliverable is
                      known as the Annual Work Analysis (AWA), as derived from
                      the life-cycle project baseline. Variations from the
                      life-cycle project baseline described in the AWA, which
                      exceed established thresholds, shall be addressed through
                      established Change Control procedures and if necessary,
                      incorporated into the contract by modification.

        (3)    Resolving Conflicts.  In the event there is a conflict between
               the requirements of this clause and the referenced DOE Orders and
               guidance, the Contractor shall obtain guidance from the DOE
               Contracting Officer.

        (4)    Responsibility to Achieve Environmental, Safety and Health
               Compliance. It is the intention of the Government that all work
               performed by the Contractor be conducted in a manner that
               protects the environment, the health and safety of employees, and
               the public. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this clause,
               the Contractor has, in the event of an emergency, authority to
               authorize corrective actions as may be necessary to sustain
               operations in a manner consistent with applicable environmental,
               safety and health statutes, regulations, and procedures. The
               Contracting Officer shall be notified in writing within 24 hours
               of any Contractor action taken pursuant to this provision.

(d)     Performance Analysis

        (1)    Project Performance. Differences between planned and actual
               performance, shall be analyzed and reviewed monthly against the
               total project baseline and the Target Cost and Target Schedule
               for the current fiscal year portion of the total project.
               Performance analysis techniques shall be commercially accepted
               and documented, and shall utilize earned-value methods at the
               cost account or lower levels of the WBS and shall be reported to
               DOE at the PBD level. Objective measures are preferred for
               measurement of all technical work scope. For variances between
               planned and actual that exceed thresholds established by the
               Contracting Officer, the analysis shall describe the causes for
               variance, impact on other cost accounts, and corrective action
               required.

        (2)    Project Risk and Contingency Management. The risk from project
               and program factors that may affect the technical, schedule, or
               cost aspects shall be included in the development of the project
               baseline. Changes in the nature of these risks due to evolving
               social, political, organizational, environmental or other factors
               shall be analyzed quarterly, and resulting impacts to the project
               baseline evaluated. Risk plans shall be adjusted and risk
               management actions taken as appropriate, including performance
               improvements, reallocation of budgets to cost accounts, release
               of contingency funds, or baseline change proposals submitted if
               thresholds are exceeded.

        (3)    Estimate at Completion. Quarterly the Estimate at Completion
               (EAC) for the total project shall be reviewed and evaluated for
               consistency with observed trends in performance, emerging or
               resolved issues, and changes in the assessment of project risk.

(e)     Reporting

        (1)    Periodic Plans and Reports. The Contractor shall submit periodic
               plans and reports in such form and substance as required by the
               Contracting Officer. These periodic plans and reports shall
               address general management, schedule/labor/cost, performance
               measurement, financial incentives, and other technical
               information relating to performance under the Contract. Section
               J, Attachment F (Reporting Requirements Checklist) provides
               specific information regarding the required plans and reports,
               frequency, due dates, reporting levels, distribution, and
               thresholds which apply. Where


                               Section H - Page 6
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

               specific forms are required for individual plans and reports, the
               Contracting Officer shall provide such forms to the Contractor.

        (2)    Quarterly Critical Analysis (QCA). Once each quarter the
               Contractor shall prepare and submit a comprehensive report which
               critically analyzes the overall status of the closure project as
               well as many key metrics. This report shall include overall
               narrative summaries, analysis of schedule trends and projects
               float, critical path performance, analysis of critical manpower
               skills of other resources, budget and funding figures, and
               project risk and contingency plan updates. Reporting elements
               required for the QCA are indicated on the Section J, Attachment F
               (reporting Requirements Checklist). Each QCA will be signed by
               the top executive for the Contractor to revalidate the
               Contractor's commitment and accountability for the project
               performance.

        (3)    Report Consistency.  Plans and reports shall be prepared in such
               a manner as to provide for consistency with the contract
               Statement of Work, the project baseline, the approved Work
               Breakdown Structure, and correlation of data among the various
               plans and reports.  The reporting system established and
               maintained by the Contractor pursuant to this clause shall
               recognize changes in work effort directed by the Contracting
               Officer. The Contractor's reporting system shall be able to
               provide for the following at the  PBD level:

               1)      Timely incorporation of contractual changes affecting
                       estimated cost and schedule;

               2)      Reconciliation of estimated costs for those elements of
                       the WBS or discrete cost accounts with current
                       performance measurement budgets in terms changes to the
                       authorized work and internal replanning;

               3)      Changes to records pertaining to work performed that will
                       change previously reported costs for correction of errors
                       and routine accounting adjustments;

               4)      Revisions to the Contract's estimated costs for
                       Government-directed changes to the contractual effort.

        (4)    Full Access. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting
               Officer, or designated authorized representatives, access to any
               and all information and documents comprising the Contractor's
               project control and reporting system. Generally access will not
               be requested more than one level below the level chosen by the
               DOE for control and approval authority (PBD), except during
               compliance reviews.

        (5)    Flow-Down of Reporting. The Contractor shall include graded
               reporting requirements in all subcontracts adequate to fairly
               evaluate performance. The full requirements of this clause shall
               be in all cost-reimbursement type contracts when:

               1)      The value of the subcontract is greater than $12.5
                       million per year, unless specifically waived by the
                       Contracting Officer; or,

               2)      The Contracting Officer determines that the
                       contract/subcontract effort is, or involves, a critical
                       task related to the contract.


H.1.04  Baseline Change Management

(a)     Baseline Changes. The baseline (which shall be defined for all purposes
        notwithstanding any other language in this contract as the Rocky Flats
        Closure Project Baseline) is the source document for all project control
        and baseline change management. The processes for managing


                               Section H - Page 7
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

        and administering changes to all elements of the baseline shall be
        timely, formal, and documented. Baseline changes shall be proposed when:

        (1)    Necessitated by significant project delays, events or other
               impacts; or

        (2)    The parties have negotiated an equitable adjustment in accordance
               with Clause, I.75 entitled "Changes - Cost Reimbursement" or
               other clauses of this contract.

(b)     Baseline Thresholds.  Provided that the change does not affect Target
        Cost and Target Schedule, the baseline change control thresholds for
        technical, schedule, and cost changes shall be  the lesser of the
        following:

               DOE Headquarters Level    $40,000,000 or 20% of the PBD costs
                                         on an annual basis
               RFFO Level                $20,000,000 or 10% of the PBD costs
                                         on an annual basis
               Contractor Level          Up to the RFFO level

(c)     Spending at Variance. In some circumstances the Contractor may exceed
        authorized budget levels for a specific cost account when a baseline
        change is not warranted, such as for cost overruns. The change control
        system shall track, manage, and provide for approval of changes in
        funding level as a separate but integrated part of the overall change
        control process. Change control records shall maintain clear distinction
        between approved changes in funding and baseline changes.

(d)     Change Control Processing. Change proposals shall be initiated and
        processed in a timely fashion consistent with the requirements of this
        contract. Specific change control time frames for consideration and
        approval will be established by the Contracting Officer. Each change
        control threshold level shall accommodate emergency changes. A record of
        all approved changes, at any level, shall be maintained through the life
        of the project.

(e)     A baseline update to the Rocky Flats Closure Baseline, revision 3a and
        the Contractor's system of earned value will be submitted on June 30,
        2000, and will include the following features:

        o Will incorporate the Statement of Work and the terms and conditions of
          this contract
        o Will include baseline changes agreed to through June 30, 2000
        o Will align project costs (budgeted cost of work scheduled plus
          contingency) and the expected conditional incentive fee with the
          annual funding level anticipated for this contract
        o Will address Ernst and Young findings on the review of Revision 3a
        o Will be developed at the same or lower level of detail as Revision 3a

        The Contractor shall have the right to implement the revised baseline
        and its system of earned value following submittal of the baseline,
        subject to adjustments agreed between the parties.

(f)     Target Cost and Schedule Adjustments. Any changes to target cost, target
        fee, target date or target schedule incentive fee shall be executed only
        by a contract modification pursuant to the contract terms and
        conditions. Baseline changes will not imply the need for a contract
        modification.


                               Section H - Page 8
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

H.2     TECHNICAL DIRECTION

(a)     In addition to those functions specifically reserved throughout this
        contract for the Contracting Officer, the Contracting Officer shall be
        the sole authority within the RFFO for establishment of Performance
        Baseline Descriptions (PBDs), establishment of work priorities, and
        directing work requiring the expenditure of funds which have been
        obligated for performance of this contract.

(b)     Certain actions that require the formal signature of a Contracting
        Officer may be officially delegated in writing to Contracting Officer's
        Representatives (CORs).  For the purpose of this clause, a COR is an
        individual designated by the Contracting Officer to act as an authorized
        representative for such functions as technical monitoring, inspection,
        and other functions of a technical nature not involving a change in the
        scope, cost, terms or conditions of the contract.  Copies of any such
        delegations relating to this contract will be provided to the
        Contractor.  The Contractor shall comply with direction provided by the
        COR.  The following positions are identified as having COR authority:

        Paul Golan, the Deputy Manager, authority for environmental restoration;
        waste management; environmental/ ecological monitoring; nuclear material
        management; building management; environment, safety, and health;
        nuclear and criticality safety; emergency management; safeguards and
        security; architect/engineering and construction management; regulatory
        interface and commitment activities; operational baselines and planning;
        performance measure development and validation; necessary and sufficient
        program; management control system; authorization basis activities;
        performance assessment; quality assurance; invoice reviews; and
        operations management;

        Mell Roy, Chief Counsel, authority for litigation management activities,
        invoice reviews and approvals/disapprovals, and the administration of
        the DOE Office of General Counsel Legal Services and Litigation
        Management Policies and Procedures

        Mary Ann Tinney, acting Field Chief Financial Officer, authority for
        budget formulation and budget execution activities, finance and
        accounting activities, audit and audit-related activities, financial
        compliance activities, and invoice reviews;

        Mary O. Hammack, Closure Project Communications, authority for Freedom
        of Information Act requests;

        Michael Weis, Assistant Manager for Field and Performance Assessment,
        serving as the Deputy Manager's alternate COR, authority for
        environmental restoration; waste management; environmental/ecological
        monitoring; nuclear material management; building management;
        environment, safety, and health; nuclear and criticality safety;
        emergency management; safeguards and security; architect/engineering and
        construction management; regulatory interface and commitment activities;
        operational baselines and planning; performance measure development and
        validation; necessary and sufficient program; management control system;
        authorization basis activities; performance assessment; quality
        assurance; invoice reviews; and operations management; and

        Joe Legare, Assistant Manager for Environment and Infrastructure,
        serving as the Deputy Manager's alternate COR, authority for
        environmental restoration; waste management; environmental/ecological
        monitoring; nuclear material management; building management;
        environment, safety, and health; nuclear and criticality safety;
        emergency management; safeguards and security; architect/engineering and
        construction management; regulatory interface and commitment activities;
        operational baselines and planning; performance measure development and
        validation; necessary and sufficient program; management control system;
        authorization basis activities; performance assessment; quality
        assurance; invoice reviews; and operations management.


                               Section H - Page 9
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

        In addition to the above CORs, the Rocky Flats Field Office Manager has
        full contracting authority in his/her capacity of Head of the
        Contracting Activity. This authority is assumed by any individual he/she
        designates to act as the Manager in his/her absence, when that designee
        is acting within the limits of the Manager's delegation of authority.
        Persons with written delegation of authority to act for the above CORs
        on a temporary basis may sign authorizations within the CORs' authority.

        Also, DOE personnel designated as Facility Representatives provide
        technical oversight of operations to help line management assure that
        the facilities are operated in a safe, healthful, and environmentally
        acceptable manner in accordance with DOE Directives and other
        requirements. As such, they have Stop Work and Shutdown Authorization
        Authority.

(c)     The performance of work by the Contractor, in compliance with the
        Project Control System and PBDs, shall be subject to technical direction
        from the CORs as follows:

        (1)  Directions to the Contractor which redirect the contract effort,
             shift work emphasis within a work area or a PBD, require pursuit of
             certain lines of inquiry, fill in details, or otherwise serve to
             accomplish the contractual Statement of Work.

        (2)  Provision of written information to the Contractor which assists in
             the interpretation of drawings, specifications, or technical
             portions of the work description.

        (3)  Review and, where required by the contract, approval of reports,
             drawings, specifications, and information to be delivered by the
             Contractor to the Government under the contract.

        (4)  Monitoring compliance with applicable Environment, Safety and
             Health provisions and DOE Rules and Orders.

(d)     The Contractor shall only accept technical direction if provided in
        writing and if within the provisions of the contract and the scope of
        the closure project baseline. Technical direction shall not (1)
        authorize the Contractor to exceed the total funds obligated on the
        contract; (2) entitle the Contractor to any increase in the total amount
        of fee set forth in the contract; (3) change any of the express terms or
        conditions of the contract; or, (4) interfere with the Contractor's
        rights under the terms and conditions of the contract.

(e)     The Contractor shall proceed promptly with the performance required by
        duly issued written technical directions.  If, in the opinion of the
        Contractor, any technical direction violates the prohibitions set forth
        in paragraph (d) of this clause, the Contractor shall not proceed but
        shall promptly orally notify the Contracting Officer of the direction
        and reason(s) the direction violates the provisions of this clause. The
        Contractor shall confirm this notification in writing within five (5)
        workdays from receipt of DOE's written direction.  The Contracting
        Officer shall render a decision on whether or not the technical
        direction is or is not within the Statement of Work of the contract and
        whether or not a change order will be issued pursuant to the clause
        entitled, "Changes."  This decision shall be issued and/or confirmed in
        writing, and the Contractor shall promptly comply with the DOE's
        direction.

(f)     A failure of the Contractor and DOE to agree that the technical
        direction is within the scope of the contract, or a failure to agree
        upon the contract action to be taken with respect thereto, shall be
        subject to the provision of the clause entitled, "Disputes (Alternate
        I)" (FAR 52.233-1).


H.3     STOP-WORK AND SHUTDOWN AUTHORIZATION

(a)     In the event of an imminent health and safety hazard, identified by
        facility line management or operators or facility health and safety
        personnel overviewing facility operations, the individual or group that
        identified the imminent hazard situation should immediately take actions
        to eliminate or

                               Section H - Page 10
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

        mitigate the hazard (i.e., by directing the operator/implementer of the
        activity or process causing the imminent hazard to stop work, or by
        initiating emergency response actions or other actions) to protect the
        health and safety of the workers and the public and to protect DOE
        facilities and the environment.  In the event an imminent health and
        safety hazard is identified, the individual or group that identified the
        hazard should coordinate with an appropriate Contractor official, who
        will direct the shutdown or other actions, as required.  Such mitigating
        actions should subsequently be coordinated with the DOE Field Office
        Manager and Contractor management.  The suspension or stop work order
        should be promptly confirmed in writing from the Contracting Officer.

(b)     In the event of a non-imminent health and safety hazard identified by
        facility line managers, facility operators, health and safety personnel
        overviewing facility operations, or by independent oversight
        organizations, the individual or group identifying the potential health
        and safety hazard may recommend facility shutdown. However, the
        recommendation must be coordinated with Contractor management, and the
        responsible Field Office Manager. Any written direction to suspend
        operation should be issued by the Contracting Officer.

(c)     Imminent Health and Safety Hazard is a given condition or situation
        which, if not immediately corrected, could result in serious injury or
        death, including exposure to radiation and toxic/hazardous chemicals.
        Imminent Danger in relation to the Facility Safety Envelope is a
        condition, situation or proposed activity which, if not terminated could
        cause, prevent mitigation of, or seriously increase the risk of (1)
        Nuclear Criticality, (2) Radiation Exposure, (3) Fire/Explosion, and/or
        (4) Toxic/Hazardous Chemical Exposure.

(d)     DOE personnel designated as Facility Representatives provide technical
        oversight of operations to help line management assure that the
        facilities are operated in a safe, healthful, and environmentally
        acceptable manner. As such, they have Stop Work and Shutdown Authority.


H.4     AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

(a)     The purpose of this clause is to 1) formalize the Contractor's and the
        DOE's utilization of Authorization Agreements substantially in the
        format of Authorization Agreement Nos. RFETS-006 (Building 559) and
        RFETS-013 (750/904 Pads) both of which can be found in Section J,
        Attachment G of this Contract; and 2) establish the process for
        development and administration of Authorization Agreements.

(b)     The Contractor and the DOE will periodically negotiate separate
        Authorization Agreements for designated Site facilities and activities.
        Each Authorization Agreement will identify the Authorization Basis,
        which includes the DOE approved facility or activity safety basis and
        contains a control set, that when fully implemented, will support the
        safe performance of work on Site.  An Authorization Basis may be changed
        to update a facility or activity's safety basis in accordance with Site
        procedures.  The current authorization basis for Site facilities and
        activities is reflected in the Authorization Basis Document List.

(c)     Authorization Agreement(s) will be signed by the Contracting Officer and
        the Contractor's President.  The effective date for each current and
        future Authorization Agreement will be the date of the signature of the
        party last to sign the Authorization Agreement, and on this date it will
        be considered incorporated into this Contract by reference.  Some
        Authorization Agreements will contain the date by which the
        Authorization Basis in the Authorization Agreement must be completely
        implemented if not already implemented at the time of the signature of
        the party last to sign the Authorization Agreement.

(d)     Except for changes made to an Authorization Basis, under the procedures
        referred to in subparagraph (c) above, an Authorization Agreement may
        only be changed bilaterally in writing


                               Section H - Page 11
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

        by the Contracting Officer and the Contractor's President. Changes to an
        Authorization Agreement shall be considered incorporated into this
        Contract by reference.


H.5     PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

        The Contractor's Guarantor organizations have provided a Performance
Guarantee Agreement in a manner and form acceptable to the Contracting Officer
assuring the performance, duties, and responsibilities of the Contractor will be
satisfactorily fulfilled. The Performance Guarantee Agreement is attached to and
made a part of this contract in Section J, Attachment A.


H.6     ROCKY FLATS CLEANUP AGREEMENT

        The Rocky Flats Cleanup Agreement (RFCA), as of October 1, 1999, is the
legally binding agreement between the Department of Energy (DOE), the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and the Colorado Department of Public
Health (CDPHE) to accomplish the required cleanup of radioactive and other
hazardous substances contamination at and from the Rocky Flats Environmental
Technology Site (RFETS). The Contractor agrees to plan and perform the work
under this contract consistent with the implementation of the RFCA requirements
and milestones.


H.7     ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS

        The Government reserves the right to direct the Contractor to assign to
the Government or another contractor any subcontract awarded under this
contract.


H.8     INTERNAL AUDIT

        The Contractor agrees to conduct internal audits and examinations,
satisfactory to DOE, of records, operations, expenses, and transactions with
respect to costs claimed to be allowable under this contract. The Contractor
shall submit, for the approval of the Contracting Officer, an audit plan for
internal audits of the Contractor and for audits of prime onsite, cost type
subcontractors. The official audit report(s), including the working papers (as
required), shall be submitted or made available to the Contracting Officer or
his/her designee. This clause does not supersede the Government's right to
perform self-initiated reviews, evaluations, or audits directed at improving the
efficiency of operations and an overall reduction in cost.


H.9     RESPONSIBILITIES FOR OPERATION/ TERMINATION OF BENEFITS SYSTEMS

(a)     During the final six months of this contract, the Contracting Officer
        shall provide written direction to the Contractor regarding certain
        post-employment employee benefits systems, such as pension systems,
        post-retirement medical insurance, post-retirement life insurance.

(b)     The Contracting Officer may direct any of a number of potential means of
        addressing the continuing responsibilities for these systems. The
        direction will identify the potential means of addressing such
        responsibilities that may include, but are not limited to: termination
        of the plans in accordance with relevant laws and regulations,
        continuation of the plans on a "pay-as-you-go" basis under a separate
        contract with the Contractor, or transfer of plan responsibilities to
        another contractor or a third party.  The selection among these options
        is at the sole discretion of the Contracting Officer.  The Contractor
        will implement the option as directed by the Contracting Officer.


                               Section H - Page 12
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

(c)     To the extent that the Contractor incurs costs under this contract in
        implementing the Contracting Officer direction, the Contractor's
        allowable costs will be reimbursed according to the Allowable Cost and
        Payment provisions of this contract.


H.10    LITIGATION SUPPORT AND LITIGATION MANAGEMENT PLAN

(a)     The Contractor shall prepare a Litigation Management Plan, in accordance
        with the requirements set forth in the Department of Energy Office of
        General Counsel Legal Services and Litigation Management Policies and
        Procedures that shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer for
        approval within 60 days of contract award. The plan shall include
        procedures to manage both the costs and substantive aspects of
        litigation, and shall address and apply to subcontractor litigation the
        costs of which will be reimbursable as a direct cost. The plan should be
        consistent with the DOE policy favoring Alternative Dispute Resolution
        (ADR) techniques where appropriate and beneficial to the Government. The
        plan will be revised from time to time to conform to litigation
        management and ADR policies established by DOE.

(b)     The Contractor may, with the prior written authorization of the
        Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer's Representative, and
        shall, upon the request of the Government, initiate litigation against
        third parties including proceedings before administrative agencies, in
        connection with this contract. Unless otherwise directed by the
        Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer's Representative in
        writing, the Contractor shall furnish, immediately, to the Contracting
        Officer's Representative, copies of all filings and papers received by
        the Contractor with respect to such action. The Contractor shall proceed
        with such litigation in good faith and as directed from time to time by
        the Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer's Representative, and
        in accordance with the DOE-approved Contractor litigation management
        plan (including case management and cost guidelines) and as set forth in
        the DOE Office of General Counsel Legal Services and Litigation
        Management Policies and Procedures, as such procedures may be revised
        from time to time, and if not otherwise made unallowable in this
        contract.

(c)     The Contractor shall give the Contracting Officer and the Contracting
        Officer's Representative immediate notice in writing of any action,
        including any proceeding before any administrative agency, filed against
        the Contractor arising out of the performance of this contract. Except
        as otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer or the Contracting
        Officer's Representative in writing, the Contractor shall furnish,
        immediately, to the Contracting Officer's Representative, copies of all
        filings and papers received by the Contractor with respect to such
        action. The Contractor shall proceed with such litigation in good faith
        and as directed from time to time by the Contracting Officer or the
        Contracting Officer's Representative and in accordance with the
        DOE-approved Contractor litigation management plan (including case
        management and cost guidelines) and as set forth in the DOE Office of
        General Counsel Legal Services and Litigation Management Policies and
        Procedures, as such procedures may be revised from time to time, and if
        not otherwise made unallowable in this contract.

(d)     If any suit or action is filed or any claim is made against the
        Contractor, the cost and expense of which may be reimbursable to the
        Contractor under this contract and the risk of which is then uninsured
        or is insured for less than the amount claimed, the Contractor shall:

        (1)    Immediately notify the Contracting Officer and Contracting
               Officer's Representative and promptly furnish copies of all
               filings and papers received;

        (2)    Authorize Government representatives to collaborate with (I)
               in-house or approved outside counsel in settling or defending the
               claim, or (ii) counsel for the insurance carrier in settling or
               defending the claim when the amount of the liability claimed
               exceeds the amount of coverage, unless precluded by the terms of
               the insurance contract; and,


                               Section H - Page 13
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

        (3)    Authorize Government representatives to settle the claim or to
               defend or represent the Contractor in and/or to take charge of
               any litigation if required by the Department when the liability
               is not insured or covered by bond. In any action against more
               than one Department Contractor, the Department may require the
               Contractor to be represented by common counsel. Counsel for the
               Contractor may, at the Contractor's expense, be associated with
               the Department representatives in any such claim or litigation.

(e)     The term "filings and papers" as used in paragraph H.10 includes any
        document (draft or final) related to an anticipated or instant case,
        pending legal proceeding (judicial or administrative) involving
        contractor or subcontractor litigation the costs of which will be
        reimbursable as a direct cost.

(f)     The Contractor and its subcontractors shall provide litigation support
        to the Government when  requested by the Contracting Officer or
        Contracting Officer's Representative in cases of actual or threatened
        litigation, regulatory matters, or third-party claims and subject to
        applicable rules and regulations. Litigation support includes, but is
        not limited to case preparation assistance, document retrieval, review
        and reproduction, witness preparation and testimony, expert witness
        testimony, and assisting Government counsel as necessary in response to
        discovery or other information related activities responsive to any
        legal proceeding.


H.11    KEY PERSONNEL

(a)     The Contractor shall submit for DOE approval a list of key personnel
        within 30 days of contract award.  The personnel specified in the
        submittal are considered to be essential to the work being performed on
        this contract.  Prior to diverting to other positions or substituting
        any of the specified individuals, the Contractor shall notify the
        Contracting Officer in writing at least 30 days in advance and shall
        submit justification (including proposed substitutions) in sufficient
        detail to permit Rocky Flats Field Office evaluation of the impact on
        the Site Closure Project.  No diversion or substitution shall be made by
        the Contractor without the written consent of the Contracting Officer,
        provided that the Contracting Officer may ratify in writing such
        diversion or substitution, and such ratification shall constitute the
        consent of the Contracting Officer required by this clause.  Under no
        circumstances will a key personnel position remain unfilled, acting
        replacements aside, for more than four months.  Failure to adhere to
        this provision may be classified as a Category 3 event.

(b)     Key Personnel are those positions identified by the Contractor and
        approved by DOE in accordance with subparagraph (a) above. Reimbursement
        of severance payments made to Key Personnel will be consistent with that
        for non-Key Personnel.


H.12    CONTRACTOR SELF-PERFORMANCE

        The Contractor is expected to provide project management and planning
for the Project while subcontracting the preponderance of the work to
specialized subcontractors. It is the goal of the parties that at least 80
percent of the work (as measured by contract cost) be subcontracted. Before
deciding to perform any of the remediation, waste management, environmental
restoration, decontamination, demolition, or site support services with its own
forces, the Contractor shall provide a detailed make-or-buy analysis for review
and approval by the Contracting Officer. The make-or-buy analysis, as described
in FAR 15.407-2 must be provided no later than 15 days in advance of any
self-performance.


H.13     PATENT INDEMNITY SUBCONTRACTS

        Except as otherwise authorized by the Contracting Officer, the
Contractor shall obtain indemnification of the Government and its officers,
agents, and employees against liability, including costs,


                               Section H - Page 14
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

for infringement of U.S. Letters Patent (except Letters Patent issued upon an
application which is now or may hereafter be kept secret or otherwise withheld
from issue by order of the Government) from the Contractor's subcontractors for
any contract work subcontracted on the terms and in accordance with the Federal
Acquisition Regulations as may be supplemented by the Department of Energy
Acquisition Regulations.


H.14    AUTHORIZATION AND CONSENT IN COPYRIGHT

        In the case of suit or potential suit in copyright infringement, the
Contractor may request authorization and consent in copyright from DOE.
Programmatic necessity shall be a major consideration in grant of authorization
and consent.


H.15     ROYALTY INFORMATION DURING TERM OF CONTRACT

(a)     Cost of charges for royalties. If any royalty payments are directly
        involved in the contract or will be charged to the Government as costs
        under the contract, the Contractor agrees to report to the Contracting
        Officer the following information relating to each separate item of
        royalty or license fee:

        (1)     Name and address of licensor.

        (2)     Date of license agreement.

        (3)     Patent numbers, patent application serial numbers, or other
                basis on which the royalty is payable.

        (4)     Brief description, including any part or model numbers of each
                contract item or component on which the royalty is payable.

        (5)     Percentage or dollar rate of royalty per unit.

        (6)     Unit price of contract item.

        (7)     Number of units.

        (8)     Total dollar amount of royalties.


(b)     Copies of current licenses. In addition, if specifically requested by
        the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall furnish a copy of the
        current license agreement and an identification of applicable claims of
        specific patents of other basis upon which the royalty is payable.

(c)     The Contractor shall follow the procedures of 48 CFR 27.204 and 48 CFR
        927.206 in all subcontracting.



H.16    ALTERNATE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

        The DOE and Contractor both recognize that methods for fair and
efficient dispute resolution are essential to the successful completion of the
closure of the Rocky Flats site by the Target Date and for the Target Cost
identified in Section B of this contract. To facilitate the prevention and early
resolution of disputes, the parties agree to the following alternative dispute
resolution (ADR) provisions:

(a)     Dispute Avoidance

       (1)     The Government and Contractor agree to participate in a
               partnering workshop, to be conducted by an experienced
               professional, jointly agreed upon by the parties, within 30 days
               after execution of the contract.


                               Section H - Page 15
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

       (2)     The parties also agree to jointly select a "standing neutral" to
               be available to help resolve disputes as soon as they arise. This
               can be an individual or a company with specific expertise in this
               area. If a neutral cannot be agreed upon, the DOE Office of
               Dispute Resolution will assist the parties in this selection. The
               specific ADR process(es) and procedures, as well as the selection
               of the "standing neutral" will be determined at the partnering
               workshop.

(b)     Early Resolution of Disputes

        (1)    The Government and Contractor shall use their best efforts to
               informally resolve any dispute, claim, question or disagreement,
               by consulting and negotiating with each other in good faith,
               recognizing their mutual interests, and attempting to reach a
               just and equitable solution satisfactory to both parties.  If an
               agreement cannot be reached through informal negotiations, then
               such disagreement shall be referred to the "standing neutral,"
               pursuant to the procedures jointly developed in the partnering
               workshop.

        (2)    If the neutral offers a non-binding advisory opinion, it shall
               not be admissible in evidence in any subsequent proceeding. All
               costs incurred by the Contractor in connection with the "standing
               neutral" shall, if reasonable, be an allowable cost reimbursable
               under this contract.

(c)     Formal Complaint.  If the dispute has not been resolved through the
        "standing neutral" process, either party may request ADR under the
        Disputes Clause of the contract.


H.17    CONTRACT TRANSITION

(a)     The Contractor and the DOE agree that Contractor work completed prior to
        the effective date of this contract, and any liabilities associated with
        that work shall be governed by the terms and conditions of Contract
        Number DE-AC34-94RF00825 ("previous contract").  Any performance measure
        fee payable for incremental work completed under the previous contract
        up to effective date of this contract shall be paid in accordance with
        the terms of the previous contract.  For work completed during the
        previous contract (number DE-AC34-94RF00825), the Contractor shall be
        entitled to submit completion reports after the conclusion of that
        contract. Further, the DOE and the Contractor mutually agree to release
        and give up all unresolved claims, and claims by the DOE as set forth on
        the listing of claims included as Attachment I in Section J.  Nothing in
        this subparagraph shall alter the obligations of the parties to close
        out the previous contract in accordance with its terms.

(b)     The contract terms and conditions of this contract including those
        relating to the payment of fee shall govern the execution of work
        beginning after the start date set forth in Clause F.2. The terms and
        conditions governing the performance of work under contract
        DE-AC-34-95RF00825 shall cease to be operative irrespective of the
        completion date of that contract.



H.18    EVALUATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS

        The DOE and Contractor are committed to zero accidents at the RFETS. To
that end, the Contractor will evaluate all site subcontractors to ensure that
they have an acceptable environment, safety and health (ES&H) program, a program
which contains the following values:

o   Compliant with applicable local, state and federal regulatory requirements.

o   Employees are properly trained and equipped to perform their assigned work.
    The Company has an established orientation program for new hires.


                               Section H - Page 16
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

o   Policies and procedures are in place to eliminate accidents,
    injuries/illnesses, and damage to property and equipment.

o   ES&H records are adequately and properly maintained.

o   Accidents/incidents are investigated promptly and required reports are
    generated. If the investigation discovers inadequacies in either the work
    process or the policies and procedures, the appropriate processes are put in
    place to avert the accident/incident in the future and personnel are
    provided proper training.

o   Hazards are identified and appropriate measures are taken to ensure that
    personnel and equipment are adequately protected as a result of identified
    hazards.

o   Employees have the right to report unsafe conditions and to interrupt or
    stop work without fear of reprisal.

o   The frequency of ES&H meetings with employees to discuss the work to be
    performed and the hazards associated with the work is based upon the scope
    of work and commensurate with the work hazards.

o   ES&H inspections/audits are conducted to evaluate effectiveness of the
    program.

o   The Company has an average Experience Modification Rate (EMR), Occupational
    Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Recordable, and Lost Workday case
    rate(s) of (1.0, 3.2, and 0.64), respectively, or less, for the previous
    three (3) years and shows an improving trend in safety performance.

o   The Company has an established written Hazard Communication Program and a
    system within the program to maintain Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).

o   The Company has had no willful citations from OSHA or other regulatory
    organizations during the previous three (3) years.

o   The Company has received no citations, other than those determined to be
    minor violations, or fines for Price-Anderson Amendments Act (PAAA)
    non-compliances during the previous three (3) years.

o   The Company has received no fines for Nuclear Regulatory Commission
    non-compliances during the previous three (3) years.



H.19    EMPLOYEE PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES AND REWARD AND RECOGNITION

        The Contractor and its subcontractors may establish monetary incentive
programs to motivate and recognize employees and improve performance. Such
awards will be based on a combination of individual and company performance
aligned to achievement of closure mission objectives. The annual cost of such
programs will be an allowable cost to the Contractor upon Contracting Officer
approval of the overall program as required by DOE Orders. However, the cost to
DOE will not exceed four percent (4%) of annual gross payroll for any given
year.



                               Section H - Page 17
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

H.20    Labor disputes and whistleblower actions

(a)     Labor settlement costs (awards) can arise from judicial orders,
        negotiated agreements, arbitration, or an order from a Federal agency or
        board. The awards generally involve a violation in one of the following
        areas:

         (1)   Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) laws,
         (2)   Union agreements,
         (3)   Federal labor laws, and
         (4)   Whistleblower protection laws.

(b)     An award or settlement can cover compensatory damages, or underpayment
        for work performed. Reimbursement for a complainant employee's legal
        counsel may also be covered by an award or settlement.

(c)     The allowability of these costs should be determined on a case-by-case
        basis after considering the relevant terms of the contract and the
        surrounding circumstances; i.e., looking behind the settlement and
        considering the causes. If the dispute resulted from actions that would
        be taken by a prudent business person (FAR 31.201-3 and 48 CFR (DEAR)
        970.3101-3), the costs would be allowable.  However, if the dispute was
        occasioned by contractor actions which are unreasonable or were found by
        the agency or board ruling on the dispute to be caused by unlawful,
        negligent or other malicious conduct, the costs would be unallowable.

(d)     The allocability of these costs must also be reviewed (FAR 31.201-4 and
        48 CFR (DEAR) 970.3101-3). In some circumstances an award may not impact
        direct costs, but may be determined to be an allowable indirect cost.

(e)     Litigation costs incurred as part of labor settlements shall be
        differentiated and accounted for so as to be separately identifiable. If
        a contracting officer provisionally disallows such costs, the contractor
        may not use funds advanced by DOE to finance litigation costs connected
        with the defense of a labor dispute or whistleblower action.

(f)     Settlement and litigation costs associated with actions resolved prior
        to an adverse determination or finding against a contractor through
        judicial action or an agency board will, depending on the circumstances
        and facts of each case, generally be allowable, if consistent with
        paragraph (c) of this section. Litigation costs associated with an
        adverse determination against the contractor require a higher level of
        scrutiny before a determination of allowability can be made.


                               Section H - Page 18
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904



                      This page intentionally left blank.


                               Section H - Page 19
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clause #    FAR Reference          Title                                                 Fill-In Information (See FAR 52.104(d))
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>        <C>                    <C>                                                   <C>
 I. 1       FAR 52.202-1           Definitions (OCT 1995)                                                                  None
 I. 2       FAR 52.203-3           Gratuities (APR 1984)                                                                   None
 I. 3       FAR 52.203-5           Covenant Against Contingent Fees (APR 1984)                                             None
 I. 4       FAR 52.203-6           Restrictions on Subcontractor Sales to the
                                   Government (JUL 1995)                                                                   None
 I. 5       FAR 52.203-7           Anti-Kickback Procedures (JUL 1995)                                                     None
 I. 6       FAR 52.203-8           Cancellation, Rescission, and Recovery of
                                   Funds for Illegal or Improper Activity
                                   (JAN 1997)                                                                              None
 I. 7       FAR 52.203-10          Price or Fee Adjustment for Illegal or Improper
                                   Activity (JAN 1997)                                                                     None
 I. 8       FAR 52.203-12          Limitation on Payments to Influence certain
                                   Federal Transactions (JUN 1997)                                                         None
 I. 9       FAR 52.204-1           Approval of Contract (DEC 1989)                            Procurement Executive, Department
                                                                                              of Energy
 I. 10      FAR 52.204-4           Printing/Copying Double-Sided on Recycled
                                   Paper (JUN 1996)                                                                        None
 I. 11      FAR 52.209-6           Protecting the Government's Interest When
                                   Subcontracting with Contractors Debarred,
                                   Suspended or Proposed for Debarment (JUL 1995)                                          None
 I. 12      FAR 52.215-2           Audit and Records -- Negotiation (JUN 1999)                                             None
 I. 13      FAR 52.215-8           Order of Precedence -- Uniform Contract
                                   Format (OCT 1997)                                                                       None
 I. 14      FAR 52.215-9           Changes or Additions to Make or Buy Program
                                   (OCT 1997)                                                                              None
 I. 15      FAR 52.215-10          Price Reduction for Defective Cost or Pricing
                                   Data (OCT 1997)                                                                         None
 I. 16      FAR 52.215-12          Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data (Oct 1997)                                           None
 I. 17      FAR 52.215-13          Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data--
                                   Modifications (OCT 1997)                                                                None
 I. 18      FAR 52.215-15          Termination of Defined Benefit Pension Plans
                                   (OCT 1997)                                                                              None
 I. 19      FAR 52.215-17          Waiver of Facilities Capital Cost of Money
                                   (OCT 1997)                                                                              None
 I. 20      FAR 52.215-18          Reversion or Adjustment of Plans for
                                   Postretirement Benefits (PRB) Other than
                                   Pensions (OCT 1997)                                                                     None
 I. 21      FAR 52.215-19          Notification of Ownership Changes (OCT 1997)                                            None
 I. 22      FAR 52.216-7           Allowable Cost and Payment (APR 1998)                                                   None
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <S>        <C>                    <C>                                                   <C>
 I. 23      FAR 52.216-10          Incentive Fee (MAR 1997)                               e) Fee payable. (1) The fee payable
                                                                                          under this contract shall be the
                                                                                          target fee increased by thirty (30)
                                                                                          cents for every dollar that the
                                                                                          total allowable cost is less than
                                                                                          $3,963,000,000 or decreased by
                                                                                          thirty (30) cents for every dollar
                                                                                          that the total allowable cost
                                                                                          exceeds $4,163,000,000. If the
                                                                                          total allowable cost is between
                                                                                          $3,963,000,000 and $4,163,000,000,
                                                                                          the fee payable shall be the
                                                                                          Target Fee.  In no event shall the
                                                                                          total fee payable be greater than
                                                                                          11.6 percent ($460 million) of Target
                                                                                          Cost or less than 3.77 percent
                                                                                          ($150 million) of Target Cost.  The
                                                                                          provisions set forth above are
                                                                                          depicted by the curve included in
                                                                                          Section J, Attachment H.
 I. 24      FAR 52.219-4           Notice of Price Evaluation Preference for
                                   HUBZone Small Business Concerns (JAN 1999)                                              None
 I. 25      FAR 52.219-8           Utilization of Small Business Concerns
                                   (JAN 1999)                                                                              None
 I. 26      FAR 52.219-9           Small Business Subcontracting Plan (JAN 1999) -
                                   Alternate II (JAN 1999)                                                                 None
 I. 27      FAR 52.219-16          Liquidated Damages -- Subcontracting Plan
                                   (JAN 1999)                                                                              None
 I. 28      FAR 52.219-23          Notice of Price Evaluation Adjustment for Small
                                   Disadvantaged Business Concerns (OCT 1998)                      "N/A - Noncompetitive award"
 I. 29      FAR 52.219-25          Small Disadvantaged Business Participation
                                   Program --  Disadvantaged Status and Reporting
                                   (JAN 1999)                                                                              None
 I. 30      FAR 52.222-1           Notice to the Government of Labor Disputes
                                   (FEB 1997)                                                                              None
 I. 31      FAR 52.222-3           Convict Labor (AUG 1996)
 I. 32      FAR 52.222-4           Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act --
                                   Overtime Compensation (JUL 1995)                                                        None
 I. 33      FAR 52.222-17          Labor Standards for Construction Work --
                                   Facilities Contracts (FEB 1988)                                                         None
 I. 34      FAR 52.222-21          Prohibition of Segregated Facilities (FEB 1999)                                         None
 I. 35      FAR 52.222-26          Equal Opportunity (FEB 1999)                                                            None
 I. 36      FAR 52.222-35          Affirmative Action for Disabled Veterans and
                                   Veterans of the Vietnam Era (APR 1998)                                                  None
 I. 37      FAR 52.222-36          Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities
                                   (JUN 1998)                                                                              None
 I. 38      FAR 52.222-37          Employment Reports on Disabled Veterans and
                                   Veterans of the Vietnam Era (JAN 1999)                                                  None
 I. 39      FAR 52.222-41          Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended
                                   (MAY 1989)                                                                              None
 I. 40      FAR 52.223-2           Clean Air and Water (APR 1984)                                                          None
 I. 41      FAR 52.223-3           Hazardous Material Identification and Material                 (b)Hazardous material will be
                                   Safety Data (JAN 1997) - Alternate I (JUL 1995)                identified as the contract
                                                                                                  progresses, and is much too
                                                                                                  extensive to be listed
                                                                                                  inclusively in this contract
                                                                                                  clause.
 I. 42      FAR 52.223-5           Pollution Prevention and Right-to-Know
                                   Information (APR 1998)                                                                  None
 I. 43      FAR 52.223-7           Notice of Radioactive Materials (JAN 1997)                   (a) Notice shall be provided in
                                                                                                accordance with relevant laws,
                                                                                                orders, directives, and
                                                                                                regulations.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <S>        <C>                    <C>                                                   <C>
 I. 44      FAR 52.223-10          Waste Reduction Program (OCT 1997)                                                      None
 I. 45      FAR 52.223-11          Ozone-Depleting Substances (JUN 1996)                                                   None
 I. 46      FAR 52.223-12          Refrigeration Equipment and Air Conditioners
                                   (JUN 1996)                                                                              None
 I. 47      FAR 52.223-14          Toxic Chemical Release Reporting (OCT 1996)                                             None
 I. 48      FAR 52.224-1           Privacy Act Notification (APR 1984)                                                     None
 I. 49      FAR 52.224-2           Privacy Act (APR 1984)                                                                  None
 I. 50      FAR 52.225-3           Buy American Act -- Supplies (JAN 1994)                                                 None
 I. 51      FAR 52.225-11          Restrictions on Certain Foreign Purchases
                                   (AUG 1998)                                                                              None
 I. 52      FAR 52.226-1           Utilization of Indian Organizations and
                                   Indian-Owned Economic Enterprises (JAN 1999)                                            None
 I. 53      FAR 52.227-1           Authorization and Consent (JUL 1995)                                                    None
 I. 54      FAR 52.227-2           Notice and Assistance Concerning Patent and
                                   Copyright Infringement (AUG 1996)                                                       None
 I. 55      FAR 52.227-6           Royalty Information (APR 1984)                                                          None
 I. 56      FAR 52.227-23          Rights to Proposal Data (Technical) (JUN 1987)             Except for data contained on
                                                                                              pages none, it is agreed that
                                                                                              as a condition of award of
                                                                                              this contract, and
                                                                                              notwithstanding the conditions
                                                                                              of any notice appearing
                                                                                              thereon, the Government shall
                                                                                              have unlimited rights (as
                                                                                              defined in the "Rights in
                                                                                              Data--General" clause
                                                                                              contained in this contract) in
                                                                                              and to the technical data
                                                                                              contained in the proposal
                                                                                              dated November 1, 1999 as
                                                                                              modified by letter submitted
                                                                                              November 4, 1999
                                                                                              (RGC-116-99/99-RF-04306),
                                                                                              upon which this contract is based.
 I. 57      FAR 52.229-3           Federal, State, and Local Taxes (JAN 1991)                                              None
 I. 58      FAR 52.230-2           Cost Accounting Standards (APR 1998)                                                    None
 I. 59      FAR 52.230-6           Administration of Cost Accounting Standards
                                   (APR 1996)
 I. 60      FAR 52.232-17          Interest (JUN 1996)                                                                     None
 I. 61      FAR 52.232-18          Availability of Funds (APR 1984)                                                        None
 I. 62      FAR 52.232-22          Limitation of Funds (APR 1984)                                                          None
 I. 63      FAR 52.232-23          Assignment of Claims , Alternate I (APR 1984)                                           None
 I. 64      FAR 52.232-25          Prompt Payment (JUN 1997)                                                               None
 I. 65      FAR 52.232-34          Electronic Funds Transfer (MAY 1999)                                                    None
 I. 66      FAR 52.233-1           Disputes (DEC 1998) -- Alternate I (DEC 1991)                                           None
 I. 67      FAR 52.233-3           Protest After Award (AUG 1996) -- Alternate I
                                   (JUN 1985)                                                                              None
 I. 68      FAR 52.237-2           Protection of Government Buildings, Equipment,
                                   and Vegetation (APR 1984)                                                               None
 I. 69      FAR 52.237-3           Continuity of Services (JAN 1991)                                                       None
 I. 70      FAR 52.239-1           Privacy or Security Safeguards (AUG 1996)                                               None
 I. 71      FAR 52.242-1           Notice of Intent to Disallow Costs (APR 1984)                                           None
 I. 72      FAR 52.242-3           Penalties for Unallowable Costs (OCT 1995)                                              None
 I. 73      FAR 52.242-13          Bankruptcy (JUL 1995)                                                                   None
 I. 74      FAR 52.242-15          Stop-Work Order (AUG 1989) -- Alternate I
                                   (APR 1984)                                                                              None
 I. 75      FAR 52.243-2           Changes -- Cost Reimbursement (AUG 1987) --
                                   Alternate I (APR 1984)                                                                  None
 I. 76      FAR 52.243-6           Change Order Accounting (APR 1984)                                                      None

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <S>        <C>                    <C>                                                   <C>
 I. 77      FAR 52.244-2           Subcontracts (AUG 1998)                                        (e) As directed separately in
                                                                                                  writing by the Contracting
                                                                                                  Officer (k) Any subcontract
                                                                                                  for which the Contractor
                                                                                                  received written Contracting
                                                                                                  Officer consent previously
                                                                                                  under Contract
                                                                                                  DE-AC34-95RF00825.
 I. 78      FAR 52.244-5           Competition in Subcontracting (DEC 1996)                                                None
 I. 79      FAR 52.244-6           Subcontracts for Commercial Items and
                                   Commercial Components (OCT 1998)                                                        None
 I. 80      FAR 52.245-5           Government Property (Cost Reimbursement,
                                   Time-and-Material, or Labor-Hour Contracts)
                                   (JAN 1986)                                                                              None
 I. 81      FAR 52.246-5           Inspection of Services (Cost-Reimbursement)
                                   (APR 1984)                                                                              None
 I. 82      FAR 52.246-25          Limitation of Liability -- Services (FEB 1997)                                          None
 I. 83      FAR 52.247-1           Commercial Bill of Lading Notations (APR 1984)                (a) U. S. Department of Energy
                                                                                                 (b) U. S. Department of Energy
                                                                                                 Contract No. DE-AC34-00RFO1904
                                                                                                 U. S. Department of Energy,
                                                                                                 Rocky Flats Field Office,
                                                                                                 Contracts Management Division,
                                                                                                 10808 Highway 93, Unit A,
                                                                                                 Golden, CO  80403-8200
 I. 84      FAR 52.247-63          Preference for U.S.-Flag Air Carriers (JAN 1997)                                        None
 I. 85      FAR 52.249-6           Termination (Cost Reimbursement) (SEP 1996)                                             None
 I. 86      FAR 52.249-14          Excusable Delays (APR 1984)                                                             None
 I. 87      FAR 52.251-1           Government Supply Sources (APR 1984)                                                    None
 I. 88      FAR 52.251-2           Interagency Fleet Management System Vehicles
                                   and Related Services (Jan 1991)                                                         None
 I. 89      FAR 52.252-2           Clauses Incorporated by Reference (FEB 1998)                 http://www.arnet.gov/far;
                                                                                                http://www.pr.doe.gov/dear.html
 I. 90      FAR 52.252-6           Authorized Deviations in Clauses (APR 1984)                      (b) The use in this
                                                                                                    solicitation or contract of
                                                                                                    any Department of Energy
                                                                                                    Acquisition Regulation (48
                                                                                                    CFR Part 9) clause with an
                                                                                                    authorized deviation is
                                                                                                    indicated by the addition
                                                                                                    of "(DEVIATION)" after the
                                                                                                    name of the regulation
 I. 91      FAR 52.253-1           Computer Generated Forms (JAN 1991)
 I. 92      DEAR 952.202-1         Definitions (JAN 1997)                                                                  None
 I. 93      DEAR 952.204-2         Security (SEP 1997)                                                                     None
 I. 94      DEAR 952.204-70        Classification/Declassification (SEP 1997)                                              None
 I. 95      DEAR 952.204-71        Sensitive Foreign Nations Controls (APR 1994)                                           None
 I. 96      DEAR 952.204-74        Foreign Ownership, Control, or Influence over
                                   Contractor (APR 1984)                                                                   None
 I. 97      DEAR 952.208-7         Tagging of Leased Vehicles (APR 1984)                                                   None
 I. 98      DEAR 952.209-72        Organizational Conflicts of Interest
                                   (JUN 1997) Alternate I                                                                  None

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <S>        <C>                    <C>                                                   <C>
 I. 99      DEAR 952.222-70        Whistleblower Protection for Contractor
                                   Employees (APR 1999)                                                                    None
 I. 100     DEAR 952.217-70        Acquisition of Real Property (APR 1984)                                                 None
 I. 101     DEAR 952.223-75        Preservation of Individual Occupational
                                   Radiation Exposure Records (APR 1984)                                                   None
 I. 102     DEAR 952.224-70        Paperwork Reduction Act (APR 1994)                                                      None
 I. 103     DEAR 952.226-74        Displaced Employee Hiring Preference (JUN 1997)                                         None
 I. 104     DEAR 952.237-70        Collective Bargaining Agreements -- Protective
                                   Services (AUG 1993)                                                                     None
 I. 105     DEAR 952.245-5         Government Property (Cost Reimbursement, time
                                   and materials or labor cost)                                                            None
 I. 106     DEAR 952.247-70        Foreign Travel (FEB 1997)                                                               None
 I. 107     DEAR 952.250-70        Nuclear Hazards Indemnity Agreement (JUN 1996)                                          None
 I. 108     DEAR 952.251-70        Contractor Employee Travel Discounts (JUN 1995)                                         None
 I. 109     DEAR 970.5204-2        Integration of Environment, Safety, and Health
                                   into Work Planning and Execution (JUN 1997)                                             None
 I. 110     DEAR 970.5204-31       Insurance -- Litigation and Claims (JUN 1997)                                           None
 I. 111     DEAR 970.5204-58       Workplace Substance Abuse Programs at DOE Sites
                                   (AUG 1992)                                                                              None
 I. 112     DEAR 970.5204-72       Patent Rights -- Profit Making Management and
                                   Operating Contractors (MAR 1995)                                                        None
 I. 113     DEAR 970.5204-75       Pre-Existing Conditions (JUNE 1997)                                                     None
 I. 114     DEAR 970.5204-77       Workforce Restructuring Under Section 3161 of
                                   the National Defense Authorization Act for
                                   Fiscal Year 1993 (JUN 1997)                                                             None
 I. 115     DEAR 970.5204-78       Laws, Regulations, and DOE Directives
                                   (JUN 1997)                                                                              None
 I. 116     DEAR 970.5204-79       Access To and Ownership of Records (JUN 1997)                                           None
 I. 117     DEAR 970.5204-82       Rights in Data -- Facilities (FEB 1998)                                                 None
 I. 118     DEAR 970.5204-86       Conditional Payment of Fee (APR 1999)                                                   None

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


         PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS, AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS
                                   SECTION J
                              LIST OF ATTACHMENTS


Attachment A               Performance Guarantees

Attachment B               List of DOE Orders

Attachment C               Small and Small Disadvantaged Business Subcontracting
                           Plan

Attachment D               Representations and Certifications

Attachment E               Key Personnel

Attachment F               Reporting Requirements Checklist

Attachment G               Authorization Agreements

Attachment H               Schedule and Cost Incentive Graphs

Attachment I               Listing of Claims
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


                                   SECTION J

                                  ATTACHMENT B


           LAWS, REGULATIONS, AND DOE DIRECTIVES APPLICABLE TO RFETS
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   SECTION J

                                  ATTACHMENT B

           LAWS, REGULATIONS, AND DOE DIRECTIVES APPLICABLE TO RFETS
           ---------------------------------------------------------

The DOE Directives and Laws found in the following listing are the "List of
Applicable Laws and Regulations," "List of Applicable Directives" and "Lists A
and B" as those terms are used in paragraph (b) of Clause I.115, LAWS,
REGULATIONS, AND DOE DIRECTIVES. Exemptions, waivers and variances that exist in
contract DE-AC34-95RF00825 will carry forward to this contract. This is not
necessarily an all-inclusive list. The Contractor should follow the established
exemption process to obtain relief from requirements of these regulations where
applicable.

Section C refers to Statements of Commitment which detail a tailored and focused
application of Directives for a closure project. The Field Office will enable
this tailoring through a "best efforts" approach.

It is anticipated that during the performance of this contract, the conditions
for applicability of certain DOE Directives may no longer exist. For example,
when special nuclear materials (SNM) are removed from the site, the conditions
for applicability of those DOE Directives addressing safeguard and security of
such material may no longer exist. In any such situation where the Contractor
seeks relief from the requirements of such DOE Directives, the Contractor may
notify the Contracting Officer in writing, explaining the reasons for its belief
that the DOE Directives no longer apply to contract performance. The Contractor
may, at its own risk and assumption of all responsibility, cease to fulfill the
requirements of such DOE Directives once written notification has been delivered
to the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer may determine that the
conditions for applicability of a DOE Directive still exist, and may direct the
Contractor to continue compliance with the DOE Directive. Additionally, even
without such direction by the Contracting Officer, if the conditions for
applicability of a DOE Directive once again arise (e.g., SNM is discovered
unexpectedly during demolition efforts), the DOE Directive will immediately
become applicable once again. Sections or paragraphs of DOE Directives which are
not applicable to RFETS (e.g., DOE C 460.2 Section 2 relative to shipping
information on SNF and HLW) are self deleting.

LIST A:              Applicable Laws and Regulations
10 CFR 835           RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION

10 CFR 830.120       QUALITY ASSURANCE

10 CFR 850           BERYLLIUM


LIST B.              Applicable DOE Directives

DOE C 140.1-1A       DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY INTERFACE WITH THE DEFENSE
                     NUCLEAR FACILITIES SAFETY BOARD                   01-26-99

DOE C 151.1          COMPREHENSIVE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM         08-21-96

DOE C 200.1          INFORMATION MANAGEMENT PROGRAM                    09-30-96

DOE M 200.1-1        TELECOMMUNICATIONS SECURITY MANUAL                03-15-97

DOE N 205.1          UNCLASSIFIED CYBER SECURITY PROGRAM               07-26-99

DOE C 210.1          PERFORMANCE INDICATORS AND ANALYSIS OF OPERATIONS
                     INFORMATION                                       09-27-95

DOE C 224.1          CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE-BASED BUSINESS MANAGEMENT


                           Section J, Attach B - Pg 1
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                     PROCESS                                           12-08-97

DOE C 225.1A         ACCIDENT INVESTIGATIONS                           11-26-97

DOE M 231.1-1        ENVIRONMENT, SAFETY AND HEALTH REPORTING MANUAL   09-30-95
                     CHANGE 001                                        11-07-96

DOE C 232.1A         OCCURRENCE REPORTING AND PROCESSING OF OPERATIONS
                     INFORMATION                                       07-21-97

DOE C 241.1          SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION MANAGEMENT   08-17-98

DOE M 232.1-1A       OCCURRENCE REPORTING AND PROCESSING OF OPERATIONS
                     INFORMATION                                       07-21-97

DOE C 311.1A         EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY AND DIVERSITY
                     PROGRAM                                           12-30-96

DOE C 350.1          CONTRACTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS,
                     Change 1                                          05-08-98


DOE C 413.1          MANAGEMENT CONTROL PROGRAM                        12-06-95

DOE C 414.1A         QUALITY ASSURANCE                                 11-24-98

DOE C 420.1          FACILITY SAFETY                                   10-13-95

DOE O 425.1A         STARTUP AND RESTART OF NUCLEAR FACILITIES         12-28-98

DOE O 430.1A         LIFE CYCLE ASSET MANAGEMENT                       10-14-98

DOE O 435.1          RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT                      07-09-99

DOE C of N 440.1     PERFORMANCE ELEMENTS FOR DEVELOPMENT OF A CHRONIC
                     BERYLLIUM DISEASE PREVENTION PROGRAM               7-15-97

DOE C of O 440.1A    WORKER PROTECTION MANAGEMENT FOR DOE FEDERAL      03-27-98
                     AND CONTRACTOR EMPLOYEES

DOE N 441.1          RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION FOR DOE ACTIVITIES        09-29-95

DOE O 442.1          DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY EMPLOYEE CONCERNS PROGRAM    02-01-99

DOE C 460.1A         PACKAGING AND TRANSPORTATION SAFETY               10-02-96

DOE C 460.2          DEPARTMENTAL MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION AND
                     PACKAGING MANAGEMENT                              09-27-95

DOE C 470.1          CONTRACTOR SAFEGUARDS AND SECURITY PROGRAM
                     REQUIREMENTS                                      09-28-95

DOE C 470.2          SAFEGUARDS AND SECURITY INDEPENDENT OVERSIGHT
                     PROGRAM

DOE C 471.1          IDENTIFICATION AND PROTECTION OF UNCLASSIFIED
                     CONTROLLED NUCLEAR INFORMATION                    08-11-99

DOE C 471.2A         INFORMATION SECURITY PROGRAM                      03-27-97


                           Section J, Attach B - Pg 2
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


DOE M 471.2-1B       CLASSIFIED MATTER PROTECTION AND CONTROL MANUAL   01-06-99

DOE M 471.2-2        CLASSIFIED INFORMATION SYSTEMS SECURITY MANUAL    08-03-99

DOE C 472.1B         PERSONNEL SECURITY ACTIVITIES                     03-24-97

DOE M 473.2-1        FIREARMS QUALIFICATION COURSES MANUAL             07-08-97
                     CHANGE 001                                        08-21-97

DOE O 474.1          CONTROL AND ACCOUNTABILITY OF NUCLEAR MATERIALS   08-11-99

DOE M 474.1-1        MANUAL FOR CONTROL AND ACCOUNTABILITY OF NUCLEAR
                     MATERIALS                                         08-11-99

DOE M 474.1-2        NUCLEAR MATERIALS MANAGEMENT AND SAFEGUARDS
                     SYSTEM REPORTING AND DATA SUBMISSION              02-10-98
                     CHANGE 001                                        04-27-98
                     CHANGE 002                                        11-16-98

DOE C 475.1-1        IDENTIFYING CLASSIFIED INFORMATION                05-08-98
                     [Includes only Attachment 2, the CRD document
                     within Manual 475.1-1, along with the
                     Definitions in Attachment 1 and the
                     "Index-CRD".]

N/A                  ACCOUNTING HANDBOOK                                Undated
                     (This document issued 10/17/95 by letter,
                     E.E. Smedley to distribution)

DOE O 1240.2B        UNCLASSIFIED VISITS AND ASSIGNMENTS BY FOREIGN
                     NATIONALS                                         08-21-92
                     CHANGE 001                                        09-03-92

DOE O 1270.2B        SAFEGUARDS AGREEMENT WITH THE INTERNATIONAL
                     ATOMIC ENERGY AGENCY                              06-23-92

DOE O 1300.2A        DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY TECHNICAL STANDARDS PROGRAM  05-19-92

DOE O 1300.3         POLICY ON THE PROTECTION OF HUMAN SUBJECTS        08-23-90

DOE O 1450.4         CONSENSUAL LISTENING-IN TO OR RECORDING
                     TELEPHONE/RADIO
                     CONVERSATIONS                                     11-12-92

DOE O 1500.3         FOREIGN TRAVEL AUTHORIZATION                      11-10-86
                     CHANGE 007                                        07-06-94

DOE O 2030.4B        REPORTING FRAUD, WASTE, AND ABUSE TO THE OFFICE
                     OF INSPECTOR GENERAL                              05-18-92

DOE O 2300.1B        AUDIT RESOLUTION AND FOLLOWUP                     06-08-92

DOE O 2320.1C        COOPERATION WITH THE OFFICE OF INSPECTOR GENERAL  05-18-92

DOE O 2321.1B        AUDITING OF PROGRAMS AND OPERATIONS               05-14-92

DOE O 4330.4B        MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM                    02-10-94

DOE O 5400.5         RADIATION PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC AND THE
                     ENVIRONMENT                                       02-08-90
                     CHANGE 002                                        01-07-93


                           Section J, Attach B - Pg 3
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


                     [Excluding Paragraph 1a(3)(a) of Chapter II]

DOE O 5480.19        CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS FOR DOE
                     FACILITIES                                        07-09-90
                     CHANGE 001                                        05-18-92

DOE O 5480.20A       PERSONNEL SELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TRAINING
                     REQUIREMENTS FOR DOE NUCLEAR FACILITIES           11-15-94

DOE O 5480.21        UNREVIEWED SAFETY QUESTIONS                       12-24-91

DOE O 5480.22        TECHNICAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS, CHG 2              01-23-96

DOE O 5480.23        SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORTS, CHG 1                    03-10-94

DOE O 5530.1A        ACCIDENT RESPONSE GROUP                           09-20-91

DOE O 5530.2         NUCLEAR EMERGENCY SEARCH TEAM                     09-20-91

DOE O 5530.3         RADIOLOGICAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAM                   01-14-92
                     CHANGE 001                                        04-10-92

DOE O 5530.4         AERIAL MEASURING SYSTEM                           09-20-91

DOE O 5530.5         FEDERAL RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT
                     CENTER                                            07-10-92
                     CHANGE 001                                        12-02-92

DOE O 5610.2         CONTROL OF WEAPON DATA                            08-01-80
                     CHANGE 001                                        09-02-86

DOE O 5610.12        PACKAGING AND OFFSITE TRANSPORTATION OF NUCLEAR
                     COMPONENTS, AND SPECIAL ASSEMBLIES ASSOCIATED
                     WITH THE NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVES AND WEAPON SAFETY
                     PROGRAM                                           07-26-94

DOE O 5610.14        TRANSPORTATION SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM PROGRAM
                     OPERATIONS                                        05-12-93

DOE O 5632.1C        PROTECTION AND CONTROL OF SAFEGUARDS AND
                     SECURITY INTERESTS                                07-15-94

DOE M 5632.1C-1      MANUAL FOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL OF SAFEGUARDS
                     AND SECURITY INTERESTS                            07-15-94
                     CHANGE 001                                        04-10-96
                     (Excluding Chapter III, paragraphs 1, 2, and
                     4 - 9; and Excluding Chapter XI)

DOE O 5632.7A        PROTECTIVE FORCES                                 04-13-94
                     CHANGE 001                                        02-13-95

DOE O 5639.8A        SECURITY OF FOREIGN INTELLIGENCE INFORMATION AND
                     SENSITIVE COMPARTMENTED INFORMATION FACILITIES    07-23-93

DOE O 5660.1B        MANAGEMENT OF NUCLEAR MATERIALS                   05-26-94

DOE O 5670.1A        MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF FOREIGN INTELLIGENCE    01-15-92

DOE O 5670.3         COUNTERINTELLIGENCE PROGRAM                       09-04-92



                           Section J, Attach B - Pg 4
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904




                                   SECTION J

                                  ATTACHMENT C


           SMALL AND SMALL DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING PLAN
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904


           Small and Small Disadvantaged Business Subcontracting Plan
                                      for
                          Kaiser-Hill Company, L.L.C.
               Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-OORF01904

                       Submitted to Department of Energy

ITEM/SERVICE: Rocky Flats 2006 Closure Project (Closure Project)

I. Introduction

   In accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation 52.219-9, titled Small and
   Small Disadvantaged Business Subcontracting Plan, Kaiser-Hill will implement
   a graded approach to procurement (i.e. the application of only the
   appropriate terms, conditions, and other requirements to a given acquisition)
   which maximizes competitive opportunities among small, HubZone small, small
   disadvantaged, 8(a) and woman-owned small business concerns while optimizing
   opportunities for success in performance of the subcontracted work.
   Kaiser-Hill is committed to exceeding the goals set forth in this plan by
   implementing effective procurement planning that focuses on meeting project
   requirements.

        A. Policy Statement

           It is the Policy of the United States Government and Kaiser-Hill
           Company, L.L.C. that small business concerns, HUBZone small business
           concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially
           and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business
           concerns owned and controlled by women shall have the maximum
           practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of
           government subcontracts awarded by Kaiser-Hill. It is Kaiser-Hill's
           intention to aggressively pursue, wherever possible, subcontracting
           opportunities with small business HUBZone small business small
           disadvantaged business and woman-owned small business concerns, in
           accordance with Public Law 99-661 and 100-180.

        B. Definitions

           1. Small Business (SB) concern means a small business as defined
           pursuant to Section 3 of the Small Business Act and in relevant
           regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, defined as a concern,
           including its affiliates that is independently owned and operated,
           not dominant in the field of operation in which it is bidding on
           Government contracts, and qualified as a small business under
           applicable size standards.

Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the           SB/SDB Subcontracting Plan -Page 1
restriction on title page of
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

   2. Small Disadvantaged Business (SDB) concern means a small business concern
      that:

      a. Is at least 51 percent owned by one or more individuals who are both
         socially and economically disadvantaged or a publicly-owned business
         having at least 51 percent of its stock owned by one or more socially
         and economically disadvantaged individuals; and

      b. Has its management and daily business controlled by one or more such
         individuals.

   3. Woman-Owned Small Business (WOSB) concern means a small business that is
      at least 51 percent owned by a woman or women who control and operate the
      business. Control in this context means exercising the power to make
      policy decisions. Operate in this context means being actively involved in
      the day-to-day management of the business. Woman means all woman small
      business owners.

   4. HUBZone Small Business means a small business as defined in paragraph B.1
      above that appears on the list of Qualified HUBZone Small Business
      Concerns maintained by the SBA.

   5. Subcontract includes purchase orders.

   6. Kaiser-Hill shall have the same meaning as Contractor.

II. FY00 Goals

   A. Transition From Existing Prime Contract No. DE-AC34-95RF00825 to New
      Closure Contract No. DE-AC3400RF01904:

      The closure contract subcontracting plan contained herein includes similar
      methods and procedures as the previous Kaiser-Hill subcontracting plan
      approved by DOE/RFFO under prime contract number DE-AC34-RFOO825. It is
      important to note, however, that this new subcontracting plan for the new
      closure prime contract. (DE-AC34-OORF01904) incorporates Kaiser-Hill's new
      subcontracting strategy to organizationally and functionally arrange the
      site closure work under Kaiser-Hill's new project-focus management
      approach. Consequently, Kaiser-Hill Team Subcontractors previously
      identified as SSOC, RMRS, RFCSS and WSLLC will transition into traditional
      project focused subcontracts (non-Team subcontractors) subject to
      individual and separate subcontracting plans as set forth by the
      Kaiser-Hill approved subcontracting plan.

   B. Transition and Post-Transition FY00 Goals:

      It is anticipated that the new project-focused subcontracts will be
      awarded by April 1, 2000. Therefore, the calculation methods and
      assumptions used from October 1, 1999 to April 1, 2000 for (SSOC, RMRS,
      RFCSS and WSLLC) will be those previously applied under prime contract
      number DE-AC34-95RFOO825 and yield the following goals:


Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the           SB/SDB Subcontracting Plan -Page 2
restriction on title page of
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

 I. Fiscal Year 2000 Goals (October 1, 1999 thru March 30, 2000)

                    SB            SDB           WOSB

    KH          $20,500,000   $6,500,000     $ 2,750,000
    RFCSS       $ 7,000,000   $1,500,000     $ 1,250,000
    RMRS        $12,400,000   $7,750,000     $ 2,000,000
    SSOC        $20,000,000   $3,500,000     $ 2,000,000
    WSLLC       $ 2,600,000     $750,000     $ 2,000,000

    TOTAL       $62,500,000  $20,000,000     $10,000,000

 2. Fiscal Year 2000 Goals (April 1, 2000 through September 30, 2000)

    The following FY00 goal calculation assumptions will be used effective April
    1, 2000 or actual date of completion of team subcontractors transition to
    project-focused (non-team) -subcontracts and yield the following goals:

              SB          SDB        WOSB       HUBZONE

    KH    $62,500,000 $20,000,000 $10,000,000  $1,396,500
                                               (.5% of FY Contract
                                               Value divided by 2)
3.  Total FY2000:

              SB          SDB        WOSB      HUBZONE
         $125,000,000 $40,000,000 $20,100,000 $1,396,500

 4. Calculation Rules:

    Kaiser-Hill's proposed small business goals will be submitted in writing
    October 1 of each year during the term of this contract or by such later
    dates as the Contracting Officer may authorize in writing.

    Dollars awarded to small business means all dollars to a SB subcontractor by
    Kaiser-Hill and its large business subcontractors (at any tier).

    Dollars awarded to HubZone small businesses means all dollars awarded by
    Kaiser-Hill, its large business subcontractors, or non-hubzone small
    business subcontractors (at any tier).


Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the           SB/SDB Subcontracting Plan -Page 3
restriction on title page of
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

          Dollars awarded to small disadvantaged business (includes 8(a)
          subcontractors) means all dollars awarded by Kaiser-Hill, its large
          business subcontractors, or small, non-disadvantaged business
          subcontractors (at any tier).

  III. Objectives

  The objectives of Kaiser-Hill's SB/SDB/WOSB subcontracting plan are:

     A. To seek qualified, diverse SB/SDB/WOSB concerns and provide the entities
        an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts under this
        contract.

     B. To establish goals and objectives that encourage increased participation
        by SB/ SDB/WOSB concerns in the competitive process. Goals and
        objectives will be established prior to each fiscal year.

     C. To utilize, to the maximum extent practicable, SB/SDB/WOSB concerns.

     D. To focus on SB/SDB/WOSB subcontractor success by rewarding excellent
        performance with incentive fees and opportunities for further or
        increased participation.

     E. Organize and present periodic training seminars on how to qualify for an
        SB/SDB/WOSB Subcontract.

     F. Implement a Business Opportunity System that uses the Internet to expand
        access by SB/SDB1WOSBs to the procurement process by using electronic
        bulletin boards, standardized documents such as representations and
        certifications, terms and conditions, and electronic source lists.

  IV. Procedures

  Kaiser-Hill will follow the procedures listed below to achieve the goals and
  objectives of this plan.

     A. Upon the completion of major team subcontractor transition to project
        focused subcontracts, commit that the Small Business Liaison Officer
        will assume the responsibilities of managing Kaiser-Hill's SB/SDB/WOSB
        subcontracting program under this contract. The designated individual
        will:

        1.  Report directly to the Vice President Subcontract, Technical and
            Site Services

        2.  Interface with SBA to develop opportunities for SB/SDB/WOSB;

        3.  Maintain liaison with the Government concerning SB/SDB/WOSBs;

        4.  Search for SB/SDB/WOSB sources and maintain qualified SB/SDB/WOSB
            source lists for use by Kaiser-Hill in procurements, including those
            expected to exceed $ 100,000. Kaiser-Hill may reserve purchases of
            $100,000 or less exclusively for SB's and purchases of $50,000 or
            less for SDB's and WOSB's where there is a reasonable expectation
            that bids, competitive as to price, quality, and delivery, will be
            obtained from two or more responsible firms of the appropriate type;

        5.  Review and evaluate SB/SDB/WOSB subcontracting plans submitted to
            Kaiser-Hill in connection with supply and /or service awards of
            $500,000 or greater (or $1,000,000 or


Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the           SB/SDB Subcontracting Plan -Page 4
restriction on title page of
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

            greater for construction) and assure that such plans are similar to
            the subcontracting plan agreed to by Kaiser-Hill under this
            contract; and

        6.  Submit and ensure subcontractors submit SF 294 and/or SF 295 in
            accordance with the instructions on the forms.

     B. Assure that SB/SDB/WOSB concerns are provided an opportunity to
        equitably compete for subcontracts, particularly by arranging
        solicitations to facilitate the participation of these business concerns
        in consideration of site priorities. Where Kaiser-Hill's lists of
        potential subcontractors are excessively long, reasonable efforts shall
        be made to give all such types of concerns an opportunity to compete
        over a period of time.

     C. Maintain records showing (i) whether each prospective subcontractor is a
        SB/SDB/WOSB concern, (ii) procedures that have been adopted to comply
        with the requirements set forth in this Subcontracting Plan, and (iii)
        with respect to the award of any subcontract exceeding $100,000, as
        follows:

        1.  Whether the subcontract award was to an SB/SDB/WOSB or large
            business;

        2.  Whether more than two SB/SDB/WOSB concerns were solicited;

        3.  The rationale for not soliciting SB/SDB/WOSB concerns if such firms
            were not solicited, and

        4.  The reasons for award to firms other than SB/SDB/WOSB concerns if
            such firms were solicited.

        Note: The records maintained above will be in a form determined by
        Kaiser-Hill. Such reports will be considered to be management records
        only and need not be submitted routinely to the Government; however,
        records maintained pursuant to this subcontracting plan will be kept
        available for review.

     D. Cooperate with the Contracting Officer and the SBA in any requested
        studies and surveys of Kaiser-Hill's subcontracting procedures and
        practices under this contract.

     E. Submit information with respect to subcontracting with SB/SDB/WOSBs as
        requested by the Contracting Officer.

     F. Maintain and use information from the SB/SDB/WOSB Kaiser-Hill Directory
        and from DOE sources, including the Pro-Net to identify each category
        and type of subcontractor for new subcontracting opportunities

     G. Receive all appropriate visiting SB/SDB/WOSBs who desire to explain the
        entity's capabilities, products and services. Explain the routine of
        doing business with Kaiser-Hill.

     H. Consider categories of procurements for exclusive SB participation,
        provided that there are sufficient qualified firms to offer the needed
        product or service and to assure reasonable prices, quality and
        acceptable delivery.

     I. Consider subcontracts with firms certified with the SBA under the
        Section 8(a) program.

     J. Include the clause entitled Utilization of Small, Small Disadvantaged
        and Woman-Owned Small Business Concerns in all subcontracts that offer
        further subcontracting opportunities.


Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the           SB/SDB Subcontracting Plan -Page 5
restriction on title page of
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

        Require all subcontractors (except SB/SDB/WOSB Concerns) that receive
        subcontracts in excess of $500,000 ($ 1,000,000 for construction) to
        adopt a plan similar to the plan required by the clause entitled Small
        Business and Small Disadvantaged Business Subcontracting Plan.

     K. Consider privatization initiatives that are set aside for SB/SDB/WOSB
        concerns.

V. Responsibilities

     A.  Kaiser-Hill's technical groups shall cooperate with the Kaiser-Hill
         procurement department in considering SB/SDB/WOSBs equitably and fairly
         as sources of supply.

     B.  Major purchases (in excess of $100,000) shall be examined to determine
         the feasibility of breaking them down into smaller units so that
         SB/SDB/WOSBs may qualify as manufacturers and/or suppliers for such
         requirements.

     C.  Kaiser-Hill shall, in accordance with Section VI of this document
         establish realistic and attainable goals and measure progress toward
         reaching those goals.

VI. Reports

     A.  Reports shall be submitted to the DOE as requested in writing, in the
         frequency required and in the format agreed upon. Special reports shall
         be kept to a minimum.

     B.  Quarterly reports on SB/SDB/WOSB activities shall also be furnished to
         Kaiser-Hill's management staff.

     C.  SBA reports will be provided semi-annually.

     D.  Exceptional performance by any Kaiser-Hill employee in advancing the
         SB/SDB/WOSB program will be reported to Kaiser-Hill senior management
         and DOE. If weaknesses occur that interfere with the achievement of
         goals and objectives, the weakness shall be brought to the attention of
         Kaiser-Hill's management staff for appropriate remedial action.

VII. Goals

     A.  Kaiser-Hill's proposed SB/SDB/WOSB goals will be submitted in writing
         by October 1st of each year during the term of this contract or by such
         later date as the Contracting Officer may authorize in writing. The
         proposed fiscal year goals will be based on the latest available
         procurement projections, advance financial plan projections and
         historical data.

     B.  Dollars awarded to SB means all dollars awarded to an SB subcontractor
         by Kaiser-Hill and its large business subcontractors (at any tier).
         Dollars awarded to HUBZone SBs means all dollars awarded by
         Kaiser-Hill, its large business subcontractors, and non-HUBZone SB
         awards at any tier awarded to a firm that is a HUBZone SB. Dollars
         awarded to SDB means all dollars awarded to a SDB subcontractor by
         Kaiser-Hill, its large business subcontractors, or a small,
         non-disadvantaged business subcontractor, at any tier.

         1. Service Categories

            SB/SDB/WOSB are offered opportunities to submit proposals related
            to, but not necessarily limited to the following:


Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the           SB/SDB Subcontracting Plan -Page 6
restriction on title page of
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

               a. Architect-engineering services

               b. Professional services

               c. augmentation

               d. Travel agency services

               e. Construction subcontracts in:

                    o Mechanical

                    o Electrical

                    o Fencing

                    o General construction

                    o Testing and inspection

                    o Painting

                    o Excavation

                    o Landscaping

               f. Construction management

               g. Other Specialty subcontracts

               h. Vending service

               i. Food service

               j. Computer equipment

               k. Computer training/software

               l. Clerical support

         2. Method of Developing Goals

            The method used by Kaiser-Hill to develop its SB/SDB/WOSB
            subcontracting goals are based on the factors stated in Section II
            above. These factors include:

               a. DOE-approved goals for FY2000

               b. Past projects

               c. Analysis of major (over $100,000) procurement projections

               d. Established vendor database

               e. Survey of procurement managers

               f. Consideration of DOE Contracting Officer's recommendations

               g. Analysis of historical socioeconomic performance by
                  Kaiser-Hill


Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the           SB/SDB Subcontracting Plan -Page 7
restriction on title page of
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

               h. HUBZone data provided by the SBA

         3. Outreach Program

            Kaiser-Hill will actively participate in local and national
            organizations including but not limited to Minority Enterprises,
            Inc., local chambers of commerce, the Small and Disadvantaged
            Business Committee, Economic and Empowerment Breakfasts.

            Kaiser-Hill will actively seek new SB/SDB/W0SB sources by
            establishing a Small/Small Disadvantaged Business/Diversity Advocate
            program and by active participation in outreach activities and other
            related functions where participation is expected to expose new or
            additional qualified concerns to the opportunities at the Rocky
            Flats Environmental Technology Site.

            Kaiser-Hill will continue its efforts to augment its source data of
            SB/SDB/WOSB concerns. To the extent practicable, Kaiser-Hill will
            use the following source data:

               a. Government agency information

               b. Small and small disadvantaged business trade information

               c. Small and small disadvantaged business directories both
                  regional and multi-regional

               d. Woman-owned business directories

               e. Kaiser FLU internal source lists

               f. Existing Rocky Flats vendor information

               g. ProNet searches

               h. Data provided by the SBA regarding HUBZone areas and HUBZone
                  subcontractors

         4. Method of Identifying Potential Sources

            Procurement personnel (and other site personnel as appropriate) will
            have access to computerized data files on potential SB/SDB/W0SB
            concerns that will be maintained by Kaiser-Hill.

               a. Section 8(a) Subcontractors: When authorized by DOE,
                  Kaiser-Hill will subcontract directly with firms qualified
                  under Section 8(a) of the Small Business Act. Kaiser-Hill will
                  identify projects and procurements that appear appropriate for
                  subcontracting to 8(a) firms.

                  Lower tier subcontract awards to SB/SDB/WOSB concerns:
                  Kaiser-Hill will encourage its large business subcontractors
                  (whether or not their subcontracts require a subcontracting
                  plan) to provide lower-tier subcontracting opportunities to
                  SB/SDB/WOSB concerns. Kaiser-Hill will use the same data
                  sources as described in paragraph III of this plan to assist
                  large business subcontractors in identifying business sources.

                  In addition, procurement personnel will be encouraged to
                  attend procurement conferences, seminars, trade fairs and
                  other related functions where participation is expected to
                  expose new or additional qualified SB/SDB/WOSB concerns.



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the           SB/SDB Subcontracting Plan -Page 8
restriction on title page of
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

               b. Access to solicitation sets and data. To the extent
                  practicable, Kaiser-Hill will assure that SB/SDB/WOSB concerns
                  have access to solicitations and are provided maximum
                  opportunity to participate in Kaiser-Hill subcontracts.

                  Kaiser-Hill will actively solicit and counsel SB/SDB/WOSB
                  concerns for the purpose of enhancing the potential for
                  participation in the Kaiser-Hill subcontracting program.
                  Kaiser-Hill will work toward the utilization of an Internet
                  home page or electronic bid board for identifying procurement
                  opportunities

         5. Indirect Cost

            Kaiser-Hill does not include indirect and Overhead posts in
            establishing goals for its Subcontracting Plan for any subcontract
            regardless if it is a large business, SB, SDB, or WOSB.



Signed: /s/ Norman B. Sandlin
       -------------------------
       Norman B. Sandlin

Title: Director, Contracts

Date:  November 15,1999



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the           SB/SDB Subcontracting Plan -Page 9
restriction on title page of
this proposal.
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION J
                                  ATTACHMENT D

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   SECTION J

                                 ATTACHMENT D

        REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                    Provision

K.1   NOTICE LISTING SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY
      REFERENCE
K.2   FAR 52.204-3 TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION (OCT 1998)
K.3   FAR 52.204-5 WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS (OCT 1995)
K.4   FAR 52.209-5 CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION,
      PROPOSED DEBARMENT, AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS (MAR.
      1996)
K.5   FAR 52.219-1 SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM REPRESENTATIONS (OCT 1998)
      ALTERNATE II (JAN 1999)
K.6   FAR 52.219-22 SMALL DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS STATUS (OCT 1998)
K.7   FAR 52.222-22 PREVIOUS CONTRACTS AND COMPLIANCE REPORTS (FEB
      1999)
K.8   FAR 52.222-25 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION COMPLIANCE (APR 1984)
K.9   FAR 52.223-1 CLEAN AIR AND WATER CERTIFICATION (APR 1984)
K.10  FAR 52.223-13 CERTIFICATION OF TOXIC CHEMICAL RELEASE REPORTING
      (OCT 1996)
K.11  FAR 52.227-6 ROYALTY INFORMATION (APR 1994)
K.12  FAR 52.227-15 REPRESENTATION OF LIMITED RIGHTS DATA AND
      RESTRICTED COMPUTER SOFTWARE (JUN 1987)
K.13  FAR 52.230-1 COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOTICES AND
      CERTIFICATION (APR 1998)
K.14  FAR 52.252-1 SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
      (FEB 1998)
K.15  DEAR 952.204-73 FOREIGN OWNERSHIP, CONTROL, OR INFLUENCE OVER
      CONTRACTOR (JUL 1997)
K.16  DEAR 952.209-8 ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE
      (JUNE 1997)
K.17  DEAR 970.5204-57 AGREEMENT REGARDING WORKPLACE SUBSTANCE
      ABUSE PROGRAMS AT DOE SITES (SEP 1997)
K.18  SIGNATURE/CERTIFICATION

Attachment - Standard Form 328 Certificate Pertaining to Foreign Interests

Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                        Certificates - Page 1
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

K.1   NOTICE LISTING SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE

      The following solicitation provisions pertinent to this section are hereby
      incorporated by reference (by Citation Number, Title, and Date) in
      accordance with the FAR provision at FAR "52.252-1 SOLICITATION PROVISIONS
      INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998)."

      NUMBER      TITLE                                     DATE
      52.203-11  CERTIFICATION AND DISCLOSURE               APR 1991
                 REGARDING PAYMENTS TO INFLUENCE
                 CERTAIN FEDERAL TRANSACTIONS

      52.223-4        RECOVERED MATERIALS CERTIFICATION
      OCT 1997

K2    FAR 52.204-3 TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION (OCT 1998)

      (a)   Definitions.

            "Common parent," as used in this provision, means that corporate
            entity that owns or controls an affiliated group of corporations
            that files its Federal income tax returns on a consolidated basis,
            and of which the offeror is a member.

            "Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)," as used in this provision,
            means the number required by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) to
            be used by the offeror in reporting income tax and other returns,
            The TIN may be either a Social Security Number or in Employer
            Identification Number.

      (b)   All offerors must submit the information required in paragraphs (d)
            through (f) of this provision to comply with debt collection
            requirements of 31 U.S.C. 770 1(c) and 3325(d), reporting
            requirements of 26 U.S.C. 6041, 6041A, and 6050M, and implementing
            regulations issued by the IRS. If the resulting contract is subject
            to the payment reporting requirements described in Federal
            Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 4.904, the failure or refusal by the
            offeror to furnish the information may result in a 31 percent
            reduction of payments otherwise due under the contract.

      (c)   The TIN may be used by the Government to collect and report on any
            delinquent amounts arising out of the offeror's relationship with
            the Government (31 U.S.C. 7701 (c)(3)). If the resulting contract is
            subject to the payment reporting requirements described in FAR
            4.904, the TIN provided hereunder may be matched with IRS records to
            verify the accuracy of the offeror's TIN.

      (d)   Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN).

            [X] TIN 84-1296851


Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                           Certificates - Page 2
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904


            [ ] TIN has been applied for.

            [ ] TIN is not required because:

            [ ] Offeror is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation, or foreign
                partnership that does not have income effectively connected with
                the conduct of a trade or business in the United States and does
                not have an office or place of business or a fiscal paying agent
                in the United States;

            [ ] Offeror is an agency or instrumentality of a foreign government;

            [ ] Offeror is an agency or instrumentality of the Federal
                Government

      (e)   Type of organization.

            [ ] Sole proprietorship;

            [ ] Partnership;

            [ ] Corporate entity (not tax-exempt);

            [ ] Corporate entity (tax-exempt);

            [ ] Government entity (Federal, State, or local);

            [ ] Foreign government;

            [ ] International organization per 26 CFR 1.6049-4;

            [X] Other A Limited Liability Company

      (f)   Common parent.

            [X] Offeror is not owned or controlled by a common parent as defined
                in paragraph (a) of this provision.

            [ ] Name and TIN of common parent:

                  Name
                      ------------------------------
                  TIN
                      ------------------------------

K.3  FAR 52.204-5 WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS (OCT 1995)

      (a)  Representation. The offeror represents that it [ ] is, [X] is not a
           women-owned business concern.



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                           Certificates - Page 3
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

      (b)  Definition. "Women-owned business concern," as used in this
           provision, means a concern which is at least 51 percent owned by one
           or more women; or in the case of any publicly owned business, at
           least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women;
           and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by
           one or more women.

K.4   FAR 52.209-5 CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, PROPOSED
      DEBARMENT, AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS (MAR 1996)

      (a)  (1)   The Offeror certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief,
                 that -

                     The Offeror and/or any of its Principals -

                      (A)   Are [ ] are not [X] presently debarred, suspended,
                            proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for
                            the award of contracts by any Federal agency;

                      (B)   Have [ ] have not [X], within a 3-year period
                            preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a
                            civil judgment rendered against them for- commission
                            of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with
                            obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a
                            public (Federal, state, or local) contract or
                            subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust
                            statutes relating to the submission of offers; or
                            commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery,
                            falsification or destruction of records, making
                            false statements, tax evasion or receiving stolen
                            property; and

                      (C)   Are [ ] are not [X] presently indicted for, or
                            otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a
                            governmental entity with, commission of any of the
                            offenses enumerated in subdivision (a)(1)(i)(B) of
                            this provision.

                 (ii) The Offeror has [ ] has not [X], within a 3-year period
                      preceding y this offer, had one or more contracts
                      terminated for default by an Federal agency.

            (2)  "Principals," for the purposes of this certification, means
                 officers; directors; owners; partners; and, persons having
                 primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a
                 business entity (e.g., general manager; plant manager; head
                 of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar
                 positions).

                 THIS CERTIFICATION CONCERNS A MATTER WITHIN THE JURISDICTION OF
                 AN AGENCY OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE MAKING OF A FALSE,
                 FICTITIOUS, OR FRAUDULENT CERTIFICATION MAY RENDER THE MAKER
                 SUBJECT TO



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                           Certificates - Page 4
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

                 PROSECUTION UNDER SECTION 1001, TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE.

      (b)  The Offeror shall provide immediate written notice to the Contracting
           Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the Offeror learns
           that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become
           erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

      (c)  A certification that any of the items in paragraph (a) of this
           provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an
           award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be
           considered in connection with a determination of the Offeror's
           responsibility. Failure of the Offeror to furnish a certification or
           provide such additional information as requested by the Contracting
           Officer may render the Offeror nonresponsible.

      (d)  Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require
           establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good
           faith, the certification required by paragraph (a) of this provision.
           The knowledge and information of an Offeror is not required to exceed
           that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary
           course of business dealings.

      (e)  The certification in paragraph (a) of this provision is a material
           representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making
           award. If it is later determined that the Offeror knowingly rendered
           an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available
           to the Government the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract
           resulting from this solicitation for default.

K.5  FAR 52.219-1 SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM REPRESENTATIONS (OCT 1998) - ALTERNATE
         II (JAN 1999)

      (a) (1)  The standard industrial classification (SIC) code for this
               acquisition is 8744.

          (2)  The small business size standard is 500 employees.

          (3)  The small business size standard for a concern which submits an
               offer in its own name, other than on a construction or service
               contract, but which proposes to furnish a product which it did
               not itself manufacture, is 500 employees.

      (b) Representations.

          (1)  The offeror represents as part of its offer that it is[ ], [X] is
               not a small business concern.

          (2)  (Complete only if offeror represented itself as a small business
               concern in paragraph (b)(1) of this provision) The offeror
               represents, for general


Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                           Certificates - Page 5
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

               statistical purposes, it is [ ], is not [ ], a small
               disadvantaged business concern as defined in 13 CFR 124.1002.

          (3)  (Complete only if offeror represented itself as a small business
               concern in paragraph (b)(1) of this provision.) The offeror
               represents as part of its offer that it is, is not a women-owned
               small business concern.

          (4)  (Reserved)

          (5)  [Complete only if offeror represented itself as a small business
               concern in paragraph (b)(1) of this provision.] The offeror
               represents, as part of its offer, that

                    (i)  it [ ] is, [ ] is not a HUBZone small business concern
                         listed, on the date of this representation, on the List
                         of Qualified HUBZone Small Business Concerns maintained
                         by the Small Business Administration, and no material
                         change in ownership and control, principal place of
                         ownership, or HUBZone employee percentage has occurred
                         since it was certified by the Small Business
                         Administration in accordance with 13 CFR part 126; and

                    (ii) It [ ] is, [ ] is not a joint venture that complies
                         with the requirements of 13 CFR part 126, and the
                         representation in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this provision
                         is accurate for the HUBZone small business concern or
                         concerns that are participating in the joint venture.
                         [The offeror shaft enter the name or names of the
                         HUBZone small business concern or concerns that are
                         participating in the joint venture: _______________.]
                         Each HUBZone small business concern participating in
                         the joint venture shall submit a separate signed copy
                         of the HUBZone representation.

     (c)  Definitions.

          "Small business concern", as used in this provision, means a concern,
          including its affiliates, that is independently owned and operated,
          not dominant in the field of operation in which it is bidding on
          Government contracts, and qualified as a small business under the
          criteria in 13 CFR Part 121 and the size standard in paragraph (a) of
          this provision.

          "Women-owned small business concern", as used in this provision, means
          a small business concern

          (1)   Which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women or, in
                the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of
                the stock of which is owned by one or more women; and



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                           Certificates - Page 6
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

          (2)   Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by
                one or more women.

     (d)  Notice.

          (1)   If this solicitation is for supplies and has been set aside, in
                whole or in part, for small business concerns, then the clause
                in this solicitation providing notice of the set-aside contains
                restrictions on the source of the end items to be furnished.

          (2)   Under 15 U.S.C. 645(d), any person who misrepresents a firm's
                status as a small or small disadvantaged business concern in
                order to obtain a contract to be awarded under the preference
                programs established pursuant to sections 8(a), 8(d), 9, or 15
                of the Small Business Act or any other provision of Federal law
                that specifically references section 8(d) for a definition of
                program eligibility, shall

                (i)  Be punished by imposition of fine, imprisonment, or both;

                (ii) Be subject to administrative remedies, including suspension
                     and debarment; and

                (iii) Be ineligible for participation in programs conducted
                      under the authority of the Act.

K.6 52.219-22 SMALL DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS STATUS (OCT 1998)

      (a)  General. This provision is used to assess an offeror's small
           disadvantaged business status for the purpose of obtaining a benefit
           on this solicitation. Status as a small business and status as a
           small disadvantaged business for general statistical purposes is
           covered by the provision at FAR 52.219-1, Small Business Program
           Representation.

      (b)  Representations.

           (1)  General. The offeror represents, as part of its offer, that it
                is a small business under the size standard applicable to this
                acquisition; and either

                [ ](i)It has received certification by the Small Business
                      Administration as a small disadvantaged business concern
                      consistent with 13 CFR 124, Subpart B; and

                      (A)  No material change in disadvantaged ownership and
                           control has occurred since its certification;

                      (B)  Where the concern is owned by one or more
                           disadvantaged individuals, the net worth of each
                           individual upon whom



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                           Certificates - Page 7
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

                           the certification is based does not exceed $750,000
                           after taking into account the applicable exclusions
                           set forth at 13 CFR 124.104(c)(2); and

                      (C)  It is listed, on the date of this representation, on
                           the register of small disadvantaged business concerns
                           maintained by the Small Business Administration; or

                    (ii) It has submitted a completed application to the Small
                         Business Administration or a Private Certifier to be
                         certified as a small disadvantaged business concern in
                         accordance with 13 CFR 124, Subpart B, and a decision
                         on that application is pending, and that no material
                         change in disadvantaged ownership and control has
                         occurred since its application was submitted.

           (2)  [ ] For Joint Ventures. The offeror represents, as part of its
                offer, that it is a joint venture that complies with the
                requirements at 13 CFR 124.1002(f) and that the representation
                in paragraph (b)(1) of this provision is accurate for the small
                disadvantaged business concern that is participating in the
                joint venture. [The offeror shall enter the name of the small
                disadvantaged business concern that is participating in the
                joint venture: _____________.]

      (c)  Penalties and Remedies. Anyone who misrepresents any aspects of the
           disadvantaged status of a concern for the purposes of securing a
           contract or subcontract shall

           (1)  Be punished by imposition of a fine, imprisonment, or both;
           (2)  Be subject to administrative remedies, including suspension and
                debarment; and
           (3)  Be ineligible for participation in programs conducted under the
                authority, of the Small Business Act.

K.7   FAR 52.222-22 PREVIOUS CONTRACTS AND COMPLIANCE REPORTS (FEB
1999)
      The offeror represents that-

      (a)   It [X] has, [ ] has not participated in a previous contract or
            subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity clause of this
            solicitation.

      (b)   It [X] has, [ ] has not filed all required compliance reports; and

      (c)   Representations indicating submission of required compliance
            reports, signed by proposed subcontractors, will be obtained before
            subcontract awards.



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                           Certificates - Page 8
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

K.8   FAR 52.222-25 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION COMPLIANCE (APR 1984)

      The offeror represents that --

      (a)  It [X] has developed and has on file, [ ] has not developed and does
           not have on file, at each establishment affirmative action programs
           required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41
           CFR 60-1 and 60-2), or,

      (b)  It [ ] has not previously had contracts subject to the written
           affirmative action programs requirement of the rules and regulations
           of the Secretary of Labor.

K.9   FAR 52.223-1 CLEAN AIR AND WATER CERTIFICATION (APR 1984)

      The Offeror certifies that--

      (a)  Any facility to be used in the performance of this proposed contract
           is [ ], is not [X] listed on the Environmental Protection Agency
           (EPA) List of Violating Facilities;

      (b)  The Offeror will immediately notify the Contracting Officer, before
           award, of the receipt of any communication from the Administrator, or
           a designee, of the EPA, indicating that any facility that the Offeror
           proposes to use for the performance of the contract is under
           consideration to be listed on the (EPA) List of Violating Facilities;
           and

      (c)  The Offeror will include a certification substantially the same as
           this certification, including this paragraph (c), in every nonexempt
           subcontract.

K.10 FAR 52.223-13 CERTIFICATION OF TOXIC CHEMICAL RELEASE
REPORTING (OCT 1996)

      (a)  Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or
           entering into this contract imposed by Executive Order 12969, August
           8, 1995.

      (b)  By signing this offer, the offeror certifies that

           (1)   As the owner or operator of facilities that will be used in the
                 performance of this contract that are subject to the filing and
                 reporting requirements described in section 313 of the
                 Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986
                 (EPCRA) (42 U.S.C. 11023) and section 6607 of the Pollution
                 Prevention Act of 1990 (PPA) (42 U.S.C. 13106), the offeror
                 will file and continue to file for such facilities for the life
                 of the contract the Toxic Chemical Release Inventory Form (Form
                 R) as described in sections 313(a) and (g) of EPCRA and section
                 6607 of PPA; or


Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                           Certificates - Page 9
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

           (2)   None of its owned or operated facilities to be used in the
                 performance of this contract is subject to the Form R filing
                 and reporting requirements because each such facility is exempt
                 for at least one of the following reasons: (Check each block
                 that is applicable)

                 [ ] (i)    The facility does not manufacture, process, or
                            otherwise use any toxic chemicals listed under
                            section 313(c) of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. 11023(c);

                 [ ] (ii)   The facility does not have 10 or more full-time
                            employees as specified in section 313(b)(1)(A) of
                            EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. 11023(b)(1)(A);

                 [ ] (iii)  The facility does not meet the reporting thresholds
                            of toxic chemicals established under section 313(f)
                            of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. 11023(f) (including the
                            alternate thresholds at 40 CFR 372.27, provided an
                            appropriate certification form has been filed with
                            EPA);

                 [ ] (iv)   The facility does not fall within Standard
                            Industrial Classification Code (SIC) designations 20
                            through 39 as set forth in Section 19.102 of the
                            Federal Acquisition Regulation;

                 [ ] (v)    The facility is not located within any State of the
                            United States, the District of Columbia, the
                            Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa,
                            the United States Virgin Islands, the Northern
                            Mariana Islands, or any other territory or
                            possession over. which the United States has
                            jurisdiction.

K.11  FAR 52.227-6 ROYALTY INFORMATION (APR 1984)

      (a)  Cost or charges for royalties. When the response to this solicitation
           contains costs or charges for royalties totaling more than $250, the
           following information shall be included in the response relating to
           each separate item of royalty or license fee:

           (1)   Name and address of licensor.
           (2)   Date of license agreement.
           (3)   Patent numbers, patent application serial numbers, or other
                 basis on which the royalty is payable.
           (4)   Brief description, including any part or model numbers of each
                 contract item or component on which the royalty is payable.


Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 10
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

           (5)   Percentage or dollar rate of royalty per unit.

           (6)   Unit price of contract item.

           (7)   Number of units.

           (8)   Total dollar amount of royalties.

      (b)  Copies of current licenses. In addition, if specifically requested
           by the Contracting Officer before execution of the contract, the
           offeror shall furnish a copy of the current license agreement and an
           identification of applicable claims of specific patents.

K-12  FAR 52.227-15 REPRESENTATION OF LIMITED RIGHTS DATA AND
      RESTRICTED COMPUTER SOFTWARE (JUN 1987)

      (a)  This solicitation sets forth the work to be performed if a contract
           award results, and the Governments known delivery requirements for
           data (as defined in FAR 27.401). Any resulting contract may also
           provide the Government the option to order additional data under the
           Additional Data Requirements clause at 52.227-16 of the FAR, if
           included in the contract Any data delivered under the resulting
           contract will be subject to the Rights in Data-General clause at
           52.227-14 that is to be included in this contract. Under the latter
           clause, a Contractor may withhold from delivery data that qualify as
           limited rights data or restricted computer software, and deliver
           form, fit, and function data in lieu thereof. the latter clause also
           may be used with its Alternates II and/or III to obtain delivery of
           limited rights data or restricted computer software, marked with
           limited rights or restricted rights notices, as appropriate. In
           addition, use of Alternate V with this latter clause provides the
           Government the right to inspect such data at the Contractor's
           facility.

      (b)   As an aid in determining the Government's need to include any of the
            aforementioned Alternates in the clause at 52.227-14, Rights in
            Data-General, the offeror's response to this solicitation shall, to
            the extent feasible, complete the representation in paragraph (b) of
            this provision to either state that none of the data qualify as
            limited rights data or restricted computer software, or identify
            which of the data qualifies as limited rights data or restricted
            computer software. Any identification of limited rights data or
            restricted computer software in the offeror's response is not
            determinative of the status of such data should a contract be
            awarded to the offeror.

            REPRESENTATION CONCERNING DATA RIGHTS

            Offeror has reviewed the requirements for the delivery of data or
            software and states (offeror check appropriate block)

            [X]  None of the data proposed for fulfilling such requirements
                 qualifies as limited rights data or restricted computer
                 software.



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 11
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

            [ ]  Data proposed for fulfilling such requirements qualify as
                 limited rights data or restricted computer software and are
                 identified as follows:_____________________________________

            NOTE: "Limited rights data" and "Restricted computer software" are
                   defined in the contract clause entitled "Rights In Data-
                   General."

K.13  FAR 52.230-1 COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOTICES AND CERTIFICATION (APR
      1998)

      Note: This notice does not apply to small businesses or foreign
      governments. This notice is in three parts, identified by Roman numerals I
      through III.

      Offerors shall examine each part and provide the requested information in
      order to determine Cost Accounting Standards (CAS) requirements applicable
      to any resultant contract.

      If the offeror is an educational institution, Part II does not apply
      unless the contemplated contract will be subject to full or modified CAS
      coverage pursuant to 48 CFR 9903.201-2(c)(5) or 9903.201-2(c)(6),
      respectively.

I.    DISCLOSURE STATEMENT-COST ACCOUNTING PRACTICES AND CERTIFICATION

      (a)  Any contract in excess of $500,000 resulting from this solicitation
           will be subject to the requirements of the Cost Accounting Standards
           Board (48 CFR Chapter 99), except for those contracts which are
           exempt as specified in 48 CFR 9903.201-1.

      (b)  Any offeror submitting a proposal which, if accepted, will result in
           a contract subject to the requirements of 48 CFR Chapter 99 must, as
           a condition of contracting, submit a Disclosure Statement as required
           by 48 CFR 9903.202. When required, the Disclosure Statement must be
           submitted as a part of the offeror's proposal under this solicitation
           unless the offeror has already submitted a Disclosure Statement
           disclosing the practices used in connection with the pricing of this
           proposal. If an applicable Disclosure Statement has already been
           submitted, the offeror may satisfy the requirement for submission by
           providing the information requested in paragraph (c) of Part I of
           this provision. CAUTION: In the absence of specific regulations or
           agreement, a practice disclosed in a Disclosure Statement shall not,
           by virtue of such disclosure, be



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 12
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

           deemed to be a proper, approved, or agreed-to practice for pricing
           proposals or accumulating and reporting contract performance cost
           data.

      (c)  Check the appropriate box below:

      [X]  (1)   Certificate of Concurrent Submission of Disclosure Statement.

                 The offeror hereby certifies that, as a part of the offer,
                 copies of the Disclosure Statement have been submitted as
                 follows:

                 (i)  original and one copy to the cognizant Administrative
                      Contracting Officer (ACO) or cognizant Federal agency
                      official authorized to act in that capacity (Federal
                      official), as applicable, and

                 (ii) one copy to the cognizant Federal auditor.

                 (Disclosure must be on Form No. CASB DS-1 or CASB DS-2, as
                 applicable. Forms may be obtained from the cognizant ACO or
                 Federal official and/or from the loose-leaf version of the
                 Federal Acquisition Regulation.)

                 Date of Disclosure Statement: November 1, 1999

                 Name and Address of Cognizant ACO or Federal Official Where
                 Filed:

                    Steven Scott, Contracting Officer
                    U.S. Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office
                    10808 Highway 93, Unit A
                    Golden, CO 80403-8200

                 The offeror further certifies that the practices used in
                 estimating costs in pricing this proposal are consistent with
                 the cost accounting practices disclosed in the applicable
                 Disclosure Statement.

      [ ]  (2)   Certificate of Previously Submitted Disclosure Statement.

                 The offeror hereby certifies that the required Disclosure
                 Statement was filed as follows:

                 Date of Disclosure Statement:

                 Name and Address of Cognizant ACO or Federal Official Where
                 Filed:_____________________________________________________
                 ___________________________________________________________


                 The offeror further certifies that the practices used in
                 estimating costs in. pricing this proposal are consistent with
                 the cost accounting practices disclosed in the applicable
                 Disclosure Statement.

      [ ]  (3)   Certificate of Monetary Exemption.



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 13
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

               The offeror hereby certifies that the offeror, together with all
               divisions, subsidiaries, and affiliates under common control, did
               not receive net awards of negotiated prime contracts and
               subcontracts subject to CAS totaling more than S25 million (of
               which at least one award exceeded $1 million) in the cost
               accounting period immediately preceding the period in which this
               proposal was submitted. The offeror further certifies that if
               such status changes before an award resulting from this proposal,
               the offeror will advise the Contracting Officer immediately.

      [ ] (4)  Certificate of Interim Exemption.

               The offeror hereby certifies that (i) the offeror first exceeded
               the monetary exemption for disclosure, as defined in (3) of this
               subsection, in the cost accounting period immediately preceding
               the period in which this offer was submitted and (ii) in
               accordance with 48 CFR 9903.202-1, the offeror is not yet
               required to submit a Disclosure Statement. The offeror further
               certifies that if an award resulting from this proposal has not
               been made within 90 days after the end of that period, the
               offeror Will immediately submit a revised certificate to the
               Contracting Officer, in the form specified under subparagraph
               (c)(1) or (c)(2) of Part I of this provision, as appropriate, to
               verify submission of a completed Disclosure Statement.

CAUTION: Offerors currently required to disclose because they were awarded a
CAS-covered prime contract or subcontract of $25 million or more in the current
cost accounting period may not claim this exemption (4). Further, the exemption
applies only in connection with proposals submitted before expiration of the
90-day period following the cost accounting period in which the monetary
exemption was exceeded.

II.    COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS-ELIGIBILITY FOR MODIFIED CONTRACT COVERAGE

       If the offeror is eligible to use the modified provisions of 48 CFR
       9903.201-2(b) and elects to do so, the offeror shall indicate by checking
       the box below. Checking the box below shall mean that the resultant
       contract is subject to the Disclosure and Consistency of Cost Accounting
       Practices clause in lieu of the Cost Accounting Standards clause.

       [ ]  The offeror hereby claims an exemption from the Cost Accounting
            Standards clause under the provisions of 48 CFR 9903.201- 2(b) and
            certifies that the offeror is eligible for use of the Disclosure and
            Consistency of Cost Accounting Practices clause because during the
            cost accounting period immediately preceding the period in which
            this proposal was submitted, the offeror received less than $25
            million in awards of CAS-covered prime contracts and subcontracts,
            or the offeror did not receive a single CAS-covered award exceeding
            $1 million. The offeror further certifies that if such status
            changes before an award resulting from this proposal, the offeror
            will advise the Contracting Officer immediately.



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 14
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

        CAUTION: An offeror may not claim the above eligibility for modified
        contract coverage if this proposal is expected to result in the award of
        a CAS-covered contract of S25 million or more or if during its current
        cost accounting period, the offeror has been awarded a single
        CAS-covered prime contract or subcontract of $25 million or more.

III.    ADDITIONAL COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO EXISTING CONTRACTS

        The offeror shall indicate below whether award of the contemplated
        contract would, in accordance with subparagraph (a)(3) of the Cost
        Accounting Standards clause, require a change in established cost
        accounting practices affecting existing contracts and subcontracts.

                         [X] Yes          [ ] No

K.14   FAR 52.252-1 SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998)

      This solicitation incorporates one or more solicitation provisions by
reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text.
Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. The
offeror is cautioned that the listed provisions may include blocks that must be
completed by the offeror and submitted with its quotation or offer. In lieu of
submitting the full text of those provisions, the offeror may identify the
provision by paragraph identifier and provide the appropriate information with
its quotation or offer. Also, the fall text of a solicitation provision may he
accessed electronically at this/these address(es):

      Federal Acquisition Regulations   http://www.arnet.gov/far/
      Federal Acquisition Forms         http://www.gsa.gov/forms/farnumer.htm
      Department of Energy Acquisition  http://www.pr.doe.gov/dear.html and
      Regulations                       http://farsite.hill.af.mil/vfdoel.htm

K.15  DEAR 952.204-73 FOREIGN OWNERSHIP, CONTROL, OR INFLUENCE OVER CONTRACTOR
      (JUL 1997) Alternate I (DEC 1993)

(a) For purposes of this provision, a foreign interest is defined as any of the
following:

      (1) A foreign government or foreign government agency;

      (2) Any form of business enterprise organized under the laws of any
          country other than the United States or its possessions;



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 15
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

      (3) Any form of business enterprise organized or incorporated under the
          laws of the U.S., or a State or other jurisdiction within the U.S.,
          which is owned, controlled, or influenced by a foreign government,
          agency, firm, corporation, or person; or

      (4) Any person who is not a U.S. citizen.

      (b) Foreign ownership, control, or influence (FOCI) means the situation
      where the degree of ownership, control, or influence over a contractor by
      a foreign interest is such that a reasonable basis exists for concluding
      that compromise of classified information or significant quantity of
      special nuclear material as defined in 10 CFR Part 710 may result.

      (c) If the offeror has not previously submitted responses to the following
      questions to DOE as part of the facility security clearance process, then
      it shall answer the following questions. Answer each question in either
      the "yes" or "no" column. If the answer is yes, furnish in detail on a
      separate sheet of paper all the information requested in parentheses.
      Copies of information which responds to these questions and which was
      submitted to other Government agencies may be submitted as responses to
      these questions if the earlier responses are accurate, complete, and
      current.

      Question                                                          Yes No

      1. Does a foreign interest own or have beneficial ownership in         X
      5% of more of your organization's voting securities? (Identify
      the percentage of any class of shares or other securities issued
      which are owned by foreign interests, listed by country. If you
      answer "Yes" and have received from an investor a copy of
      Schedule 13D and/or Schedule 13G filed by the investors with the
      Securities and Exchange Commission, you are to attach a copy of
      Schedule 13D and/or Schedule 13G.)

      2. Does your organization own 10% or more of any foreign interest?     X
      (Furnish the name of the foreign interest, address by country,
      and the percentage owned. Include name and title of officials of
      your organization who occupy positions with the foreign interest,
      if any.)

      3. Do any foreign interests have management positions such as          X
      directors, officers, or executive personnel in your organization?
      (Furnish fall information concerning the of the foreign interest
      and the position he/she holds in your organization.)

      4. Does any foreign interest control or influence, or is any           X
      foreign interest in a position control or influence the election,
      appointment, or tenure of any of your directors, officers, or
      executive personnel? (Identify the foreign interest(s) and furnish
      full details concerning the control or influence.)

      5. Does your organization have any contracts, binding agreements,      X
      understandings, or X arrangements with a foreign interest(s) that
      cumulatively represent 10% or more of your organization's gross
      income? (Furnish the name of the foreign interest, country, nature
      of agreement or involvement.
      Agreements include licensing, sales, patent exchange, trade secrets,
      agency, cartel, partnership, joint venture, proxy etc. Give overall
      percentage by country as related to total income and type of
      services or products in general terms. If you answer "Yes" and
      have received from the foreign interest a copy of Schedule 13D
      and/or Schedule 13G filed by the foreign interest with the
      Securities and Exchange Commission, you are to attach a copy of
      Schedule 13D and/or Schedule 13G.)



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 16
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                                                       YES  NO

      6. Is your organization indebted to foreign interests? (Furnish        X
      the amount of indebtedness related to the current assets of the
      organization and identify the creditor. Include specifics as to
      the type of indebtedness and what, if any, collateral, including
      voting stock, been furnished or pledged. If any, and what will
      be received after conversion are to furnished.)

      7. Does your organization derive any income from Communist             X
      countries included in Country Groups Q, S, W, Y, and Z in
      Supplement No. 1 in 15 CFR part 770? (Discuss in detail any
      income derived from Communist countries, including percentage
      from each such country as related to total income, and the
      type of services or products involved.)

      8. Is 5% or more of any class of your organization's securities        X
      hold in "nominee shares" in "street names" or in some other
      method which does not disclose beneficial owner of table title?
      (Identify each foreign institutional investor holding 5 percent
      or more of voting stock. Identification should include the name
      and address of the investor and percentage of stock held. State
      whether the investor has attempted to, or has, exerted any
      management control or influence over the appointment of directors,
      officers, or other key management personnel, and whether such
      investors have attempted to influence the policies of the
      corporation. If you have received from the investor a copy of the
      Schedule 13D and/or Schedule 13G filed by the investor with the
      Securities and Exchange Commission, you are to attach a copy of
      Schedule 13D and/or Schedule 13G.)

      9. Does your organization have inter-locking directors with foreign    X
      interests? (Include identifying data on all such directors. If they
      have a security clearance, so state. Also indicate the name and
      address of all other corporations with which they serve in capacity.)

      10. Are there any citizens of foreign countries employed by, or who    X
      may visit, your X offices or facilities in a capacity which may
      permit them to have access to classified information or a
      significant quantity of special nuclear material? (Provide complete
      information by identifying the individuals and the country of which
      they are citizens.)

      11 . Does your organization have foreign involvement not otherwise     X
      covered in your answers to the above questions? (Describe the foreign
      involvement in detail, including why the involvement would not be
      reportable in the preceding questions.)

      (d) Prior to award of a contract under this solicitation, the DOE must
      determine that award of the contract to the offeror will not pose an undue
      risk to the common defense and security as a result of its access to
      classified information or a significant quantity of special nuclear
      material in the performance of the contract. In making the determination,
      the contracting officer may consider a voting trust or other arrangements
      proposed by the offeror to mitigate or avoid FOCI. The contracting officer
      may require the offeror to submit such additional information as deemed
      pertinent to this determination.

      (e) The offeror shall require any subcontractors having access to
      classified information or a significant quantity of special nuclear
      material to provide responses to the questions in paragraph (c) of this
      provision directly to the DOE contracting officer.

      (f) Information submitted by the offeror in response to the questions in
      (c) above is to be used solely for purposes of evaluating foreign
      ownership, control, or influence and shall be treated by



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 17
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

      DOE, to the extent permitted by law, as business or financial information
      submitted in confidence.

NOTICE

Statute prohibits the award of a contract under a national security program to a
company owned by an entity controlled by a foreign government unless a waiver is
granted by the Secretary of Energy.

K.16  ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE-ADVISORY AND ASSISTANCE
      SERVICES (JUN 1997)

(a) Organizational conflict of interest means that because of other activities
or relationships with other persons, a person is unable or potentially unable to
render impartial assistance or advice to the Government, or the person's
objectivity in performing the contract work is or might be otherwise impaired,
or a person has an unfair competitive advantage.

(b) An offeror notified that it is the apparent successful offeror shall provide
the statement described in paragraph (c) of this provision. For purposes of this
provision, "apparent successful offeror" means the proposer selected for final
negotiations or, where individual contracts are negotiated with all firms in the
competitive range, it means all such firms.

(c) The statement must contain the following:

     (1) A statement of any past (within the past twelve months), present, or
         currently planned financial, contractual, organizational, or other
         interests relating to the performance of the statement of work. For
         contractual interests, such statement must include the name, address
         telephone number of the client or client(s), a description of the
         services rendered to the previous client(s), and the name of a
         responsible officer or employee of the offeror who is knowledgeable
         about the services rendered to each client,  if, in the 12 months
         preceding the date of the statement services were rendered to the
         Government or any other client (including a foreign government or
         person) respecting the same subject matter of the instant solicitation,
         or directly relating to such subject matter. The agency and contract
         number under which the services were rendered must also be included, if
         applicable. For financial interests, the statement must include the
         nature and extent of the interest and any entity or entities involved
         in the financial relationship. For these and any other interests enough
         such information must be provided to allow a meaningful evaluation of
         the potential effect of the interest on the performance of the
         statement of work.

     (2) A statement that no actual or potential conflict of interest or unfair
         competitive advantage exists with respect to the advisory and
         assistance services to be provided in connection with the instant
         contract or that any actual or potential conflict of interest or unfair
         competitive advantage that does or may exist with respect to the
         contract in question has been communicated as part of the statement
         required by (b) of this provision.



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 18
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

(d) Failure of the offeror to provide the required statement may result in the
offeror being determined ineligible for award. Misrepresentation or failure to
report any fact may result in the assessment of penalties associated with false
statements or such other provisions provided for by law or regulation.

K17   DEAR 970.5204-57 AGREEMENT REGARDING WORKPLACE SUBSTANCE ABUSE PROGRAMS AT
      DOE SITES (SEP 1997)

      (a)  Any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation will be subject
           to the policies, criteria, and procedures of 10 CFR part 707,
           Workplace Substance Abuse Programs at DOE Sites.

      (b)  By submission of its offer, the offeror agrees to provide to the
           Contracting ,Officer, within 30 days after notification of selection
           for award, or award of a contract, whichever occurs first, pursuant
           to this solicitation, its written workplace substance abuse program
           consistent with the requirements of 10 CFR part 707.

      (c)  Failure of the offeror to agree to the condition of responsibility
           set forth in paragraph (b) of this provision, renders the offeror
           unqualified and ineligible for award.



Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 19
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

K.18  SIGNATURE/CERTIFICATION

      By signing below, the offeror certifies, under penalty of law, that the
      representations and certifications are accurate, current, and complete.
      The offeror further certifies that it will notify the Contacting Officer
      of any changes to these representations and certifications. The
      representations and certifications made by the offeror, as contained
      herein, concern matters within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United
      States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent representation
      or certification may reader the maker subject to prosecution under Title
      18, United States Code, Section 1001.

      /s/ Robert G. Card                            November 15, 1999
      ---------------------------------------------------------------
      Signature of the Officer or Employee          Date of Execution
      Responsible for the Offer

      Robert G. Card. President and Chief Executive Officer
      ---------------------------------------------------------------
              Typed Name and Title of the Officer or Employee
                         Responsible for the Offer

      Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.
      ---------------------------------------------------------------
                           Name of Organization

      10808 Highway 93, Unit B
      ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Address

      Golden. CO 80403-8200
      ---------------------------------------------------------------
                             City, State, ZIP

                       CONTRACT NUMBER DE-AC34-00RF01904
                   Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site




Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 20
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

                            Supplemental Information
                                       to
               Section K-16, Organizational Conflict of Interest
                                       of
                       Solicitation No. DE-AC34-OORF01904
                       Representations and Certifications
                                       by

KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.

I hereby certify that I have the authority to represent Kaiser-Hill Company,
L.L.C. and that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, and upon a good faith
investigation, no past (within the past twelve months), present or currently
planned financial, contractual, organizational or other interests exist relating
to the performance of the statement of work. Additionally, Kaiser-Hill Company,
L.L.C. has no actual or potential conflict of interest or unfair competitive
advantage with respect to the advisory and assistance services to be provided in
connection with the instant contract or that any actual or potential conflict of
interest or unfair competitive advantage that does or may exist with respect to
the contract in question has been communicated.

Signature:
           /s/ Robert G. Card
           ------------------------------------
           Robert G. Card

           President and Chief Executive Officer
           Kaiser-Hill Company, L.L.C.
           November 15, 1999




Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 21
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904


                      This page intentionally left blank.




Use or disclosure of data contained                            Base Proposal
on this sheet is subject to the                          Representations and
restriction on title page of                          Certificates - Page 22
this proposal.
<PAGE>

ROCKY FLATS CLOSURE CONTRACT NO.                  KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.
DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   SECTION J

                                  ATTACHMENT E

                                 KEY PERSONNEL
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   SECTION J

                                  ATTACHMENT E

                                 KEY PERSONNEL


                          KAISER-HILL COMPANY, L.L.C.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Name                               Title
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Card, Robert G.       President and CEO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tiller, Robert E.     Executive Vice President
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parker, Alan M.       Director, B771 Project
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parker, Alan M.       Director, B776 Project
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fulton, John C.       Director, B371 Project
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fulton, John C.       Director, B707 Project
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tuor, Nancy R.        Director, Industrial Buildings, Site Operations,
                      and ER Project
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tuor, Nancy R.        Director, Planning and Integration
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Brailsford, Marvin D. Director, Materials Stewardship Project
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spears, Mark S.       Director, Environmental, Safety, Health and Quality
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Martinez, Leonard A.  Director of Administration
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bensussen, Stanley J. General Counsel
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------



                           Section J, Attach E - Pg 2
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


                                   SECTION J

                                  ATTACHMENT F

                        REPORTING REQUIREMENTS CHECKLIST
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


                            Report Distribution List
                            ------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Plan/Report             Form No. *     Frequency          Level               No. Copies      Address
                           -----------             ----------     ---------          -----               ----------      -------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>            <C>                       <C>           <C>
Management Plan                                                      O,A         Total project               5              A
Status Report                                                         Q          PBD, total project        1,8,1          A,B,C
Summary Report                                       1332.2           Q          PBD, total project        1,8,1          A,B,C
- ------------------------------------------------
Milestone Schedule Plan                              1332.3          O,Q         PBD, total project        1,8,1          A,B,C
Cost Plan                                            1332.7          O,Q         PBD, total project        1,8,1          A,B,C
Milestone Schedule Status                            1332.3           M          PBD, total project        1,8,1          A,B,C
Cost Management Report                               1332.9           M          PBD, total project        1,8,1          A,B,C
- ------------------------------------------------
Management Control System Description                                O,X         Total project             1,3,1          A,B,C
WBS Dictionary Index                                                 O,X         Total project             1,3,1          A,B,C
Cost Performance Reports                             1332.12         M M         Control Account, PBD      1,8,1          A,B,C
                                                     1332.14                     PDB                       1,8,1          A,B,C
- ------------------------------------------------
Cash Flow Statement                                                  O,Q         PBD, total project        1,2,2          A,B,C
Operating Budget                                                     O,Q         PBD, total project        1,2,2          A,B,C
Supplementary Information                                             A          As required            as required         A
- ------------------------------------------------
Other (Quarterly Critical Analysis)                                   Q          PBD, total project        1,8,1          A,B,C
</TABLE>







* Alternate format may be authorized upon approval of the Contracting Officer


                                       1
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF0-01904

                                   Due Dates
                                   ---------

                                         Within x Calendar
Code          Event                       Days after event
- ----          -----                      -----------------
 A            As requested                 As specified
 M            End of calendar month             30
 O            Contract award                    30
 Q            End of calendar quarter           30
 X            Significant change                 5




                                       2
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF0-01904

List of

A.      Contracting Officer
        U.S. Department of Energy
        Rocky Flats Field Office
        10808 Highway 93, Unit A
        Golden. CO 80402-8200

B.      Assistant Manager for Closure Project management
        U.S. Department of Energy
        Rocky Flats Field Office
        108M Highway 93, Unit A
        Golden, CO 80402-8200

C.      Field Chief Financial Officer
        U.S. Department of Energy
        Rocky Flats Field Office
        10808 Highway 93, Unit A
        Golden, CO 80402-8200







                                       3
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF0-01904


                                   SECTION J

                                  ATTACHMENT G

                            AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENTS
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                  Building 991 Complex Authorization Agreement
                  --------------------------------------------

                Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-014 Revision 1

1.   Preamble
     The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the Building 991
     Complex Authorization Basis (AB), as approved by the Department of Energy
     (DOE), Rocky Flats Field Office (RFFO) and to authorize the performance of
     activities in accordance with the Building 991 Complex AB.

     Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (the Contractor) inherited from EG&G Rocky
     Flats, Inc., on July 1. 1995, aging facilities with existing hazards arid
     outdated or non-existent authorization basis documentation. It is
     recognized by the DOE, RFFO and the Contractor that on July 1, 1995, the
     following conditions existed regarding Building 991: (a) the hazards,
     design basis and construction detail knowledge of the system, structures
     and components were incomplete, and (b) a new AB was needed to support the
     new and current missions. The new AB was developed following appropriate
     guidance contained in DOE Orders 5480.22 Technical Safety Requirements
     (TSR) and DOE 5480.23 Nuclear Safety Analysis Reports (SAR) and DOE-STD-
     3011-94, Guidance for Preparation of DOE 5480.22 (TSR) and DOE 5480.23
     (SAR) Implementation Plans.

2.   Scope of Agreement

     This agreement authorizes the scope of activities identified and analyzed
     in the AB subject to the terms and conditions in section 5 below.

3.   Basis for Approval/Contractor Qualification

     3.1.   Based on the Review Report for the Building 991 Complex Final Safety
            Analysis Report (FSAR) dated May 5, 1999, with specified technical
            direction, the Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office
            concludes that the Building 991 Complex FSAR adequately documents
            the operating safety basis and contains a control set, that when
            implemented, provides reasonable assurance that the work activities
            described in the Building 991 Complex FSAR can be conducted by the
            Contractor without endangering the environment or the health and
            safety of the workers or public.

     3.2.   The Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office finds that there
            is reasonable assurance that the Contractor is technically qualified
            to engage in the activities authorized by this Authorization
            Agreement

4.   Authorization Basis

     4.1.   The effective Authorization Basis for the Building 991 Complex is
            those documents identified as applicable to the Building 991 Complex
            in the AB Document List (ABDL).

     4.2.   The DOE approved Building 991 Complex FSAR dated May 5. 1999, shall
            be completely implemented, meeting the conditions of subsections 5.4
            and 5.5, on or before October 28, 1999. The ABDL shall then be
            modified to reflect this change.


                                  Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>

            Building 991 Complex Authorization Agreement - Continued
            --------------------------------------------------------

5.   Terms and Conditions

     5.1    Applicable federal and state law, including implementing
            regulations, and all contractual requirements regarding the Building
            991 Complex, except as further defined for safety and health in
            subsection 6.2 below, remain in force.

     5.2.   The Building 991 Complex AB Chapter 3 defines the specific Safety
            Management Program commitments under this Authorization Agreement
            which meet the applicable safety and health requirements of Section
            J, Attachment F, of contract #DE-AC34-95PX-00825. The Administrative
            Controls contained in the Building 991 Complex TSRs define the
            specific Safety Management Program elements that shall be
            implemented under this Authorization Agreement to support the
            Building 991 Complex safety analyses.

     5.3.   The AB including the TSRs will be kept current by The Contractor
            through performance of an annual review. As appropriate, changes to
            or additional controls that may be needed to safely perform planned
            activities will be developed. evaluated and implemented by the
            Nuclear Safety Program in accordance with-the Site Integrated Safety
            Management System. This change control process shall manage the
            configuration of the AB to include timely update and dissemination
            of the AB Document List to reflect DOE, RFFO approved AB documents.

     5.4.   The RFFO has accepted the strategy for implementation of the
            Building 991 complex FSAR. The Contractor will approve an
            implementation plan (IP) to achieve compliance with the controls and
            commitments of the FSAR. The Contractor shall provide written
            notification to RFFO of any substantive changes to the IP. This
            notification shall include the basis for the change and any
            appropriate recovery actions.

     5.5.   The Contractor will ensure completion of an Implementation
            Validation Review prior to implementation of new controls under the
            Building 991 Complex FSAR.

6.   Special Conditions
     None

7.   Effective and Expiration Dates of Agreement
     This Authorization Agreement is effective as of the date of the last
     signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of contract
     #DE-AC34-95RFO0825, unless modified in writing by both parties

8.   Agreement

For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card       9/1/99              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  9/2/99
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager

                                  Page 2 of 2
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                      Building 774 Authorization Agreement
                      ------------------------------------

                     Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-015

1.     Preamble
       The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the Building 774
       Authorization Basis (AB) as approved by the Department of Energy (DOE),
       Rocky Flats Field Office (RFFO) and to authorize the performance of
       activities in Building 774 in accordance with Building 774 AB.

       Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (the Contractor) inherited from EG&G Rocky
       Flats, Inc., on July 1, 1995, aging facilities with existing hazards and
       outdated or non-existent authorization basis documentation. It is
       recognized by the DOE, RFFO and the Contractor that on July 1, 1995, the
       following conditions existed regarding Building 774: (a) Building 774 was
       over 40 years old and had aged and degraded structural and system
       deficiencies from its original intended design capability, (b) there was
       an incomplete knowledge regarding its design and condition of systems and
       components due to less than adequate configuration control, (c) some
       building systems and components had exceeded their original design life,
       and (d) there was incomplete reliable/available data on building systems.

2.     Authorization Scope
       This agreement authorizes the scope of activities identified and analyzed
       in the AB subject to the terms and conditions in section 5 below.

3.     Basis for Approval/Contractor Qualification
       3.1.   Based on the review of the Building 774 Final Safety Analysis
              Report (FSAR) and RFF0 reviews of documents listed In the AB
              Document List (ABDL) for Building 774. the DOE, RFFO concludes
              that the Building 774 AB adequately documents the operating safety
              basis and contains a control set that, when implemented, provides
              reasonable assurance that the work activities described in the
              Building 774 AB can be conducted by the Contractor without
              endangering the environment or the health and safety of the
              workers or public

       3.2.   The DOE, RFFO finds that there is reasonable assurance that the
              contractor is technically qualified to engage in the activities
              authorized by this Authorization Agreement.

4.     Authorization Basis
       The effective Authorization Basis for the Building 774 is those documents
       identified as applicable to the Building 774 in the ABDL.


                                  Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>

                  Building 774 Authorization Agreement (Continued)
                  ------------------------------------------------

5.     Terms and Conditions
       5.1.  Applicable federal and state law, including implementing
             regulations, and all contractual requirements regarding the
             Building 774, except as further defined for safety and health in
             subsection 5.2 below, remain in force.

       5.2.  The Building 774 FSAR, Chapters 9 through 14 define the Safety
             Management Program commitments under this Authorization Agreement
             which meet the applicable safety and health requirements of
             Section J, Attachment F, of contract #DE-AC34-95RF00825. The
             Administrative Controls contained in the Building 774 Operational
             Safety Requirements (OSRs) define the specific, credited
             programmatic elements that shall be implemented under this
             Authorization Agreement to support the Building 774 safety
             analyses.

       5.3.  The AB, including the OSRs, will be kept current by the Contractor
             through the performance of an annual review. As appropriate,
             changes to or additional controls that may be needed to safely
             perform planned activities will be developed, evaluated and
             implemented by the Nuclear Safety Program in accordance with the
             Site Integrated Safety Management System. This change control
             process shall manage the configuration of the AB to include timely
             update of the AB Document List to reflect DOE, RFFO approved AB
             documents.

6.     Special Conditions
       None

7.     Effective and Expiration Dates of Agreement
       This Authorization Agreement is effective as of the date of the last
       signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of contract
       #DE-AC34-95RFO0825, unless modified in writing by both parties

8.     Agreement


For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card      8/31/99              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  8/31/99
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager


                                  Page 2 of 2
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                     750/904 Pads Authorization Agreement
                     ------------------------------------

                     Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-013

1.     Preamble
       The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the 750/904 Pads
       Authorization Basis (AB), and to authorize the performance of activities
       in the 750/904 Pads as analyzed in the AB.

       Kaiser-Hill Company L. L. C. (Kaiser-Hill) inherited from EG&G Rocky
       Flats, Inc., on July 1, 1995, aging facilities with existing hazards and
       outdated or non-existent authorization basis documentation. It is
       recognized by the Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office (RFFO)
       and Kaiser-Hill that on July 1, 1995, the following conditions existed
       regarding the 750/904 Pads: (a) there was an absence of complete
       knowledge regarding Its design basis, systems and components due to less
       than adequate configuration control, (b) the facility required
       modifications to meet the requirements of its future mission and (e) the
       facility lacked an authorization basis for the current mission. As a
       result of the revised mission to store additional waste types, the Final
       Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) was revised to incorporate new analyses and
       controls for this mission. This revision was developed following
       appropriate guidance contained in DOE Orders 5480.22 Technical Safety
       Requirements (TSR) and DOE 5480.23 Nuclear Safety Analysis Reports (SAR).

2.     Scope of this Agreement
       This agreement authorizes the scope of activities identified and analyzed
       in the AB subject to the terms and conditions in section 5 below.

3.     RFFO Basis for Approval/Contractor Qualification
       3.1.   Based on the 750/904 Pads Safety Evaluation Report dated September
              27, 1995 and revisions up to and including April 5, 1999, the
              Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office concludes that the
              amended FSAR adequately documents the operating safety basis and
              contains a control set which when implemented, will provide
              reasonable assurance that the work activities described in the
              FSAR can be conducted by the contractor without endangering the
              environment or the health and safety of the workers or public.

       3.2.   The Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office finds that
              there is reasonable assurance that the contractor is technically
              qualified to engage in the activities authorized by this
              Authorization Agreement.

4.     Authorization Basis
       The effective Authorization Basis for 750/904 Pads is those documents
       identified as applicable to 750/904 Pads in the AB Document List (ABDL).


                                  Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>

                750/904 Pads Authorization Agreement (Continued)
                ------------------------------------------------

5.     Terms and Conditions
       5.1.  Applicable federal and state law, including implementing
             regulations, and all contractual requirements regarding 750/904
             Pads; except as set out in section 5.2 below, remain in force.

       5.2.  The 750/904 Pads FSAR Chapter 5 describes the Safety Management
             Program commitments under this Authorization Agreement which meet
             the applicable safety and health requirements of Section J,
             Attachment F, of contract #DE-AC34-95RF00825. The Administrative
             Controls contained in the 750/904 Pads Technical Safety
             Requirements (TSRs) define the specific, credited programmatic
             elements that shall be implemented under this Authorization
             Agreement to support the 750/904 Pads safety analyses.

       5.3.  The AB, including the TSRs, will be kept current by Kaiser-Hill
             including the performance of an annual review. As appropriate,
             changes to or additional controls that may be needed to safely
             perform planned activities will be developed. evaluated and
             implemented by the Nuclear Safety Program in accordance with the
             Site Integrated Safety Management System. This change control
             process shall manage the configuration of the 750/904 Pads AB to
             Include timely update of the AB Document List to reflect RFFO
             approved AB Documents.

6.     Special Conditions
       None

7.     Effective and Expiration Dates
       This Authorization Agreement is effective as of the date of the last
       signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of contract
       #DE-AC34-95RF00825, unless modified in writing by both parties.

8.     Agreement


For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card      4/13/99              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  4/28/99
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager

                                  Page 2 of 2
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                      Building 664 Authorization Agreement
                      ------------------------------------

                     Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-007

1.     Preamble
       The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the Building 664
       Authorization Basis (AB) as approved by the Department of Energy (DOE),
       Rocky Flats Field Office (RFFO) and to authorize the performance of
       activities in Building 664 in accordance with Building 664 AB.

       Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (the Contractor) inherited from EG&G Rocky
       Flats, Inc., on July 1, 1995, aging facilities with existing hazards and
       outdated or non-existent authorization basis documentation. It is
       recognized by the DOE, RFFO and the Contractor that on July 1, 1995, the
       following conditions existed regarding Building 664: (a) the hazards,
       design basis and construction detail knowledge of the systems, structures
       and components were incomplete, and (b) a new AB was needed to support
       the new and current missions. The new AB was developed following
       appropriate guidance contained in DOE Orders 5480.22 Technical Safety
       Requirements (TSR) and DOE 5480.23 Nuclear Safety Analysis Reports (SAR)

2.     Authorization Scope
       This agreement authorizes the scope of activities identified and analyzed
       in the AB subject to the terms and conditions in section 5 below.

3.     Basis for Approval/Contractor Qualification
       3.1.  Based on the Building 664 Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)
             Safety Evaluation Report approved on August 3,1995, the DOE, RFFO
             concludes that the Building 664 FSAR adequately documents the
             operating safety basis and contains a control set, that when
             implemented, provides reasonable assurance that the work activities
             described in the Building 664 FSAR can be conducted by the
             Contractor without endangering the environment or the health and
             safety of the workers or public.

       3.2.  The DOE, RFFO finds that there is reasonable assurance that the
             contractor is technically qualified to engage in the activities
             authorized by this Authorization Agreement.

4.     Authorization Basis
       The effective Authorization Basis for the Building 664 is those documents
       identified as applicable to the Building 664 in the AB Document List
       (ABDL).

5.     Terms and Conditions
       5.1.  Applicable federal and state law, including implementing
             regulations, and all contractual requirements regarding the
             Building 664, except as further defined for safety and health in
             subsection 5.2 below, remain in force.


                                  Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>

                Building 664 Authorization Agreement (Continued)
                ------------------------------------------------

       5.2.  The Building 664 FSAR defines the Safety Management Program
             commitments under this Authorization Agreement which meet the
             applicable safety and health requirements of Section J, Attachment
             F, of contract #DE-AC34-95RFO0825. The Administrative Controls
             contained in the Building 664 TSRs define the specific, credited
             programmatic elements that shall be implemented under this
             Authorization Agreement to support the Building 664 safety
             analyses.

       5.3.  The AB, including the TSRs, will be kept current by the Contractor
             through the performance of an annual review. As appropriate,
             changes to or additional controls that may be needed to safely
             perform planned activities will be developed, evaluated and
             Implemented by the Nuclear Safety Program in accordance with the
             Site Integrated Safety Management System. This change control
             process shall manage the configuration of the AB to include timely
             update of the AB Document List to reflect DOE, RFFO approved AB
             documents.

6.    Special Conditions
      None

7.    Effective and Expiration Dates of Agreement This Authorization Agreement
      is effective as of the date of the last signature below and shall remain
      in effect through the life of contract #DE-AC34-95RFO0825, unless modified
      in writing by both parties

8.   Agreement


For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card      6/23/99              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  7/13/99
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager


                                  Page 2 of 2
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                      Building 569 Authorization Agreement
                      ------------------------------------

                     Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-008


1.     Preamble
       The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the Building 569
       Basis for Interim Operation (BIO), and to authorize the performance of
       activities in Building 569 as analyzed in the BIO.

       Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (Kaiser-Hill) inherited from EG&G Rocky Flats,
       Inc., on July 1, 1995, aging facilities with existing hazards and
       outdated or non-existent authorization basis documentation. It is
       recognized by the Department of Energy Rocky Flats Field Office (RFFO)
       and Kaiser-Hill that on July 1, 1995, to following conditions existed
       regarding Building 569: (a) there was an absence of complete knowledge
       regarding Its design basis, systems and components due to less than
       adequate configuration control, (b) the building required modifications
       to meet the requirements of its future mission and (c) the building
       lacked a formal authorization basis for operation. Based upon these
       conditions a new authorization basis document the BIO, was developed to
       meet DOE Standard 3011, Guidance for Preparation of DOE 5480.22 (TSR) and
       DOE 5480.23 (SAR) Implementation Plans, and is the focus of this
       agreement.

2.     Scope of this Agreement
       This agreement covers the scope of activities identified and analyzed in
       the BIO.

3.     RFF0 Basis for Approval/Contractor Qualification
       3.1   Based on the Building 569 Review Report with specified conditions,
             The Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office concludes that
             the BIO adequately documents the operating safety basis and
             contains a control set, which when implemented, will provide
             reasonable assurance that the work activities described in the BIO
             can be conducted by the contractor without endangering the
             environment or the health and safety of the workers or public.

       32.   The Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office finds that there
             is reasonable assurance that the contractor is technically
             qualified to engage in the activities authorized by this
             Authorization Agreement

4.     Authorization Basis
       4.1.   The Authorization Basis (AB) for Building 569 is the DOE approved
              BIO dated December 22,1997, the associated RFFO Review Report with
              specified conditions dated February 18, 1998 and the Justification
              for audibility deficiencies. The AB list for Building 569 will be
              maintained current by the contractor in accordance with the
              Nuclear Safety Manual as new activities or discovered conditions
              result in DOE RFFO approved changes to the AB.

        4.2.  The BIO, when completely implemented, supersedes all previous
              authorization basis documents for Building 569.


                                  Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>

5.     Terms and Conditions
       5.1.  Applicable federal and state law, including implementing
             regulations, and all contractual requirements regarding Building
             569, except as set out in section 52 below, remain in force.

       5.2.  The safety management controls contained in the Building 569
             Technical Safety Requirements (TSRs) adequately define the extent
             to which the Safety Management Programs shall be implemented under
             this Authorization Agreement to meet the applicable requirements of
             Section J, Attachment F, of contract #DE-AC34-95RF00825.

       5.3.  Building 569 operations are authorized to be accomplished in
             accordance with the scope, applicable requirements and control set
             of the BIO.

       5.4.  The BIO, including the TSRs, will be kept current by Kaiser-Hill
             including the performance of an annual review. As appropriate,
             changes to or additional controls that may be needed to safely
             perform planned activities will be developed, evaluated and
             Implemented by the Nuclear Safety Program in accordance with the
             Site Integrated Safety Management System. This change control
             process shall manage the configuration of Building 569 AB to
             include timely update of the list to reflect RFFO approved changes
             (e.g., page changes, USQ determinations, JCOs).

       5.5.  Kaiser-Hill will approve an implementation plan (IP) to achieve
             full compliance with the TSRs. Provisional operation Is authorized
             while Implementing the now TSRs. Installation, calibration and
             demonstration of readiness of the Passive-Active Drum Counter
             (PADC) and Low Specific Activity Counter (LOSAC) under the approved
             IP are authorized. Kaiser-Hill will riot authorize operation of the
             PA/DC until the completion of a satisfactory Management Review to
             verify the safe operation of that equipment. Full compliance with
             the TSRs will be achieved by April 20, 1998. Termination of other
             authorized operations is not required if the implementation and
             review of the new controls is not achieved by this date.

       5.6.  Kaiser-Hill will ensure completion of an Implementation Validation
             Review prior to implementation of new controls under the BIO. RFFO
             will perform an independent verification of the Implementation.

6.     Special Conditions
       None

7.     Effective and Expiration Dates
       This Authorization Agreement is effective as of the date of the last
       signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of contract
       #DE-AC34-95RF00825, unless modified in writing by both parties

8.     Agreement


For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card                           /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  3/24/98
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager


                                  Page 2 of 2
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                      Building 559 Authorization Agreement
                      ------------------------------------

                     Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-006

1      Preamble
       The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the Building 559
       Authorization Basis, hereinafter referred to as the AS, as approved by
       the Department of Energy (DOE), Rocky Flats Field Office (RFFO), and to
       authorize the performance of activities in Building 559 in accordance
       with the Building 559 AB.

       Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (Kaiser-Hill) inherited from EG&G Rocky Flats,
       Inc., on July 1, 1995, aging facilities with existing hazards and
       outdated or non-exisistent authorization basis documentation. It is
       recognized by the DOE RFFO and Kaiser-Hill that on July 1, 1995, the
       following conditions existed regarding Building 559: the design basis and
       construction detail knowledge of the systems, structures and components
       were incomplete.

2.     Authorization Scope
       This agreement authorizes the scope of activities identified and analyzed
       in the AB subject to the terms and conditions in section 5.

3.     RFFO Basis for Approval/Contractor Qualification
       3.1.   Based on the December 1, 1998, Review Report findings and
              technical direction, The DOE RFFO concludes that the AB adequately
              documents the operating safety basis and contains a control set
              that when implemented provides reasonable assurance that the work
              activities described in the AB can be conducted by the contractor
              without endangering the environment or the health and safety of
              the workers or public.

       3.2.   The DOE RFFO finds that there is reasonable assurance that the
              contractor is technically qualified to engage in the activities
              authorized by this Authorization Agreement.

4.     Authorization Basis
       4.1.   The effective Authorization Basis for Building 559 is those
              documents identified as applicable to Building 559 in the AB
              Document List (ABDL).

       4.2.   The DOE approved Building 559 AB, shall be implemented, meeting
              the conditions of subsections 5.4 and 5.5, on or before March 19,
              1999. The ABDL shall then be modified to reflect this change.

5.     Terms and Conditions
       5.1.  Applicable federal and state law, including implementing
             regulations, and all contractual requirements, except as further
             defined for safety and health in subsection 5.2 below, remain in
             force.


                                  Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>

                Building 559 Authorization Agreement (Continued)
                ------------------------------------------------

       5.2.  The Building 559 FSAR Chapter 9 defines the Safety Management
             Program commitments under this Authorization Agreement which meet
             the applicable safety and health requirements of Section J,
             Attachment F, of contract #DE-AC34-95RF00825. The Administrative
             Controls contained in the Building 559 Technical Safety
             Requirements (TSRs) define the specific Safety Management Program
             elements that shall be implemented under this Authorization
             Agreement to support the Building 559 safety analyses.

       5.3.  The AB, including the TSRs, will be kept current by Kaiser-Hill
             Including the performance of an annual review. As appropriate,
             changes to or additional controls that may be needed to safely
             perform planned activities will be developed, evaluated and
             implemented by the Nuclear Safety Program in accordance with the
             Site Integrated Safety Management System. This change control
             process shall manage the configuration of the AB to include timely
             update and dissemination of the AB Document List for Building 559
             to reflect the DOE RFFO approved changes.

       5.4.  The DOE RFFO has accepted the strategy for implementation of the
             Building 559 AB. Kaiser-Hill will approve an implementation plan to
             achieve compliance with the TSRs by March 19, 1999. Subsequent to
             the Fire Suppression System modification, the associated TSRs will
             be implemented and reviewed by May 31, 1999. Written notification
             to the DOE RFFO shall be made for any substantive changes to the
             IP, reporting the basis for the change and any appropriate recovery
             actions to the DOE RFFO.

       5.5.  Kaiser-Hill will ensure completion of an Implementation Validation
             Review prior to implementation of these new controls under the
             Building 559 AB.

6.     Special Conditions
       None

7.     Effective and Expiration Dates
       This Authorization Agreement is effective as of the date of the last
       signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of contract
       #DE-AC34-95RF00826, unless modified in writing by both parties

8.     Agreement


For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card       3/8/99              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  3/17/99
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager


                                  Page 2 of 2
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                      Building 440 Authorization Agreement
                      ------------------------------------

                Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-002 Revision 1

Preamble
- --------

The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the Building 440 Basis
For Operations and its Review Report, hereinafter referred to as the BFO, and to
authorize the performance of activities in Building 440 which are analyzed in
the Building 440 BFO.

Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (Kaiser-Hill) inherited from EG&G Rocky Flats, Inc.
(EG&G), on July 1, 1995 aging facilities with existing hazards and outdated
authorization basis documentation. It is recognized by the Department of Energy,
Rocky Flats Field Office (RFFO) and Kaiser-Hill that on July 1, 1995, the
following conditions existed regarding Building 440: (a) there was an absence of
complete knowledge regarding its design basis, systems and components due to
less than adequate configuration control, (b) the building required
modifications to meet the requirements of its future mission. Based upon these
conditions a new authorization basis document, the Building 440 BFO, was
developed using DOE Manual DOE-M-450.3-1, The Department of Energy Closure
Process for Necessary and Sufficient Set of Standards and is the focus of this
agreement.

Agreement
- ---------

With respect to Building 440, the Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office
and KaiserHill agree as follows:

A.   All Building 440 operations, including mission program and baseline work
     activities will be accomplished in accordance with the applicable
     requirements and control set in the Building 440 BFO.

B.   Except as set out in paragraph C., applicable federal and state law,
     including implementing regulations, and all contractual requirements
     regarding Building 440 remain in force.

C.   The Building 440 BFO Subsection 4.6.3, Administrative Programs, defines the
     Safety Management Program commitments under this Authorization Agreement
     which meet the applicable safety and health requirements of Section J,
     Attachment F, of contract #DE-AC34-95RF00825. The Administrative
     Operational Controls contained in the Building 440 BFO Subsection 4.62,
     define the specific Safety Management Program controls that shall be
     implemented under this Authorization Agreement to support the Building 440
     safety analyses.

D.   The Building 440 BFO, when completely implemented, supersedes all previous
     authorization basis documents for Building 440.


                                   - 1 of 2 -
<PAGE>

               Building 440 Authorization Agreement (continued)
               ------------------------------------------------

E.   (Deleted by Revision 1)

F.   The Building 440 BFO Operational Controls will be kept current by
     Kaiser-Hill including the performance of an annual review. The change
     control process indentified in the Building 440 BFO shall be used to add
     new activities or to make changes (such as changes in activity
     descriptions, status, related control sets or additional hazards analysis)
     to existing activities identified in the Building 440 BFO.

G.   (Deleted by Revision 1)

H.   The Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office concludes that the
     Building 440 BFO adequately documents the operating safety basis and
     contains a control set that if fully implemented, will provide reasonable
     assurance that the work activities described in the BFO can be conducted
     without endangering the environment or the health and safety of the workers
     or public.

I.   This Authorization Agreement is effective as of the date of the last
     signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of contract
     #DE-AC34-95RF00M, unless modified in writing by both parties


For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card      1/25/99              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson   2/2/99
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager


                                   - 2of 2 -
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                Building 371/374 Complex Authorization Agreement
                ------------------------------------------------

                                         Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-005
                                                                   Page 1 of 3

Preamble
- --------

The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the Building 371/374
Complex Authorization Basis, hereinafter referred to as the AB, and to authorize
the performance of activities in the Complex which are enveloped by the analysis
in the AB.

On July 1, 1995 Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (Kaiser-Hill) became the integrating
management contractor replacing EG&G Rocky Flats, Inc. It is recognized by
Kaiser-Hill and DOE-RFFO that (a) Building 371/374 Complex facilities were over
20 years old and had system deficiencies from its original intended design
capability, (b) there was incomplete knowledge and limited reliable/retrievable
data regarding its systems and components, (c) some Complex systems and
components required priority upgrades to perform the interim storage mission in
accordance with the Implementation Program Plan for DNFSB Recommendation 94-3,
(d) the planned Complex mission differs from its original design purpose, and
(e) additional upgrades were expected to result from the preparation of a new
authorization basis document. Based upon these conditions a now authorization
basis document, the Building 371/374 Complex Basis for Interim Operation (BIO),
was developed using DOE Standard 3011, Guidance for the Preparation of DOE
5408.22 (TSR) and DOE 5480.23 (SAR) implementation Plans and DOE Standard 3009,
Preparation Guide for the U. S. Department of Energy Nonreactor Nuclear Facility
Safety Analysis Reports, and is the focus of this agreement.

Agreement
- ---------

With respect to Building 371/374 Complex, the Department of Energy, Rocky Flats
Field Office and Kaiser-Hill agree as follows:

A.   All BIO activities and operations conducted in the Complex will be
     accomplished in accordance with the applicable control set requirements
     established in the AB. These control set requirements have been
     demonstrated to be adequate to perform the general and current operations
     enveloped by the analysis in the AB. During the course of BIO
     implementation, any additional controls and technical safety requirements
     (TSRS) that may be needed to safely perform planned activities will be
     developed and evaluated in accordance with the Activity Control and Nuclear
     Safety programs described in the AB.
<PAGE>

                                                              Building 371/374
                                         Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-005
                                                                   Page 2 of 3

B.    The AB contains a graded set of requirements consistent with the
      requirements in DOE Order 5480.23. The requirements are suitable for
      implementing Integrated Safety Management for the 371/374 Complex and its
      planned mission, including storage of special nuclear material until 2002.
      System Evaluation Reports support the BIO and document the means of
      assuring compliance with the functional requirements of Complex safety
      systems, structures, aid components. Adherence to these requirements is
      required by the TSRs. Information copies of changes to the Building
      371/374 Complex System Evaluation Report, Section 4.0. 5.0, and 8.0 shall
      be provided to DOE, RFFO.

C.    Applicable federal and state law, including implementing regulations, and
      all contractual requirements regarding the Building 371/374 Complex remain
      in force. The safety management controls in Site Program Plans as
      referenced in Chapter 3 of the BIO, will enhance the ability of
      Kaiser-Hill to meet the safety management requirements contained in the
      Orders and Directives listed in Section J, Attachment F, of contract
      #DE-AC34-95RF00825:

D.    The Building 371/374 Complex BIO supersedes previous authorization basis
      documents for the Complex. Existing Unreviewed Safety Question
      Determinations (USQDs) were reviewed to determine the valid compensatory
      measures which must be In place to meet the requirements of the proposed
      control set and incorporated. Open USQDs and those which may be generated
      during implementation of the BID will be addressed in updates to the AB,
      as necessary.

E.    Building 371/374 Complex TSRs and controls will be kept current by,
      Kaiser-Hill  including the performance of an annual review.  The
      Kaiser-Hill evaluation processes (e.g., the USQDs and USQ screens) shall
      be used to add new activities or to make changes to existing activities
      identified in the AB.

F.    Controls in the AB will be implemented in a phased manner as described in
      the BIO Implementation Plan (IP). An Information copy of any changes to
      the BIO IP shall be provided to DOE, RFFO. The AB for BIO activities will
      be unambiguous at any stage during the phased implementation. For each
      phase, a readiness determination will be performed in accordance with
      established Site protocol which implements DOE Order 425.1, Startup and
      Restart of Nuclear Facilities. As of August 1, 1998, the BIO will be the
      AB of record for all activities conducted in the Building 371/374 Complex.
<PAGE>

                                                              Building 371/374
                                         Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-005
                                                                   Page 3 of 3


G.   The Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office and Kaiser-Hill conclude
     that the Building 371/374 Complex BIO adequately documents the operating
     safety basis and contains controls (TSRs), that when fully implemented,
     will provide reasonable assurance that the work activities described in the
     AB can be conducted without endangering the environment or the health and
     safety of the workers or public. The BIO Review Report developed by the
     RFFO BIO Review Team using DOE-STD-1104, Review and Approval of Final
     Safety Analysis Reports, documents the technical bases for RFFO approval of
     the BIO and TSRs.

H.   The Building 371 Safeguards and Security Plan provides specific direction
     for related activities and operations in Building 371.

I.   This Authorization Agreement is effective for implementation as of the date
     of the last signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of
     contract #DE-AC34-95RF00825, unless extended in writing by both parties.


For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card       9/8/97              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  9/11/97
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                Building 776/777 Complex Authorization Agreement
                ------------------------------------------------

                Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-012 Revision 1

1.  Preamble
    The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the Building 776/777
    Complex Authorization Basis (AB), and to authorize the performance of
    activities in the Building 776/777 Complex as analyzed in the AB.

    Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (the Contractor) Inherited from EG&G Rocky Flats,
    Inc., on July 1, 1995, aging facilities with existing hazards and outdated
    or non-existent authorization basis documentation. It is recognized by the
    Department of Energy (DOE), Rocky Flats Field Office (RFFO) and the
    Contractor that on July 1, 1995, the following conditions existed regarding
    the Building 776/777 Complex: (a) the Complex was nearly 40 years old and
    had aged and degraded structural and system deficiencies from its original
    intended design capability, including some systems and components that had
    exceeded their original design life, (b) there was an absence of complete
    knowledge regarding its design basis, systems, components and structure due
    to less than adequate configuration control, further complicated by the 1969
    fire, (c) the complex required modifications to most the requirements of its
    future mission, and (d) the complex lacked an accurate authorization basis
    for the current mission. Based upon these conditions a new authorization
    basis document, the Basis for Interim Operation (BIO), was developed to meet
    DOE Standard 3011, Guidance for Preparation of DOE 5480.22 (TSR) and DOE
    5480.23 (SAR) Implementation Plans.

2.  Scope of this Agreement
    This agreement authorizes those activities identified and analyzed in the AB
    subject to the terms and conditions in Section 5 below.

3.  RFFO Basis for Approval/Contractor Qualification
    3.1. Sued on the Building 776/777 Complex Review Report dated March 15,
         1999, and addenda dated June 16, 1999 and July 1, 1999 with specified
         conditions, the DOE, RFFO concludes that the BIO adequately documents
         the operating safety basis and contains a control set which when
         implemented, will provide reasonable assurance that the work activities
         described in the BIO can be conducted by the Contractor without
         endangering the environment or the health and safety of the workers or
         public.

    3.2. The DOE, RFFO Finds that there is reasonable assurance that the
         Contractor is technically qualified to engage in the activities
         authorized by this Authorization Agreement.

4.  Authorization Basis
    4.1. The effective Authorization Basis for the Building 776/777 Complex is
         those documents identified as applicable to the Building 776/777
         Complex in the AB Document List (ABDL).

    4.2. The DOE approved Building 776/777 Complex BIO, Revision 2, shall be
         completely implemented, meeting the conditions of subsections 5.4 and
         5.5 on or before October 18, 1999. The ABDL shall then be modified to
         reflect this change.

                                  Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>

          Building 776/777 Complex Authorization Agreement (Continued)

5.  Terms and Conditions
    5.1. Applicable federal and state law, including implementing regulations,
         and all contractual requirements regarding the Building 776/777
         Complex, except as set out in section 5.2 below, remain in force.

    5.2. The Building 776/777 Complex BIO, Chapter 3 defines the Safety
         Management Program commitments under this Authorization Agreement which
         meet the applicable safety and health requirements of Section J.
         Attachment F, of contract #DE-AC34-95RFO0825. The Administrative
         Controls contained in the Building 776/777 Complex Technical Safety
         Requirements (TSRs) define the specific, credited programmatic elements
         that shall be implemented under this Authorization Agreement to support
         the Building 776/777 Complex safety analyses.

    5.3. The AB, including the TSRs, will be kept current by the Contractor
         including the performance of an annual review. As appropriate, changes
         to or additional controls that may be needed to safely perform planned
         activities will be developed, evaluated and implemented by the Nuclear
         Safety Program in accordance with the Site Integrated Safety Management
         System. This change control process shall manage the configuration of
         the Building 776/777 Complex AB to include timely update of the AB
         Document List to reflect RFFO approved changes.

    5.4. The RFFO has accepted the strategy for implementation of the Building
         776/777 Complex BIO. The Contractor will approve an implementation plan
         (IP) to achieve full compliance with the TSRs. The Contractor shall
         provide written notification to RFFO of any substantive changes to the
         IP. This notification shall include the basis for the change and any
         appropriate recovery actions.

    5.5. The Contractor will ensure the completion of an Implementation
         Validation Review prior to implementation of these now controls under
         the Building 776/777 Complex BIO.

6.  Special Conditions
    None

7.  Effective and Expiration Dates
    This Authorization Agreement is effective as of the date of the last
    signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of contract
    #DE-AC34-95RFO0825, unless modified in writing by both parties.

S.  Agreement


For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card      8/23/99              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  8/25/99
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager

                                  Page 2 of 2
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                      Building 771 Authorization Agreement
                      ------------------------------------

                Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-003 Revision 2

Preamble
- --------

The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the Building 771 Basis
For Operations and its Review Report, hereinafter referred to as the BFO, and to
authorize the performance of activities in Building 771 which are analyzed in
the Building 771 BFO.

Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (Kaiser-Hill) inherited from EG&G Rocky Flats, Inc,
(EG&G), on July 1, 1995, aging facilities with existing hazards and outdated
authorization basis documentation. It is recognized by Kaiser-Hill and DOE-RFFO
that on July 1, 1995; the following conditions existed regarding Building 771:
(a) Building 771 was over 40 years old and had aged and degraded structural and
system deficiencies from its original intended design capability, (b) there was
an incomplete knowledge regarding its systems and components due to less than
adequate configuration control, (e) some building systems and components had
exceeded their original design life, (d) there was incomplete reliable/available
data on building systems, and (e) remaining and planned activities were limited
to maintaining safe current operations and the building habitable, and those
hazard reduction activities leading to a deactivation and decommissioning ready
state. Based upon these conditions a new authorization basis document the
Building 771 BFO, was developed using DOE Manual DOE-M-450-3-1, The Department
of Energy Closure Process for Necessary and Sufficient Set of Standards and is
the focus of this agreement.

Agreement
- ---------

With respect to Building 771, the Department of Energy. Rocky Flats Field Office
and Kaiser-Hill agree as follows:

   A.   All Building 771 operations, including mission program and baseline work
        activities will be accomplished in accordance with the requirements and
        control set in the Building 771 BFO.

   B.   Applicable federal and state law, including implementing regulations,
        and all contractual requirements, except as set out in paragraph C.,
        regarding Building 771 remain in force.

   C.   The Building 771 BFO Chapter 5 describes the Safety Management Program
        commitments under this Authorization Agreement which meet the applicable
        safety and health requirements of Section J, Attachment F, of contract
        #DE-AC34-95RF00825. The Administrative Control Requirements contained in
        the Building 771 Technical Safety Requirements (TSRs) define the
        specific Safety Management Program controls that shall be implemented
        under this Authorization Agreement to support the Building 771 safety
        analyses.


                                   - 1 of 2 -
<PAGE>

                Building 771 Authorization Agreement (continued)
                ------------------------------------------------

D.      The Building 771 BFO, when completely implemented, supersedes all
        previous authorization basis documents for Building 771.

E.      The Building 771 Safeguards and Security Plan provides specific
        direction for related activities and operations in the Building 771.

F.      (Deleted by Revision 2)

G.      The Building 771 BFO TSRs will be kept current by Kaiser-Hill including
        the performance of an annual review. The change control process
        Identified in the Building 771 BFO shall be used to add now activities
        or to make changes (such as changes In activity descriptions, deletion
        of activities, addition of now activities, status, related control sets
        or additional hazards analysis) to existing activities identified in the
        Building 771 BFO.

H.      (Deleted by Revision 2)

I.      The Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office concludes that the
        Building 771 BFO adequately documents the operating safety basis and
        contains a control set that if fully implemented, will provide
        reasonable assurance that the work activities described in the BFO can
        be conducted without endangering the environment or the health and
        safety of the workers or public.

J.      This Authorization Agreement is effective as of the date of the last
        signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of contract
        #DE-AC34-95RFOO825, unless modified in writing by both parties.



For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card      1/28/99              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  2/2/99
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager

                                   - 2 of 2 -
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                      779 Cluster Authorization Agreement
                      -----------------------------------

                     Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-009

1.     Preamble
       The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the 779 Cluster
       Authorization Basis, hereinafter referred to as the AB, as approved by
       the Department of Energy (DOE), Rocky Flats Field Office (RFFO), and to
       authorize the performance of activities in the 779 Cluster in accordance
       with the 779 Cluster AB.

       Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (Kaiser-Hill) inherited from EG&G Rocky Flats,
       Inc., on July 1. 1995, aging facilities with existing hazards and
       outdated or non-existent authorization basis documentation. It is
       recognized by the DOE, RFFO and Kaiser-Hill that on July 1, 1995, the
       following conditions existed regarding the 779 Cluster (a) the hazards,
       design basis and construction detail knowledge of the systems, structures
       and components were incomplete, and (b) a new AB was needed to support
       the new and current missions. The new AB was developed following
       appropriate guidance contained in DOE Standard 3011, Guidance for
       Preparation of DOE 5480.22 (TSR) and DOE 5480.23(SAR)Implementation
       Plans.

2.     Authorization Scope
       This agreement authorizes the scope of activities identified and analyzed
       in the AB with the terms and conditions in section 5.

3.     Basis for Approval/Contractor Qualification
       3.1.  Based on the Review Report for the 779 Cluster Basis for Interim
             Operation (BIO) dated April 28, 1998, with specified technical
             direction, the Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office
             concludes that the 779 Cluster BIO adequately documents the
             operating safety basis and contains a control set that when
             implemented, provides reasonable assurance that the work activities
             described in the 779 Cluster BIO can be conducted by the contractor
             without endangering the environment or the health and safety of the
             workers or public.

       3.2.  The Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office finds that there
             is reasonable assurance that the contractor is technically
             qualified to engage in the activities authorized by this
             Authorization Agreement.

4.     Authorization Basis
       4.1.   The effective Authorization Basis for the 779 Cluster is those
              documents identified as applicable to the 779 Cluster in the AB
              Document List (ABDL).

       4.2.   The DOE approved 779 Cluster BIO dated April 28, 1998, shall be
              completely implemented, meeting the conditions of subsections 5.4
              and 5.5, on or before August 18, 1998. The ABDL shall then be
              modified to reflect this change.

5.     Terms and Conditions
       5.1.   Applicable federal and state law, including implementing
              regulations, and all contractual requirements regarding the 779
              Cluster, except as set out in subsection 5.2 below, remain in
              force.


                                  Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>

       5.2.   The Administrative Controls contained in the 779 Cluster TSRs
              define the specific Safety Management Program elements that shall
              be implemented under this Authorization Agreement to meet the
              applicable requirements of Section J, Attachment F, of contract
              #DE-AC34-95RF00825. The 779 Cluster BIO Section 1.5 and Chapter 4
              further define what the balance of the Safety Management Programs
              commitments are under this Authorization Agreement.

       5.3.   The AB, including the TSRs, will be kept current by K-H through
              editorial revision within three months of the change (to reflect
              corrections or Unreviewed Safety Question Determination driven
              changes) in lieu of an annual review. As appropriate, changes to
              or additional controls that may be needed to safety perform
              planned activities will be developed, evaluated and implemented by
              the Nuclear Safety Program in accordance with the Site integrated
              Safety Management System. This change control process shall
              manage the configuration of the AB to include timely update and
              dissemination of the AB Document List to reflect RFFO approved
              changes.

       5.4.   The RFFO has accepted the strategy for implementation of the 779
              Cluster AB. Kaiser-Hill will approve an implementation plan (IP)
              to achieve full compliance with the TSRs. Written notification to
              RFFO shall be made for any substantive changes to the IP,
              reporting the basis for the change and any appropriate recovery
              actions to the RFFO.

       5.5.   Kaiser-Hill will ensure completion of an Implementation Validation
              Review prior to implementation of new controls under the 779
              Cluster BIO.

6.     Special Conditions
       6.1.   Controls will be eliminated commensurate with a reduction in
              hazards and managed per the Nuclear Safety Program.

       6.2.   Operations are subject to the provisions of the Decommissioning
              Operating Plan, RF/RMRS-97-085.UN, Revision 0, Rocky Mountain
              Remediation Services, L.L.C., February 6, 1998, or approved
              revision.

7.     Effective and Expiration Dates of Agreement
       This Authorization Agreement is effective as of the date of the last
       signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of contract
       #DE-AC34-95RF00825, unless modified in writing by both parties

8.     Agreement



For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card      7/22/98              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  7/21/98
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager


                                  Page 2 of 2
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                      Building 886 Authorization Agreement
                      ------------------------------------

                     Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-010

1.     Preamble
       The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the Building 886
       Authorization Basis, hereinafter referred to as the AB, as approved by
       the Department of Energy (DOE), Rocky Flats Field Office (RFFO) to
       authorize the performance of activities in Building 886 in accordance
       with Building 886 AB.

       Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (Kaiser-Hill) inherited from EG&G Rocky Flats,
       Inc., on July 1, 1995, aging facilities with existing hazards and
       outdated or non-existent authorization basis documentation. It is
       recognized by the DOE, RFFO and Kaiser-Hill that on July 1, 1995, the
       following conditions existed regarding Building 886: (a) the hazards,
       design basis and construction detail knowledge of the systems, structures
       and components were incomplete, and (b) a new AB was needed to support
       the new and current missions. The new AB was developed following
       appropriate guidance contained in DOE Standard 3011, Guidance for
       Preparation of DOE 5480.22 (TSR) and DOE 5480.23 (SAR) Implementation
       Plans, and DOE Orders 548,022 Technical Safety Requirements (TSR) and DOE
       5480.23 Nuclear Safety Analysis Reports (SAR).

2.     Authorization Scope
       This agreement authorizes the scope of activities identified and analyzed
       in the AB with the terms and conditions in section 5.

3.     Basis for Approval/Contractor Qualification,
       3.1.  Based on the Building 886 Basis for Interim Operation (BIO) Review
             Report approved October 10, 1995, and Addendum A approved April 9,
             1997, the Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office concludes
             that the Building 886 BIO adequately documents the operating safety
             basis and contains a control set, that when implemented, provides
             reasonable assurance that the work activities described in the
             Building 886 BIO can be conducted by the contractor without
             endangering the environment or the health and safety of the workers
             or public.

       3.2.  The Department of Energy, Rocky Flats Field Office finds that there
             is reasonable assurance that the contractor is technically
             qualified to engage in the activities authorized by this
             Authorization Agreement.

4.     Authorization Basis
       The effective Authorization Basis for the Building 886 is those documents
       identified as applicable to the Building 886 in the AB Document List
       (ABDL).

5.     Terms and Conditions
       5.1.  Applicable federal and state law, including implementing
             regulations, and all contractual requirements regarding Building
             886, except as set out in subsection 5.2 below, remain in force.


                                  Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>

                   ROCKY FLATS ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY SITE
                   -----------------------------------------

                        Site SAR Authorization Agreement
                        --------------------------------

                     Authorization Agreement No. RFETS-011

1.     Preamble
       The purpose of this Authorization Agreement is to adopt the Site Safety
       Analysis Report Volume I (Site SAR) as approved by the Department of
       Energy (DOE), Rocky Flats Field Office (RFFO), and to authorize the
       performance of activities on the Rocky Flats Environmental Technology
       Site (Site) in accordance with the Site SAR. Upon implementation of the
       Site SAR this Authorization Agreement supersedes the Master Activity List
       (MAL) Authorization Agreement.

       Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C. (the contractor) inherited from EG&G Rocky
       Flats, Inc., on July 1, 1995, aging facilities with existing hazards and
       outdated or non-existent authorization basis documentation. It is
       recognized by the DOE, RFFO and the contractor that on July 1, 1995, the
       following conditions existed regarding the Site: (a) the mission of the
       site had changed from weapons production to providing safe storage and
       management of wastes and special nuclear material, with the goal of
       reducing existing hazards, decommissioning facilities and ceasing
       operations, and (b) the existing safety documentation required updating
       due to this change in mission. The Site SAR was developed as part of the
       overall plan to provide authorization bases for activities at the Site
       not covered by facility ABs and as the mechanism to provide the
       appropriate safety documentation for facilities with less than nuclear
       hazard Category 2 quantities of material. The Site SAR also identifies
       the infrastructure systems inherently relied upon in the other nuclear
       Hazard Category 2 and 3 facility AB documents. The Site SAR was developed
       following appropriate guidance contained in DOE Standard 3009,
       Preparation Guide for U.S. Department of Energy Nonreactor Nuclear
       Facility Safety Analysis Report, DOE Standard 1027, Hazard Categorization
       and Accident Analysis Techniques for Compliance with DOE Order 5480.23,
       Nuclear Safety Reports; DOE Standard 3011, Guidance for Preparation of
       DOE 5480.22 (TSR) and DOE Order 5480.23 (SAR) Implementation Plans; and
       DOE Order 5481.1B, Safety Analysis and Review System.

2.     Authorization Scope
       This agreement authorizes those activities bounded by the Site SAR
       (Volume 1), subject to the terms and conditions of Sections 6 and 6
       below. These include Site infrastructure activities that support Hazard
       Category 2 and 3 facility authorization bases, on-site hazardous and
       radiological transportation activities and all other ongoing activities
       currently governed by the MAL that are not governed by a separate
       authorization agreement.

3.     Basis for Approval/Contractor Qualification
       3.1.   Based on the Review Report for the Site Safety Analysis Report
              dated November 30, 1998, with specified technical direction, the
              DOE, RFFO concludes that the Site SAR adequately documents the
              operating safety basis and contains a control set that, when
              implemented, provides reasonable assurance that the work
              activities bounded by the Site SAR can be conducted by the
              contractor without endangering the environment or the health and
              safety of the workers or public.
<PAGE>

Site SAR Authorization Agreement (Continued)

       3.2.   The DOE, RFFO finds that there is reasonable assurance that the
              contractor is technically qualified to engage in the activities
              authorized by this Authorization Agreement.

4.     Authorization Basis
       4.1.   The effective Authorization Basis (AB) for Site-wide nuclear
              activities is constituted by those documents identified as
              applicable to the Site in the AB Document List (ABDL).

       42.    The DOE approved Site SAR and direction dated November 30, 1998
              shall be implemented, subject to the conditions of subsections
              5.4, 5.6 and section 6, on or before June 30,1999. On the
              implementation date, the ABDL shall be modified to reflect the new
              AB, and the Site SAR shall supersede the MAL

5.     Terms and Conditions
       5.1.   Applicable federal and state law, including implementing
              regulations, and all contractual requirements regarding the Site,
              except as further defined for safety and health in subsection 52
              below, remain in force.

       5.2.   The Site SAR Chapter 6 defines the Safety Management Programs
              commitments under this Authorization Agreement which meet the
              applicable requirements of Section J, Attachment F, of contract
              #DE-AC34-95RF00825. The controls contained in Chapter 7 of the
              Site SAR shall be implemented under this Authorization Agreement
              to maintain the assumptions of the safety analyses.

       5.3.   The AB, including the above-specified controls, will be kept
              current by the contractor through performance of an annual review.
              As appropriate, changes to or additional controls that may be
              needed to safely perform planned nuclear activities will be
              developed, evaluated and implemented by the Nuclear Safety
              Program. This change control process shall manage the
              configuration of the AB to include timely update and dissemination
              of the AB Document List (ABDL) to reflect RFFO approved AB
              documents. The ABDL and the Integrated Safety Management System,
              through the use of the Integrated Work Control Process and the
              Nuclear Safety Unreviewed Safety Question Determination process,
              shall ensure that the AB is identified and reviewed for adequacy
              prior to performing nuclear activities.

       5.4.   The RFFO has accepted the strategy for implementation of the Site
              SAR. The contractor will approve an implementation plan (IP) to
              achieve compliance with the controls and commitments of the Site
              SAR. The contractor shall provide written notification to RFFO of
              any substantive changes to the IP. This notification shall include
              the basis for the change and any appropriate recovery actions.

       5.5.   The contractor will complete an Implementation Validation Review
              of the Implementation of new controls under the Site SAR.

                                  Page 2 of 3
<PAGE>

                  Site SAR Authorization Agreement (Continued)

6.     Special Conditions
       6.1.  Until the Site SAR approved transportation controls are
             Implemented, those interim measures specified in the Appendix to
             this Authorization Agreement shall be implemented.

       6.2.  The interim measures identified in the Appendix will be superseded
             by implementation of the Site SAR controls per subsection 4.2
             above.

7.     Effective and Expiration Dates of Agreement
       This Authorization Agreement is effective as of the date of the last
       signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of contract
       #DE-AC34-95RF00825, unless modified in writing by both parties.

8.     Agreement



For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card       6/7/99              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  6/7/99
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager


                                  Page 3 of 3
<PAGE>

       5.2.   The Administrative Controls contained in the Building 886 TSRs
              define the specific Safety Management Program elements that shall
              be implemented under this Authorization Agreement to meet the
              applicable requirements of Section J, Attachment F, of contract
              #DE-AC34-95AF00825. The Building 886 BIO Chapter 3 further defines
              the contractor's commitment to the balance of the Safety
              Management Program elements under this Authorization Agreement.

       5.3.   The AB, including the TSRs, will be kept current by K-H through
              the performance of an annual review. As appropriate, changes to or
              additional controls that may be needed to safely perform planned
              activities will be developed, evaluated and implemented by the
              Nuclear Safety Program in accordance with the Site Integrated
              Safety Management System. This change control process shall manage
              the configuration of the AB to include timely update and
              dissemination of the AB Document List to reflect RFFO approved
              changes.

6.     Special Conditions
       None

7.     Effective and Expiration Dates of Agreement
       This Authorization Agreement is effective as of the date of the last
       signature below and shall remain in effect through the life of contract
       #DE-AC34-95RF00825, unless modified in writing by both parties

8.     Agreement



For Kaiser-Hill Company L.L.C.               For the Department of Energy
Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site    Rocky Flats Field Office

/s/ Robert G. Card      8/31/98              /s/ Jessie M. Roberson  9/9/98
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Robert G. Card            Date               Jessie M. Roberson       Date
President                                    Manager


                                  Page 2 of 2
<PAGE>

                  Site SAR Authorization Agreement (Continued)

                                   Appendix 1

            Interim Measure                  Completion           Action
                                                Date
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Implement the controls developed for the    2/28/99       Standing Order 55
Salt Stabilization Program Transportation    (Completed)
Risk, Nuclear Safety Technical Report NSTR
015-97 for all >200 gram/packages of
aged weapons-grade plutonium equivalent,
non waste, on-site (outside/between
buildings/facilities) transfers of SNM not
packaged In Type B containers by
February 28,1999.

2. Establish route control for all on-site     2/28/99       Standing Orders 55
deliveries of bulk propane during the        (Completed)           and 56
on-site transfer of SNM not packaged In
Type B containers.

3. Limit all on-site transfers of TRU waste    2/28199       Standing Order 55
packaged in standard waste boxes (SWBs) to   (Completed)
10 or less boxes per transfer. This control
limits on-site transfers to one-half the
Material at Risk (MAR) value assumed In the
analysis in the Site SAR.

4. Use only trucks with metal floors for all   2/28/99        Standing Order 55
on-site transfers of TRU waste packed in     (Completed)
metal drums.

5. Adopt the applicable controls contained     2/28/99        Standing Order 55
within the LLW Crate JCO for on-site         (Completed)
transportation activities involving wooden
waste crates. The applicable controls are
stated as follows: 1) limiting the
collection/assembly of unattended wooden
LLW crates to 10 or less; and 2) ensuring
no unnecessary combustibles are in the
vicinity of unattended wooden LLW crates
during loading, unloading and no unnecessary
combustibles are in the transporting vehicle.

6. Limit the on-site transfers of LLW packed   2/28/99        Standing Order 55
in metal drums to less than 100 drums per    (Completed)
transfer and LLW packed in wooden crates to
10 or less per transfer.

7. Implement Site Engineered Control #7 and    2/28/99        Sixteen new signs
Technical Direction B-2(b) by February 28,   (Completed)      Installed "No
1999. These controls address parking and                      Parking Within 20
ignition sources near propane tanks.                           Feet"


                             Appendix - Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>

                  Site SAR Authorization Agreement (Continued)

            Interim Measure                  Completion           Action
                                                Date
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Modify the Air Products contract for        2/28/99    Letter to Air Products
Building 223 by February 28, 1999 to limit   (Completed)  Identifying concern &
the chemicals brought on Site and into this               notifying them of
facility to quantities permitted by the Site              contract modification.
SAR.                                                      Air Products agreed on
                                                          February 24, 1999 to
                                                          Contract amendment
                                                          No.7 incorporating
                                                          limits of hazardous
                                                          chemicals per
                                                          reportable quantities
                                                          reported in 40CFR302.

9. Increase Building Managers awareness        2/17/99    Letter from K-H
(through management bulletins) of the Site   (Completed)  Nuclear Safety
SAR requirements to limit quantifies of the               Manager with
hazardous and radiological materials below                guidelines for
threshold quantities to prevent changing the              subcontractors'
facility classification.                                  action dated February
                                                          17, 1999 (HEG-009-99)

10. Each industrial facility manager will      3/15/99    Reports from
conduct a review of their facility and       (Completed)  subcontractors on
assert that the current                                   various dates
category classification for the facility is               confirming
correct and that their current hazardous                  current hazard
material inventory does not exceed that                   categorizations.
allowed by the Site SAR.

                             Appendix - Page 2 of 2
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

                                   SECTION J

                                  ATTACHMENT H


                       SCHEDULE AND COST INCENTIVE GRAPHS
<PAGE>

Schedule Incentive

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]


                        Schedule Incentive ($ millions)

                    3/31/06                       20
                    12/15/06                      15
                    3/31/07                        0
                    3/31/08                      (20)


3/31/06-12/15/06    =    $19,230.77/day
12/16/06-3/31/07    =    $141,509.43/day
4/1/07-3/31/08      =    $54,794.52/day


                            SECTION J, ATTACHMENT H
<PAGE>

                                 Cost Incentive



                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

Max Fee        $460M

                   Underrun/Positive Incentive:
                   Government share: 70%
                   Contractor share: 30%

Target Fee     $340M

                                                       Overrrun/Penalty:
                                                       Government share: 70%
                                                       Contractor share: 30%

Min Fee        $150M


                      Target Cost
$3,563,000,000      $3,963,000,000      $4,163,000,000      $4,796,333,333


NOTE: See Contract B.5(d) for schedule incentive adjustment(s) to fee.


                            SECTION J, ATTACHMENT H
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904


                                    SECTION J

                                  ATTACHMENT I


                                LISTING OF CLAIMS
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION J

                                  ATTACHMENT I

                               LISTING OF CLAIMS

Introduction

This Attachment I identifies the actions to be taken and agreements reached in
order to achieve an early start date for contract DE-AC34-00RF01904 beginning on
February 1, 2000. The Contractor and Government agree to the following,
notwithstanding any other actions, requirements or steps necessary to close out
contract DE-AC34-95RF00825 and to transition to the start of contract
DE-AC34-00RF01904.

A.  Contractor agrees as follows:

        i.  Cost Reduction Proposals

In consideration of the commencement of contract DE-AC34-00RF01904 on February
1, 2000, and the Target Fee identified in Clause B.2(a) therein, Contractor
agrees and acknowledges that it has received adequate compensation and
consideration for all Cost Savings Proposals previously submitted DOE under
Clause H.6 of contract DE-AC34-95RF00825 through the payment of Superstretch
Performance Measure fees paid by DOE from 1996 and thereafter. In addition,
Contractor agrees that the CRP program has been superceded by the Superstretch
Performance measure program and Contractor is not entitled to pursue or seek
compensation for CRPs under contract DE-AC34-95RF00825 or DE-AC34-00RF01904.

        ii.  Claims for Performance Measure Fee

In consideration of the commencement of contract DE-AC34-00RF01904 on February
1, 2000 and the Target Fee identified in Clause B.2(a) therein, Contractor
agrees to withdraw its claim for unpaid Performance Measure Fee for performance
measure 97-S8.17R presently pending before the Energy Board of Contract Appeals
(EBCA No. C-990228). Additionally, in consideration of the payment by DOE in the
amount of $18,075,292, representing the payment of all unpaid fee earned under
contract DE-AC34-95RF00825 for performance measures, Contractor agrees to
forever give up any claims, whether known or unknown for any unpaid or unearned
performance measure fee Contractor may believe it is entitled to under contract
DE-AC34-95RF00825. The performance measure fee amount is based upon projected
quantities to be delivered by the conclusion of contract DE-AC34-95RF00825. This
amount is subject to adjustment if the quantity of performance actually
delivered would have resulted in a payment amount difference of more than five
percent from the projected quantities. The Contracting Officer may elect to make
partial payments for performance measure fee prior to February 1, 2000, based on
previously submitted completion reports.


B.      DOE agrees as follows:

        i.   McCarty and Collateral Litigation Expenses

In consideration for the withdrawal of CRP and Performance Measure Fee claim,
the DOE agrees to withdraw its notice of intend to disallow costs in the McCarty
case and other miscellaneous litigation expenses as specified in a letter to
Contractor dated October 19, 1999, subject: 1999 Audit Report: Kaiser-Hill Legal
Office. DOE agrees that the $66,199.11 identified in that letter and the costs
incurred in defending the McCarty case shall be allowed as reimbursable costs
under contract DE-AC34-95RF00825. Nothing in this subparagraph should be
construed to alleviate the Contractor from compliance with its DOE approved
litigation management procedures.


                           Section J, Attach I - Pg 1
<PAGE>

Rocky Flats Closure Contract No. DE-AC34-00RF01904

        ii.  Fee Payments

DOE agrees that all fees paid and earned including Cost Reduction Proposal
payments under contract DE-AC34-95RF00825 shall not be subject to reduction or
deduction notwithstanding any other provision in contract DE-AC34-95RF00825, and
except for (a) Category 1, 2, 3 events/incidents identified, and (b)
circumstances evidencing an intentional failure by Contractor to disclose
material information which would have affected DOE's determination of
entitlement to fee or other obvious administrative or clerical error in
calculating the amount of fee earned.




                           Section J, Attach I - Pg 2
<PAGE>

1.PROGRAM/PROJECT TITLE Rocky              2. IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
  Flats Closure Projects                      DE-AC34-00RF01904

3. PARTICIPANT NAME AND ADDRESS
   Kaiser-Hill Company, L.L.C.

4. PLANNING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

A. General Management                                 Frequency

   [X]  Management Plan                                 0, A

   [X]  Status Report VN                                Q, A

   [X]  Summary Report                                  Q

B. Schedule/Labor/Cost

   [X]  Milestone Schedule/Plan                         O, Q

   [ ]  Labor Plan

   [ ]  Facilities Capital Cost of Money Factors
        Computation

   [ ]  Contract Facilities Cost of Money

   [X]  Cost Plan                                       O, Q

   [X]  Milestone Schedule/Status                       M

   [ ]  Labor Management Report

   [X]  Cost Management Report                          M

C. Exception Reports

   [ ]  Conference Record

   [ ]  Hot Line Report

D. Performance Measurement

   [X]  Management Control System Description

   [X]  WBS Dictionary                                  O, X

        [X]  Index                                      O, X

        [ ]  Element Definition

   [X]  Cost Performance Reports

        [ ]  Format 1-WBS                               M

        [ ]  Format 2-Function

        [ ]  Format 3-Baseline                          M



E. Financial Incentives

   [ ]  Statement of Income and Expense

   [ ]  Balance Sheet

   [X]  Cash Flow Statement                             O, Q

   [ ]  Statement of changes in Financial Position

   [ ]  Loan Drawdown Report

   [X]  Operating Budget                                O, Q

   [X]  Supplementary Information                       A

F. Technical

   [ ]  Notice of Energy RD&D Project
        (Required with any of the following)

   [ ]  Technical Progress Report

        [ ]  Draft for Review

        [ ]  Final for Approval

   [ ]  Topical Report

   [ ]  Final Technical Report

        [ ]  Draft for Review

        [ ]  Final for Approval

   [ ]  Software

   [X]  Other(Specify): See Attached                    Q

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>                                <C>
5. FREQUENCY CODES
A--As required                      M--Monthly                     S--Semi-Annually
C--Change to Contractual Agreement  O--Once After Award            X--With Proposal/Bid/Application or with Significant Changes
F-Final (end of effort) (end of effort)            0--Quarterly                   Y--Yearly or Upon Renewal or Contractual Agreement

6. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS (ATTACHMENTS)

   [X]  Report Distribution List/Addressees      [X]  Due Dates              [ ]  Work Breakdown
   [X]  Reporting Elements                      [ ]  Analysis Thresholds    [X]  Other
</TABLE>
7. PREPARED BY (SIGNATURE AND DATE)         8. PREPARED BY (SIGNATURE AND DATE)
   /S/ Signature illegible 1/14/00             /S/ Signature illegible 1/14/00

                                      198

<PAGE>

                                                                      Exhibit 21

                       KAISER GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   9300 Lee Highway, Fairfax, Virginia 22031
                                (703) 934-3300

     Kaiser Group International, Inc.'s consolidated subsidiaries are listed
below. Consolidated subsidiaries which are less than wholly owned are indicated
by the ownership percentage figure in parentheses following the name of the
consolidated subsidiary.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       Jurisdiction
Consolidated Subsidiary                                                                                of Formation
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
I.   Cygna Group, Inc.                                                                                     Delaware
     II.   Liability Risk Management, Inc.                                                               California
I.   EDA, Incorporated                                                                                     Maryland
I.   HBG Hawaii, Inc.                                                                                      Delaware
I.   HBG International, Inc.                                                                               Delaware
I.   Henry J. Kaiser Development Corporation, Inc.                                                         Delaware
     II.   Global Trade & Investment, Inc.                                                                 Delaware
I.   Kaiser Engineers Group, Inc.                                                                          Delaware
     II.   Henry J. Kaiser Company                                                                           Nevada
     II.   Kaiser Engineers, Inc.                                                                              Ohio
           III.   Henry J. Kaiser Company (Canada) Ltd.                                                      Canada
           III.   Kaiser Engineers & Builders, Inc.                                                        Delaware
           III.   Kaiser Engineers (California) Corporation                                                Delaware
           III.   Kaiser Engineers Corporation                                                             New York
           III.   Kaiser Engineers of Michigan, Inc.                                                       Michigan
           III.   ICF Kaiser International Planning & Design, Inc. (33 1/3%)                           Pennsylvania
           III.   Kaiser Overseas Engineering, Inc.                                                        Delaware
           III.   Kaiser Engineers Limited                                                           United Kingdom
                  IV.  Kaiser Engineers Technical Services Limited (80%)                                     Cyprus
           III.   Kaiser Engineers and Constructors, Inc.                                                    Nevada
                  IV.  ICF Kaiser Engenharia e Participacoes Ltda. (99.9%)                                   Brazil
                       V.   ICF Kaiser Construcoes e Engenharia Ltda (99.989%)                               Brazil
                  IV.  ICF Pty. Ltd. (50%)                                                                Australia
                  IV.  Kaiser Engineers Limited (0.02%)                                                        U.K.
                  IV.  Kaiser Engenharia S.A. (50%)                                                        Portugal
                       V.   ICF Kaiser Construcoes e Engenharia Ltda (0.01%)                                 Brazil
                  IV.  Kaiser Engineers (NZ) Ltd (1%)                                                   New Zealand
                  IV.  Kaiser Engineers Pty. Ltd. (50%)                                                   Australia
                       V.   KWA Kenwalt (50%)                                                             Australia
                       V.   ICF Kaiser Aluterv KFT                                                          Hungary
                       V.   ICF Kaiser Engineers Asia Pacific Pty Ltd                                     Australia
                       V.   ICF Kaiser Engineers (Hong Kong) Ltd                                          Hong Kong
                       V.   ICF Kaiser Engineers (Singapore) Pte Ltd                                      Singapore
                       V.   Kaiser Engineers (NZ) Limited (99%)                                         New Zealand
           III.   Kaiser Engineers International, Inc.                                                       Nevada
                  IV.  ICF Pty. Ltd. (50%)                                                                Australia
                  IV.  ICF Kaiser Engenharia e Participacoes Ltda.(0.1%)                                     Brazil
</TABLE>

                                  Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
                  IV.    Kaiser Panama S.A.                                                      Panama
                  IV.    Kaiser Engenharia S.A. (50%)                                          Portugal
                  IV.    Kaiser Engineers Pty. Ltd. (50%)                                     Australia
           III.   Kaiser Engineers Limited (99.98%)                                                U.K.
                  IV.    Kaiser Engineers Technical Services Limited (80%)                       Cyprus
                  IV.    Kaiser Engineers (UK) Limited (50%)                                       U.K.
           III.   Kaiser Engineers (UK) Limited (50%)                                              U.K.
                  IV.    Kaiser Engineers Technical Services Limited (20%)                       Cyprus
           III.   KE Services Corporation                                                      Delaware
           III.   Kaiser Engenharia e Constructoes Limitada                                      Brazil
     II.   International Waste Energy Systems, Inc.                                            Delaware
     II.   KE Livermore, Inc.                                                                  Delaware

I.   Kaiser Engineers Massachusetts, Inc.                                                      Delaware

I.   Kaiser Engineers Pacific, Inc.                                                              Nevada

I.   Kaiser Europe, Inc.                                                                       Delaware

I.   Kaiser/Georgia Wilson, Inc.                                                               Delaware

I.   Kaiser Government Programs, Inc.                                                          Delaware
     II.   Kaiser K-H Holdings, Inc.                                                           Delaware
           III.   Kaiser-Hill Company, LLC (50%)                                               Colorado
                  IV.    Kaiser-Hill Funding Company, L.L.C. (98%)                             Delaware
           III.   Kaiser-Hill Funding Company, L.L.C. (1%)                                     Delaware

I.   Kaiser Hanford Company                                                                    Delaware

I.   Kaiser Holdings Unlimited, Inc.                                                           Delaware
     II.   American Venture Investments Incorporated                                           Delaware
           III.   American Venture Holdings, Inc.                                              Delaware
     II.   Cygna Consulting Engineers and Project Management, Inc.                           California
     II.   Excell Development Construction, Inc.                                               Delaware
     II.   Kaiser DPI Holding Co., Inc.                                                        Delaware
     II.   Kaiser Engineers Eastern Europe, Inc.                                               Delaware
           III.   Kaiser Netherlands B.V. (10%)                                             Netherlands
     II.   Kaiser Hunters Branch Leasing, Inc.                                                 Delaware
     II.   Kaiser K-T Holdings, Inc.                                                           Delaware
     II.   Kaiser K-A Louisiana, Inc.                                                         Louisiana
     II.   Kaiser K-A Services, Inc.                                                           Delaware
     II.   Kaiser Netherlands B.V. (90%)                                                    Netherlands
     II.   Kaiser Leasing Corporation, Inc.                                                    Delaware

I.   ICF Kaiser Servicios Ambientales, S.A. de C.V. (66 2/3%)                                    Mexico

I.   Kaiser Technology Holdings, Inc.                                                          Delaware
     II.   Kaiser Advanced Technology, Inc.                                                       Idaho
           III.   ICF Kaiser Advanced Technology of New Mexico, Inc.                         New Mexico

I.   Kaiser R G.P. No. 1, Inc.                                                                 Delaware

I.   Monument Select Insurance Company                                                          Vermont
I.   Phase Linear Systems Incorporated                                                         Delaware

I.   Tudor Engineering Company                                                                 Delaware
</TABLE>

                                  Page 2 of 2

<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit No. 23


                      Consent of Independent Accountants


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements of
Kaiser Group International, Inc. (formerly ICF Kaiser International, Inc.) (the
Company) on Forms S-8 [Registration Nos. 33-42677 (Non-Employee Directors Stock
Option Plan), 33-42678 (Stock Incentive Plan), 33-51460 (Section 401(k) Plan),
33-60663 (Retirement Plan), 33-60661 and 33-65351 (Employee Stock Ownership
Plan), 33-60665 (Consultants, Agents and Part-Time Employees Stock Plan) and 33-
51812 (Employee Stock Purchase Plan)] of our report dated April 14, 2000, on our
audits of the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule
of Kaiser Group International, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and
1998, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999,
which report is included in the Company's Report on Form 10-K.


                                         PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

McLean, Virginia
April 14, 2000

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM FORM 10-K AS
OF 12/31/199 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<RESTATED>

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                          26,391
<SECURITIES>                                    16,386
<RECEIVABLES>                                  167,913
<ALLOWANCES>                                    (9,594)
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 5,350
<PP&E>                                          14,224
<DEPRECIATION>                                 (11,403)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 253,563
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          189,338
<BONDS>                                        124,218
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           237
<OTHER-SE>                                     (70,140)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   253,563
<SALES>                                        870,267
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               874,747
<CGS>                                          823,774
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   59,321
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                14,384
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              18,716
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (41,448)
<INCOME-TAX>                                    (1,110)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (47,742)
<DISCONTINUED>                                  42,418
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                   (600)
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    (5,924)
<EPS-BASIC>                                       (.25)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     (.25)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission